As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2013
Registration Number 333-185293


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________
Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
____________________________________________________
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
____________________________________________________
 
Delaware
 
7389
 
65-0963722
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification
Code Number)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
____________________________________________________
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, FL 33431
(561) 988-1988
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
Mark Munro
Chief Executive Officer
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, FL 33431
(561) 988-1988
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
____________________________________________________________________________
 
With copies to:
 
M. Ali Panjwani, Esq.
 
Yvan-Claude Pierre, Esq.
Eric M. Hellige, Esq.
 
Daniel I. Goldberg, Esq.
Pryor Cashman LLP
 
Reed Smith LLP
7 Times Square
 
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York  10036
 
New York, New York  10022
Telephone:  (212) 421-4100
 
Telephone:  (212) 521-5400
Fax:  (212) 326-0806
 
Fax:  (212) 521-5450
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.     x
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering   ¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer
o   Accelerated filer
¨
Non-accelerated filer
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
ý
____________________________________________________
 
 
 

 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be
Registered
 
Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)
   
Amount of Registration Fee
 
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
  $ 40,000,000.00     $ 5,456.00  
Representative’s Warrants to purchase Common Stock (3)
    N/A       N/A  
Common Stock underlying Representative’s Warrants (4)(5)
  $ 2,500,000.00     $ 341.00  
Total
  $ 42,500,000.00     $ 5,797.00 (6)
 
(1)
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(2)
Includes any additional shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters, if any.
(3)
No registration fee is required pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act.
(4)
Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock as may be issued after the date hereof as a result of stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(5)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. The estimated proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the shares of common stock underlying the representative’s warrants is $2,500,000, or 125% of $2,000,000 (5% of $40,000,000).
(6)
Of which the Registrant has previously paid $5,456.00.


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
 

 
 
EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
Explanatory Note Regarding Name Change:  The registrant, a Delaware corporation, originally filed this registration statement under the name Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and changed its name to InterCloud Systems, Inc. on January 10, 2013.
 
 
 

 
 
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where any such offer or sale is not permitted.
 
     
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MARCH 26, 2013
     
 
[____] Shares
Common Stock
 


 
We are offering [__] shares of our common Stock. Our common stock is currently traded over-the-counter on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “ICLD”.  On March 21, 2013, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $3.05 per share.  We anticipate that the offering price per share of our common stock will be between [$___] and [$___] per share.  We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ICLD”.
 
We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.   See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our common stock.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
   
Per Share
   
Total
 
Public offering price                                                                                            
  $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)                                                                                             
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us                                                                                            .
  $       $    
 

(1)
The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount.  See “Underwriting” beginning on page 108 of this prospectus for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.
 
We have granted a 45-day option to the representative of the underwriters to purchase up to [___] additional shares of common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver our shares to purchasers in the offering on or about _________, 2013.
 
Aegis Capital Corp
 
_______________, 2013
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
    
  Page
1
2
13
30
31
32
32
33
36
39
40
49
69
81
87
93
95
97
105
107
110
117
117
118
119
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell shares of our common stock. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
 
For investors outside the United States: We have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
 
 
 

 
 
STATISTICAL DATA AND MARKET INFORMATION
 
This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other industry data.  This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates.   The industry in which we operate is subject to risks and uncertainty due to a variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.  These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.
 
While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry data presented herein, our estimates, in particular as they relate to market share and our general expectations, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.
 
 
1

 
 
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus.  This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock.  You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.
 
Unless otherwise noted, “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to InterCloud Systems, Inc. and its predecessors and consolidated subsidiaries, including Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, ADEX Corporation, T N S, Inc., Tropical Communications, Inc. and Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus (i) assumes the underwriter’s option to purchase up to [____] additional shares will not be exercised, and (ii) reflects a one-for-125 reverse stock split of our common stock effected on January 14, 2013. All shares and per share data has been adjusted for the 1-for-125 reverse stock for all periods presented.
 
Our Company
 
Overview
 
We are a global single-source provider of value-added services for both corporate enterprises and service providers.  We offer cloud and managed services, professional consulting services and voice, data and optical solutions to assist our customers in meeting their changing technology demands.  Our cloud solutions offer enterprise and service-provider customers the opportunity to adopt an operational expense model by outsourcing to us rather than the capital expense model that has dominated in recent decades in information technology (IT) infrastructure management.  Our professional services groups offer a broad range of solutions, including application development teams, analytics, project management, program management, telecom network management and field services.  Our engineering, design, installation and maintenance services support the build-out and operation of some of the most advanced enterprise, fiber optic, Ethernet and wireless networks.
 
We provide the following categories of offerings to our customers:
 
 
Cloud and Managed Services .  Our cloud-based service offerings include platform as a service (PaaS), infrastructure as a service (IaaS), database as a service (DbaaS), and software as a service (SaaS). Our extensive experience in system integration and solutions-centric services helps our customers quickly to integrate and adopt cloud-based services. Our managed-services offerings include network management, 24x7x365 monitoring, security monitoring, storage and backup services. 
 
 
Applications and Infrastructure .  We provide an array of applications and services throughout North America and internationally, including unified communications, interactive voice response (IVR) and SIP-based call centers.  We also offer structured cabling and other field installations.  In addition, we design, engineer, install and maintain various types of WiFi and wide-area networks, distributed antenna systems (DAS), and small cell distribution networks for incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs), telecommunications original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), cable broadband multiple system operators (MSOs) and enterprise customers. Our services and applications teams support the deployment of new networks and technologies, as well as expand and maintain existing networks.  We also design, install and maintain hardware solutions for the leading OEMs that support voice, data and optical networks. 
 
 
Professional Services .  We provide consulting and professional staffing solutions to the service-provider and enterprise market in support of all facets of the telecommunications business, including project management, network implementation, network installation, network upgrades, rebuilds, maintenance and consulting services.  We leverage our international recruiting database, which includes more than 70,000 professionals, for the rapid deployment of our professional services.  On a weekly basis, we deploy hundreds of telecommunications professionals in support of our worldwide customers.  Our skilled recruiters assist telecommunications companies, cable broadband MSOs and enterprise clients throughout the project lifecycle of a network deployment and maintenance. 
 
 
 
 
2

 
 
 
 
Our Industry
 
Global Internet traffic is expected to continue to grow rapidly, driven by factors such as the increased use of smart phones, tablets and other internet devices, the proliferation of social networking and the increased adoption of cloud-based services.  Corporate enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud-based services, which enable them and other end users to rapidly deploy applications without building out their own expensive infrastructure and to minimize the growth in their own IT departments.  To remain competitive and meet the rapidly-growing demand for state-of-the-art mobile data services, telecommunications and cable companies rely on outsourcing to provide a wide range of network and infrastructure services and project-staffing services as they build out and maintain their networks.  In building out and managing telecommunications networks, service providers and enterprise customers face many challenges, including difficulty in locating, recruiting, hiring and retaining skilled labor, significant capital investment requirements and competitive pressures on operating margins.  As a result, telecommunications providers and enterprise customers continue to seek and outsource solutions.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
Single-Source Provider of End-to-End Network Infrastructure, Cloud-Based and Managed Services, Professional Staffing Needs, and Applications and Infrastructure to Enterprise and Service Providers. We believe our ability to address a wide range of end-to-end network solutions, infrastructure and professional staffing needs for our clients is a key competitive advantage.  Our ability to offer diverse technical capabilities (including design, engineering, construction, deployment, installation and integration services) allows customers to turn to a single source for these specific specialty services, as well as to entrust us with the execution of entire turn-key solutions.
 
Established Customer Relationships With Leading Infrastructure Providers.   We have established relationships with many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and others.  We have entered into master service agreements with numerous service providers and OEMs.  Our current customers include Ericsson Inc., Verizon Communications Inc., Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Century Link, Inc., AT&T Inc. and Hotwire Communications.  These relationships position us to take advantage of United States and international market opportunities.  We believe the barriers are extremely high for new entrants to obtain master service agreements with service providers and OEMs unless there are established relationships and a proven ability to execute.
 
Proven Ability to Recruit, Manage and Retain High Quality Telecommunications Personnel.   Our ability to recruit, manage and retain skilled labor is a critical advantage in an industry in which a shortage of skilled labor is often a key limitation for our customers and competitors alike.  We own and operate an actively-maintained database of more than 70,000 telecom personnel.  We also employ highly-skilled recruiters and utilize an electronic hiring process that we believe expedites deployment of personnel and reduces costs.  Our staffing capabilities allow us to efficiently locate and engage skilled personnel for projects, helping ensure that we do not miss out on opportunities due to a lack of skilled labor.  We believe this access to a skilled labor pool gives us a competitive edge over our competitors as we continue to expand.
 
Strong Senior Management Team with Proven Ability to Execute .  Our highly-experienced management team has deep industry knowledge and a strong track record of successful execution in major corporations, as well as startup ventures.  Our senior management team brings an average of over 25 years of individual experience across a broad range of disciplines. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our strategy.
 
Scalable and Capital Efficient Business Model .  We typically hire workers to staff projects on a project-by-project basis and we believe this business model enables us to staff our business efficiently to meet changes in demand.  Our operating expenses, other than staffing, are primarily fixed; we are generally able to deploy personnel to infrastructure projects in the United States and beyond without incremental increases in operating costs.
 
 
 
 
3

 
 
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We are pursuing several strategies, including:
 
Grow Revenues and Market Share through Selective Acquisitions.   We plan to continue to acquire private companies that enhance our earnings and offer complementary services or expand our geographic reach.  For example, in November 2012, we entered into agreements for the acquisition of Integration Partners-NY Corporation, a full-service voice and data network engineering firm based in New York, and the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business division of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a professional service and telecommunications staffing business.  We will complete those acquisitions concurrently with the consummation of this offering.  See “Business – Our Recent and Pending Acquisitions.”  We believe such acquisitions, as well as any other private companies we acquire, will help enable us to accelerate our revenue growth, leverage our existing strengths, and capture and retain more work in-house as a prime contractor for our clients, thereby contributing to our profitability.  In addition, we believe our increased scale resulting from certain additional acquisitions will also enable us to bid and take on larger contracts.  We believe there are many potential acquisition candidates in the highly-fragmented specialty services and staffing markets, and that by selectively acquiring and integrating appropriate companies, we can continue to grow our revenues and expand our service offering reach.
 
Deepen Our Relationships With Our Existing Customer Base.   Our customers include many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and enterprise customers.  As we have expanded the breadth of our service offerings through both organic growth and selective acquisitions, we believe we have opportunities to expand revenues with our existing clients by marketing additional service offerings to them, as well as by extending services to existing customers in new geographies.
 
Expand Our Relationships with New Service Providers. We plan to expand new relationships with smaller cable broadband providers, competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs), integrated communication providers (IC’s), competitive access providers (CAPs), network access point providers (NAPs) and integrated communications providers (ICPs).  We believe that the business model for the expansion of these relationships, leveraging our core strength and array of service solutions, will support our business model for organic growth.
 
Increase Operating Margins by Leveraging Operating Efficiencies.   We believe that by centralizing administrative functions, consolidating insurance coverages and eliminating redundancies across our newly-acquired businesses, we will be positioned to offer more integrated end-to-end solutions and improve operating margins.
 
Recent Acquisitions
 
We have grown significantly and expanded our service offerings and geographic reach through a series of strategic acquisitions.
 
Since January 1, 2011, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
 
Tropical Communications, Inc.   In August 2011, we acquired Tropical Communications, Inc., or Tropical, a Miami-based provider of services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the Southeast. 
 
 
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC . In December 2011, we acquired a 49% stake in Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC, or RM Engineering, a certified Women Business Enterprise (WBE) cable firm based in Tuscaloosa, Alabama that performs engineering services in the Southeastern United States and internationally, and 100% of Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, or RM Leasing, an equipment provider for cable-engineering services firms.  We consolidate RM Engineering as we are considered the primary beneficiary of this variable interest entity.  See Note 4 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.  We have an option to purchase the remaining 51% of RM Engineering for a nominal sum at any time.
 
 
 
 
4

 
 
 
 
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX Corporation, or ADEX, an Atlanta-based provider of staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s project staffing solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle. 
 
 
T N S, Inc.   In September 2012, we also acquired T N S, Inc., or T N S, a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends our geographic reach to the Midwest area and our client reach to end-users such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs. 
 
 
Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC .  In December 2012, our ADEX subsidiary acquired Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC, or ERFS, an environmental remediation and disaster recovery company.  The acquisition of ERFS augmented ADEX’s disaster recovery service offerings.
 
We have also entered into definitive agreements for the following acquisitions:
 
 
Telco Professional Services Division .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business division (Telco) of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.  We plan to integrate this professional service and telecommunications staffing business with our ADEX subsidiary in order to expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition. 
 
 
Integration Partners-NY Corporation .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire Integration Partners-NY Corporation, or IPC, a full-service voice and data network engineering firm based in New York.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  We believe the acquisition of IPC will support the cloud and managed services aspect of our business, as well as improve our systems integration and applications capabilities.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition. 
 
Summary Risk Factors
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.  You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment.  Some of these risks include:
 
 
We may be unable to integrate our recent and future acquisitions, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, result of operations and prospects.
 
 
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from master service agreements, which may be cancelled by customers on short notice, or which we may be unable to renew on favorable terms or at all.  
 
 
Our business is labor-intensive and if we are unable to attract and retain key personnel and skilled labor, or if we encounter labor difficulties, our ability to bid for and successfully complete contracts may be negatively impacted. 
 
 
Our industry is highly competitive, with a variety of larger companies with greater resources competing with us, and our failure to compete effectively could reduce the number of new contracts awarded to us or adversely affect our market share and harm our financial performance. 
 
 
We have a history of losses and deficiencies in working capital and stockholders' equity and may continue to incur losses in the future , raising substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern.
 
 
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not occur in the future.  If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud, or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.
 
 
 
5

 
 
 
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations. 
 
If any of the foregoing risks or the risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” were to occur, you may lose part or all of your investment.  You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” commencing on page 13 of this prospectus, before making an investment decision.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
We were incorporated under the name i-realtyauction.com, Inc. in the State of Delaware on November 22, 1999 as a subsidiary of i-Incubator.com, Inc. (OTCBB:INQU).  In November 2000, we registered our common stock pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and commenced filing periodic reports under the Exchange Act in March 2001.  On August 16, 2001, we changed our name to Genesis Realty Group, Inc. and began to focus our attention on the acquisition, development and management of real property.  In August 2008, we changed our name to Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., and on January 10, 2013, we changed our name to InterCloud Systems, Inc.  We commenced operations in our current line of business in January 2010 when we acquired Digital Comm, Inc., a provider of turnkey services and solutions to the communications industry.  Our principal executive offices are located at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431.  The telephone number of our principal executive offices is (561) 988-1988, and we maintain a corporate website at  http://www.InterCloudsys.com   that contains information about our company.  The information on, or accessible from, our website is neither part of this prospectus nor incorporated herein by reference.
 
We qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act.  For as long as we are deemed an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements that are generally unavailable to other public companies. These provisions include:
 
 
an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
 
 
an exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies, which exemption we have elected not to apply;
 
 
an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about our audit and our financial statements; and
 
 
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements.
 
 
 
6

 
 
 
We will continue to be deemed an emerging growth company until the earliest of:
 
 
the last day of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every five years by the Commission to reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, setting the threshold to the nearest $1,000,000) or more;
 
 
the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
 
 
the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
 
 
the date on which we are deemed to be a ‘large accelerated filer,” as defined in Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
 
We also qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined by Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act”.  As such, we also are exempt from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and also are subject to less extensive disclosure requirements regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and to exemptions from the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.  We will continue to be deemed a smaller reporting company until our public float exceeds $75 million on the last day of our second fiscal quarter in any fiscal year.
 
The Offering
 
Shares of common stock offered by us
[___] shares.
   
Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering
[___] shares.
   
Underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering
We have granted the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to [__] additional shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions.
   
Dividend policy
We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund the development and growth of our business. We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
   
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $[______] million (approximately $[____] million if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for the following purposes:
approximately $17.5 million to complete our acquisition of Telco;
approximately $18.2 million to complete our acquisition of IPC;
up to approximately $1.5 million to redeem outstanding shares of our Series F Preferred Stock; and
the balance for general corporate purposes, including working capital.
 
See “Use of Proceeds.”
   
Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market symbol
“ICLD”
   
Risk Factors
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and all other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
 
 
7

 
 
 
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 2,779,565 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013, after giving effect to the issuance in March 2013 of 146,334 shares of common stock upon the conversion of outstanding debt evidenced by certain promissory notes and 81,500 shares of common stock to the lenders under our principal loan facility, assumes (i) the conversion of our outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock into 9,037,955 shares of common stock, our outstanding Series C Preferred Stock into 4,143,505 shares of common stock and our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock into 1,536,448 shares of common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and (ii) the issuance of an aggregate of approximately 791,343 and 133,686 shares of common stock in connection with our pending acquisitions of Telco and IPC, respectively, concurrently with the consummation of this offering, and excludes the following:
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 4,150 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013 that will remain outstanding following this offering, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price of the common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date , the Company expects to redeem up to 1,500 of these shares at the offering ;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 2,000 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013, as collateral for our obligations under the ADEX Stock Purchase Agreement and which will be automatically cancelled if we perform our obligations under that agreement, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price of the common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 1,425 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013, which we expect to redeem within 90 days after the consummation of this offering for approximately $2.1 million, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to 4.49% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of conversion;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 4,500 shares of our Series I Preferred Stock to be issued on or prior to April 5, 2013 in connection with our acquisition of Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
 
749,542 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $1.25 per share that expire on September 7, 2014, subject to extension if certain minimum EBITDA thresholds are not achieved; 
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $125.00 per share, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to 4.03 % (based on 2,825 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued at February 28, 2013) of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise or, if we elect to delay the redemption of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock after receipt of a redemption demand, 9.27% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise;
 
 
2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan as of February 28, 2013;
 
 
500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan as of February 28, 2013; and 
 
 
[_____] shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock. 
 
 
 
9

 
 
 
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
 
The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The summary consolidated financial statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results to be expected for any future period.
 
The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the information contained under the captions “Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Information ” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
   
For the years ended
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Statement of Operations Data:
           
             
Revenues
  $ 17,235,585     $ 2,812,210  
Gross Profit
    5,176,486       961,192  
Operating expenses
    7,938,345       6,343,931  
Loss from operations
    (2,761,859 )     (5,382,739 )
Other expense, net
    (1,047,324 )     (1,021,889 )
Net loss before benefit for income taxes and equity earning/loss in affiliates
    (3,809,183 )     (6,404,628 )
                 
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,646,523 )     -  
Dividends on Preferred Stock
    (843,215 )     -  
Net loss attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc. common stockholders
    (2,072,862 )     (6,404,628 )
Loss per share, basic and diluted
  $ (1.33 )   $ (6.38 )
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    1,553,555       1,003,264  
 
   
As of December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Balance Sheet Data:
           
Cash
  $ 646,978     $ 89,285  
Accounts receivable, net
    8,481,999       347,607  
Total current assets
    9,666,325       456,585  
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
    29,667,823       1,146,117  
Total assets
    41,866,243       2,245,545  
                 
Total current liabilities
    13,410,481       2,357,618  
Other liabilities including long-term debt
    14,601,711       1,672,900  
Temporary equity
    16,584,704       620,872  
Stockholders’ deficit
    (3,288,586 )     (2,405,845 )
 
 
 
10

 
 
 
Summary Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Data
 
The following summary unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information for the year  ended December 31, 2012 presents summary combined condensed information as if we had completed each of the acquisitions described under the caption “Business – Our Recent and Pending Acquisitions” on January 1, 2012. The summary unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 is not presented for the five acquisitions completed prior to December 31, 2012 because the balance sheets of those entities, including related acquisition adjustments, is included in our consolidated balance sheet as of such date. The summary unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information has been prepared from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information set forth under the caption “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information” and the respective historical consolidated c ondensed financial statements and related notes of our Company and ADEX, T N S, ERFS, Telco and IPC included in this prospectus.
 
The summary historical profit and loss accounts of each of these entities have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (US GAAP). The pro forma acquisition adjustments described in the summary unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information are based on available information and certain assumptions made by us and may be revised as additional information becomes available as the purchase accounting for the acquisition is finalized. The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and information available as of the date of this prospectus. Certain valuations are currently in process.  Actual results may differ from the amounts reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial statements, and the differences may be material.
 
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information included in this prospectus is not intended to represent what our results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2012 or to project our results of operations for any future period. Since we and each of these entities were not under common control or management for any period presented, the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.
 
   
For the year ended December 31, 2012 (unaudited)
 
Statement of Operations Data:
     
       
Revenues
  $ 85,868,722  
Gross Profit
    22,578,202  
Operating expenses
    19,902,855  
Income  from operations
    2,675,347  
Other expense, net
    (2,185,099 )
Income before benefit for income taxes and equity earnings/loss in affiliate
    490,248  
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,646,523 )
Dividends on Preferred Stock
    (438,570 )
Net income
    2,631,214  
Earnings per share, basic
  $ 0.10  
Earnings per share, diluted
  $
0.09
 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    25,196,491  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    30,243,832  
 
 
 
11

 
 
 
   
As of
December 31, 2012
(unaudited)
 
       
Balance Sheet Data:
     
       
Cash
  $ 38,638  
Accounts receivable
    19,068,871  
Total current assets
    20,383,343  
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
    80,402,541  
Total assets
    103,470,641  
         
Total current liabilities
    27,967,517  
Other liabilities including long-term debt
    23,235,170  
Temporary equity including long term debt
    8,792,944  
Stockholders’ equity
    42,917,077  
 
 
 
12

 
 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.  You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock.  If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.  In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
A failure to successfully execute our strategy of acquiring other businesses to grow our company could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We intend to continue pursuing growth through the acquisition of companies or assets to expand our project skill-sets and capabilities, enlarge our geographic markets, add experienced management and increase critical mass to enable us to bid on larger contracts.  However, we may be unable to find suitable acquisition candidates or to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all.  Moreover, any completed acquisition may not result in the intended benefits and involves a number of risks, including:
 
 
We may have difficulty integrating the acquired companies;
 
 
Our ongoing business and management’s attention may be disrupted or diverted by transition or integration issues and the complexity of managing geographically or culturally diverse enterprises;
 
 
We may not realize the anticipated cost savings or other financial benefits we anticipated;
 
 
We may have difficulty applying our expertise in one market to another market;
 
 
We may have difficulty retaining or hiring key personnel, customers and suppliers to maintain expanded operations;
 
 
Our internal resources may not be adequate to support our operations as we expand, particularly if we are awarded a significant number of contracts in a short time period;
 
 
We may have difficulty retaining and obtaining required regulatory approvals, licenses and permits;
 
 
We may not be able to obtain additional equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to us or at all, and any such financing could result in dilution to our stockholders, impact our ability to service our debt within the scheduled repayment terms and include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations;
 
 
We may have failed to, or were unable to, discover liabilities of the acquired companies during the course of performing our due diligence; and
 
 
We may be required to record additional goodwill as a result of an acquisition, which will reduce our tangible net worth.
 
Any of these risks could prevent us from executing our acquisition growth strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We may be unable to successfully integrate our recent and future acquisitions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We recently acquired a number of companies, including ADEX and T N S in September 2012 and ERFS in December 2012, and have entered into definitive agreements for the acquisition of two additional companies.  The operation and management of recent acquisitions, or any of our future acquisitions, may adversely affect our existing income and operations or we may not be able to effectively manage any growth resulting from these transactions.  Before we acquired them, these companies operated independently of one another.  Until we establish centralized financial, management information and other administrative systems, we will rely on the separate systems of these companies, including their financial reporting systems.
 
 
13

 
 
Our success will depend, in part, on the extent to which we are able to merge these functions, eliminate the unnecessary duplication of other functions and otherwise integrate these companies (and any additional businesses with which we may combine in the future) into a cohesive, efficient enterprise.  This integration process may entail significant costs and delays could occur.  Our failure to integrate the operations of these companies successfully could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  To the extent that any acquisition results in additional goodwill, it will reduce our tangible net worth, which might adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as our credit and bonding capacity.
 
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from master service agreements that may be cancelled by customers on short notice, or which we may be unable to renew on favorable terms or at all.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we derived approximately 60% and 59%, respectively, of our revenues from master service agreements and long-term contracts, none of which require our customers to purchase a minimum amount of services.  The majority of these contracts may be cancelled by our customers upon minimum notice (typically 60 days), regardless of whether or not we are in default.  In addition, many of these contracts permit cancellation of particular purchase orders or statements of work without any notice.
 
These agreements typically do not require our customers to assign a specific amount of work to us until a purchase order or statement of work is signed.  Consequently, projected expenditures by customers are not assured until a definitive purchase order or statement of work is placed with us and the work is completed.  Furthermore, our customers generally require competitive bidding of these contracts.  As a result, we could be underbid by our competitors or required to lower the price charged under a contract being rebid.  The loss of work obtained through master service agreements and long-term contracts or the reduced profitability of such work could adversely affect our business or results of operations.  
 
If we do not accurately estimate the overall costs when we bid on a contract that is awarded to us, we may achieve a lower than anticipated profit or incur a loss on the contract.
 
A significant portion of our revenues from our engineering and professional services offerings are derived from fixed unit price contracts that require us to perform the contract for a fixed unit price irrespective of our actual costs.  We bid for these contracts based on our estimates of overall costs, but cost overruns may cause us to incur losses.  The costs incurred and any net profit realized on such contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from the original projections due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
 
 
onsite conditions that differ from those assumed in the original bid;
 
 
delays in project starts or completion, including as a result of weather conditions;
 
 
fluctuations in the cost of materials to perform under a contract;
 
 
contract modifications creating unanticipated costs not covered by change orders;
 
 
changes in availability, proximity and costs of construction materials, as well as fuel and lubricants for our equipment;
 
 
availability and skill level of workers in the geographic location of a project;
 
 
our suppliers’ or subcontractors’ failure to perform due to various reasons, including bankruptcy;
 
 
fraud or theft committed by our employees;
 
 
14

 
 
 
mechanical problems with our machinery or equipment;
 
 
citations or fines issued by any governmental authority;
 
 
difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals or performance bonds;
 
 
changes in applicable laws and regulations; and
 
 
claims or demands from third parties alleging damages arising from our work or from the project of which our work is a part.
 
These factors may cause actual reduced profitability or losses on projects, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our contracts may require us to perform extra or change order work, which can result in disputes and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our contracts generally require us to perform extra or change order work as directed by the customer, even if the customer has not agreed in advance on the scope or price of the extra work to be performed.  This process may result in disputes over whether the work performed is beyond the scope of the work included in the original project plans and specifications or, if the customer agrees that the work performed qualifies as extra work, the price that the customer is willing to pay for the extra work.  Even when the customer agrees to pay for the extra work, we may be required to fund the cost of such work for a lengthy period of time until the change order is approved by the customer and we are paid by the customer.
 
We generally recognize revenues when services are invoiced.  To the extent that actual recoveries with respect to change orders or amounts subject to contract disputes or claims are less than the estimates used in our financial statements, the amount of any shortfall will reduce our future revenues and profits, and this could adversely affect our reported working capital and results of operations.  In addition, any delay caused by the extra work may adversely impact the timely scheduling of other project work and our ability to meet specified contract milestone dates.
 
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from a few customers and the loss of one of these customers, or a reduction in their demand for our services, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our customer base is highly concentrated.  Due to the size and nature of our construction contracts, one or a few customers have represented a substantial portion of our consolidated revenues and gross profits in any one year or over a period of several consecutive years.  Verizon Communications accounted for approximately 7% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012 and 56% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011.  Our top four customers, Nexlink , Ericsson, Inc., Verizon Communications and Ericsson Caribbean, accounted for approximately 59% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2012.  Our top two customers, Verizon Communications and Danella Construction, accounted for approximately 73% of our total revenues in the year ended December 31, 2011.  Revenues under our contracts with significant customers may continue to vary from period to period depending on the timing or volume of work that those customers order or perform with their in-house service organizations.  A limited number of customers may continue to comprise a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future.  Because we do not maintain any reserves for payment defaults, a default or delay in payment on a significant scale could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  We could lose business from a significant customer for a variety of reasons, including:
 
 
the consolidation, merger or acquisition of an existing customer, resulting in a change in procurement strategies employed by the surviving entity that could reduce the amount of work we receive;
 
 
15

 
 
 
our performance on individual contracts or relationships with one or more significant customers are impaired due to another reason, which may cause us to lose future business with such customers and, as a result, our ability to generate income would be adversely impacted;
 
 
the strength of our professional reputation; and
 
 
key customers could slow or stop spending on initiatives related to projects we are performing for them due to increased difficulty in the credit markets as a result of the recent economic crisis or other reasons.
 
Since many of our customer contracts allow our customers to terminate the contract without cause, our customers may terminate their contracts with us at will, which could impair our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our business is labor intensive and if we are unable to attract and retain key personnel and skilled labor, or if we encounter labor difficulties, our ability to bid for and successfully complete contracts may be negatively impacted.
 
Our ability to attract and retain reliable, qualified personnel is a significant factor that enables us to successfully bid for and profitably complete our work.  Our future success depends on our ability to attract, hire and retain project managers, estimators, supervisors, foremen, equipment operators, engineers, linemen, laborers and other highly-skilled personnel.  Our ability to do so depends on a number of factors, such as general rates of employment, competitive demands for employees possessing the skills we need and the level of compensation required to hire and retain qualified employees.  We may also spend considerable resources training employees who may then be hired by our competitors, forcing us to spend additional funds to attract personnel to fill those positions.  Competition for employees is intense, and we could experience difficulty hiring and retaining the personnel necessary to support our business.  Our labor expenses may also increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled personnel.  If we do not succeed in retaining our current employees and attracting, developing and retaining new highly-skilled employees, our reputation may be harmed and our future earnings may be negatively impacted.
 
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified executive officers and managers, we will be unable to operate efficiently, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We depend on the continued efforts and abilities of our executive officers, as well as the senior management of our subsidiaries, to establish and maintain our customer relationships and identify strategic opportunities.  The loss of any one of them could negatively affect our ability to execute our business strategy and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.  Competition for managerial talent with significant industry experience is high and we may lose access to executive officers for a variety of reasons, including more attractive compensation packages offered by our competitors.  Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain of our executive officers and certain other key employees, we cannot guarantee that any of them or other key management personnel will remain employed by us for any length of time.
 
Because we maintain a workforce based upon current and anticipated workloads, we may incur significant costs in adjusting our workforce demands, including addressing understaffing of contracts, if we do not receive future contract awards or if these awards are delayed.
 
Our estimates of future performance depend, in part, upon whether and when we will receive certain new contract awards.  Our estimates may be unreliable and can change from time to time.  In the case of larger projects, where timing is often uncertain, it is particularly difficult to project whether and when we will receive a contract award.  The uncertainty of contract award timing can present difficulties in matching workforce size with contractual needs.  If an expected contract award is delayed or not received, we could incur significant costs resulting from retaining more staff than is necessary.  Similarly, if we underestimate the workforce necessary for a contract, we may not perform at the level expected by the customer and harm our reputation with the customer.  Each of these may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
16

 
 
Timing of the award and performance of new contracts could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
It is generally very difficult to predict whether and when new contracts will be offered for tender because these contracts frequently involve a lengthy and complex design and bidding process, which is affected by a number of factors, such as market conditions, financing arrangements and governmental approvals.  Because of these factors, our results of operations and cash flows may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year, and the fluctuation may be substantial.  Such delays, if they occur, could adversely affect our operating results for current and future periods until the affected contracts are completed.
 
Our operating results may fluctuate due to factors that are difficult to forecast and not within our control.
 
Our past operating results may not be accurate indicators of future performance, and you should not rely on such results to predict our future performance.  Our operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past, and could fluctuate in the future.  Factors that may contribute to fluctuations include:
 
 
changes in aggregate capital spending, cyclicality and other economic conditions, or domestic and international demand in the industries we serve;
 
 
our ability to effectively manage our working capital;
 
 
our ability to satisfy consumer demands in a timely and cost-effective manner;
 
 
pricing and availability of labor and materials;
 
 
our inability to adjust certain fixed costs and expenses for changes in demand;
 
 
shifts in geographic concentration of customers, supplies and labor pools; and
 
 
seasonal fluctuations in demand and our revenue.
 
Unanticipated delays due to adverse weather conditions, global climate change and difficult work sites and environments may slow completion of our contracts, impair our customer relationships and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Because some of our work is performed outdoors, our business is impacted by extended periods of inclement weather and is subject to unpredictable weather conditions, which could become more frequent or severe if general climatic changes occur.  Generally, inclement weather is more likely to occur during the winter season, which falls during our second and third fiscal quarters.  Additionally, adverse weather conditions can result in project delays or cancellations, potentially causing us to incur additional unanticipated costs, reductions in revenues or the payment of liquidated damages.  In addition, some of our contracts require that we assume the risk that actual site conditions vary from those expected.  Significant periods of bad weather typically reduce profitability of affected contracts, both in the current period and during the future life of affected contracts, which can negatively affect our results of operations in current and future periods until the affected contracts are completed.
 
Some of our projects involve challenging engineering, procurement and construction phases that may occur over extended time periods, sometimes up to several years.  We may encounter difficulties in engineering, delays in designs or materials provided by the customer or a third party, equipment and material delivery delays, schedule changes, delays from customer failure to timely obtain rights-of-way, weather-related delays, delays by subcontractors in completing their portion of the project and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, but which may impact our ability to complete a project within the original delivery schedule.  In some cases, delays and additional costs may be substantial, and we may be required to cancel a project and/or compensate the customer for the delay.  We may not be able to recover any of these costs.  Any such delays, cancellations, defects, errors or other failures to meet customer expectations could result in damage claims substantially in excess of revenue associated with a project.  These factors could also negatively impact our reputation or relationships with our customers, which could adversely affect our ability to secure new contracts.
 
 
17

 
 
Environmental and other regulatory matters could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business and could require expenditures that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health that, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances.  While immigration laws require us to take certain steps intended to confirm the legal status of our immigrant labor force, we may nonetheless unknowingly employ illegal immigrants.  Violations of laws and regulations could subject us to substantial fines and penalties, cleanup costs, third-party property damage or personal injury claims.  In addition, these laws and regulations have become, and enforcement practices and compliance standards are becoming, increasingly stringent.  Moreover, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of legislation or regulatory requirements that could be imposed, or how existing or future laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted, with respect to products or activities to which they have not been previously applied.  Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies, could require us to make substantial expenditures for, among other things, pollution control systems and other equipment that we do not currently possess, or the acquisition or modification of permits applicable to our activities.
 
If we fail to maintain qualifications required by certain governmental entities, we could be prohibited from bidding on certain contracts.
 
If we do not maintain qualifications required by certain governmental entities, such as low voltage electrical licenses, we could be prohibited from bidding on certain governmental contracts.  A cancellation of an unfinished contract or our exclusion from the bidding process could cause our work crews to be idled for a significant period of time until other comparable work becomes available, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.  The cancellation of significant contracts or our disqualification from bidding for new contracts could reduce our revenues and profits and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Fines, judgments and other consequences resulting from our failure to comply with regulations or adverse outcomes in litigation proceedings could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
From time to time, we may be involved in lawsuits and regulatory actions, including class action lawsuits, that are brought or threatened against us in the ordinary course of business.  These actions may seek, among other things, compensation for alleged personal injury, workers’ compensation, violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and state wage and hour laws, employment discrimination, breach of contract, property damage, punitive damages, civil penalties, consequential damages or other losses, or injunctive or declaratory relief.  Any defects or errors, or failures to meet our customers’ expectations could result in large damage claims against us.  Claimants may seek large damage awards and, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings.  Any failure to properly estimate or manage cost, or delay in the completion of projects, could subject us to penalties.
 
The ultimate resolution of these matters through settlement, mediation or court judgment could have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  Regardless of the outcome of any litigation, these proceedings could result in substantial cost and may require us to devote substantial resources to defend ourselves.  When appropriate, we establish reserves for litigation and claims that we believe to be adequate in light of current information, legal advice and professional indemnity insurance coverage, and we adjust such reserves from time to time according to developments.  If our reserves are inadequate or insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may suffer.
 
 
18

 
 
We employ and assign personnel in the workplaces of other businesses, which subjects us to a variety of possible claims that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We employ and assign personnel in the workplaces of other businesses.  The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:
 
 
discrimination and harassment;
 
 
wrongful termination or denial of employment;
 
 
violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues;
 
 
classification of employees, including independent contractors;
 
 
employment of illegal aliens;
 
 
violations of wage and hour requirements;
 
 
retroactive entitlement to employee benefits; and
 
 
errors and omissions by our temporary employees.
 
Claims relating to any of the above could subject us to monetary fines or reputational damage, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
If we are required to reclassify independent contractors as employees, we may incur additional costs and taxes which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
We use a significant number of independent contractors in our operations for whom we do not pay or withhold any federal, state or provincial employment tax.  There are a number of different tests used in determining whether an individual is an employee or an independent contractor and such tests generally take into account multiple factors.  There can be no assurance that legislative, judicial or regulatory (including tax) authorities will not introduce proposals or assert interpretations of existing rules and regulations that would change, or at least challenge, the classification of our independent contractors.  Although we believe we have properly classified our independent contractors, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or other U.S. federal or state authorities or similar authorities of a foreign government may determine that we have misclassified our independent contractors for employment tax or other purposes and, as a result, seek additional taxes from us or attempt to impose fines and penalties.  If we are required to pay employer taxes or pay backup withholding with respect to prior periods with respect to or on behalf of our independent contractors, our operating costs will increase, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Increases in the cost of fuel could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
The price of fuel needed to run our vehicles and equipment is unpredictable and fluctuates based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and gas, actions by the OPEC and other oil and gas producers, war and unrest in oil producing countries, regional production patterns and environmental concerns.  Most of our contracts do not allow us to adjust our pricing.  Accordingly, any increase in fuel costs could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our dependence on subcontractors and suppliers could increase our costs and impair our ability to complete contracts on a timely basis or at all.
 
We rely on third-party subcontractors to perform some of the work on many of our contracts.  We also rely on third-party suppliers to provide most of the materials needed to perform our obligations under those contracts.  We generally do not bid on contracts unless we have the necessary subcontractors and suppliers committed for the anticipated scope of the contract and at prices that we have included in our bid.  Therefore, to the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors or suppliers, our ability to bid for contracts may be impaired.  In addition, if a subcontractor or third-party supplier is unable to deliver its goods or services according to the negotiated terms for any reason, we may suffer delays and be required to purchase the services from another source at a higher price.  We sometimes pay our subcontractors and suppliers before our customers pay us for the related services.  If customers fail to pay us and we choose, or are required, to pay our subcontractors for work performed or pay our suppliers for goods received, we could suffer an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
19

 
 
Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all significant risk exposures.
 
We will be exposed to liabilities that are unique to the services we provide. While we intend to maintain insurance for certain risks, the amount of our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all claims or liabilities, and we may be forced to bear substantial costs resulting from risks and uncertainties of our business. It is also not possible to obtain insurance to protect against all operational risks and liabilities. The failure to obtain adequate insurance coverage on terms favorable to us, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Our operations are subject to hazards that may cause personal injury or property damage, thereby subjecting us to liabilities and possible losses, which may not be covered by insurance.
 
Our workers are subject to hazards associated with providing construction and related services on construction sites.  For example, some of the work we perform is underground.  If the field location maps supplied to us are not accurate, or if objects are present in the soil that are not indicated on the field location maps, our underground work could strike objects in the soil containing pollutants that could result in a rupture and discharge of pollutants.  In such a case, we may be liable for fines and damages.  These operating hazards can cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, plant and equipment and environmental damage.  Even though we believe that the insurance coverage we maintain is in amounts and against the risks that we believe are consistent with industry practice, this insurance may not be adequate to cover all losses or liabilities that we may incur in our operations.  To the extent that we experience a material increase in the frequency or severity of accidents or workers’ compensation claims, or unfavorable developments on existing claims, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
 
The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended (OSHA), establishes certain employer responsibilities, including the maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the Occupational Health and Safety and Health Administration and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements.  While we have invested, and will continue to invest, substantial resources in occupational health and safety programs, serious accidents or violations of OSHA rules may subject us to substantial penalties, civil litigation or criminal prosecution, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Defects in our specialty contracting services may give rise to claims against us, increase our expenses, or harm our reputation.
 
Our specialty contracting services are complex and our final work product may contain defects.  We have not historically accrued reserves for potential claims as they have been immaterial.  The costs associated with such claims, including any legal proceedings, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Risks Related to Our Industry
 
Our industry is highly competitive, with a variety of larger companies with greater resources competing with us, and our failure to compete effectively could reduce the number of new contracts awarded to us or adversely affect our market share and harm our financial performance.
 
The contracts on which we bid are generally awarded through a competitive bid process, with awards generally being made to the lowest bidder, but sometimes based on other factors, such as shorter contract schedules or prior experience with the customer.  Within our markets, we compete with many national, regional, local and international service providers, including Dycom Industries, Inc., MasTec, Inc ., Tech Mahindra , Unisys Corporation and Goodman Networks, Inc.  Price is often the principal factor in determining which service provider is selected by our customers, especially on smaller, less complex projects.  As a result, any organization with adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a competitor.  Smaller competitors are sometimes able to win bids for these projects based on price alone because of their lower costs and financial return requirements.  Additionally, our competitors may develop the expertise, experience and resources to provide services that are equal or superior in both price and quality to our services, and we may not be able to maintain or enhance our competitive position.  We also face competition from the in-house service organizations of our customers whose personnel perform some of the services that we provide.
 
 
20

 
 
Some of our competitors have already achieved greater market penetration than we have in the markets in which we compete, and some have greater financial and other resources than we do.  A number of national companies in our industry are larger than we are and, if they so desire, could establish a presence in our markets and compete with us for contracts.  As a result of this competition, we may need to accept lower contract margins in order to compete against competitors that have the ability to accept awards at lower prices or have a pre-existing relationship with a customer.  If we are unable to compete successfully in our markets, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected.
 
Many of the industries we serve are subject to consolidation and rapid technological and regulatory change, and our inability or failure to adjust to our customers’ changing needs could reduce demand for our services.
 
We derive, and anticipate that we will continue to derive, a substantial portion of our revenue from customers in the telecommunications and utilities industries.  The telecommunications and utilities industries are subject to rapid changes in technology and governmental regulation.  Changes in technology may reduce the demand for the services we provide.  For example, new or developing technologies could displace the wireline systems used for the transmission of voice, video and data, and improvements in existing technology may allow telecommunications providers to significantly improve their networks without physically upgrading them.  Alternatively, our customers could perform more tasks themselves, which would cause our business to suffer.  Additionally, the telecommunications and utilities industries have been characterized by a high level of consolidation that may result in the loss of one or more of our customers.  Our failure to rapidly adopt and master new technologies as they are developed in any of the industries we serve or the consolidation of one or more of our significant customers could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
Further, many of our telecommunications customers are regulated by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), and other international regulators.  The FCC and other regulators may interpret the application of their regulations in a manner that is different than the way such regulations are currently interpreted and may impose additional regulations, either of which could reduce demand for our services and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
Economic downturns could cause capital expenditures in the industries we serve to decrease, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
The demand for our services has been, and will likely continue to be, cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the United States economy.  The United States economy is still recovering from a recession, and growth in United States economic activity has remained slow.  It is uncertain when these conditions will significantly improve.  The wireless telecommunications industry and the staffing services industry are both particularly cyclical in nature and vulnerable to general downturns in the United States and international economies.  Our customers are affected by economic changes that decrease the need for or the profitability of their services.  This can result in a decrease in the demand for our services and  potentially result in the delay or cancellation of projects by our customers.  Slow-downs in real estate, fluctuations in commodity prices and decreased demand by end-customers for services could affect our customers and their capital expenditure plans.  As a result, some of our customers may opt to defer or cancel pending projects.  A downturn in overall economic conditions also affects the priorities placed on various projects funded by governmental entities and federal, state and local spending levels.
 
 In general, economic uncertainty makes it difficult to estimate our customers’ requirements for our services .  Our plan for growth depends on expanding our company both in the United States and internationally.  If economic factors in any of the regions in which we plan to expand are not favorable to the growth and development of the telecommunications industries in those countries, we may not be able to carry out our growth strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
 
21

 
 
Risks Related to Our Financial Results and Financing Plans
 
We have a history of losses and may continue to incur losses in the future , raising substantial doubts about our ability to continue as a going concern .
 
We have a history of losses and may continue to incur losses in the future, which could negatively impact the trading value of our common stock.  We incurred losses from operations of $2.8 million and $5.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  We incurred a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $2.1 million and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  As of December 31, 2012, our stockholder’s deficit was $3.3 million.  We may continue to incur operating losses in future periods. These losses may increase and we may never achieve profitability for a variety of reasons, including increased competition, decreased growth in the telecommunications industry and other factors described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section.  These factors raise substantial doubt that we will be able to continue operations as a going concern, and our independent registered public accountants included an explanatory paragraph regarding this uncertainty in their report on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon our generating cash flow sufficient to fund operations and reducing operating expenses.
 
We may never achieve profitability, and if we do, we may not be able to sustain such profitability.  Further, we may incur significant losses in the future due to the other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events.  If we cannot continue as a going concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment.
 
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not occur in the future.  If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price.
 
We have historically had a small internal accounting and finance staff with limited experience in public reporting.  This lack of adequate accounting resources has resulted in the identification of material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting.  A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, our management team identified material weaknesses relating to (i) the ability to prepare and timely issue the required filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (ii) the Company lacking the appropriate technical resources to properly evaluate transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, (iii) the Company lacking a review function. We have taken steps, including the hiring of a Chief Financial Officer, and implementing an improved segregation of duties and plan to continue to take additional steps, to seek to remediate these material weaknesses for the year ending December 31, 2013 and to improve our financial reporting systems and implement new policies, procedures and controls.  If we do not successfully remediate the material weaknesses described above, or if other material weaknesses or other deficiencies arise in the future, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and require restatement which could result in the loss of investor confidence, delisting and/or cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and our ability to meet our payment obligations.
 
As of December 31, 2012, we had total indebtedness of approximately $21.2 million, consisting of $0.6 million of bank debt, $16.0 million of notes payable and $4.6 million of contingent consideration for our completed acquisitions. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to our stockholders.  For example, it could:
 
 
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;
 
 
22

 
 
 
increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business;
 
 
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
 
 
limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, pay dividends and make certain investments; and
 
 
make us more vulnerable to a general economic downturn than a company that is less leveraged.
 
A high level of indebtedness would increase the risk that we may default on our debt obligations.  Our ability to meet our debt obligations and to reduce our level of indebtedness will depend on our future performance.  General economic conditions and financial, business and other factors affect our operations and our future performance.  Many of these factors are beyond our control.  We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to pay the interest on our debt and future working capital, borrowings or equity financing may not be available to pay or refinance such debt.  Factors that will affect our ability to raise cash through an offering of our capital stock or a refinancing of our debt include financial market conditions, the value of our assets and our performance at the time we need capital.
 
Our term loan imposes restrictions on us, which may prevent us from engaging in beneficial transactions.
 
We have a term loan pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012 and amended as of November 13, 2012 and March 21, 2013, among our company, our subsidiaries, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent, or collectively, the “MidMarket Loan Agreement,” which provides for a maximum borrowing of $15.0 million.  At December 31, 2012, $15.0 million was outstanding under the MidMarket Loan Agreement.
 
The terms of the MidMarket Loan Agreement contain covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things:
 
 
make certain payments, including the payment of dividends;
 
 
redeem or repurchase our capital stock;
 
 
incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;
 
 
make investments or create liens;
 
 
merge or consolidate with another entity;
 
 
sell certain assets; and
 
 
enter into transactions with affiliates.
 
In addition, the MidMarket Loan Agreement requires us to comply with a consolidated leverage ratio and a consolidated interest coverage ratio.  These covenants may prevent us from engaging in transactions that benefit us, including responding to changing business and economic conditions and securing additional financing, if needed.  We have in the past breached certain covenants under the MidMarket Loan Agreement that have resulted in various events of default under such agreement, which events of default have either been cured or waived by the lenders thereunder .  As of the date of this filing, we were not in default of any of the covenants .  Any additional breach of any of these covenants could result in new defaults or events of default under the notes and the MidMarket Loan Agreement, in which case, depending on the actions taken by the lenders thereunder or their successors or assignees, such lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest, to be due and payable.  If we were unable to repay such borrowings or interest, the lenders could proceed against their collateral.  Further, if the indebtedness under the MidMarket Loan Agreement were to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full.
 
 
23

 
 
Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions that we use to prepare our financial statements.
 
To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions, as of the date of the financial statements, which affect the reported values of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities.  Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include:
 
 
contract costs and profits and application of percentage-of-completion accounting and revenue recognition of contract change order claims;
 
 
provisions for uncollectible receivables and customer claims and recoveries of costs from subcontractors, suppliers and others;
 
 
valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations; and
 
 
accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves.
 
At the time the estimates and assumptions are made, we believe they are accurate based on the information available.  However, our actual results could differ from, and could require adjustments to, those estimates.
 
Risks Related to Our Operating History and Results of Operations
 
Our limited operating history as an integrated company, recent acquisitions and the rapidly-changing telecommunications market may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and also impairs our ability to accurately forecast our future performance.
 
Although we were incorporated in 1999, we were a development stage company with limited operations until our 2010 merger with Digital Comm.  We experienced rapid and significant expansion in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 due to a series of strategic acquisitions.  We acquired ADEX and T N S in September 2012 and ERFS in December 2012, and we plan to use the proceeds of this offering to complete the acquisitions of Telco and IPC.
 
As a result of our recent acquisitions, our financial results are heavily influenced by the application of the acquisition method of accounting.  The acquisition method of accounting requires management to make assumptions regarding the assets purchased and liabilities assumed to determine their fair market value.  If our assumptions are incorrect, any resulting change or modification could adversely affect our financial conditions and/or results of operations.
 
Further, our limited operating history as an integrated company, combined with our short history operating staffing and cloud-based services, may not provide an adequate basis for investors to evaluate our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and makes accurate financial forecasting difficult for us.  Because we operate in the rapidly-evolving telecommunications markets and because our business is rapidly changing due to a series of acquisitions, we may have difficulty in engaging in effective business and financial planning.  It may also be difficult for us to evaluate trends that may affect our business and whether our expansion may be profitable.  Thus, any predictions about our future revenue and expenses may not be as accurate as they would be if we had a longer operating history or operated in a more predictable market.
 
If we are unable to sustain our recent revenue growth rates, we may never achieve or sustain profitability.
 
We experienced significant growth in recent years, primarily due to our strategic acquisitions.  Our net revenue increased to $17.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 , from $2.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 .  In order to become profitable and maintain our profitability, we must, among other things, continue to increase our revenues.  We may be unable to sustain our recent revenue growth, particularly if we are unable to develop and market our specialty contracting and telecommunications staffing services, increase our sales to existing customers, develop new customers or, even if our revenues continue to grow, they may not be sufficient to exceed increases in our operating expenses or to enable us to achieve or sustain profitability.
 
 
24

 
 
Our inability to obtain additional capital may prevent us from completing our acquisition strategy and successfully operating our business; however, additional financings may subject our existing stockholders to substantial dilution.
 
Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue, if ever, we expect to finance our anticipated future strategic acquisitions through public or private equity offerings or debt financings.  Additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all.  If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more strategic acquisitions or business plans.  In addition, we could be forced to discontinue product development and reduce or forego attractive business opportunities.  To the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution.  In addition, debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants.  We may seek to access the public or private capital markets whenever conditions are favorable, even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital at that time.  Our access to the financial markets and the pricing and terms we receive in the financial markets could be adversely impacted by various factors, including changes in financial markets and interest rates.
 
Our forecasts regarding the sufficiency of our financial resources to support our current and planned operations are forward-looking statements and involve significant risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section.  We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.  Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the costs and timing of our future acquisitions.
 
We exercise judgment in determining our provision for taxes in the United States and Puerto Rico that are subject to tax authority audit review that could result in additional tax liability and potential penalties that would negatively affect our net income.
 
The amounts we record in intercompany transactions for services, licenses, funding and other items affects our tax liabilities.  Our tax filings are subject to review or audit by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and state, local and foreign taxing authorities.  We exercise judgment in determining our worldwide provision for income and other taxes and, in the ordinary course of our business, there may be transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.  Examinations of our tax returns could result in significant proposed adjustments and assessment of additional taxes that could adversely affect our tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
 
Risks Related to our Common Stock and this Offering
 
An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and the market price for our common stock may decline below the offering price of our common stock in this offering.
 
Our common stock has not been listed on any national securities exchange prior to this offering.  Prior to this offering, our common stock was quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, or OTCBB.  The OTCBB is an electronic quotation system that displays real-time quotes, last-sale prices, and volume information for many OTC securities that are not listed on a national securities exchange.  Trading volume for our common stock is limited and OTCBB quotations for our common stock price may not represent the true market value of our common stock.  We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active public trading market or how liquid that public market may become.  The offering price for our common stock in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representative of the underwriters and us based upon several factors, and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market after this offering.  Consequently, you may be unable to sell your shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid for them, if at all.
 
 
25

 
 
Additionally, because the quoted price of our common stock is less than $5.00 per share, our common stock is considered a “penny stock,” and trading in our common stock is subject to the requirements of Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act.  Under this rule, broker/dealers who recommend low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors must satisfy special sales practice requirements, including making an individualized written suitability determination for the purchaser and receiving the purchaser’s written consent prior to the transaction.  Securities and Exchange Commission regulations also require additional disclosure in connection with any trades involving a “penny stock,” including the delivery, prior to any penny stock transaction, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and its associated risks.  These requirements severely limit the liquidity of securities in the secondary market because few brokers or dealers are likely to undertake these compliance activities and this limited liquidity will make it more difficult for an investor to sell his shares of our common stock in the secondary market should the investor wish to liquidate the investment.  In addition to the applicability of the penny stock rules, other risks associated with trading in penny stocks could also be price fluctuations and the lack of a liquid market.
 
Our stock price has fluctuated widely in recent years, and the trading price of our common stock is likely to continue to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors and litigation.
 
In addition to changes to market prices based on our results of operations and the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section, the market price of and trading volume for our common stock may change for a variety of other reasons, not necessarily related to our actual operating performance.  The capital markets have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies.  These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.  In addition, the average daily trading volume of the securities of small companies can be very low, which may contribute to future volatility.  Factors that could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly include:
 
 
the results of operating and financial performance and prospects of other companies in our industry;
 
 
strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
 
 
announcements of innovations, increased service capabilities, new or terminated customers or new, amended or terminated contracts by our competitors;
 
 
the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements, and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
 
 
market conditions for providers of services to telecommunications, utilities and cloud services customers;
 
 
lack of securities analyst coverage or speculation in the press or investment community about us or market opportunities in the telecommunications services and staffing industry;
 
 
changes in government policies in the United States and, as our international business increases, in other foreign countries;
 
 
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities or research analysts who track our common stock or failure of our actual results of operations to meet those expectations;
 
 
market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy;
 
 
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
 
 
any lawsuit involving us, our services or our products;
 
 
arrival and departure of key personnel;
 
 
sales of common stock by us, our investors or members of our management team; and
 
 
changes in general market, economic and political conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from natural or man-made disasters.
 
 
26

 
 
Any of these factors, as well as broader market and industry factors, may result in large and sudden changes in the trading volume of our common stock and could seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.  This may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for your shares of our common stock, if at all.  In addition, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders often institute securities class action litigation against that company.  Our involvement in any class action suit or other legal proceeding could divert our senior management’s attention and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock after the completion of the offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through common stock offerings.  Following this offering, our executive officers and directors will beneficially own, collectively, [__]% of our outstanding common stock, or [__]% if the underwriter exercises in full its option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.  If one or more of them were to sell a substantial portion of the shares they hold, it could cause our stock price to decline.
 
In addition, as of December 31, 2012, and at February 28, 2013, there were outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,517,766 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $63.89 per share, of which warrants to purchase 749,542 shares at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.25 per share were exercisable as of such date. The exercise of options at prices below the market price of our common stock could adversely affect the price of shares of our common stock. Additional dilution may result from the issuance of shares of our capital stock in connection with acquisitions or in connection with other financing efforts. Any issuance of our common stock that is not made solely to then-existing stockholders proportionate to their interests, such as in the case of a stock dividend or stock split, will result in dilution to each stockholder.
 
In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers, and substantially all of our stockholders and holders of options to purchase our stock, have agreed, subject to certain limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, or enter into, any transaction that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition of any shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the written consent of the representative of the underwriters, subject to potential extension. As of the date of this prospectus, approximately [___] shares of our common stock will be subject to the contractual lock-up with the underwriter.  However, the representative of the underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible For Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.
 
We are controlled by a small group of our existing stockholders, whose interests may differ from other stockholders. Our executive officers and directors will significantly influence our activities, and their interests may differ from your interests as a stockholder.
 
Following this offering, our executive officers and directors will beneficially own, collectively, [__]% of our outstanding common stock, or [__]% if the underwriter exercises in full its option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.
 
Accordingly, these stockholders have had, and will continue to have, significant influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transaction or any other matter submitted for approval to our stockholders, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of our assets, director elections and other significant corporate actions.  They will also have significant influence in preventing or causing a change in control of our company.  In addition, without the consent of these stockholders, we could be prevented from entering into transactions that could be beneficial to us.  The interests of these stockholders may differ from your interests as a stockholder, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.
 
 
27

 
 
The offering price for shares of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share, so purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.
 
If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your common stock than the amount paid by existing stockholders for their common stock.  As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $[_____] per share of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire common stock, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock of $[_____], after giving effect to this offering and the assumed offering price per share of common stock of $[_­­_] (the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our common stock is issued upon the exercise of our outstanding warrants.  All of the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of currently outstanding warrants will be issued at a purchase price that is less than the offering price per share in this offering.  See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our common stock will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and certain provisions of Delaware corporate law, as well as certain of our contracts, contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control even if the change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
 
Delaware law, as well as our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, contains anti-takeover provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company, even if the change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.  These provisions could lower the price that future investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock.  These anti-takeover provisions:
 
 
authorize our board of directors to create and issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock, thereby increasing the number of outstanding shares, which can deter or prevent a takeover attempt;
 
 
prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;
 
 
establish a three-tiered classified board of directors requiring that not all members of our board be elected at one time;
 
 
establish a supermajority requirement to amend our amended and restated bylaws and specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;
 
 
prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of stockholders to elect director candidates;
 
 
establish limitations on the removal of directors;
 
 
empower our board of directors to fill any vacancy on our board of directors, whether such vacancy occurs as a result of an increase in the number of directors or otherwise;
 
 
provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws;
 
 
provide that our directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors;
 
 
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by our stockholders at stockholder meetings;
 
 
limit the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; and
 
 
provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action, actions asserting a breach of fiduciary duty and certain other actions against us or any directors or executive officers.
 
 
28

 
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the terms of our stock incentive plans, the terms of our change in control agreements with our senior executives and other contractual provisions may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company.  Section 203 generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for three years after the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder.  Our stock incentive plans include change-in-control provisions that allow us to grant options or stock purchase rights that may become vested immediately upon a change in control.  The terms of changes of control agreements with our senior executives and contractual restrictions with third parties may discourage a change in control of our company.  Our board of directors also has the power to adopt a stockholder rights plan that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company even if the change in control is generally beneficial to our stockholders.  These plans, sometimes called “poison pills,” are oftentimes criticized by institutional investors or their advisors and could affect our rating by such investors or advisors.  If our board of directors adopts such a plan, it might have the effect of reducing the price that new investors are willing to pay for shares of our common stock.
 
Together, these charter, statutory and contractual provisions could make the removal of our management and directors amore difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock.  Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant common stock beneficially owned by our executive officers, key non-executive officer employees, and members of our board of directors, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.  They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.
 
We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.
 
We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.  We currently intend to retain any earnings to finance our operations and growth.  As a result, any short-term return on your investment will depend on the market price of our common stock, and only appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur, will provide a return to stockholders.  The decision whether to pay dividends will be made by our board of directors in light of conditions then existing, including, but not limited to, factors such as our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business conditions, and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.
 
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the market price of our common stock will likely decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts, over whom we have no control, publish about us and our business.  We may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts.  If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the market price for our common stock could decline.  In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, the market price of our common stock could decline if one or more equity analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue unfavorable commentary, even if it is inaccurate, or cease publishing reports about us or our business.
 
 
29

 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, that involve substantial risks and uncertainties.  All statements contained in this prospectus, other than statements of historical fact, including statements of estimated and projected revenue, margins, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates, financial results and prospects, are forward-looking statements.  You can generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “could,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “projects,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “pursue,” “target” or “continue,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions that concern our strategy, plans or intentions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.  We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our historical performance, our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs.
 
These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that we believe are reasonable, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section.  Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly-changing environment.  New risks emerge from time to time.  It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make.  In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
 
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events.  Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to our operations, financial results, financial condition, business, prospects, growth strategy and liquidity.  If one or more of these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from those indicated in these statements.  Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results.  The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
 
 
30

 
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the [___] shares we are offering will be approximately $[___] million, based upon an assumed offering price of $[__] per share (the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus).  If the representative of the underwriters fully exercises the over-allotment option, we estimate the net proceeds of the shares we sell will be approximately $[__] million.  “Net proceeds” is what we expect to receive after paying the underwriters fees and other expenses of the offering.  For purposes of estimating net proceeds, we are assuming that the public offering price will be $[__] per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
Each $[__] increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of $[__] per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $[__] million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.  We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering.  An increase (decrease) of [__] in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $[__] million, assuming the offering price stays the same.  An increase of [__] in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $[__] increase in the assumed offering price per share, would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $[__] million.  A decrease of [__] in the number of shares we are offering, together with a $[__] decrease in the assumed offering price per share, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $[__] million.  We do not expect that a change in the offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our intended uses of the net proceeds from this offering, although it may impact the amount of time prior to which we may need to seek additional capital.
 
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for the following purposes:
 
 
approximately $17.5 million to complete our acquisition of the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business division of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC concurrently with the consummation of this offering;
 
 
approximately $18.2 million to complete our acquisition of Integration Partners-NY Corporation concurrently with the consummation of this offering;
 
 
up to approximately $1.5 million to redeem at the closing of this offering up to 1,500 outstanding shares of our Series F Preferred Stock; and
 
 
any remaining balance for working capital or general corporate purposes.
 
A more complete description of the two businesses we will acquire with a portion of the net proceeds of this offering is set forth under the caption “Business – Our Recent and Pending Acquisitions.”
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we have outstanding 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock, of which we will redeem up to 1,500 shares concurrently with the consummation of this offering, depending on the amount of net proceeds we receive in this offering.  The Series F Preferred Stock was issued to the former owners of T N S, as partial consideration for our acquisition of T N S on September 17, 2012, and has a 12% cumulative annual dividend and a $1,000 stated value per share.  The outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be redeemed by us at any time at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share.
 
Until we use the net proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the funds in short-term, interest-bearing investments, which may include interest-bearing bank accounts, money market funds, certificates of deposit and U.S. government securities.
 
 
31

 
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and to fund future growth.  We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.  The terms of the MidMarket Loan Agreement prohibit our payment of cash dividends.  Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors in light of conditions then-existing, including factors such as our results of operations, financial conditions and requirements, business conditions and covenants under any applicable contractual arrangements.
 
PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
 
Our common stock is listed on the OTC Bulletin Board (OTCBB) under the symbol “ICLD.”  We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ICLD.”  The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock as quoted by the OTCBB for the periods indicated.  Quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down commission, and may not represent actual transactions.
 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
High
   
Low
 
First Quarter
 
$
18.75
   
$
8.13
 
Second Quarter
 
$
31.25
   
$
6.56
 
Third Quarter
 
$
18.75
   
$
5.00
 
Fourth Quarter
 
$
9.00
   
$
10.06
 
`
           
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
               
First Quarter
 
$
3.49
   
$
0.01
 
Second Quarter
 
$
0.94
   
$
0.01
 
Third Quarter
 
$
2.63
   
$
0.01
 
Fourth Quarter
 
$
5.13
   
$
0.02
 
             
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
               
First Quarter (through March 21, 2013) after giving effect to our 1-for-125 revenue stock split that occured on January 14 , 2013
 
$
9.00
   
$
2.65
 
 
As of March 21, 2013, the closing sale price of our common stock, as reported by the OTCBB, was $3.05 per share after giving effect to our 1-for-125 revenue stock split that occured on January 14 , 2013.
 
Holders
 
At March 22, 2013, we had approximately 149 record holders of our common stock.  The number of record holders was determined from the records of our transfer agent and does not include beneficial owners of common stock whose shares are held in the names of various security brokers, dealers or registered clearing agencies.  We have appointed Corporate Stock Transfer, 3200 Cherry Creek Dr. South, Denver, CO 80209 to act as the transfer agent of our common stock.
 
 
32

 
 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2012:
 
 
on an actual basis;
 
 
on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 160,000 shares of common stock in February 2013 and the conversion of all of our Series D Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 157,949 shares of common stock in January 2013, (ii) the issuance of an aggregate of 250 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock in January and February 2013, (iii) the issuance of an aggregate of 146,334 shares of common stock upon the conversion of outstanding promissory notes, and (iv) the issuance to the lenders under the MidMarket Loan Agreement of 81,500 shares of common stock in March 2013 pursuant to a second amendment to the MidMarket Loan Agreement ; and
 
 
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the conversion of our Series A Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock and the issuance of shares of Series E Preferred Stock subsequent to December 31, 2012 referred to above and (i) the sale of [___] shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed offering price of [___] per share (the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the conversion of our outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock immediately prior the closing of this offering, which assumes that all of our outstanding Series E Preferred Stock is converted, rather than redeemed, at such time, and (iii) the assumed redemption of 1,500 shares of our outstanding Series F Preferred Stock concurrently with the closing of this offering at the aggregate redemption price of $1,500,000. We expect to redeem an additional 1,500 shares of Series F Preferred Stock within ninety days of this offering with cash flows from operations.
 
The information below is illustrative only.  Our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual offering price and other terms of this offering determined at the pricing of this offering.  You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the sections entitled “Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Information ,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Capital Stock” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
   
As of December 31, 2012
 
   
Actual
   
Pro forma
   
Pro forma as adjusted
 
         
(unaudited)
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 646,978     $ 646,978    
 [_______]
 
                   
 
 
Long-term debt (including current portion)
      21,180,855       20,992,543       20,992,543  
                         
Common stock with $1.25 put option, 40,000 and none, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma
    499,921       499,921       499,921  
Redeemable Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 60,000 authorized, 37,500 issued and outstanding actual and pro forma; no shares issued or outstanding pro forma as adjusted
    2,216,760       2,216,760    
_
 
Redeemable Series C convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative annual dividend, $1,000 stated value; 1,500 authorized, 1,500 shares issued and outstanding actual and pro forma; no shares issued or outstanding pro forma as adjusted
      1,500,000       1,500,000    
_
 
Series D convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative annual dividend, $1,000 stated value, 1,000 authorized; 608 shares issued and outstanding actual;  no shares issued and outstanding,  pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    605,872    
_
   
_
 
Series E convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 12% cumulative annual dividend, $1,000 stated value, 3,500 authorized, 2,575 shares issued and outstanding actual; 2,825 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; and no shares issued or outstanding pro forma as adjusted
      2,575,000       2,825,000    
_
 
 
 
33

 
 
   
As of December 31, 2012
 
   
Actual
   
Pro forma
   
Pro forma as
adjusted
 
         
(unaudited)
   
(unaudited)
 
Series F convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 12% cumulative annual dividend, 4,800 authorized, 3,575 shares issued and outstanding actual and  pro forma; 575 shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted
      3,575,000       3,575,000       2,075,000  
Series H convertible preferred stock 10% cumulative monthly dividend up to 150%  2,000 authorized, 1,425 shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
      1,425,000       1,425,000       1,425,000  
Series I convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 4,500 authorized, 4,500 shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    4,187,151       4,187,151       4,187,151  
      16,584,704       16,228,832       8,187,072  
Stockholders’ deficit:
                       
Common stock, $.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; 1,995,930 shares issued and outstanding actual; 2,759,995 shares issued and outstanding pro forma; and ______ shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted
      200       276    
[___]
 
Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 authorized; 2,000,000 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
      200       -       -  
Additional paid-in capital
      9,106,699       9,712,695    
[___]
 
Accumulated deficit
      (12,517,655 )     (12,517,655 )  
[___]
 
Total stockholders’ deficit
      (3,288,586 )       (2,682,714 )    
[___]
 
                         
Total capitalization
  $ (40,407,167 )   $ (39,257,111 )  
 [___]
 
 
Our capitalization information presented in the foregoing table excludes:
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 4,150 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013 that will remain outstanding following this offering, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price of the common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 2,000 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013, which shares are currently being held in escrow by us as collateral for our obligations under the ADEX Stock Purchase Agreement and which will be automatically cancelled if we perform our obligations under that agreement, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price of the common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 1,425 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock outstanding as February 28, 2013, which we expect to redeem within 90 days after the consummation of this offering for approximately $2.1 million, the cash used for this redemption will be funded from cash from operations, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to 4.49% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of conversion;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 4,500 shares of our Series I Preferred Stock, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
34

 
 
 
749,542 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $1.25 per share that expire on September 7, 2014, subject to extension if certain minimum EBITDA thresholds are not achieved; 
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $125.00 per share, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to 4.63% (based on 2,825 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued at February 28, 2013) of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise or, if we elect to delay the redemption of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock after receipt of a redemption demand, 9.27% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise;
 
 
2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan as of February 28, 2013;
 
 
500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan as of February 28, 2013; and 
 
 
[_____] shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock. 
 
 
35

 
 
DILUTION
 
Dilution represents the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Net tangible book value is the amount that results from subtracting total liabilities and intangible assets from total assets.

As of December 31, 2012, on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 160,000 shares of common stock in February 2013 and the conversion of all of our Series D Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 157,949 shares of common stock in January 2013, (ii) the issuance of an aggregate of 146,334 shares of common stock upon the conversion of outstanding promissory notes in March 2013, and (iii) the issuance to the lenders under the MidMarket Loan Agreement of 81,500 shares of common stock in March 2013 p ursuant to an amendment,  the net tangible book value of our common stock was approximately $ ___ million, or approximately $ __ per share based upon ____ shares of common stock outstanding.

Upon completion of this offering at an assumed public offering price of $[___] per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after giving effect to the issuance of ___ shares of common stock upon conversion of all of our outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock but without taking into account any change in the net tangible book value after completion of this offering other than that resulting from the sale of the shares o f common stock in this offering and   the receipt of the total proceeds of $[____] (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses), the net tangible book value of the[____] shares to be outstanding will be $[____], or approximately $[___] per share of our common stock. Accordingly, the net tangible book value of our common stock held by our existing stockholders ([____] shares) will be increased by $[___] per share without any additional investment on their part. The purchasers of our common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution (a reduction in the net tangible book value per share from the assumed offering price of $[___] per share) of $[___] per share. As a result, after completion of this offering, the net tangible book value of our common stock held by purchasers in this offering would be $[___] per share, reflecting an immediate reduction in the $[___] price per share they paid for their shares.

The following table illustrates the per share dilution to the new investors without giving any effect to the results of any operations subsequent to December 31 , 2012:

Assumed initial public offering price per share
  $    
As adjusted net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012
  $    
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
  $    
As adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering
  $    
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors
  $    

If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full, our as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $[____] per share, representing an increase to existing holders of $[______] per share, and there will be an immediate dilution of $[___]  per share to new investors.
 
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $[______] per share would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $[______], and the dilution to new investors by $[______] per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.
 
The discussion and table above do not include the following:
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 4,150 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013 that will remain outstanding following this offering, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price of the common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
36

 
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 2,000 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013, which shares are currently being held in escrow by us as collateral for our obligations under the ADEX Stock Purchase Agreement and which will be automatically cancelled if we perform our obligations under that agreement, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price of the common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of 1,425 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013, which we expect to redeem within 90 days after the consummation of this offering for approximately $2.1 million, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to 4.49% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of conversion;
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each of up to 4,500 shares of our Series I Preferred Stock to be issued on or prior to April 5, 2013 in connection with our acquisition of Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to $1,000 (subject to adjustment) divided by the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days preceding the conversion date;
 
 
749,542 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $1.25 per share that expire on September 7, 2014, subject to extension if certain minimum EBITDA thresholds are not achieved; 
 
 
a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $125.00 per share, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to 4.63% (based on 2,825 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued at January 31, 2013) of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise or, if we elect to delay the redemption of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock after receipt of a redemption demand, 9.27% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise;
 
 
2,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan as of February 28, 2013;
 
 
500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan as of February 28, 2013; and 
 
 
[_____] shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock. 
 
 
37

 
 
The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2012, the number of shares of common stock purchased or to be purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid and the average price per share paid or to be paid by existing holders of common stock and by new investors, at an assumed public offering price of [_____] per share (the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus), before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.  In preparing the table on a pro forma as adjusted basis, we gave effect to the redemption of 1,500 outstanding shares of our Series F Preferred Stock in connection with the consummation of this offering and assumed the conversion of all of our remaining outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock as of December 31, 2012, assuming for all such shares of preferred stock that the price of the common stock used in the calculation of the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of such shares, at all relevant times required in such calculation, is [_____] per share (the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover of this prospectus).
 
   
Shares Purchased
 
Total Consideration
 
Average Price
 
   
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
Per Share
 
           
Existing stockholders
     
%
      $   %   $    
New investors
                           
Total
     
%
      $   %   $    
 
The above table excludes shares subject to options outstanding, shares available for issuance pursuant to our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan and shares issuable upon the exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of common stock. To the extent any of the options to purchase shares of common stock are granted or exercised, or the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares, there will be further dilution to new investors.
 
 
38

 
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data for us for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  The financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by, reference to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our historical and pro forma c ombined condensed financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. 
 
   
For the years ended
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Statement of Operations Data:
           
             
Revenues
  $ 17,235,585     $ 2,812,210  
Gross profit
    5,176,486       961,192  
Operating expenses
    7,938,345       6,343,931  
Loss from operations
    (2,761,859 )     (5,382,739 )
Other expense, net
    (1,047,324 )     (1,021,889 )
Net loss before benefit for income taxes and equity earning/loss in affiliate
   
(3,809,183
)     (6,404,628 )
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,646,523 )     -  
Dividends on preferred stock
    (843,215 )     -  
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
    (2,072,862 )     (6,404,628 )
Loss per share, basic and diluted
  $ (1.33 )   $ (6.38 )
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    1,553,555       1,003,264  
 
   
As of
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Balance Sheet Data:
           
Cash
  $ 646,978     $ 89,285  
Accounts receivable
    8,481,999       347,607  
Total current assets
    9,666,325       456,585  
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
    29,667,823      
1,146,117
 
Total assets
    41,866,243       2,245,545  
                 
Total current liabilities
    13,410,481       2,357,618  
Other liabilities, including long-term debt
    14,601,711       1,672,900  
Temporary equity
    16,584,704       620,872  
Stockholders’ deficit
    (3,288,586 )     (2,405,845 )
 
39

 
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Since January 1, 2012, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
 
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX, an Atlanta-based provider of engineering and installation services and staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s managed solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle.
 
 
T N S, Inc .  In September 2012, we also acquired T N S, a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends our geographic reach to the Midwest area and our client reach to end-users such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs.
 
 
Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC .  In December 2012, our ADEX subsidiary acquired ERFS, an environmental real estate remediation company.  The acquisition of ERFS augmented ADEX’s disaster recovery service offerings.  During 2012, the results of this company from the date of acquisition were not material.
 
We have also entered into definitive agreements for the following acquisitions:
 
 
Telco .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire Telco. We plan to integrate this professional services and telecommunications staffing business into our ADEX subsidiary in order to expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition.
 
 
IPC .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire IPC, a New York-based cloud and managed services business, with professional services and applications capabilities.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  We believe that the acquisition of IPC will support our cloud and managed services aspect of our business, as well as improve our systems integration and applications capabilities.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition.
 
The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012 presents combined information as if we had completed each of the above acquisitions on January 1, 2012.  The unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 is not presented for the five acquisitions completed prior to December 31, 2012 because the balance sheet of those entities, including related acquisition adjustments, is included in our consolidated balance sheet as of such date. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared from, and should be read in conjunction with, the respective historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of our Company and of each of Tropical, RM Engineering, ADEX, T N S, Telco, and IPC included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
 
40

 
 
The historical profit and loss accounts of each of these entities have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (US GAAP). The pro forma acquisition adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information were based on available information and certain assumptions made by us and may be revised as additional information becomes available as the purchase accounting for the acquisition is finalized. The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and information available as of the date of this prospectus.  Certain valuations are currently in process. Actual results may differ from the amounts reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, and the differences may be material.
 
The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information included in this prospectus is not intended to represent what our results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2012 or to project our results of operations for any future period. Since we and each of these entities were not under common control or management for any period presented, the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.
 
 
41

 
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
Unaudited Proforma Combined Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31, 2012
                                                           
        InterCloud Systems, Inc.
 
 
 
Proforma
Adjustments
     
Proforma
Combined
   
Telco
Professional
Services (1)
Historical
  Proforma
Adjustments
 
 
Proforma
Combined
   
IPC
Systems, Inc.
Historical
  Proforma
Adjustments
 
 
Proforma
Combined
 
          Offering                 Acquisitions               Acquisitions        
Assets
                                                       
 
Current assets
                                                       
 
Cash
  $ 646,978     $ 33,700,000     (r,t )   $ 34,346,978     $ -   $ (17,460,735 )
(a)
  $ 16,886,243     $ 1,397,786   $ (18,245,661 )
(j)
  $ 38,368  
 
Accounts receivable
    8,481,999       -         8,481,999       5,179,597     -         13,661,596       5,407,275     -         19,068,871  
 
Inventory
    -       -         -       -     -         -       108,743     -         108,743  
 
Deferred loan costs
    298,517       -         298,517       -     -         298,517       -     -         298,517  
 
Other current assets
    238,831       -         238,831       -     -         238,831       630,013     -         868,844  
                                                                             
 
Total current assets
    9,666,325       33,700,000         43,366,325       5,179,597     (17,460,735 )       31,085,187       7,543,817     (18,245,661 )       20,383,343  
                                                                             
 
Property, plant & equipment, net
    367,624       -         367,624       -     -         367,624       29,357     -         396,981  
 
Goodwill
    20,561,980       -         20,561,980       -     16,814,121  
(d)
    37,376,101       -     12,922,382  
(m)
    50,298,483  
 
Intangible assets, net
    9,105,843       -         9,105,843             11,227,317  
(c)
    20,333,160       -     9,770,898  
(l)
    30,104,058  
 
Deferred loan costs, net of current portion
    1,528,262       -         1,528,262             -         1,528,262       -     -         1,528,262  
 
Other assets
    636,209       -         636,209       -     -         636,209       123,305     -         759,514  
                                                                             
Total assets
  $ 41,866,243     $ 33,700,000       $ 75,566,243     $ 5,179,597   $ 10,580,703       $ 91,326,543     $ 7,696,479   $ 4,447,619       $ 103,470,641  
                                                                             
Liabilities and stockholders deficit
                                                                         
 
Current liabilities
                                                                         
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 4,164,464     $ -       $ 4,164,464     $ 718,428   $ -       $ 4,882,892     $ 3,972,058   $ -       $ 8,854,950  
 
Bank debt, current portion
    352,096       -         352,096       -     -         352,096       -     -         352,096  
 
Income taxes payable
    123,605       -         123,605       -     -         123,605       -     -         123,605  
 
Deferred revenue
    135,319       -         135,319       -               135,319       955,418     -  
(u)
    1,090,737  
 
Notes payable, related parties, current portion
    378,102       -         378,102       -     -         378,102       237,324     -         615,426  
 
Contingent consideration
    4,624,367       -         4,624,367       -     3,951,412  
(e)
    8,575,779       -     2,135,083  
(n)
    10,710,862  
 
Term loans, current portion
    3,632,528       -         3,632,528       -     -         3,632,528       -     -         3,632,528  
 
Working capital liability
    -       -         -             2,587,313  
(h)
    2,587,313       -     -         2,587,313  
                                                                             
 
Total current liabilities
    13,410,481       -         13,410,481       718,428     6,538,725         20,667,634       5,164,800     2,135,083         27,967,517  
                                                                             
 
Other liabilities
                                                                         
 
Bank debt, net of current portion
    207,831       -         207,831       -     -         207,831       -     -         207,831  
 
Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion
    105,694       -         105,694       -     -         105,694       -     -         105,694  
 
Term loan payable, net of current portion, net of debt discount
    11,880,237       -         11,880,237       -     -         11,880,237       -     -         11,880,237  
 
Deferred tax liability
    2,374,356       -         2,374,356       -     4,491,000  
(g)
    6,865,356       -     3,908,000  
(p)
    10,773,356  
 
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
                              -     -                 234,459     -  
(u)
    234,459  
 
Derivative liability
    33,593       -         33,593       -     -         33,593       -               33,593  
                                                                             
 
Total long-term liabilities
    14,601,711       -         14,601,711       -     4,491,000         19,092,711       234,459     3,908,000         23,235,170  
                                                                             
 
Series F convertible preferred stock
    557,933       -         557,933       -     -         557,933       -     -         557,933  
                                                                             
 
Total liabilities
    28,570,125       -         28,570,125       718,428     11,029,725         40,318,278       5,399,259     6,043,083         51,760,620  
                                                                             
 
Common stock
    499,921       -         499,921             -         499,921                       499,921  
 
Redeemable Series B Preferred Stock
    2,216,760       (2,216,760 )
(s)
    -       -     -         -       -     -         -  
 
Redeemable Series C Preferred Stock
    1,500,000       (1,500,000 )
(s)
    -       -     -         -       -     -         -  
 
Series D Preferred Stock
    605,872       -         605,872       -     -         605,872       -     -         605,872  
 
Series E Preferred Stock
    2,575,000       (2,575,000 )
(s)
    -       -     -         -       -     -         -  
 
Redeemable Series F Preferred Stock
    3,575,000       (1,500,000 )
(t)
    2,075,000       -     -         2,075,000       -     -         2,075,000  
 
Redeemable Series H Preferred Stock
    1,425,000       -         1,425,000       -     -         1,425,000       -     -         1,425,000  
 
Redeemable Series I Preferred Stock
    4,187,151       -         4,187,151       -     -         4,187,151       -     -         4,187,151.00  
        16,584,704       (7,791,760 )       8,792,944                       8,792,944                       8,792,944  
                                                                             
 
Stockholders' deficit
                                                                         
 
Series A Preferred Stock
    200       -         200       -     -         200       -     -         200  
 
Common stock
    200       2,272  
(r, s )
    2,472       -     4,012,147  
(f)
    4,014,619       20     701,736  
(o)
    4,716,375  
 
Additional paid in capital
    9,095,366       41,489,488   (p,s )     50,584,854       -     -         50,584,854       -     -         50,584,854  
 
Divisional net assets
    -       -         -       4,461,169     (4,461,169 )
(b)
    -       -     -         -  
 
Retained earnings(accumulated deficit)
    (12,506,322 )     -         (12,506,322 )     -     -         (12,506,322 )     2,297,200     (2,297,200 )
(k)
    (12,506,322 )
                                                                             
 
Total Stockholders' equity (deficit)
    (3,410,556 )     41,491,760         38,081,204       4,461,169     (449,022 )       42,093,351       2,297,220     (1,595,464 )       42,795,107  
                                                                             
 
Non-controlling interest
    121,970       -         121,970       -     -         121,970       -     -         121,970  
                                                                             
 
Total Stockholders' equity (deficit)
    (3,288,586 )     41,491,760         38,203,174       4,461,169     (449,022 )       42,215,321       2,297,220     (1,595,464 )       42,917,077  
                                                                             
Total liabilities, non controlling interest and stockholders equity (deficit)
  $ 41,866,243     $ 33,700,000       $ 75,566,243     $ 5,179,597   $ 10,580,703       $ 91,326,543     $ 7,696,479   $ 4,447,619       $ 103,470,641  
 
Note:
 
(1)
Telco Professional Services, or Telco, is a division of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC
 
 
42

 
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
Unaudited Proforma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations
Year ended December 31, 2012
 
   
InterCloud
   
Adex
   
TNS
                                           
   
Systems
   
(acquired
   
(acquired
   
Proforma
     
Proforma
   
IPC
   
Telco
   
Proforma
       
Proforma
 
   
(audited)
   
9/17/12)
   
9/17/12)
   
Adjustments
 
 
Combined
   
(Historical)
   
(Historical)
   
Adjustments
 
   
Combined
 
Revenue
  $ 17,235,585     $ 22,385,256     $ 1,876,731     $ -       $ 41,497,572     $ 25,891,847     $ 18,479,303     $ -         $ 85,868,722  
                                                                               
Cost of Revenues
    12,059,099       18,314,827       1,108,050       -         31,481,976       18,484,907       13,323,637       -           63,290,520  
                                                                               
Gross profit
    5,176,486       4,070,429       768,681       -         10,015,596       7,406,940       5,155,666       -           22,578,202  
                                                                               
Operating expenses
                                                                             
Depreciation and amortization
    348,172       -       1,327       397,662  
(aa,cc)
    747,161       -       -       1,564,485   (i,q)       2,311,646  
Salaries and wages
    3,802,158       -       588,301       -         4,390,459       -       1,174,528       -           5,564,987  
General and administrative
    3,788,015       4,726,709       120,798       (613,090 )
(bb,dd)
    8,022,432       3,898,196       105,594       -           12,026,222  
                                                                               
Total operating expenses
    7,938,345       4,726,709       710,426       (215,428 )       13,160,052       3,898,196       1,280,122       1,564,485           19,902,855  
                                                                               
Income (loss) from operations
    (2,761,859 )     (656,280 )     58,255       215,428         (3,144,456 )     3,508,744       3,875,544       (1,564,485 )         2,675,347  
                                                                               
Other income (expenses)
                                                                             
Changes in fair value of derivative
    198,908       -       -       -         198,908       -       -       -           198,908  
Interest expense
    (1,699,746 )     -       -       (1,105,000 )
(ee)
    (2,804,746 )     -       -       -           (2,804,746 )
Interest income
    -       -       -       -         -       37       -       -           37  
Other income (expenses)
    -       (32,812 )     -       -         (32,812 )     -       -       -           (32,812 )
Gain on deconsolidation of subsidiary
    453,514       -       -       -         453,514       -       -       -           453,514  
                                                                               
Total other income (expense)
    (1,047,324 )     (32,812 )     -       (1,105,000 )       (2,185,136 )     37       -       -           (2,185,099 )
                                                                               
Net income (loss) before benefit for income taxes
    (3,809,183 )     (689,092 )     58,255       (889,572 )       (5,329,592 )     3,508,781       3,875,544       (1,564,485 )         490,248  
                                                                               
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,646,523 )     -       -                 (2,646,523 )     -       -       -           (2,646,523 )
                                                                               
Net income (loss)
    (1,162,660 )     (689,092 )     58,255       (889,572 )       (2,683,069 )     3,508,781       3,875,544       (1,564,485 )         3,136,771  
                                                                               
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
    (16,448 )     -       -       -         (16,448 )     -       -       -           (16,448 )
                                                                            -  
Equity loss attributable to affiliate
    (50,539 )     -       -       -         (50,539 )     -       -       -           (50,539 )
                                                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc
    (1,229,647 )     (689,092 )     58,255       (889,572 )       (2,750,056 )     3,508,781       3,875,544       (1,564,485 )         3,069,784  
                                                                               
Less dividends on preferred stock
    (843,215 )     -       -       404,645         (438,570 )     -       -       -           (438,570 )
                                                                               
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ (2,072,862 )   $ (689,092 )   $ 58,255     $ (484,927 )     $ (3,188,626 )   $ 3,508,781     $ 3,875,544     $ (1,564,485 )       $ 2,631,214  
                                                                               
EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
                                                                             
                                                                               
Basic
  $ (1.33 )                                                                 $ 0.10  
                                                                               
Diluted
                                                                        $ 0.09  
                                                                               
(x) Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic
    1,553,555                                                         23,642,937   (1)       25,196,491  
                                                                               
Weighted average number of common shares
outstanding, Diluted
                                                    (2)       30,243,832  
                                                                               
(x) Adjusted for 1- for 125 reverse stock split
effective January 8, 2013
                                                               
 
 
43

 
 
Notes To Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Statements
 
Overview

The unaudited proforma combined condensed financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if each transaction had been consummated as of January 1, 2012.  Pro forma adjustments reflect those adjustments which are factually determined and also include the impact of contingencies which will not be finally determined until the resolution of the contingency.  For each acquisition, the purchase consideration and preliminary purchase price allocation is subject to change.

The paragraphs below referenced by “(aa)” through (u) and (l) through (2) correspond and explain the applicable notation appearing in the pro forma combined condensed financial statements set forth above.

ADEX   Corporation

The amounts assigned to ADEX identifiable tangible assets are based on their respective estimated fair values determined as of the acquisition date of September 17, 2012.  The excess of the purchase price over the tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill and totaled $10,474,000.  In accordance with current accounting standards, the goodwill is not being amortized and will be tested for impairment annually as required by ASC 350.

We assigned the $6,316,000 of value ascribed to identifiable intangible assets to customer relationships $3,309,000, being amortized over its useful life of ten years, non-compete agreements of $116,000, being amortized over two years, and tradename of $2,891,000, which is considered to have indefinite life.
 
(aa)
Adjustment to record amortization expense for the identifiable intangible assets of $3,425,000 for the period of January 1, 2012 through September 17, 2012, the acquisition date, as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012.  The weighted average useful life of the acquired identifiable intangible assets is approximately 8.8 years.  The identifiable intangible assets are amortized to depreciation and amortization using the straight line method.

(bb)
We also made an adjustment to reverse ADEX acquisition related costs of $573,000.

T N S, Inc .

The amounts assigned to T N S identifiable tangible assets are based on their respective estimated fair values determined as of acquisition date of September 17, 2012.  The excess of the purchase price over the tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill and totaled $4,003,000.  In accordance with current accounting standards, the goodwill is not being amortized and will be tested for impairment annually as required by ASC 350.

We assigned the $2,219,000 of value ascribed to identifiable intangible assets to customer relationships ($1,790,000), being amortized over its useful life of ten years, non-compete agreements of $80,000, being amortized over two years, and tradename of $349,000, which is considered to have indefinite life.
 
(cc)
Adjustment to record amortization expense for the identifiable intangible assets of $1,870,000 for the period of January 1, 2012 through September 17, 2012, the acquisition date, as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012.  The weighted average useful life of the acquired identifiable intangible assets is approximately 8.5 years.  The identifiable intangible assets are amortized to depreciation and amortization using the straight line method.

(dd)
Adjustment to reverse T N S acquisition related costs of $40,000.

Debt Financing

We entered into the Mid Market Loan Agreement pursuant to which we received a new term loan of $13,000,000 with an interest rate of 12% per annum.

(ee)
Adjustment to record interest expense on the new term loan of $13,000,000 at an interest rate of 12% for the period of January 1, 2012 to September 17, 2012, the date of the loan.
 
 
44

 
 
Telco Professional Services (probable acquisition)
 
The amounts assigned to Telco identifiable tangible assets are based on their respective estimated fair values determined as of acquisition date of January 1, 2012.  The excess of the purchase price over the tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill and amounts to $16,814,121.  In accordance with current accounting standards, the goodwill is not being amortized and will be tested for impairment annually as required by ASC 350.
 
A summary of the preliminary purchase price allocation is as follows:
  Telco Professional Services  
       
Cash
  $ 17,460,735  
Stock
    4,012,147  
Working capital note
    2,587,313  
Contingent consideration
    3,951,412  
         
Total purchase consideration
  $ 28,011,607  
         
Allocation of Purchase Consideration:
       
         
Current assets
  $ 5,179,597  
Goodwill
    16,814,121  
Intangible assets
       
  Customer list/relationships
    7,164,743  
  URL's
    2,552  
  Tradenames
    3,582,372  
  Non-competes
    477,650  
Current liabilities
    (718,428 )
Long-term deferred tax liability
    (4,491,000 )
         
Total allocation of purchase consideration
  $ 28,011,607  
 
We intend to assign approximately $11,227,000 of value to identifiable intangible assets comprised of the following: assets to customer relationships of approximately $7,165,000, amortized over its useful life of ten years, non-compete agreements of $478,000, amortized over three years, and tradename of approximately $3,582,000, which is considered to have an indefinite life.
 
(a)
To record expected outflow if $17,460,735 is paid at closing for the acquisition.

(b)
Represents the elimination of the equity of Telco.

(c)
To reflect the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets, customer lists of $7,164,643, URL’s of $2,552, tradename of $3,582,372 and non-compete agreements of $477,650.

(d) 
To reflect the amount of goodwill of $16,814,121.

(e)
To record the amount of contingent consideration to be paid to the sellers.  The contingent consideration is based on forward earnings of Telco Professional Services for forty eight months after closing.

(f)
To record the fair value of common stock to be issued as consideration at the closing, $4,012,147.

(g)
To record a deferred tax liability of $4,491,000 for acquired intangible assets of approximately $11,200,000; million at an assumed tax rate of 40%.

(h)
To record an amount of consideration to be paid to the sellers as a working capital adjustment.  The amount will be determined at closing and is based on the amount of working capital on the closing date, less an amount for payroll for the eight weeks post-closing.

(i)
Adjustment to record amortization expense for the identifiable intangible assets of $7,642,000 for the period of January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012.  The weighted average useful life of the acquired identifiable intangible assets is approximately 8.7 years.  The identifiable intangible assets are amortized to depreciation and amortization using the straight line method.
 
 
45

 
 
IPC Systems, Inc. (probable acquisition)

The amounts to be assigned to IPC identifiable tangible assets are based on their respective estimated fair values determined as of acquisition date of January 1, 2012.  The excess of the purchase price over the tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill and totaled $12,922,382.  In accordance with current accounting standards, the goodwill is not being amortized and will be tested for impairment as required by ASC 350.
 
A summary of the preliminary purchase price allocation is as follows:
 
       
   
IPC
 
   
Systems, Inc.
 
Cash
  $ 18,245, 661  
Stock
    701,756  
Contingent consideration
    2,135,083  
Total purchase consideration
  $ 21,082,500  
         
Allocation of Purchase Consideration:
       
         
Current assets
  $ 7,543,817  
Goodwill
    12,922,382  
Intangible assets
       
  Customer list/relationships
    5,635,584  
  URL's
    2,552  
  Tradenames
    3,757,056  
  Non-competes
    375,706  
Property and equipment
    29,357  
Other assets
    123,305  
Current liabilities
    (5,164,800 )
Deferred revenue
    (234,459 )
Long-term deferred tax liability
    (3,908,000 )
         
Total allocation of purchase consideration
  $ 21,082,500  
 
Current assets to be acquired from IPC relate primarily to accounts receivable and prepaid and other current assets.  We intend to assign approximately $9,771,000 of value ascribed to identifiable intangible assets to customer relationships $5,635,000, amortized over its useful life of ten years, non-compete agreements of $376,000, amortized over three years, and tradename of approximately $3,757,000, which is deemed to have an indefinite life.

 
46

 

(j)
To record expected outflow if $18,245,661 is paid at closing for the acquisition.

(k)
Represents the elimination of the equity of IPC.

(l)
To reflect the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets, Customer lists of $5,635,584, URL’s of $2,552, tradename of $3,757,056 and non-compete agreements of $375,706.

(m)
To reflect the amount of goodwill $12,922,382.

(n)
To record the amount of contingent consideration to be paid to the sellers.  The contingent consideration is based on forward earnings of Telco for 48 months after closing.

(o)
To record the fair value of common stock to be issued as consideration at the closing, $701,736.

(p)
To record a net deferred tax liability of $3,908,000 for acquired intangible assets of approximately  $9,800,000 at an assumed rate of 40%.

(q)
Adjustment to record amortization expense for the identifiable intangible assets of $6,011,000 for the period of January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2012.  The weighted average useful life of the acquired identifiable intangible assets is approximately 8.7 years.  The identifiable intangible assets are amortized to depreciation and amortization using the straight line method.

Stock Offering

(r)
To reflect the approximate net proceeds of $35,200,000 which are expected to be received by us in this offering. 

Conversion of Preferred Stock into Common Stock

Immediately prior to the offering described in this prospectus, the outstanding shares of our Series B, C and E Preferred Stock are expected to be converted into shares of common stock.  Holders of Series B Preferred Stock will receive 9,037,955 shares of common stock, holders of our Series C Preferred Stock will receive 4,143,505 shares of common stock, and holders of our Series E Preferred Stock will receive 1,536,448 shares of common stock.
 
(s)
To record the number of shares of common stock into which each class of preferred stock will convert prior to the offering. Preferred stock dividends of $404,645 were excluded.
 
 
47

 
 
Redemption of Series F Preferred Stock
 
(t)
To record the redemption of 1,500 shares of Series F Preferred Stock for $1,500,000.
 
Deferred Revenue
 
(u)
We have not determined the fair value of the acquired deferred revenue.
 
Pro forma shares
 
(l)
The pro forma shares included to determine the weighted average number of common share outstanding to determine basic earnings per share include the following: the issuance of 8,000,000 shares as part of this offering and it assumes (i) the conversion of our outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock into 9,037,955 shares of common stock, our outstanding Series C Preferred Stock into 4,143,505 shares of common stock and our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock into 1,536,448 shares of common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The number of shares of common stock that will be issued as contingent consideration for the Telco acquisition will be 791,343. The number of shares of common stock that will be issued as contingent consideration for the IPC acquisition will be 133,686.
 
Diluted shares include the following:
 
(2)
The pro forma shares included determining the diluted weighted average number of common share outstanding include the following:
 
      ●
530,000 shares of common stock to be issued upon the conversion of 1,500 shares of Series F Preferred Stock;
 
      ●
1,331,124 shares of common stock to be issued upon the conversion of 1,425 shares of Series H Preferred Stock into 4.45% of the fully diluted shares of common stock;
 
      ●
900,000 shares of common stock to be issued upon the conversion of 4,500 Series I Preferred Stock; and
 
      ●
749,542 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants at $1.25 per share a number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock purchase warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013 with an exercise price of $125.00 per share, such number of shares of common stock to be equal to 4.03% (based on 2,825 shares of 1,465,732 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to the Series E Preferred Stock holders into 9.27% of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise.
 
 
48

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations contains certain statements that are forward-looking in nature relating to our business, future events or our future financial performance.  Prospective investors are cautioned that such statements involve risks and uncertainties and that actual events or results may differ materially from the statements made in such forward-looking statements.  In evaluating such statements, prospective investors should specifically consider the various factors identified in this prospectus, including the matters set forth under the caption “Risk Factors,” which could cause actual results to differ from those indicated by such forward-looking statements.
 
Overview
 
We were incorporated in 1999, but functioned as a development stage company with limited activities through December 2009.  In January 2010, we acquired Digital Comm, Inc. (Digital Comm), a provider of specialty contracting services primarily in the installation of fiber optic telephone cable.  Until September 2012, substantially all of our revenue came from our specialty contracting services.  In the year ending December 31, 2012, primarily as a result of our acquisition of ADEX, approximately 39% of our revenue was derived from specialty contracting services, with the remaining 61% coming from our telecommunications staffing services.
 
We operate in one reportable segment as a specialty contractor and staffing service, providing engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers and underground facility locating services, as well as related staffing services to various utilities, including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric and gas utilities and others.  All of our operating divisions have been aggregated into one reporting segment due to their similar economic characteristics, products, production methods and distribution methods.
 
Our revenue increased from $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Our net loss attributable to common stockholders decreased from $6.4 million for the year ending December 31, 2011 to $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  As of December 31, 2012, our accumulated deficit was $12.5 million.  A significant portion of our services are performed under master service agreements and other arrangements with customers that extend for periods of one or more years.  We are currently party to numerous master service agreements, and typically have multiple agreements with each of our customers.  Master service agreements generally contain customer-specified service requirements, such as discrete pricing for individual tasks.  To the extent that such contracts specify exclusivity, there are often a number of exceptions, including the ability of the customer to issue work orders valued above a specified dollar amount to other service providers, perform work with the customer’s own employees and use other service providers when jointly placing facilities with another utility.  In most cases, a customer may terminate an agreement for convenience with written notice.  The remainder of our services are provided pursuant to contracts for specific projects.  Long-term contracts relate to specific projects with terms in excess of one year from the contract date.  Short-term contracts for specific projects are generally of three to four months in duration.
 
During 2012, the majority of our revenue and expenses came from our acquired companies.  Of the $17.2 million in revenue during 2012, $16.7 million came from the companies we acquired in 2011 and 2012.
 
Cost of revenues from the companies acquired in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, accounted for $11.0 million of our $12.0 million cost of revenues during the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
Gross profit from the companies acquired in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, accounted for $5.0 million of our $5.2 million gross profit during the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
Operating expenses, including salaries and wages and depreciation and amortization from the companies acquired in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, accounted for $4.2 million of our $7.9 million of operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
The following table summarizes our revenues from multi-year master service agreements and other long-term contracts, as a percentage of contract revenues: 
 
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Multi-year master service agreements
   
60
%
   
59
%
Total long-term contracts
   
60
%
   
59
%

The percentage of revenue from long-term contracts varies between periods, depending on the mix of work performed under our contracts.  
 
 
49

 
 
A significant portion of our revenue comes from several large customers.  The following table reflects the percentage of total revenue from those customers that contributed at least 10% to our total revenue in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Verizon Communications , Inc.
   
7
%    
56
%
Ericsson , Inc.
   
33
%    
0
%
Danella Construction
   
0
%    
17
%
Nexlink
   
14
%    
0
%
 
Telecommunications providers and enterprise customers continue to seek and outsource solutions in order to reduce their investment in capital equipment, provide flexibility in workforce sizing and expand product offerings without large increases in incremental hiring. As a result, we believe there is significant opportunity to expand both our United States and international telecommunications solutions services and staffing services capabilities. As we continue to expand our presence in the marketplace, we will target those customers going through new network deployments and wireless service upgrades.
 
We expect to continue to increase our gross margins on our specialty contracting services by leveraging our single-source end-to-end network to efficiently provide a full spectrum of telecommunications contracting and staffing services to our customers. We believe this will alleviate some of the inefficiencies typically present in our industry, which result, in part, from the highly-fragmented nature of the telecommunications industry, limited access to skilled labor and the difficulty of managing multiple specialty-service providers to address our customers’ needs. As a result, we believe we can provide superior service to our customers and eliminate certain redundancies and costs for them.  We believe our ability to address a wide range of end-to-end solutions network, infrastructure and project staffing service needs for our telecommunications industry clients is a key competitive advantage. Our ability to offer diverse technical capabilities (including design, engineering, construction, deployment, and installation and integration services) allows customers to turn to a single source for these specific specialty services, as well as to entrust us with the execution of entire turn-key solutions.
 
As a result of our recent acquisitions, we have become a multi-faceted company with an international presence .  We believe this platform will allow us to leverage our corporate and other fixed costs and capture gross margin benefits.  Our platform is highly scalable.  We typically hire workers to staff projects on a project-by-project basis and our other operating expenses are primarily fixed.  Accordingly, we are generally able to deploy personnel to infrastructure projects in the United States and beyond without incremental increases in operating costs , allowing us to achieve greater margins . We believe this business model enables us to staff our business efficiently to meet changes in demand.
 
Finally, given the worldwide popularity of telecommunications and wireless products and services, we will selectively pursue international expansion, which we believe represents a compelling opportunity for additional long-term growth.
 
Our planned expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial, administrative and other resources.  Managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance our operations management systems, financial and management controls and information systems and to hire, train and retain skilled telecommunications personnel.  The timing and amount of investments in our expansion could affect the comparability of our results of operations in future periods.
 
Our recent acquisitions and planned acquisitions have been timed with the additions to our management team of skilled professionals with deep industry knowledge and a strong track record of execution.  Our senior management team brings an average of over 25 years of individual experience across a broad range of disciplines. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our strategy.
 
 
50

 
 
Factors Affecting Our Performance
 
Changes in Demand for Data Capacity and Reliability.
 
The telecommunications industry has undergone and continues to undergo significant changes due to advances in technology, increased competition as telephone and cable companies converge, the growing consumer demand for enhanced and bundled services and increased governmental broadband stimulus funding.  As a result of these factors, the networks of our customers increasingly face demands for more capacity and greater reliability. Telecommunications providers continue to outsource a significant portion of their engineering, construction and maintenance requirements in order to reduce their investment in capital equipment, provide flexibility in workforce sizing, expand product offerings without large increases in incremental hiring and focus on those competencies they consider core to their business success. These factors drive customer demand for our services.
 
Telecommunications network operators are increasingly relying on the deployment of fiber optic cable technology deeper into their networks and closer to consumers in order to respond to demands for capacity, reliability and product bundles of voice, video and high-speed data services.  Fiber deployments have enabled an increasing number of cable companies to offer voice services in addition to their traditional video and data services. These voice services require the installation of customer premise equipment and, at times, the upgrade of in-home wiring.  Additionally, fiber deployments are also facilitating the provisioning of video services by local telephone companies in addition to their traditional voice and high-speed data services.  Several large telephone companies have pursued fiber-to-the-premise and fiber-to-the-node initiatives to compete actively with cable operators. These long-term initiatives and the likelihood that other telephone companies will pursue similar strategies present opportunities for us.
 
Cable companies are continuing to target the provision of data and voice services to residential customers and have expanded their service offerings to business customers.  Often times, these services are provided over fiber-optic cables using “metro Ethernet” technology.  The commercial geographies that cable companies are targeting for network deployments generally require incremental fiber optic cable deployment and, as a result, require the type of engineering and construction services that we provide.
 
The proliferation of smart phones and other wireless data devices has driven demand for mobile broadband. This demand and other advances in technology have prompted wireless carriers to upgrade their networks.  Wireless carriers are actively increasing spending on their networks to respond to the explosion in wireless data traffic, upgrade network technologies to improve performance and efficiency and consolidate disparate technology platforms. These customer initiatives present long-term opportunities for us for the wireless services we provide. Further, the demand for mobile broadband has increased bandwidth requirements on the wired networks of our customers. As the demand for mobile broadband grows, the amount of cellular traffic that must be “backhauled” over customers’ fiber and coaxial networks increases and, as a result, carriers are accelerating the deployment of fiber optic cables to cellular sites.  These trends are increasing the demand for the types of services we provide.
 
Our Ability to Recruit, Manage and Retain High Quality Telecommunications Personnel.
 
The shortage of skilled labor in the telecommunications industry and the difficulties in recruiting and retaining skilled personnel can frequently limit the ability of specialty contractors to bid for and complete certain contracts.  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX, a telecommunications staffing firm. Through ADEX, we manage a database of more than 70,000 telecom personnel, which we use to locate and deploy skilled workers for projects.  We believe our access to a skilled labor pool gives us a competitive edge over our competitors as we continue to expand.  However, our ability to continue to take advantage of this labor pool will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate ADEX into our business.
 
Our Ability to Integrate Our Acquired Businesses and Expand Internationally.
 
We completed five acquisitions since August 2011 and plan to consummate additional acquisitions in the near term.  Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully integrate these businesses into our global telecommunications platform. In addition, we believe international expansion represents a compelling opportunity for additional growth over the long-term because of the worldwide need for telecommunications infrastructure.  As of December 31, 2012, our operations in Puerto Rico have generated $887,000 in revenue.  We plan to expand our global presence either through expanding our current operations or by acquiring subsidiaries with international platforms.
 
 
51

 
 
Our Ability to Expand and Diversify Our Customer Base.
 
Our customers for specialty contracting services consist of leading telephone, wireless, cable television and data companies.  Ericsson Inc. is our principal telecommunications staffing services customer.  Historically, our revenue has been significantly concentrated in a small number of customers.  Although we still operate at a net loss, our revenue in recent years has increased as we have acquired additional subsidiaries and diversified our customer base and revenue streams. The percentage of our revenue attributable to our top 10 customers, as well as key customers that contributed at least 10% of our revenue in at least one of the years specified in the following table, were as follows:
 
Customer:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Top 10 customers, aggregate
   
77
%
   
97
%
Customer:
               
Verizon Communications, Inc
   
7
%
   
56
%
Danella Construction
   
0
%
   
17
%
Nexlink
   
14
%
   
0
%
Ericsson, Inc
   
33
%
   
 
 
Business Unit Transitions.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2011, 100% of our revenue came from our specialty contracting services. In the year ended December 31, 2012, approximately 39% of our revenue came from specialty contracting services, and the remaining 61% come from our telecommunications staffing services.  This change in focus is primarily attributable to our acquisition of ADEX.  Due to the shift of our business focus from exclusively providing specialty contracting services to also providing professional staffing services, we have expanded our customer base.
 
In addition, we have acquired four other companies since August 2011, and each of these acquisitions has either enhanced certain of our existing business units or allowed us to gain market share in new lines of business. For example, our acquisition of T N S in September 2012 extended the geographic reach of our structured cabling and digital antenna system services.  Our proposed acquisition of IPC will allow us to improve our systems integration capabilities.  Our proposed acquisition of Telco will further expand our professional staffing business and our access to skilled labor.
 
We expect these acquisitions to facilitate geographic diversification that should protect against regional cyclicality.  We believe our diverse platform of services, capabilities, customers and geographies will enable us to grow as the market continues to evolve.
 
 
52

 
 
The table below summarizes the revenues for each of our product lines for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
 
2011
 
Revenue from:
 
Specialty contracting services
 
$
6,658,388
   
$
2,812,210
 
Telecommunications staffing services
   
10,577,197
     
 
As a percentage of total revenue:
               
Specialty contracting services
    39
%
   
100
%
Telecommunications staffing services
    61
%
   
0
%
 
With our acquisition of ADEX in September 2012, we believe our revenue generated from telecommunications staffing services will continue to increase as a percentage of our overall revenue.
 
Impact of Pending and Recently-Completed Acquisitions
 
We have grown significantly and expanded our service offerings and geographic reach through a series of strategic acquisitions.  Since January 1, 2011, we have completed five acquisitions.  We expect to regularly review opportunities, and periodically to engage in discussions, regarding possible additional acquisitions.  Our ability to sustain our growth and maintain our competitive position may be affected by our ability to identify, acquire and successfully integrate companies.
 
We intend to operate all of the companies we acquire in a decentralized model in which the management of the companies will remain responsible for daily operations while our senior management will utilize their deep industry expertise and strategic contacts to develop and implement growth strategies and leverage top-line and operating synergies among the companies, as well as provide overall general and administrative functions.
 
In November 2012, we executed definitive agreements to acquire Telco and IPC, which acquisitions will be completed concurrently with the consummation of this offering.  After the completion of the Telco and IPC acquisitions and reflecting the consolidation of these entities in our results of operations, we expect our revenues, cost of revenues and operating expenses will increase substantially.  Accordingly, our future results of operations may differ significantly from those described in this prospectus.  The impact of the pending acquisitions is not reflected in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and the impact of a completed acquisition is only included from the period commencing on the acquisition date.  The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information included in this prospectus is not intended to represent what our results of operations would have been if the acquisitions had occurred on January 1, 2012 or to project our results of operations for any future period. Since we and each of these entities were not under common control or management for any period presented, the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.
 
General Economic Conditions.
 
Within the context of a slowly growing economy and the current volatility in the credit and equity markets, we believe the latest trends and developments support our steady industry outlook. We will continue to closely monitor the effects that changes in economic and market conditions may have on our customers and our business and we will continue to manage those areas of the business we can control.
 
Components of Results of Operations
 
Revenue.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived virtually all of our revenue from our specialty contracting services.  In the year ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 39% of our revenue from our specialty contracting services and approximately 61% of our revenue from our telecommunications staffing and training services.
 
 
53

 
 
Cost of Revenues.
 
Cost of revenues in the year ended December 31, 2012 was 70% of revenues as compared to 66% in the year ended December 31, 2011, primarily due to lower margins in our telecommunications staffing business.  Cost of revenues in the telecommunications staffing business was 71% of revenues in the year ended December 31, 2012.  We are trying to increase efficiency in the year ending December 31, 2013 and will focus our efforts on improving margins.  Cost of revenues includes all direct costs of providing services under our contracts, including costs for direct labor provided by employees, services by independent subcontractors, operation of capital equipment (excluding depreciation and amortization), direct materials, insurance claims and other direct costs.
 
We retain the risk of loss, up to certain limits, for claims related to automobile liability, general liability, workers’ compensation, employee group health and location damages.  We are sometimes subject to claims for damages resulting from property and other damages arising in connection with our specialty contracting services.  A change in claims experience or actuarial assumptions related to these risks could materially affect our results of operations. 
 
For a majority of the contract services we perform, our customers provide all required materials while we provide the necessary personnel, tools and equipment.  Materials supplied by our customers, for which the customer retains financial and performance risk, are not included in our revenue or costs of revenues.  We expect cost of revenue to continue to increase if we succeed in continuing to grow our revenue.
 
General and Administrative Costs.
 
General and administrative costs include all of our corporate costs, as well as costs of our subsidiaries’ management personnel and administrative overhead.  These costs primarily consist of employee compensation and related expenses, including legal, consulting and professional fees, information technology and development costs, provision for or recoveries of bad debt expense and other costs that are not directly related to performance of our services under customer contracts.  Our senior management, including the senior managers of our subsidiaries, perform substantially all of our sales and marketing functions as part of their management responsibilities and, accordingly, we have not incurred material sales and marketing expenses.  Information technology and development costs included in general and administrative expenses are primarily incurred to support and to enhance our operating efficiency.  We expect these expenses to continue to generally increase as we expand our operations, but expect that such expenses as a percentage of revenues will decrease if we succeed in increasing revenues.  Between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012, we increased our workforce by 346 employees, primarily as a result of the acquisitions of ADEX and its affiliated entities and T N S, which will increase ongoing headcount-related expenses.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
 
We perform our annual impairment review of goodwill and certain intangible assets with indefinite lives during the fourth quarter of each year. The assets of each of our acquired businesses and the related goodwill are assigned to the applicable reporting unit at the date of acquisition.  We identify our reporting units by assessing whether businesses holding purchased assets, including goodwill, and related assumed liabilities have discrete financial information available.  We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit and compare the fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the value of the reporting units’ goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangibles may be impaired and written down.  Our goodwill resides in multiple reporting units.  The profitability of individual reporting units may suffer periodically from downturns in customer demand and other factors resulting from the cyclical nature of our business, the high level of competition existing within our industry, the concentration of our revenues within a limited number of customers and the level of overall economic activity.  During times of economic slowdown, our customers may reduce their capital expenditures and defer or cancel pending projects.  Individual reporting units may be relatively more impacted by these factors than the company as a whole.  As a result, demand for the services of one or more of our reporting units could decline, resulting in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets.
 
 
54

 
 
We review finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.  Recoverability is determined based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of an asset and its eventual disposition.  An impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying value.  If we determine the fair value of an asset is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is incurred.  Impairment losses, if any, are reflected in operating income or loss in the consolidated statements of operations during the period incurred.
 
We performed our required annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 and found no impairment existed.
 
Fair Value of Embedded Derivatives.
 
We used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the derivative liability related to the warrants and the put and effective price of future equity offerings of equity-linked financial instruments. We derived the fair value of warrant using the common stock price, the exercise price of the warrants, risk-free interest rate, the historical volatility, and our dividend yield. We do not have sufficient historical data to use our historical volatility; therefore the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. We developed scenarios to take into account estimated probabilities of future outcomes. The fair value of the warrant liabilities is classified as Level 3 within our fair value hierarchy.
 
Pursuant to the MidMarket Loan Agreement, we issued warrants to the lenders, which entitle the lenders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the fully-diluted shares of our common stock on the date on which such warrants first become exercisable, which was on December 6, 2012.  The warrants were amended on November 13, 2012 as part of the first amendment to the MidMarket Loan Agreement.  At that time the warrants were increased from 10% of the fully-diluted shares to 11.5% of the fully-diluted shares. The warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrants, and will expire on September 17, 2014 provided certain conditions are met.  The warrants have anti-dilution rights in connection with the exercise price.  The fair value of the anti-dilution rights is immaterial.  If we issue stock, warrants or options at a price below the $1.25 per share exercise price, the price of the warrants resets to the lower price.  As of March 22, 2013, the lenders have not exercised the warrants. These warrants meet the criteria in accordance with ASC 480 to be classified as liabilities because there is a put feature where we have an obligation to repurchase such shares. The derivative liability associated with this debt will be revalued each reporting period and the increase or decrease will be recorded to the consolidated statement of operations under the caption (change in fair value of derivative instruments.)

On September 17, 2012, when the warrants were issued, we recorded a derivative liability in the amount of $193,944.  The amount was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized over the life of the loan.  The amount of the derivative liability was computed by using the Black-Scholes Option pricing model to determine the value of the warrants issued.

 Additionally, we issued to UTA Capital LLC warrants to purchase 16% of our common stock on a fully-diluted basis, up to a maximum of 167,619 shares of common stock of the Company, which were exercisable at $18.75 per share and provided for cashless exercise.  We have evaluated the anti-dilution provision and deemed its impact to be immaterial. The relative fair value of the warrant was calculated using the Black-Scholes Option pricing model.  This amount, totaling approximately $872,311, has been recorded as a derivative liability and debt discount and charged to interest expense over the life of the promissory note. The warrants issued to UTA Capital LLC do not meet the criteria to be classified as equity in accordance with ASC 815-40-15-7D and are classified as derivative liabilities at fair value and should be marked to market since they are not indexed to our stock as the settlement amount is not fixed due to the variability of the number of shares issuable pursuant to such warrant.  The derivative liability associated with this debt will be revalued each reporting period and the increase or decrease will be recorded to the consolidated statement of operations under the caption (change in fair value of derivative instruments.)
 
 
55

 
 
On February 14, 2011, we entered into an extension and modification agreement with UTA Capital LLC in connection with our outstanding note payable to UTA Capital LLC, which had a balance of $775,000 at December 31, 2010.  The modification agreement provided for an extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011. In exchange for consenting to the modification agreement, UTA Capital LLC was granted 10,257 shares of our common stock, which had a fair value of $153,850 and was recorded as a debt discount. Additionally, as additional consideration for our failure to satisfy a certain covenant in the agreement, UTA Capital LLC was granted 4,000 shares of our common stock, which was recorded as penalty paid to the lender and recorded as an expense.  As of December 31, 2011, these two additional grants of shares had not been physically issued.  However, such shares are reflected on the accompanying financial statements as if issued.  This amendment was accounted for as an extinguishment and therefore the unamortized deferred loan costs of $53,848, debt discount from the original agreement of $509,849 and debt discount from this amendment of $153,850 were expensed.
 
We account for the conversion features included in our warrants as derivative liabilities.  The aggregate fair value of derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $38,557 and $33,593, respectively.
 
Income Taxes.
 
In the year ended December 31, 2012, we booked a provision for state and local income taxes due of $133,495.  Certain states do not recognize net operating loss carryforwards, and we have operations in those states.  The provision for state and local income taxes was offset by an increase in deferred tax liabilities of $2,780,018.  This tax benefit was a result of our acquisition of ADEX and TNS in 2012, which resulted in a deferred tax liability based on the value of the intangible assets acquired.  This benefit was offset by the fact that ADEX and TNS were cash-basis taxpayers when they were acquired and were converted to accrual-basis taxpayers upon acquisition, which resulted in an increase in liability.  As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) of $5.6 million and $5.0 million, respectively, which will be available to reduce future taxable income and expense through 2030.  Utilization of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership percentage change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions.  The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization.  We have adjusted our deferred tax asset to record the expected impact of the limitations.
 
Credit Risk.
 
We are subject to concentrations of credit risk relating primarily to our cash and equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings.  Cash and equivalents primarily include balances on deposit in banks.  We maintain substantially all of our cash and equivalents at financial institutions we believe to be of high credit quality.  To date, we have not experienced any loss or lack of access to cash in our operating accounts.
 
We grant credit under normal payment terms, generally without collateral, to our customers.  These customers primarily consist of telephone companies, cable broadband MSOs and electric and gas utilities.  With respect to a portion of the services provided to these customers, we have certain statutory lien rights that may, in certain circumstances, enhance our collection efforts.  Adverse changes in overall business and economic factors may impact our customers and increase potential credit risks.  These risks may be heightened as a result of economic uncertainty and market volatility. In the past, some of our customers have experienced significant financial difficulties and, likewise, some may experience financial difficulties in the future.  These difficulties expose us to increased risks related to the collectability of amounts due for services performed.  We believe that none of our significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would materially impact the collectability of our trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012.
 
Contingent Consideration.
 
We recognize the acquisition-date fair value of contingent consideration as part of the consideration transferred in exchange for the acquiree or assets of the acquiree in a business combination.  The contingent consideration is classified as either a liability or equity in accordance with ASC 480-10 (“ Accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity “).  If classified as a liability, the liability is remeasured to fair value at each subsequent reporting date until the contingency is resolved.  Increases in fair value are recorded as losses on our consolidated statement of operations, while decreases are recorded as gains.  If classified as equity, contingent consideration is not remeasured and subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.
 
 
56

 
 
Litigation and Contingencies.
 
Litigation and contingencies are reflected in our consolidated financial statements based on management’s assessment of the expected outcome of such litigation or expected resolution of such contingency.  An accrual is made when the loss of such contingency is probable and reasonably estimable. If the final outcome of such litigation and contingencies differs significantly from our current expectations, such outcome could result in a charge to earnings.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following table shows our results of operations in dollars.  The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative off the results that may be expected for any future period.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Revenue
  $ 17,235,585     $ 2,812,210  
                 
Cost of revenues
    12,059,099       1,851,018  
Gross profit
    5,176,486       961,192  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    348,172       39,229  
Salaries and wages
    3,802,158       5,053,600  
General and administrative
    3,788,015       1,251,102  
Total operating expenses
    7,938,845       6,343,931  
                 
Loss from operations
    (2,761,859 )     (5,382,739 )
                 
Total other expense
    (1,047,324 )     (1,021,889 )
Net loss before benefit for income taxes and equity loss in affiliate
    (3,809,183 )     (6,404,628 )
                 
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,646,523 )     -  
                 
Net loss
    (1,162,660 )     -  
                 
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
    (16,448 )     -  
                 
Equity loss attributable to affiliate
    (50,539 )     -  
                 
Net loss attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc.
    (1,229,647 )     (6,404,628 )
                 
Less dividends on Series C, D, E, F and H Preferred Stock
    (843,215 )     -  
                 
Net loss attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc. common stockholders
  $ (2,072,862 )   $ (6,404,628 )
 
 
57

 
 
Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011
 
Revenue.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Specialty contracting services
 
$
6,658,388
   
$
2,812,210
   
$
3,846,178
     
137
%
Telecommunication staffing services
   
10,577,197
     
--
     
10,577,197
     
100
%
Total
 
$
17,235,585
   
$
2,812,810
   
$
14,423,375
     
513
%
 
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $17.2 million, which represented an increase of $14.4 million, or 513%, compared to total revenue of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The increase in total revenue during this period was attributed to revenue generated by our acquired companies.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, substantially all of our revenue was derived from our specialty contracting services, while for the year ended December 31, 2012, 39% of our revenue was derived from our specialty contracting services and 61% of our revenue was derived from our telecommunications staffing services.  This change in telecommunication staffing revenue was a result of our acquisition of ADEX in September 2012.
 
Cost of revenue and gross profit.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Cost of revenue
 
$
12,059,099
   
$
1,851,018
   
$
10,208,081
     
552
%
Gross profit
 
$
5,176,486
   
$
961,192
   
$
4,215,294
     
439
%
Gross profit percentage
   
30%
     
34%
               
 

Our cost of revenue increased $10.2 million from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  This increase was primarily due to the acquisitions completed in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.  For the year ending December 31, 2011, all of our operations were in the specialty contracting services division.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, we had a revenue mix of 39% specialty contracting services as compared to telecommunications staffing services of 61%, primarily as a result of our acquisition of ADEX.
 
Gross profit dollars from our specialty contracting services business increased primarily due to increased revenue.  Specialty contracting services accounted for 39% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012 over the prior year.  Specialty contracting services accounted for 100% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011 and accounted for 39% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The change was a result of the acquisition of ADEX in September 2012.
 
Our gross profit percentage was 30% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 34% for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The decrease was a result of the acquisitions we completed in 2012.  The gross margins on our  telecommunication staffing services were only 21%, which decreased the overall margin. It is expected that as this portion of our revenue increases, our overall gross margin percentage will continue to decline, while the gross margin dollars will increase.
 
General and Administrative.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
General and administrative
 
$
3,788,015
   
$
1,251,102
   
$
2,536,913
     
203
%
Percentage of revenue
   
22
%
   
44
%
               
 
 
58

 
 
Our general and administrative expenses increased $2.5 million, from $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The increases were primarily as a result of increased overhead expenses resulting from the acquisitions we completed in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.   General and administrative expenses decreased to 22% of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012, from 44% in the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease in percentage was a result of the increased revenue, which did not cause a corresponding increase in general and administrative expenses.
 
Salaries and Wages
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Salaries and wages
 
$
3,802,158
   
$
5,053,600
   
$
(1,251,442
   
(25
)%
Percentage of revenue
   
22
%
   
180
%
               
 
Our salaries and wages decreased $1.2 million from $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $3.80 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The decreases were a result of a significant decrease in the amount of stock compensation issued in 2012, as compared to 2011.  Stock compensation decreased from $4.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2012.  The decrease in stock compensation was partially offset by an increase in the number of employees.
 
Changes in Fair Value of Derivative Liabilities.
 
The aggregate fair value of derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 amounted to $33,593 and $38,557, respectively.
 
As a result of the change in the fair value of our derivative instruments, we recorded a gain of $198,908 and $421,340 in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Net Gain on Deconsolidation of Digital Subsidiary
 
During 2012, we sold 60% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Digital.  We recognized a gain on deconsolidation of $528,000, based on the negative investment carrying amount.  We made additional investments in Digital of approximately $179,000 during 2012, at which time we wrote off our remaining balance in our investment in Digital. The result for the year was a net gain of $453,000 on the deconsolidation of Digital.
 
Interest Expense.
 
   
Year ended December 31,
   
Change
 
   
2012
   
2011
   
Dollars
   
Percentage
 
Interest expense
 
$
1,699,746
   
$
1,443,229
   
$
256,517
     
18
%
 
Interest expense increased $0.3 million from $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to increases in our outstanding debt obligations.   Included in interest expense is the amortization of debt discount and deferred loan costs.  In the year ended December 31, 2012, amortization was $0.4 million compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The decrease was a result of the debt extinguishments to our loan from UTA Capital LLC in 2011, together with additional costs associated with the issuance of the debt in 2011.
 
 
59

 
 
Net Loss Attributable to our Common Stockholders.
 
Net loss attributable to our common stockholders was $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
Going Concern
 
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , we suffered losses from operations that may raise doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2012, we had negative working capital, a stockholders' deficit and continued losses.  Our management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding, including the consummation of this offering, provide the opportunity for us to continue as a going concern.  However, there can be no assurance that additional financing that is necessary for us to continue our business will be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
Liquidity, Capital Resources   and Cash Flows
 
We have satisfied our capital and liquidity needs primarily through private sales of equity securities and bank borrowings.  As of December 31, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $646,978, which were exclusively denominated in U.S. dollars and consisted of bank deposits.  As of December 31, 2012, $14,250 of cash was held by foreign subsidiaries.  We believe these amounts can be repatriated without significant tax consequences.
 
We have incurred net losses attributable to our common stockholders of $2.1 million and $6.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Our accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2012 was $12.5 million.
 
Indebtedness.
 
MidMarket Loan Agreement . On September 17, 2012, we entered into the MidMarket Loan Agreement, pursuant to which the lenders thereunder provided us with senior secured first lien term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $13,000,000.  We used a portion of the proceeds of such loans to finance our recent acquisitions, to repay certain outstanding indebtedness and to pay related fees, costs and expenses.
 
On November 13, 2012, we entered into a first amendment to the MidMarket Loan Agreement, pursuant to which the lenders provided us with additional senior secured first lien term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 and made certain other amendments to the MidMarket Loan Agreement.
 
As of December 31, 2012, we were in default under certain covenants of the MidMarket Loan Agreement.  On March 22, 2013, we entered into a second amendment, consent and waiver agreement, pursuant to which the lenders waived certain financial covenants and other defaults under the MidMarket Loan Agreement and made certain amendments to our covenants in the MidMarket Loan Agreement.  In addition, the lenders consented to our proposed acquisitions of certain businesses and to the financing thereof, subject to our satisfaction of conditions precedent.
 
The loans under the MidMarket Loan Agreement mature on September 17, 2017. If we do complete this offering or otherwise fail to raise at least $30,000,000 in connection with a public offering of our voting equity securities by March 17, 2014, such loans will mature on an accelerated basis and will come due on June 17, 2014.  We were required to repay up to $750,000 of such loans to the extent not applied to the cash portion of any potential acquisition within 90 days of September 17, 2012.  However, on December 17, 2012, we used such funds to complete the acquisition of ERFS.  Interest on the loans under the MidMarket Loan Agreement accrues at a rate per annum equal to 12.0%.
 
 
60

 
 
Subject to certain exceptions, all our obligations under the MidMarket Loan Agreement are unconditionally guaranteed by each of our existing direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries and are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries, and by the capital stock of our subsidiaries, subject to certain customary exceptions.
 
In the MidMarket Loan Agreement, we made certain representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, negative covenants and financial covenants.  The MidMarket Loan Agreement also contains events of default, including, but not limited to, the failure to make payments of interest or premium, if any, on, or principal under the loans, the failure to comply with the covenants and agreements specified in the MidMarket Loan Agreement and other loan documents entered into in connection therewith, the acceleration of certain other indebtedness resulting from the failure to pay principal on such other indebtedness, certain events of insolvency and the occurrence of any event, development or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.  If any event of default occurs, the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding loans under the MidMarket Loan Agreement may become due and payable immediately.
 
Pursuant to the MidMarket Loan Agreement, we issued to the lenders warrants to purchase 749,542 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $1.25 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the warrants, on or before September 17, 2014, subject to extension if certain of our financial statements have not been delivered to the holders of such warrants in a timely manner.
 
Wellington Promissory Note . On September 17, 2012, we entered into a promissory note with Wellington Shields & Co. LLC (Wellington Note) as evidence of the fees we owed to Wellington for services rendered relating to the MidMarket Loan Agreement.  The Wellington Note is for a term of 35 days with interest in arrears from September 17, 2012 at the lowest applicable federal rate of interest. As of February 28, 2012, $95,000 principal plus accrued interest remained outstanding on the note.  As of December 31, 2012, we were in default with respect to the note.
 
Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement with UTA Capital LLC .  On August 6, 2010, we secured a working capital loan from UTA Capital LLC, with Digital Comm as the borrower.  In connection with such loan, we issued to UTA Capital, LLC warrants initially to purchase 167,619 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $18.75 per share.  The warrants were exchanged for 177,270 shares of common stock on August 29, 2012.  We paid off the remaining outstanding balance of this loan in September 2012.
 
Proceeds from Equity Issuances.
 
In the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we raised net proceeds of $6.9 million and $0.07 million, respectively, through private sales of equity securities.
 
Working Capital.
 
At December 31, 2012, we had a working capital deficit of approximately $3.7 million, as compared to a working capital deficit of approximately $1.9 million at December 31, 2011.  The decrease in working capital of $1.8 million was primarily the result of our acquisitions of ADEX and T N S in September 2012, the deconsolidation of 60% of our Digital Comm subsidiary, the repayment of debt and the raising of equity. 
 
 
61

 
 
Cash Flows
 
The following summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated has been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus:
 
Summary of Cash Flows
           
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Net cash (used in) operations
 
$
(3,155,003
 
$
(1,068,532
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(13,556,332
   
(120,474
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
17,269,028
     
1,255,815
 
 
Cash flows (used in) operating activities.   We have historically experienced cash deficits from operations as we continue to expand our business and seek to establish economies of scale.  Our largest uses of cash for operating activities are for general and administrative expenses.  Our primary source of cash flow from operating activities is cash receipts from customers.  Our cash flow from operations will continue to be affected principally by the extent to which we grow our revenues and increase our headcount.
 
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $3.2 million was primarily attributable to a net loss of $2.1 million excluding non-cash charges and an increase in accounts receivable of $2.3 million primarily due to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2012, which was offset in part by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.7 million.
 
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $1.1 million was primarily attributable to a net loss of $6.4 million excluding non-cash charges and an increase in accounts receivable of $66,866 primarily due to revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2011, which was offset in part by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $342,535.
 
Net cash used in investing activities .  Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $13.6 million and $120,474, respectively, consisting primarily of purchases of capital equipment in 2011 and cash used for acquisitions in 2012.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities .  Net cash provided by financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2012 was $17.3 million, which resulted primarily from the proceeds from the loans under the MidMarket Loan Agreement and the sale of preferred shares.  Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1.3 million, which resulted primarily from the loans from Tekmark and MMD Genesis.
 
Rental Obligations.
 
In July 2010, we entered into an operating lease covering our primary office facility in Boca Raton, Florida that has an original non-cancelable term of five years with a provision for early termination after three years.  The lease contains renewal provisions and generally requires us to pay insurance, maintenance and other operating expenses.
 
 
62

 
 
The future minimum obligation during each year through 2016 under the leases with non-cancelable terms in excess of one year is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Future Minimum
Lease Payments
 
2013
 
$
197,397
 
2014
   
133,214
 
2015
   
121,655
 
2016
   
66,000
 
Total
 
$
518,266
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
We had capital expenditures of $89,258 and $81,144 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  We expect our capital expenditures for the year ending December 31, 2013 to be approximately $100,000.  These capital expenditures will be primarily utilized for equipment needed to generate revenue and for office equipment.
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements
 
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
 
Contingencies
 
We are involved in claims and legal proceedings arising from the ordinary course of our business.  We record a provision for a liability when we believe that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred, and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  If these estimates and assumptions change or prove to be incorrect, it could have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
Critical accounting policies and estimates
 
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.  The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported therein and accompanying notes.  On an ongoing basis, we evaluate these estimates and assumptions, including those related to recognition of revenue for costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, the fair value of reporting units for goodwill impairment analysis, the assessment of impairment of intangibles and other long-lived assets, income taxes, accrued insurance claims, asset lives used in computing depreciation and amortization, allowance for doubtful accounts, stock-based compensation expense for performance-based stock awards and accruals for contingencies, including legal matters.  These estimates and assumptions require the use of judgment as to the likelihood of various future outcomes and as a result, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
 
 
63

 
 
We have identified the accounting policies below as critical to the accounting for our business operations and the understanding of our results of operations because they involve making significant judgments and estimates that are used in the preparation of our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements.  The impact of these policies affects our reported and expected financial results and are discussed in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.  We have discussed the development, selection and application of our critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the disclosure relating to our critical accounting policies in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
Other significant accounting policies, primarily those with lower levels of uncertainty than those discussed below, are also important to understanding our historical and pro forma consolidated financial statements.  The notes to our consolidated financial statements in this prospectus contain additional information related to our accounting policies, including the critical accounting policies described herein, and should be read in conjunction with this discussion.
 
Emerging Growth Company.
 
On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies.  As an “emerging growth company,” we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until the earlier of the date that (i) we are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period for complying with such new or revised accounting standards.  We have elected not to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.  As a result, our financial statements will be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.  Upon issuance of new or revised accounting standards that apply to our financial statements, we will disclose the date on which we will adopt the recently-issued accounting guidelines.
 
Revenue Recognition.
 
We recognize revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials .  Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
Our revenues related to specialty contracting services are generated from contracted services to design, installation and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-sized commercial and governmental entities.  Prior to commencement of services and depending on the length of the services to be provided, we secure the client’s acceptance of a written proposal.  Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between two to 14 days.  If we anticipate that the services will span over a month, we usually require a down payment from the customer, which help pay for the cabling and accessories and we will provide monthly progress billing, based on services rendered, or upon completion of the contracted services.
 
Our revenues related to telecommunications staffing services are generated from contracted services to provide technical engineering and management solutions to large voice and data communications providers, as specified by the clients.  The contracts provide payment to us for our services may be based on either (i) direct labor hours at fixed hourly rates or (ii) fixed-price contracts. Our services provided under the contracts are generally provided within a month.  Occasionally, the services may be provided over a period of up to four months.  If we anticipate that the services span over a month and depending on the contract terms, we provide either progress billing at least once a month or upon completion of the clients’ specifications.  We recognize revenues of contracts based on direct labor hours and fixed-price contracts that do not overlap a calendar month based on services provided.
 
 
64

 
 
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts.
 
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the failure of our customers to make required payments. Management analyzes the collectability of accounts receivable balances each period.  This analysis considers the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, changes in customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, customer payment activity and other relevant factors.  Should any of these factors change, the estimate made by management may also change, which could affect the level of our future provision for doubtful accounts.  We recognize an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts when it is probable that a receivable is not collectable and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Any increase in the allowance account has a corresponding negative effect on our results of operations.  We believe that none of our significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would materially impact our trade accounts receivable or allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2012.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets.
 
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had goodwill in the amount of $20,561,980 and $ 343,986 , respectively.  We did not recognize any goodwill impairment during the year s ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.
 
We account for goodwill in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC Topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other   (ASC Topic 350).  Our reporting units and related indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually during the fourth fiscal quarter of each year in accordance with ASC Topic 350 in order to determine whether their carrying value exceeds their fair value.  In addition, they are tested on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce their fair value below carrying value.  If we determine the fair value of goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than their carrying value as a result of the tests, an impairment loss is recognized. Impairment losses, if any, are reflected in operating income or loss in the consolidated statements of operations during the period incurred.
 
In accordance with ASC Topic 360, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , we review finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable.  Recoverability is determined based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of an asset and its eventual disposition. An impairment loss is measured by comparing the fair value of the asset to its carrying value.  If we determine the fair value of an asset is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is incurred.  Impairment losses, if any, are reflected in operating income or loss in the consolidated statements of operations during the period incurred.
 
We use judgment in assessing if goodwill and intangible assets are impaired.  Estimates of fair value are based on our projection of revenues, operating costs, and cash flows taking into consideration historical and anticipated future results, general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business or operational strategies.  To measure fair value, we employ a combination of present value techniques which reflect market factors.  Changes in our judgments and projections could result in significantly different estimates of fair value potentially resulting in additional impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
Our goodwill resides in multiple reporting units which are aggregated for our goodwill impairment testing.  The profitability of individual reporting units may suffer periodically from downturns in customer demand and other factors resulting from the cyclical nature of our business, the high level of competition existing within our industry, the concentration of our revenues from a limited number of customers, and the level of overall economic activity.  During times of slowing economic conditions, our customers may reduce capital expenditures and defer or cancel pending projects.  Individual reporting units may be relatively more impacted by these factors than us as a whole. As a result, demand for the services of one or more of our reporting units could decline resulting in an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets.
 
We performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of each of years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The key valuation assumptions contributing to the fair value estimates of our reporting units were (a) a discount rate based on our best estimate of the weighted average cost of capital adjusted for risks associated with the reporting units; (b) terminal value based on terminal growth rates; and (c) seven expected years of cash flow before the terminal value for each annual test.
 
 
65

 
 
The discount rate reflects risks inherent within each reporting unit operating individually, which is greater than the risks inherent in us as a whole.  The discount rate used in the analysis for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased compared to the rate used in the year ended December 31, 2011 analysis as a result of reduced risk relative to industry conditions.  We believe the assumptions used in the impairment analysis each year are reflective of the risks inherent in the business models of our reporting units and within our industry.
 
For years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, none of the reporting units incurred operating losses that would impact our financial position in a material manner.  Current operating results, including any losses, are evaluated by us in the assessment of goodwill and other intangible assets. The Company's reporting units are aggregated for goodwill impairment testing. The estimates and assumptions used in assessing the fair value of the reporting units and the valuation of the underlying assets and liabilities are inherently subject to significant uncertainties.  Changes in judgments and estimates could result in a significantly different estimate of the fair value of the reporting units and could result in impairments of goodwill or intangible assets at additional reporting units.  Additionally, adverse conditions in the economy and future volatility in the equity and credit markets could impact the valuation of our reporting units.  We can provide no assurances that, if such conditions occur, they will not trigger impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets in future periods.
 
Certain of our business units also have other intangible assets including customer relationships, trade names, and non-compete agreements.  As of December 31, 2012, we believe that the carrying amounts of these intangible assets are recoverable.  However, if adverse events were to occur or circumstances were to change indicating that the carrying amount of such assets may not be fully recoverable, the assets would be reviewed for impairment and the assets could be impaired.
 
Stock-Based Compensation.
 
Our stock-based award programs are intended to attract, retain and reward employees, officers, directors and consultants, and to align stockholder and employee interests.  We have granted stock-based awards to individuals.  Our policy going forward will be to issue awards under our new 2012 Employee Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
Compensation expense for stock-based awards is based on the fair value at the measurement date and is included in operating expenses.  The fair value of stock option grants is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on certain assumptions including: expected volatility based on the historical price of our stock over the expected life of the option, the risk-free rate of return based on the United States treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant for the expected term of the option, the expected life based on the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding using historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination; and dividend yield based on history and expectation of dividend payments. Stock options generally vest ratably over a three-year period and are exercisable over a period up to ten years.
 
The fair value of restricted stock is estimated on the date of grant and is generally equal to the closing stock price on that date.   The total amount of stock-based compensation expense ultimately is based on the number of awards that actually vest and fluctuates as a result of performance criteria, as well as the vesting period of all stock based awards.  Accordingly, the amount of compensation expense recognized during any fiscal year may not be representative of future stock-based compensation expense.  In accordance with ASC Topic 718,   Compensation – Stock Compensation   (ASC Topic 718), compensation costs for performance-based awards are recognized over the requisite service period if it is probable that the performance goal will be satisfied.  We use our best judgment to determine probability of achieving the performance goals in each reporting period and recognize compensation costs based on the number of shares that are expected to vest.
 
 
66

 
 
Income Taxes.
 
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method.  This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. ASC Topic 740,   Income Taxes   (ASC Topic 740), prescribes a two-step process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return.  The first step evaluates an income tax position in order to determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step measures the benefit to be recognized in the financial statements for those income tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, recognition and classification of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  Under ASC Topic 740, companies may recognize a previously-unrecognized tax benefit if the tax position is effectively (rather than “ultimately”) settled through examination, negotiation or litigation.
 
Contingencies and Litigation.
 
In the ordinary course of our business, we are involved in certain legal proceedings. ASC Topic 450, Contingencies (ASC Topic 450), requires that an estimated loss from a loss contingency should be accrued by a charge to income if it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. In determining whether a loss should be accrued, we evaluate, among other factors, the probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss.  If only a range of probable loss can be determined, we accrue for our best estimate within the range for the contingency. In those cases where none of the estimates within the range is better than another, we accrue for the amount representing the low end of the range in accordance with ASC Topic 450. As additional information becomes available, we reassess the potential liability related to our pending contingencies and litigation and revise our estimates.  Revisions of our estimates of the potential liability could materially impact our results of operations.  Additionally, if the final outcome of such litigation and contingencies differs adversely from that currently expected, it would result in a charge to earnings when determined.
 
Distinguishing of Liabilities From Equity.

We rely on the guidance provided by ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , to classify certain redeemable and/or convertible instruments, such as our preferred stock.  We first determine whether the respective financial instrument should be classified as a liability.  We will determine the liability classification if the financial instrument is mandatorily redeemable, or if the financial instrument, other than outstanding shares, embodies a conditional obligation that we must or may settle by issuing a variable number of our equity shares.
 
Once we determine that the financial instrument should not be classified as a liability, we determine whether the financial instrument should be presented between the liability section and the equity section of the balance sheet (“temporary equity”).  We will determine temporary equity classification if the redemption of the preferred stock or other financial instrument is outside our control (i.e. at the option of the holder).  Otherwise, we account for the financial instrument as permanent equity.
 
 
67

 
 
Initial Measurement.

We record our financial instruments classified as liability, temporary equity or permanent equity at issuance at the fair value, or cash received.
 
Subsequent Measurement.
 
We record the fair value of our financial instruments classified as liability at each subsequent measurement date. The changes in fair value of our financial instruments classified as liabilities are recorded as other expense/income.
 
Temporary equity.
 
At each balance sheet date, we reevaluate the classification of its redeemable instruments, as well as the probability of redemption. If the redemption amount is probable or currently redeemable, we record the instruments at its redemption value. Upon issuance, the initial carrying amount of a redeemable equity security at its fair value. If the instrument is redeemable currently at the option of the holder, it will be adjusted to its maximum redemption amount at each balance sheet date. If the instrument is not redeemable currently and it is not probable that it will become redeemable, it is recorded at its fair value. If it is probable the instrument will become redeemable it will be recognized immediately at its redemption value. The resulting increases or decreases in the carrying amount of a redeemable instrument will be recognized as adjustments to additional paid-in capital.
 
Business combinations
 
We account for our business combinations under the provisions of ASC 805-10, Business Combinations (ASC 805-10), which requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including non-controlling interests, are recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.  ASC 805-10 also specifies criteria that intangible assets acquired in a business combination must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets and intangible assets acquired in a business combination.  Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combinations and are expensed as incurred.  If the business combination provides for contingent consideration, we record the contingent consideration at fair value at the acquisition date and any changes in fair value after the acquisition date are accounted for as measurement-period adjustments if they pertain to additional information about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date and that we obtained during the measurement period.  Changes in fair value of contingent consideration resulting from events after the acquisition date, such as earn-outs, are recognized as follows: 1) if the contingent consideration is classified as equity, the contingent consideration is not re-measured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity, or 2) if the contingent consideration is classified as an asset or a liability, the changes in fair value are recognized in earnings.
 
 
68

 
 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are a global single-source provider of value-added services for both corporate enterprises and service providers.  We offer cloud and managed services, professional consulting  services and voice, data and optical solutions to assist our customers in meeting their changing technology demands.  Our cloud solutions offer enterprise and service-provider customers the opportunity to adopt an operational expense model by outsourcing to us rather than the capital expense model that has dominated in recent decades in information technology (IT) infrastructure management.  Our professional services groups offer a broad range of solutions, including application development teams, analytics, project management, program management, telecom network management and field services.  Our engineering, design, installation and maintenance services support the build- and operation of some of the most advanced enterprise, fiber optic, Ethernet and wireless networks.
 
We provide the following categories of offerings to our customers:
 
 
Cloud and Managed Services .  Our cloud-based service offerings include platform as a service (PaaS), infrastructure as a service (IaaS), database as a service (DbaaS), and software as a service (SaaS). Our extensive experience in system integration and solutions-centric services helps our customers quickly to integrate and adopt cloud-based services. Our managed-services offerings include network management, 24x7x365 monitoring, security monitoring, storage and backup services. 
 
 
Applications and Infrastructure .  We provide an array of applications and services throughout North America and internationally, including unified communications, interactive voice response (IVR) and SIP-based call centers.  We also offer structured cabling and other field installations.  In addition, we design, engineer, install and maintain various types of WiFi and wide-area networks, distributed antenna systems (DAS), and small cell distribution networks for incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs), telecommunications original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), cable broadband multiple system operators (MSOs) and enterprise customers. Our services and applications teams support the deployment of new networks and technologies, as well as expand and maintain existing networks.  We also design, install and maintain hardware solutions for the leading OEMs that support voice, data and optical networks. 
 
 
Professional Services .  We provide consulting and professional staffing solutions to the service-provider and enterprise market in support of all facets of the telecommunications business, including project management, network implementation, network installation, network upgrades, rebuilds, maintenance and consulting services.  We leverage our international recruiting database, which includes more than 70,000 professionals, for the rapid deployment of our professional services.  On a weekly basis, we deploy hundreds of telecommunications professionals in support of our worldwide customers.  Our skilled recruiters assist telecommunications companies, cable broadband MSOs and enterprise clients throughout the project lifecycle of a network deployment and maintenance. 
 
Our Recent and Pending Acquisitions
 
We have grown significantly and expanded our service offerings and geographic reach through a series of strategic acquisitions.
 
Since January 1, 2011, we have completed the following acquisitions:
 
 
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, we acquired ADEX, an Atlanta-based provider of engineering and installation services and staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s managed solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle.
 
 
69

 
 
 
T N S, Inc.   In September 2012, we also acquired T N S, a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends our geographic reach to the Midwest area and our client reach to end-users, such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs.
 
 
Tropical Communications, Inc.   In August 2011, we acquired Tropical, a Miami-based provider of structured cabling and DAS systems for commercial and governmental entities in the Southeast.
 
 
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC .  In December 2011, we acquired a 49% stake in RM Engineering, a certified Women Business Enterprise (WBE) cable firm based in Tuscaloosa, Alabama that performs engineering services in the Southeastern United States and internationally, and 100% of RM Leasing, an equipment provider for cable-engineering services firms.  We have an option to purchase the remaining 51% of RM Engineering for a nominal sum at any time.  RM Engineering operates from its headquarters in Tuscaloosa, Alabama and provides services to customers located in the United States and Latin America.
 
 
Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC .  In December 2012, our ADEX subsidiary acquired ERFS, an environmental remediation and disaster recovery company.  The acquisition of this company augmented ADEX’s disaster recovery service offerings.
 
We have also entered into definitive agreements for the following acquisitions:
 
 
Telco .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire Telco.  We plan to integrate this professional services and telecommunications staffing business into our ADEX subsidiary in order to expand our project staffing business and our access to skilled labor.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition concurrently with the consummation of this offering.
 
 
IPC .  In November 2012, we executed a definitive agreement to acquire IPC, a New York-based cloud and managed services business, with professional services and applications capabilities.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  We believe the acquisition of IPC will support our cloud and managed services aspect of our business, as well as improve our systems integration and applications capabilities.  We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from this offering to consummate this acquisition concurrently with the consummation of this offering.
 
In connection with the acquisitions of our subsidiaries, we entered into purchase agreements pursuant to which we agreed to certain on-going financial and other obligations.  The following is a summary of the material terms of the purchase agreements for our recent and pending acquisitions.
 
ADEX Corporation .  On September 17, 2012, we entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “ADEX Agreement”) with the shareholders of ADEX and acquired all the outstanding capital stock of ADEX and ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York corporation (“ADEXCOMM”) and all outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rican limited liability company (“ADEX Puerto Rico,” and together with ADEX and ADEXCOMM, the “ADEX Entities”).  Under the terms of the ADEX Agreement, we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of the ADEX Entities in exchange for the cash payment at closing of $12,819,594, less the amount of debt of the ADEX Entities repaid by us at the closing (approximately $1,241,000).  We also issued promissory notes to pay the sellers the aggregate amount of $1,046,000 (the “ADEX Note”), which notes have since been paid in  full .
 
As additional consideration, we agreed to pay the sellers an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the ADEX Entities for the 12-month period beginning on October 1, 2012 (the “Forward EBITDA”), provided that if the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50 and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0.  We also agreed to pay the sellers an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243.  In connection with the obligation to make these payments, we issued to the sellers 2,000 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock, and provided that those shares are redeemable in the event we default on our obligation to make such payments.  The shares of Series G Preferred will be automatically cancelled if we make the required payments in cash.  The terms of the Series G Preferred Stock are described under the caption “Description of Capital stock – Preferred Stock – Series G Preferred Stock”.
 
 
70

 
 
We also agreed to pay the sellers an amount in cash equal to the net working capital of the ADEX Entities as of the closing date.  In connection with the obligation to make these payments, we issued to the sellers an aggregate of 3,500 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock, and provided that those shares are redeemable in the event we default on our obligation to make such payment.  As of February 28, 2013, 1,500 shares of Series G Preferred Stock have been released to us from escrow and the 2,000 remaining shares of Series G Preferred will be automatically cancelled if we make the remaining required payments.  
 
The ADEX Agreement contains representations, warranties, covenants and on-going indemnification obligations.  These covenants include an obligation during the year following the closing to continue to operate the ongoing business of the ADEX Entities in the same manner as previously conducted, and to provide certain of the sellers with substantial control over the business operations of the ADEX Entities.
 
T N S, Inc.   On September 17, 2012, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “T N S Agreement”) with the stockholders of T N S pursuant to which we acquired all the outstanding capital stock of T N S for the following consideration paid or issued by us at the closing: (i) cash in the amount of $700,000, (ii) 4,150 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock and (iii) 40,000 shares of our common stock.  The terms of the Series F Preferred Stock are described under the caption “Description of Capital stock – Preferred Stock – Series F Preferred Stock”.  In the T N S Agreement, we granted the sellers the right to put to us the shares of common stock issued at the closing for $12.50 per share, beginning 18 months after the closing and continuing for 60 days thereafter.  In the event the adjusted EBITDA of T N S for the 12 month period beginning October 1, 2012 is greater or less than $1,250,000, we also agreed to issue, or cancel, as appropriate, shares of Series F Preferred Stock based on an agreed-upon formula.
 
In addition, in the T N S Agreement, we agreed that, upon completion of this offering, we will issue to the sellers an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to (i) $200,000 divided by (ii) the offering price per share of our common stock in this offering.  Finally, as additional consideration, we agreed to pay the sellers an amount equal to 20% of T N S’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of $1,275,000 for each of the three 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.  During such 36-month period, we agreed to operate T N S in the ordinary course with the commercially-reasonable objective of maximizing the amount payable to the sellers with respect to such three 12-month periods.
 
Tropical Communications, Inc.  On August 15, 2011, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Tropical Agreement”) with the sole shareholder of Tropical pursuant to which we acquired all of the issued and outstanding stock of Tropical for the following consideration: (i) 8,000 shares of common stock, (ii) the assumption of indebtedness in the aggregate amount of $334,369, (iii) an amount equal to 50% of the net income of Tropical Communications during the 18-month period following closing, of which there was none, and (iv) warrants to purchase up to 4,000 additional shares of common stock at a price equal to the lower of a 25% discount to the market price of the common stock on the date of exercise or $37.50 per share, for each $500,000 of EBITDA earned by Tropical during the 24-month period following closing.
 
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC.   On November 15, 2011, we entered into, and on December 14, 2011 we amended, a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Rives-Monteiro Agreement”) with the two members of RM Engineering and RM Leasing (collectively Rives-Monteiro) pursuant to which we acquired 49% of the membership interests of Rives Monteiro Engineering, were granted the right to purchase the remaining 51% of RM Engineering for $1.00 and acquired all of the membership interests of RM Leasing for the following consideration: (i) a cash payment in the amount of $300,000, of which $100,000 was paid on December 29, 2011, the date of consummation of the acquisitions, $100,000 was payable on or before March 29, 2012, and $100,000 was payable on or before June 29, 2012, (ii) 60,000 shares of common stock, (ii) the assumption of indebtedness in the aggregate amount of $211,455, (iii) an amount equal to 50% of the net income of RM Engineering during the 18-month period following date of acquisition of RM Engineering, and (iv) warrants to purchase up to 4,000 additional shares of common stock at a price equal to the lower of a 25% discount to the market price of the common stock on the date of exercise or $37.50 per share, for each $500,000 of EBITDA earned by RM Engineering during the 24-month period following the date of acquisition of RM Engineering.  The cash payments in the aggregate amount of $200,000 were not paid when due in March and June 2012, and the parties have agreed that such payments will be made on or prior to the closing of this offering.
 
 
71

 
 
The Rives-Monteiro Agreement contains representations, warranties, covenants and on-going indemnification obligations.  These covenants include an obligation during the year following the closing to continue to operate the ongoing business of RM Engineering in the same manner as previously conducted.
 
Environmental Remediation.   On November 30, 2012, ADEX entered into an Equity Purchase Agreement (the “Environmental Remediation Agreement”) with ERFS and the sole stockholder of ERFS pursuant to which ADEX acquired all the outstanding equity interests of ERFS for the following consideration paid or issued by us at the closing: (i) a number of shares of our Series I Preferred Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) (1) the product of 4.0 and the amount of ERFS’s EBITDA (as defined) for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2012, less (2) the amount of ERFS’s outstanding indebtedness for borrowed money and certain other indebtedness on the date of the closing of the acquisition and (b) the offering price per share of our common stock in this offering.  The terms of the Series I Preferred Stock are described under the caption “Description of Capital stock – Preferred Stock – Series I Preferred Stock”.  In the Environmental Remediation Agreement, we granted the seller the right to put to us up to $750,000 stated amount of the Series I Preferred Shares (less the amount of pre-closing receivables collected and paid to the seller) on and after March 31, 2013.  
 
In addition, in the Environmental Remediation Agreement, as additional consideration, we agreed to pay the seller an amount, payable in cash or common stock, at our election, equal to 1.5 times ERFS’s EBITDA in the 12-month period ending December 31, 2013, provided the EBITDA for such period exceeds the amount of ERFS EBITDA for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2012 by $10,000 or more.  In addition, we agreed to cause  Environmental Remediation to pay to the seller on a bi-weekly basis an amount of cash equal to the amount of any receivables related to pre-closing activities of ERFS that are collected after the date of the acquisition, up to a maximum of $750,000.
 
Telco .  On November 19, 2012, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Tekmark Agreement”) to acquire all the property, assets and business of Telco from Tekmark Global Solutions LLC.  Under the terms of the Tekmark Agreement, at the closing of the acquisition, we will pay the seller an aggregate amount in cash equal to the difference between (i) the product of 5.0 multiplied by the Estimated Closing EBITDA (as defined) of Telco for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the month prior to the closing date (the “Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA”), less (ii) $2,600,000.  In addition, we will issue to the seller a number of shares of common stock equal to the product of (i) the Estimated Closing TTM EBITDA, and (ii) the price of the common stock sold in this offering, rounded to the nearest whole share. We will also pay the seller additional cash compensation in an amount equal to the EBITDA (as defined) of Telco for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the first calendar month commencing after the closing date (the “Initial Earnout Period”).
 
Following the closing, as additional consideration, we will make supplemental payments to the seller in cash for (i) the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the thirteenth calendar month commencing after the closing date (the “First Supplemental Earnout Period”) and (ii) the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the twenty-fifth calendar month commencing after the closing date (the “Second Supplemental Earnout Period”). The payment made for the First Supplemental Earnout Period will be an amount equal to the product of 2.0 multiplied by the positive difference, if any, between (A) the EBITDA of Telco for the First Supplemental Earnout Period, minus (B) the Closing TTM EBITDA (as defined). The payment made for the Second Supplemental Earnout Period will be an amount equal to the product of 2.0 multiplied by the positive difference, if any, between (Y) the EBITDA of Telco for the Second Supplemental Earnout Period, minus (Z) the Closing TTM EBITDA.
 
 
72

 
 
The Tekmark Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions. The closing of the acquisition remains subject to closing conditions, including the accuracy of representations and warranties of the parties in the Tekmark Agreement and consummation of an equity financing, including this offering, to secure sufficient funding for the transaction.  The Tekmark Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to closing (i) by mutual consent of the parties, (ii) by either party if the closing has not occurred by March 31, 2013, (iii) by either party if the other party has breached any of its representations, warranties or covenants or (iv) by either party if a court or governmental authority has issued a final order or ruling prohibiting the transaction.
 
IPC.   On November 20, 2012, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “IPC Agreement”) to acquire all the outstanding capital stock of IPC.  Under the terms of the IPC Agreement, at the closing of the acquisition, we will pay the sellers (a) a cash payment in an amount equal to (i) the product of 5.2 multiplied by the TTM EBITDA (as defined), (ii) less Estimated Closing Debt (as defined), (iii) less Estimated Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses (as defined), (iv) plus any Estimated Working Capital Surplus (as defined) or less any Estimated Working Capital Deficiency (as defined), less the Escrow Amount (the “Initial Cash Payment”) and (b) a stock payment consisting of a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A) (i) the product of 0.2 multiplied by the TTM EBITDA, (ii) less Estimated Closing Debt, (iii) less Estimated Company Unpaid Transaction Expenses, (iv) plus any Estimated Working Capital Surplus or less any Estimated Working Capital Deficiency, by (B) the price of a share of common stock in this offering.  Each seller may elect to receive a portion of such seller’s pro rata share of the Initial Cash Payment, up to an amount equal to such Seller’s pro rata share of the TTM EBITDA, in shares of common stock in lieu of cash (the “Elected Amount”) provided that such seller (i) provides proper notification of such election and (ii) the number of shares to be so issued shall be determined by dividing such seller’s Elected Amount by the price of a share of common stock in this offering.
 
As additional consideration, following the closing, we will make an additional cash payment in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of (i) the product of 0.6 multiplied by the EBITDA of IPC for the 12-month period beginning on the first day of the first calendar month commencing after the closing date (the “Forward EBITDA”), plus (ii) in the event that the Forward EBITDA exceeds the TTM EBITDA by 5.0% or more, an amount equal to 2.0 multiplied by this difference.
 
The IPC Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions. The closing remains subject to closing conditions, including the accuracy of representations and warranties of the parties in the IPC Agreement and completion of a public offering of our common stock, including this offering.  The IPC Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to closing (i) by mutual consent of the parties, (ii) by either party if the closing has not occurred by March 31, 2013, (iii) by either party if the other party has breached any of its representations, warranties or covenants or (iv) by either party if a court or governmental authority has issued a final order or ruling prohibiting the transaction.
 
Our Industry
 
Global Internet traffic is expected to continue to grow rapidly, driven by factors such as the increased use of smart phones, tablets and other internet devices, the proliferation of social networking and the increased adoption of cloud-based services.  Corporate enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud-based services, which enable them and other end users to rapidly deploy applications without building out their own expensive infrastructure and to minimize the growth in their own IT departments.
 
Global Internet traffic is expected to quadruple from 2011 to 2016 according to a 2012 white paper prepared by Cisco Systems, Inc. (Cisco).  Global data traffic (including as a result of the use of smartphones, tables, laptops and other mobile telecommunications devices) is expected to increase 18 times from 2011 to 2016, according to the same report.  Subscriptions to either free or paid cloud services are expected to continue to increase from 500 million consumers worldwide in 2012, to an estimated 625 million in 2013, and then double over the course of four years to reach 1.3 billion by 2017, according to the IHS iSuppli Mobile & Wireless Communications service report.
 
 
73

 
 
 
Source: IHS iSuppli Research, October 2012
 
Corporate enterprises are increasingly adopting cloud-based services to integrate applications, decrease capital and operational expense and create business agility by taking advantage of accelerated time to market dynamics.  Spending on U.S. information technology-based cloud computing is expected to increase by more than 23 percent in 2012, according to the Telecommunications Industry Association 2012 ICT Market Review.  Demand for cloud-based services creates demand for both providing solutions to end-user corporate enterprises as well as augmenting the offerings of telecommunications service providers.
 
The rapid increase in data traffic, usage of wireless networks and evolution of services and technology are also driving telecommunications providers to undertake a number of initiatives to increase coverage, capacity and performance of their existing networks, including adding and upgrading cell sites nationwide.
 
To remain competitive and meet the rapidly-growing demand for state-of-the-art mobile data services, telecommunications and cable companies rely on outsourcing to provide a wide range of network and infrastructure services, as well as project staffing services, to help build out and maintain their networks.  OEMs supplying equipment to those telecommunications and cable service providers also frequently rely on outsourced solutions for project management and network deployment.  Demand for these services is expected to grow rapidly.  According to the Telecommunications Industry Association 2012 ICT Market Review, the wireless telecommunications and network infrastructure outsourcing market has grown 9.5% per year since 2004 and is expected to continue to grow at a 5.9% rate through 2014, becoming a $21.6 billion market in 2014.
 
Technological convergence of voice, video and data, as well as competitive pressures, are driving consolidation in the telecommunications industry and cable broadband marketplace. Because of the immense integration challenges, merging entities rely in part on specialty solutions providers to efficiently integrate different technologies and networks into a single network.
 
In building out and managing telecommunications networks, service providers and enterprise customers face many challenges, including difficulty locating, recruiting, hiring and retaining skilled labor, significant capital investment requirements and competitive pressures on operating margins.  In response to these ongoing challenges, telecommunications providers and enterprise customers continue to seek and outsource solutions in order to reduce their investment in capital equipment, provide flexibility in workforce sizing and expand product offerings without large increases in incremental hiring.  Outsourcing professional services also allows telecommunications providers and enterprise customers to focus on those competencies they consider core to their business success.
 
Our Solution
 
We seek to become the single-source provider of choice of end-to-end outsourced cloud and managed services, network infrastructure and project staffing solutions, to corporate enterprises and telecommunications and broadband service providers.  We believe that our strengths described below will enable us to continue to compete effectively and to take advantage of anticipated growth in our target markets.
 
 
74

 
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
Single-Source Provider of End-to-End Network Infrastructure, Cloud and Managed Services and Project Staffing Needs, Applications and Infrastructure to Enterprise and Service Providers.   We believe our ability to address a wide range of end-to-end network solutions, infrastructure and project staffing needs for our clients is a key competitive advantage.  Our ability to offer diverse technical capabilities (including design, engineering, construction, deployment, installation and integration services) allows customers to turn to a single source for these specific specialty services, as well as to entrust us with the execution of entire turn-key solutions.
 
Established Customer Relationships With Leading Infrastructure Providers.   We have established relationships with many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and others. We have over 30 master service agreements with service providers and OEMs. Our current customers include Ericsson Inc., Verizon Communications Inc., Alcatel-Lucent USA Inc., Century Link, Inc., AT&T Inc. and Hotwire Communications. Our relationships with our customers and existing master service agreements position us to continue to capture existing and emerging opportunities, both domestically and internationally.  We believe the barriers are extremely high for new entrants to obtain master service agreements with service providers and OEMs unless there are established relationships and a proven ability to execute.
 
Proven Ability to Recruit, Manage and Retain High Quality Telecommunications Personnel.   Our ability to recruit, manage and retain skilled labor is a critical advantage in an industry in which a shortage of skilled labor is often a key limitation for our customers and competitors alike.  We own and operate an actively-maintained database of more than 70,000 telecom personnel.  We also employ highly-skilled recruiters and utilize an electronic hiring process that we believe expedites deployment of personnel and reduces costs.  Our staffing capabilities allow us to efficiently locate and engage skilled personnel for projects, helping ensure that we do not miss out on opportunities due to a lack of skilled labor.  We believe this access to a skilled labor pool gives us a competitive edge over our competitors as we continue to expand.
 
Strong Senior Management Team with Proven Ability to Execute .  Our highly-experienced management team has deep industry knowledge and a strong track record of successful execution in major corporations, as well as startup ventures.  Our senior management team brings an average of over 25 years of individual experience across a broad range of disciplines.  We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and is well-positioned to execute our strategy.
 
Scalable and Capital Efficient Business Model .  We typically hire workers to staff projects on a project-by-project basis and we believe this business model enables us to staff our business efficiently to meet changes in demand.  Our operating expenses, other than staffing, are primarily fixed; we are generally able to deploy personnel to infrastructure projects in the United States and beyond with incremental increases in operating costs.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
Under the leadership of our senior management team we intend to build out sales, marketing and operations groups to support our rapid growth while focusing on increasing operating margins.  While organic growth will be a main focus in driving our business forward, acquisitions will play a strategic role in augmenting existing product and service lines and cross selling opportunities.  We are pursuing several strategies, including:
 
Grow Revenues and Market Share through Selective Acquisitions.   We plan to continue to acquire private companies that enhance our earnings and offer complementary services or expand our geographic reach.  We believe such acquisitions will help us to accelerate our revenue growth, leverage our existing strengths, and capture and retain more work in-house as a prime contractor for our clients, thereby contributing to our profitability.  We also believe that increased scale will enable us to bid and take on larger contracts.  We believe there are many potential acquisition candidates in the high-growth cloud computing space, the fragmented professional services markets, and in the applications and infrastructure arena.
 
 
75

 
 
Deepen Our Relationships With Our Existing Customer Base.   Our customers include many leading wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs, OEMs and enterprise customers.  As we have expanded the breadth of our service offerings through both organic growth and selective acquisitions, we believe we have opportunities to expand revenues with our existing clients by marketing additional service offerings to them, as well as by extending services to existing customers in new geographies.
 
Expand Our Relationships with New Service Providers. We plan to expand new relationships with smaller cable broadband providers, competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs), integrated communication providers (IC’s), competitive access providers (CAPs), network access point providers (NAPs) and integrated communications providers (ICPs).  We believe that the business model for the expansion of these relationships, leveraging our core strength and array of service solutions, will support our business model for organic growth.
 
Increase Operating Margins by Leveraging Operating Efficiencies .   We believe that by centralizing administrative functions, consolidating insurance coverages and eliminating redundancies across our newly-acquired businesses, we will be positioned to offer more integrated end-to-end solutions and improve operating margins.
 
Our Services
 
We provide cloud- and managed-service-based platforms, professional services, applications and infrastructure to both the telecommunications industry and corporate enterprises.  Our cloud-based and managed services and our engineering, design, construction, installation, maintenance and project staffing services support the build-out, maintenance, upgrade and operation of some of the most advanced fiber optic, Ethernet, copper, wireless and satellite networks.  Our breadth of services enables our customers to selectively augment existing services or to outsource entire projects or operational functions. We divide our service offerings into the following categories of services:
 
 
Cloud and Managed Services .  We provide integrated cloud-based solutions that allow organizations around the globe to integrate their applications on various services into a web-hosted environment.  We combine engineering expertise with service and support to maintain and support telecommunications networks.  We provide hardware solutions and applications, as well as professional services, that work as a seamless extension of a telecommunications service provider or enterprise end user.
 
 
Applications and Infrastructure .  We provide an array of applications and services, including unified communications, voice recognition and call centers, as well as structured cabling, field installations and other infrastructure solutions.  Our design, engineering, installation and maintenance of various types of local and wide-area networks, DAS systems, and other broadband installation and maintenance services augment ILECs, telecommunications OEMs, cable broadband MSOs and large end-users.  Our services and applications support the deployment of new networks and technologies, as well as expand and maintain existing networks.  We also sell hardware and applications for the leading OEMs that support voice, data and optical networks.
 
 
Applications .  We apply our expertise in networking, converged communications, security, data center solutions and other technologies utilizing our skills in consulting, integration and managed services to create customized solutions for our enterprise customers.  We provide applications  for managed data, converged services (single and multiple site); voice recognition, session initiation protocol (SIP trunking-Voice Over IP, streaming media, UC) collocation services and others.
 
 
Wireless and Wireline Installation, Commission and Integration .  We provide a full-range of solutions to OEMs, wireless carriers and enterprise customers throughout the United States, including structured cabling, wiring and field installation of various types of local and wide-area networks and DAS systems, and outside plant work.  Our technicians construct, install, maintain and integrate wireless communications and data networks for some of the largest cellular broadband and digital providers in the United States.  Our projects include services to Verizon Communications and Ericsson in connection with their 4G/LTE network deployments throughout the United States.
 
 
76

 
 
 
Turn-Key Communications Services .  Our telecom and broadband services group addresses the growing demand for broadband-based unified communications and structured cabling.  Our services include switch conditioning, switch re-grooming, cable splicing and grounding audits.  Our premise wiring services include design, engineering, installation, integration, maintenance and repair of telecommunications networks for voice, video and data inside various corporate enterprises, as well as state and local government properties.  Additionally, we provide maintenance and installation of electric utility grids and water and sewer utilities.  We provide outside plant telecommunications services primarily under hourly and per-unit-basis contracts to local telephone companies.  We also provide these services to U.S. corporations, long distance telephone companies, electric utility companies, local municipalities and cable broadband MSOs.
 
 
Disaster Recovery .  Our disaster recovery services provide emergency network restoration services and environmental remediation services to leading telecommunications carriers throughout the United States, including projects for Hurricane Sandy relief, Hurricane Katrina relief, Alabama Tornado relief and Southern California flood assistance.  Customers include AT&T, Verizon Wireless and Century Link/Quest.
 
 
Professional Services .  As a result of our acquisition of ADEX, we have a proprietary international recruiting database of more than 70,000 telecom professionals, the majority of which are well-qualified engineering professionals and experienced project managers.  We believe our skilled recruiters, combined with an entirely electronic staffing process, reduce our overall expenses for any project because of our efficient recruiting and deployment techniques.  On a weekly basis, we deploy hundreds of telecommunications professionals in support of network infrastructure deployments worldwide.
 
Customers
 
Our customers include many leading corporate enterprises, wireless and wireline telecommunications providers, cable broadband MSOs and OEMs and small independent phone companies.  Our enterprise solutions are provided to small businesses and Fortune 500 companies. Our current service provider and OEM customers include leading telecommunications companies, such as Ericsson, Inc., Verizon Communications, Sprint Nextel Corporation and AT&T.
 
Our top two customers, Verizon Communications and Danella Construction, accounted for approximately 73% of our total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011.  Our top four customers, Nexlink , Ericsson, Inc., Verizon Communications and Ericsson Caribbean, accounted for approximately 59% of our revenues in the year ended December 31, 2012.  Ericsson, as an OEM provider for seven different carrier projects, represented approximately 33% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from work performed under multi-year master service agreements and multi-year service contracts.  We have entered into master service agreements (MSAs) with numerous service providers and OEMs, and generally have multiple agreements with each of our customers.  MSAs are awarded primarily through a competitive bidding process based on the depth of our service offerings, experience and capacity. MSAs generally contain customer-specified service requirements, such as discrete pricing for individual tasks, but do not require our customers to purchase a minimum amount of services.  To the extent that such contracts specify exclusivity, there are often a number of exceptions, including the ability of the customer to issue work orders valued above a specified dollar amount to other service providers, perform work with the customer’s own employees and use other service providers.  Most of our MSAs may be cancelled by our customers upon minimum notice (typically 60 days), regardless of whether we are then in default.  In addition, many of these contracts permit cancellation of particular purchase orders or statements of work without any prior notice.  Our cloud-managed service offerings have multi-year agreements and provide the customers with service level commitments. This is one of the fastest growing portions of our business.
 
 
77

 
 
Suppliers and Vendors
 
We have agreements with major telecommunications vendors such as Ericsson. For a majority of the contract services we perform, our customers supply the necessary materials.  We expect to continue to further develop these relationships and to broaden our scope of work with each of our partners.  In many cases, our relationships with our partners have extended for over a decade, which we attribute to our commitment to excellence.  It is our objective to selectively expand our partnerships moving forward in order to expand our service offerings.
 
Competition
 
The business of providing infrastructure and managed services to telecommunications companies and enterprise clients is highly fragmented and the business is characterized by a large number of participants, including several large companies, as well as a significant number of small, privately-held, local competitors.
 
Our current and potential larger competitors include Arrow Electronics, Inc., Black Box Corporation Dimension Data, Dycom Industries, Inc., Goodman Networks, Inc., MasTec, Inc., TeleTech Holdings, Inc., Unisys Corporation, Unitek Global Services, Inc. , Tech Mahindra and Volt Information Sciences, Inc.  A significant portion of our services revenue is currently derived from MSAs and price is often an important factor in awarding such agreements.  Accordingly, our competitors may underbid us if they elect to price their services aggressively to procure such business.  Our competitors may also develop the expertise, experience and resources to provide services that are equal or superior in both price and quality to our services, and we may not be able to maintain or enhance our competitive position.  The principal competitive factors for our services include geographic presence, breadth of service offerings, worker and general public safety, price, quality of service and industry reputation.  We believe we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors.
 
Safety and Risk Management
 
We require our employees to participate in internal training and service programs from time to time relevant to their employment and to complete any training programs required by law.  We review accidents and claims from our operations, examine trends and implement changes in procedures to address safety issues.  Claims arising in our business generally include workers’ compensation claims, various general liability and damage claims, and claims related to vehicle accidents, including personal injury and property damage.  We insure against the risk of loss arising from our operations up to certain deductible limits in substantially all of the states in which we operate.  In addition, we retain risk of loss, up to certain limits, under our employee group health plan.  We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to help ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage.
 
We carefully monitor claims and actively participate with our insurers in determining claims estimates and adjustments.  The estimated costs of claims are accrued as liabilities, and include estimates for claims incurred but not reported.  Due to fluctuations in our loss experience from year to year, insurance accruals have varied and can affect the consistency of our operating margins.  If we experience insurance claims in excess of our umbrella coverage limit, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
 
 
78

 
 
Employees
 
As of February 28, 2013, we had 449 full-time employees and six part-time employees, of whom 52 were in administration and corporate management, ten were accounting personnel and 390 were technical and project managerial personnel.
 
In general, the number of our employees varies according to the level of our work in progress.  We maintain a core of technical and managerial personnel to supervise all projects and add employees as needed to complete specific projects.  Because we also provide project staffing, we are well-positioned to respond to changes in our staffing needs.
 
Properties
 
Our principal executive offices are located in Boca Raton, Florida.  We have a five-year lease on our office premises, which commenced in August 2010.  Our executive offices occupy approximately 1,000 square feet at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431.  We paid an annual base rent of $21,155 for the first year of our lease, and the rent escalates to $23,810 in the fifth year, together with additional annual rent of approximately $13,000.
 
Set forth below are the locations of the other properties leased by us, the businesses which use the properties, and the size of each such property.  All of such properties are used by our Company or by one of our subsidiaries principally as office facilities to house their administrative, marketing, and engineering and professional services personnel.  We believe our facilities and equipment to be in good condition and reasonably suited and adequate for our current needs.
 
Location
 
Owned or Leased
 
User
 
Size (Sq Ft)
Tuscaloosa, AL
 
Leased (1)
 
Rives-Monteiro Engineering, LLC
 
5,000
Miami, FL
 
Leased (2)
 
Tropical Communications, Inc.
 
6,000
Temple Terrace, FL
 
Leased (3)
 
Adex Corporation
 
2,500
Alpharetta, GA
 
Leased (4)
 
Adex Corporation
 
9,000
Des Plaines, IL
 
Leased (5)
 
T N S, Inc.
 
1,500
Upland, CA
 
Leased (6)
 
Adex Corporation
 
2,047
Frisco, TX
 
Leased (7)
 
Adex Corporation
 
1,100
Naperville, IL
 
Leased (8)
 
Adex Corporation
 
1,085
Alpharetta, GA
 
Licensed (9)
 
Adex Corporation
 
1,000
_________________
1
This facility is leased pursuant to a month-to-month lease that provides for monthly rental payments of $1,500 for the lease term.
 
2
This facility is leased pursuant to a one-year lease that expires in September 2013 and provides for aggregate rental payments of $1,792.25 per month for the lease term.
 
3
This facility is leased pursuant to a 38-month lease that expires in December 2015 and provides for aggregate rental payments of $3,645.83 per month for the lease term.
 
4
This facility is leased pursuant to a 36-month lease that expires in April 2014 and provides for aggregate rental payments of $8,440.00 per month for the first 12 months, $8,695.26 for the following 12 months and $8,956.12 for the final 12 months.
 
5
This facility is leased pursuant to one-year lease that expires in August 2013 and provides for monthly payments of $1,163.75 for the lease term.
 
6
This facility is leased pursuant to a one-year lease that expires in August 2013 and provides for aggregate rental payments of $2,251.70 per month for the lease term.
 
7
This facility is leased pursuant to a one-year lease that expires in May 2013 and provides for aggregate rental payments of $1,663.74 per month for the lease term.
 
8
This facility is leased pursuant to a two-year lease that expires in July 2014 and provides for aggregate rental payments of $1,627.50 per month for the first 12 months and $1,672.71 for the next 12 months.
 
9
This facility is licensed pursuant to a temporary license terminable by either party upon 30 days prior written notice and provides for aggregate payments of $200.00 per month.  ADEX is also required to reimburse the licensor for its pro rata share of all utilities.
 
 
79

 
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are, and may from time to time become, a party to legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.
 
Environmental Matters
 
A portion of the work we perform is associated with the underground networks of our customers.  As a result, we are potentially subject to material liabilities related to encountering underground objects that may cause the release of hazardous materials or substances.  We are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, including those regarding the removal and remediation of hazardous substances and waste.  These laws and regulations can impose significant fines and criminal sanctions for violations. Costs associated with the discharge of hazardous substances may include clean-up costs and related damages or liabilities.  These costs could be significant and could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.
 
Regulation
 
Our operations are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws and regulations, including licensing, permitting and inspection requirements applicable to electricians and engineers; building codes; permitting and inspection requirements applicable to construction projects; regulations relating to worker safety and environmental protection; telecommunication regulations affecting our fiber optic licensing business; labor and employment laws; and laws governing advertising.
 
We believe that we have all the licenses required to conduct our operations.  Our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating licenses.
 
 
80

 
 
MANAGEMENT
 
 Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of February 28, 2013.
 
  Name
 
Position
 
Age
 
           
Mark Munro
 
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
 
50
 
Mark F. Durfee (1)(2)(3)
 
Director
 
56
 
Charles K. Miller (1)(2)(3)
 
Director
 
52
 
Neal L. Oristano (1)(2)(3)
 
Director
 
57
 
Daniel J. Sullivan
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
55
 
Lawrence M. Sands
 
Senior Vice President, Corporate Secretary
 
53
 
Roger M. Ponder
 
Chief Operating Officer
 
60
 
Frank Jadevaia
 
President *
 
53
 
_____________
 
*
Mr. Jadevaia is expected to serve as our President upon the completion of this offering and the acquisition of IPC.
 
(1)
Member of Audit Committee upon completion of this offering.
 
(2)
Member of Compensation Committee upon completion of this offering.
 
(3)
Member of the Governance & Nominating Committee upon completion of this offering.
 
The following is information about the experience and attributes of the members of our board of directors and senior executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.  The experience and attributes of our directors discussed below provide the reasons that these individuals were selected for board membership, as well as why they continue to serve in such positions.
 
Mark Munro, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board .  Mr. Munro has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as the Chairman of our Board since December 2011.  Mr. Munro is also the Founder and has been President of Munro Capital Inc., a private equity investment firm, since 2005.  Mr. Munro has been the Chief Executive Officer and owner of 1112 Third Ave Corp., a real estate holding company, since October 2000.  He has also been an investor in private companies for the last seven years, including Vaultlogix, LLC, a provider of online data backup solutions for business data.  Prior to forming Munro Capital, Mr. Munro founded, built and sold Eastern Telcom Inc., a telecommunication company, from 1990 to 1996.  Mr. Munro has been directly involved in over $150 million of private and public transactions as both an investor and entrepreneur.  Mr. Munro has been a board member of Environmental Remediation and Financial Services since 2004 and sat on the board of Vaultlogix, LLC from March 2004 to February 2008.  Mr. Munro also has experience as a former Chairman of the Board of BiznessOnline.com Inc., a NASDAQ-listed internet access, web design and e-commerce hosting company, from May 1999 to August 2002.  Mr. Munro received his B.A. in economics from Connecticut College.  Mr. Munro brings extensive business experience, including years as a successful entrepreneur and investor, to our board of directors and executive management team.
 
Mark F. Durfee, Director.   Mr. Durfee has been a member of our board of directors since December 2012.  Mr. Durfee has been a principal at Auerbach Acquisition Associates II, Inc., a private equity fund, since August 2007.  Mr. Durfee also worked for Kinderhook Capital Management, LLC, an investment manager, as a partner from January 1999 to December 200, at which he was responsible for investing in over 40 middle market companies.  He has been a director of Home Sweet Home Holdings, Inc., a wholesaler of home furnishings, since January 2012.  Mr. Durfee received his B.S. from the University of Wyoming in finance. Mr. Durfee brings over 25 years of experience as a private equity investor to our board of directors.
 
 
81

 
 
Charles K. Miller, Director.   Mr. Miller has been a member of our board of directors since November 2012.  He has been the Chief Financial Officer of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a provider of information technology, communications and consulting services, since September 1997.  Mr. Miller received his B.S. in accounting and his M.B.A. from Rider University and is a Certified Public Accountant in New Jersey.  Mr. Miller brings over 30 years’ of financial experience to our board of directors.
 
Neal L. Oristano, Director.   Mr. Oristano has been a member of our board of directors since December 2012.  Mr. Oristano has been the Vice President - Service Provider Sales Segment at Cisco Systems Inc., an internet protocol-based networking and products company, since August 2011.  Prior to that, he was the Senior Vice President - Service Provider Sales at Juniper Networks, Inc., a networking software and systems company, from July 2004 to July 2011.  Mr. Oristano received his B.S. from St. Johns University in marketing.  Mr. Oristano brings 33 years of technology experience, including enterprise and service provider leadership, to our board of directors.
 
Daniel J. Sullivan, Chief Financial Officer.   Mr. Sullivan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2011 and as a member of our board of directors from 2011 to November 2012.  Mr. Sullivan has been the Chief Financial Officer for Munro Capital Inc., a diversified finance company, since August 2010.  Prior to that, he served as Chief Financial Officer for Vaultlogix LLC, an Internet vaulting company, from January 2003 to July 2010.  Mr. Sullivan received his B.S. in accounting from the University of Massachusetts and his M.B.A. from Southern New Hampshire University (formerly New Hampshire College).  Mr. Sullivan brings extensive experience in finance for both publicly-traded and private companies to our executive management team.
 
Lawrence M. Sands, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary.   Mr. Sands has served as our Senior Vice President since January 2010 and was appointed our Corporate Secretary in August 2010.  From January 2009 to September 2010, Mr. Sands was a finance manager at Vista BMW, an automobile retailer located in Coconut Creek, Florida.  From March 2010 until September 2010, he was Vice President, Secretary and a director of Omni Ventures, Inc., a development-stage company that planned to provide equity funding for commercial and recreational projects in the Mid-west and Western areas of the United States.  From June 2008 to January 2010, Mr. Sands provided strategic merger and acquisition consulting services to Digital Comm, Inc., a provider of turnkey services and solutions to the communications industry that we acquired in January 2010.  From January 2008 until December 2008, he was Chief Executive Officer of Paivis Corp., a public company engaged in long distance telecommunications.  From September 2003 until April 2008, Mr. Sands was a finance manager at JM Lexus, an automobile retailer located in Margate, Florida.  Mr. Sands received a B.S. in technology and industrial arts from New York University and a J.D. from Whittier College, School of Law. Mr. Sands brings business and finance experience to our executive management team.  Mr. Sands filed a personal bankruptcy petition in 2004 that was discharged in 2005.
 
Roger M. Ponder, Chief Operating Officer.   Mr. Ponder has served as our Chief Operating Officer since November 2012. Mr. Ponder has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Summit Broadband LLC, a provider of consulting services to private equity and institutional banking entities in the telecommunications, cable and media/internet sectors, since August 2009.  From January 2005 to August 2009, he was the President - Midwest/Kansas City Division of Time Warner Cable.  Mr. Ponder was a member of the United Way Board of Trustees’ - Kansas City from January 2006 to January 2011.  Mr. Ponder received his B.S. from Rollins College in Business Administration and Economics. Mr. Ponder brings extensive business development, strategic planning and operational experience to our executive management team.
 
Frank Jadevaia, President.   Mr. Jadevaia is expected to serve as our President upon the completion of this offering and our consummation of the acquisition of IPC.  Mr. Jadevaia has been a Managing Partner at IPC since November 2005.  Prior to joining IPC, he was Vice President of Sales for Nortel Networks Corporation, a telecommunications equipment manufacturer, from September 2001 to November 2006.  Mr. Jadevaia received his B.S. from Bloomfield College in business.  Mr. Jadevaia is expected to bring enterprise and service provider experience to our executive management team.
 
Board Composition
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of four members.  We expect that our board of directors will determine that all of the members of our board of directors, except our chief executive officer, Mr. Munro, are “independent directors” as defined in applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ.  All directors will hold office until their successors have been elected. Officers are appointed and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.  There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
 
 
82

 
 
Staggered Board
 
Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, in connection with our 2013 annual meeting of stockholders, our board of directors will be divided into three classes and the members of each class will serve for a staggered, three-year term. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, a director in that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.  The classes will be composed as follows:
 
 
Mark F. Durfee will be a Class I director, whose term will expire at the fiscal  annual meeting of stockholders for the year ending December 31, 2013;
 
 
Neal L. Oristano will be a Class II director, whose term will expire at the fiscal annual meeting of stockholders for the year ending December 31, 2014; and
 
 
Mark Munro and Charles K. Miller will be Class III directors, whose terms will expire at the fiscal annual meeting of stockholders for the year ending December 31, 2015.
 
Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors.  This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors has established the committees described below and may establish others from time to time. The charters for each of our committees will be available on our website once our company is public.
 
Audit Committee.   Our audit committee is comprised of Mark F. Durfee, Charles K. Miller and Neal L. Oristano.  Mr. Miller is the chairperson of the committee.  Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee is “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ.  Our board of directors has designated Charles K. Miller as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:
 
 
appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
 
pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
 
reviewing annually a report by the independent registered public accounting firm regarding the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality control procedures and various issues relating thereto;
 
 
reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;
 
 
coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting with both management and the independent registered public accounting firm;
 
 
establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns, including a confidential, anonymous mechanism for the submission of concerns by employees;
 
 
83

 
 
 
periodically reviewing legal compliance matters, including any securities trading policies, periodically reviewing significant accounting and other financial risks or exposures to our company, reviewing and, if appropriate, approving all transactions between our company or its subsidiaries and any related party (as described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K);
 
 
establishing policies for the hiring of employees and former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm; and
 
 
reviewing the audit committee report required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules to be included in our annual proxy statement.
 
The audit committee also has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties.  It also has the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.
 
Compensation Committee.   Our compensation committee is comprised of Mark F. Durfee, Charles K. Miller and Neal L. Oristano.  Mr. Oristano is the chairperson of the committee.  Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is an independent director for compensation committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of NASDAQ, is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(d)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.  The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
 
 
annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
 
annually evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
 
annually reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;
 
 
annually reviewing our compensation, welfare, benefit and pension plans, and similar plans;
 
 
reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation; and
 
 
reviewing for inclusion in our proxy statement the report of the compensation committee required by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
The compensation committee also has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties.  It also has the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.
 
Governance and Nominating Committee.   Our Governance and Nominating Committee, or nominating committee, is comprised of Mark F. Durfee, Charles K. Miller and Neal L. Oristano.  Mr. Durfee is the chairperson of the committee.  Our board of directors has determined that each of the committee members is an independent director for nominating committee purposes as that term is defined in the applicable rules of NASDAQ.  The nominating committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:
 
 
developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board of directors and committee membership;
 
 
identifying individuals qualified to become board of directors members;
 
 
recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board of directors’ committees;
 
 
annually reviewing our corporate governance guidelines; and
 
 
monitoring and evaluating the performance of the board of directors and leading the board in an annual self-assessment of its practices and effectiveness.
 
 
84

 
 
The Governance and Nominating Committee also has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties.  It also has the authority to retain counsel and advisors to fulfill its responsibilities and duties.
 
Director Compensation
 
From January 2011 through December 2011, Mr. Gideon Taylor served as the sole member of our board of directors.  Messrs. Billy Caudill, Munro and Sullivan were appointed to our board of directors in December 2011. None of our directors received any compensation for their services as directors during 2011.  Messrs. Taylor, Caudill and Munro were each employed by us in the year ended December 31, 2011 and their compensation for that year is described below under “Executive Compensation.”
 
In November 2012, our board of directors approved a new compensation policy for members of our board who are not employed by us or any of our subsidiaries (“non-employee directors”).  The policy became effective on January 1, 2013 and is described below under “Executive Compensation -- Director Compensation.”
 
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors.  Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:
 
 
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
 
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
 
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
 
 
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the U.S. federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission.
 
In addition, our bylaws provide that:
 
 
we will indemnify our directors, officers and, at the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and
 
 
we will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.
 
We also have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors.  These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and will advance expenses to each indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to obtain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
 
85

 
 
The above provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty.  The provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.  Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.
 
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted.  We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.
 
Code of Ethical Conduct
 
We have adopted a Financial Code of Ethics applicable to our chief executive officer, who is our principal executive officer, and our chief financial officer, who is our principal financial and accounting officer.  We also have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors.  We will provide a copy of our Financial Code of Ethics or our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, without charge, to any person desiring a copy, by written request to our company at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431.
 
 
86

 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
This section describes the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Mark Munro, our Chief Executive Officer, Billy B. Caudill, our former President, Lawrence M. Sands, our Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary, and Daniel J. Sullivan, our Chief Financial Officer.  These individuals are referred to as the “named executive officers” in this prospectus.  The following table provides a summary of compensation paid for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 to the named executive officers:
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
Name
and
Principal
Position
 
Fiscal Year
 
Base Salary
($)
   
Bonus
($)
   
Stock
Awards
($)(1)
   
Option
Awards
($)
   
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
($)
   
All
Other
Compensation
($)
   
Total
($)
 
Mark Munro
Chief Executive Officer (2)
 
2012
2011
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Billy B. Caudill
Former President (3)
 
2012
2011
 
$
16,000
200,000
     
   
$
400,000
800,000
(1)
   
     
     
   
$
416,000
1,000,000
 
Lawrence M. Sands
Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary (4)
 
2012
2011
   
120,000
120,000
     
     
400,000
(1)
   
     
     
12,000
12,000
     
132,000
532,000
 
Daniel J. Sullivan
Chief Financial Officer
 
2012
2011
   
85,000
     
     
     
     
     
     
85,000
 
 
________________
 
(1)
Reflects the grant date fair value of awards of our Series A Preferred Stock in November 2011 to each of Messrs. Caudill and Sands.
 
(2)
Mr. Munro was appointed our Chief Executive Officer effective December 30, 2011.
 
(3)
Mr. Caudill commenced employment with us in January 2010 and was appointed our President in December 2011.  His employment with us terminated in September 2012.  Mr. Caudill was not paid any severance when he terminated his employment with our company.   Mr. Caudill’s annual salary for fiscal 2011 totaled $200,000, which was paid in the form of approximately $30,000 in cash and the remainder in fully-vested shares of our Series D Preferred Stock.  Upon completion of this offering, we will begin paying Mr. Caudill a $4,000-per-month stipend towards commissions to be earned as a salesperson for our company.  The agreement can be cancelled by either party upon thirty days notice.
 
(4)
The amount reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column for Mr. Sands represents his car allowance for 2012 and 2011.
 
 
87

 
 
Employment and Severance Agreements
 
In January 2010, we entered into a three-year employment agreement with Mr. Sands to serve as our Vice President.  Unless earlier terminated, at the end of the initial term, the agreement automatically renews for additional one-year terms until cancelled.  Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Sands is entitled to annual base compensation of $120,000 payable in cash; however, if we do not have sufficient cash flow to pay the cash compensation, he is entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash.  He also is entitled to receive a bonus at the discretion of our board of directors, a $1,000-per month car allowance, to participate in any equity incentive plan we may adopt and to participate in employee benefits.  As an incentive to commence employment with us, we issued to Mr. Sands 32,000 shares of our common stock.
 
In September 2009, we entered into a five-year employment agreement with Mr. Taylor to serve as our Chief Executive Officer.  Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Taylor was entitled to annual compensation of $200,000 payable in cash; however, if we did not have sufficient cash flow to pay the cash compensation, he was entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash.  He was also entitled to receive a bonus at the discretion of our board of directors.  As an incentive to commence employment with us, we issued to Mr. Taylor 204,000 shares of our common stock.  Mr. Taylor’s employment with us terminated in December 2011.
 
In January 2010, we entered into a five-year employment agreement with Mr. Caudill to serve as our Chief Operating Officer.  Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Caudill was entitled to annual compensation of $200,000 payable in cash; however, if we did not have sufficient cash flow to pay the cash compensation, he was entitled to receive equity in lieu of the cash.  He was also entitled to receive an annual bonus equal to five percent of our EBITDA for the applicable fiscal year, such bonus to be paid in cash or stock at the discretion of our board of directors, and a $1,000-per-month car allowance.  As an incentive to commence employment with us, we issued to Mr. Caudill 200,000 shares of our common stock. As noted above, Mr. Caudill’s employment with us terminated in September 2012.
 
Under each of these employment agreements, the executive would be entitled to severance if his employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the agreement) or by the executive following a material and substantial reduction in his authorities and responsibilities (and such resignation is approved by our board).  The severance amount would be three months base salary if the termination occurred in the first year after the executive’s date of hire, one year of base salary (or six months of base salary in the case of Mr. Sands) if the termination occurred in the second year after the executive’s date of hire, and two years of base salary (or one year of base salary in the case of Mr. Sands) if the termination occurred more than two years after the executive’s date of hire.
 
We do not maintain any retirement plans, tax-qualified or nonqualified, for our executives or other employees.
 
Upon consummation of this offering, we expect to enter into new employment agreements with each of our executive officers, including Messrs. Munro and Sands.  The new employment agreements are expected to be entered into based on the same form of three-year employment agreement with substantially the same terms and conditions (the “New Employment Agreements”).
 
Pursuant to the New Employment Agreements, upon consummation of this offering, our executive officers shall be entitled to the following compensation:
 
Executive
 
Title
 
Annual Base Salary
 
Annual Targeted Bonus
Mark Munro
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
$395,000
 
Up to 75% of base salary
Frank Jadevaia
 
President
 
$375,000
 
Up to 75% of base salary
Lawrence Sands
 
Senior Vice President and Secretary
 
$225,000, plus an automobile allowance of up to $1,200 per month.
 
Up to 75% of base salary
Daniel Sullivan
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
$225,000
 
Up to 75% of base salary
Roger Ponder
 
Chief Operating Officer
 
$225,000
 
Up to 75% of base salary
 
 
88

 
 
In addition to the compensation described above, we expect to grant each of our executive officers stock options or other equity awards in such amounts and upon such terms and conditions as determined by our board of directors or our Compensation Committee, as applicable.

The New Employment Agreements shall each be for a term of three-years, provided that such agreements shall be automatically extended for additional one-year terms unless either party gives written notice of termination not less than 60 days prior to the termination of the then-current term.  Each executive shall be entitled to the annual compensation described above, and shall be eligible to a receive an annual incentive bonus as determined by our board of directors of up to 75% of such executive’s base salary.  During the term of employment, each executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee pension and welfare benefit plans and programs, and fringe benefit plans and programs, made available to our employees generally, subject to the eligibility and participations restrictions of each such plan or program.  Each executive shall also be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by such executive in connection with carrying out such executive’s duties.

The New Employments Agreements will be terminable by us for at any time, (i) for Cause (as customarily defined in the form of New Employment Agreement), (ii) without Cause upon at least 30 days prior written notice to the executive, (iii) in the event of the executive’s death, or (iv) in the event of the executive’s disability, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.  Each executive may terminate the agreement at any time upon not less than 30 days prior written notice; provided, however, that each executive may terminate the agreement immediately for Good Reason (as customarily defined in the form of New Employment Agreement) if we have not remedied the circumstances giving rise to the basis of such termination for Good Reason within the applicable cure period.  If the executive’s employment is terminated without Cause or by the executive for Good Reason, in addition to payment of any accrued obligations, such executive will be entitled to certain severance benefits based on such executive’s base salary and targeted incentive bonus amount then in effect, and such executive shall also be entitled to incentive bonuses with respect to the current year which would otherwise have been payable to such executive had such executive’s employment not been terminated.

Pursuant to the New Employment Agreements, each executive will also be subject to customary confidentiality restrictions and work-product provisions, and each executive will also be subject to customary non-competition covenants and non-solicitation covenants with respect to our employees, consultants and customers.
 
Director Compensation
 
Messrs. Caudill, Munro and Sullivan were appointed to our board of directors in December 2011.  None of our directors received any compensation for their services as directors during 2011 or 2012.  Messrs. Caudill, Munro and Sullivan were each employed by us in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  Their compensation for those years is described above under “Executive Compensation.”
 
 
89

 
 
In November 2012, our board of directors approved a new compensation policy for members of the board who are not employed by us or any of our subsidiaries (“non-employee directors”).  The policy became effective on January 1, 2013.  Under the policy, each non-employee director continuing to serve in such capacity after an annual meeting of our stockholders will receive an award of restricted stock units, with the number of units to be determined by dividing $30,000 by the per-share closing price of our common stock on the grant date.  A non-employee director who is appointed to the board after the date of the first annual meeting that occurs after January 1, 2013 (other than in connection with an annual meeting and who has not been employed by us or one of our subsidiaries in the preceding six months) will receive a grant of restricted stock units, with the number of units to be determined by dividing $30,000 by the per-share closing price of our common stock on the grant date and prorating that number based on the period of time that has elapsed since the last annual meeting.  Each of these grants will vest on a quarterly basis through the date of the next annual meeting (or, if earlier, the first anniversary of the date of grant).  A non-employee director who is appointed to the board prior to the date of the first annual meeting that occurs after January 1, 2013 will be eligible to receive an equity award as determined by the board of directors in its discretion.
 
In addition, our director compensation policy provides that a non-employee director who serves as Chairman of the Board will receive an annual cash retainer of $35,000.  A non-employee director who serves on our Audit Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $20,000, a non-employee director who serves on our Compensation Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000, and a non-employee director who serves on our Governance and Nominating Committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000.  Non-employee directors also are entitled to receive a fee of $1,500 for each meeting of the board or a board committee that they attend in person (with the director being entitled to one meeting fee if meetings of the board and a board committee are held on the same day). We also reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable travel expenses incident to attending meetings of our board or board committees.
 
Equity Incentive Plans
 
2012 Performance Incentive Plan .   On November 16, 2012, we adopted our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan, or the 2012 Plan, to provide an additional means to attract, motivate, retain and reward selected employees and other eligible persons.  Our stockholders approved the plan on or about November 22, 2012.  Employees, officers, directors and consultants that provide services to us or one of our subsidiaries may be selected to receive awards under the 2012 Plan.
 
Our board of directors, or one or more committees appointed by our board or another committee (within delegated authority), administers the 2012 Plan.  The administrator of the plan has broad authority to:
 
 
select participants and determine the types of awards that they are to receive;
 
 
determine the number of shares that are to be subject to awards and the terms and conditions of awards, including the price (if any) to be paid for the shares or the award and establish the vesting conditions (if applicable) of such shares or awards;
 
 
cancel, modify or waive our rights with respect to, or modify, discontinue, suspend or terminate any or all outstanding awards, subject to any required consents;
 
 
construe and interpret the terms of the 2012 Plan and any agreements relating to the Plan;
 
 
accelerate or extend the vesting or exercisability or extend the term of any or all outstanding awards subject to any required consent;
 
 
subject to the other provisions of the 2012 Plan, make certain adjustments to an outstanding award and authorize the termination, conversion, substitution or succession of an award; and
 
 
allow the purchase price of an award or shares of our common stock to be paid in the form of cash, check or electronic funds transfer, by the delivery of previously-owned shares of our common stock or by a reduction of the number of shares deliverable pursuant to the award, by services rendered by the recipient of the award, by notice and third party payment or cashless exercise on such terms as the administrator may authorize or any other form permitted by law.
 
 
90

 
 
A total of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock will be authorized for issuance with respect to awards granted under the 2012 Plan.  The share limit will automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each year (commencing with January 2014) by an amount equal to lesser of (i) 4% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock on the last trading day in December in the prior year, (ii) 2,000,000 shares, or (iii) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors.  Any shares subject to awards that are not paid, delivered or exercised before they expire or are canceled or terminated, or fail to vest, as well as shares used to pay the purchase or exercise price of awards or related tax withholding obligations, will become available for other award grants under the 2012 Plan.  As of the date of this prospectus, no awards have been granted under the 2012 Plan, and the full number of shares authorized under the 2012 Plan is available for award purposes.
 
Awards under the 2012 Plan may be in the form of incentive or nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock bonuses, restricted stock, stock units and other forms of awards including cash awards.  The administrator may also grant awards under the plan that are intended to be performance-based awards within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code.  Awards under the plan generally will not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that the plan administrator may authorize certain transfers.
 
Nonqualified and incentive stock options may not be granted at prices below the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.  Incentive stock options must have an exercise price that is at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock, or 110% of fair market value of our common stock in the case of incentive stock option grants to any 10% owner of our common stock, on the date of grant.  These and other awards may also be issued solely or in part for services.  Awards are generally paid in cash or shares of our common stock. The plan administrator may provide for the deferred payment of awards and may determine the terms applicable to deferrals.
 
As is customary in incentive plans of this nature, the number and type of shares available under the 2012 Plan and any outstanding awards, as well as the exercise or purchase prices of awards, will be subject to adjustment in the event of certain reorganizations, mergers, combinations, recapitalizations, stock splits, stock dividends or other similar events that change the number or kind of shares outstanding, and extraordinary dividends or distributions of property to the stockholders.  In no case (except due to an adjustment referred to above or any repricing that may be approved by our stockholders) will any adjustment be made to a stock option or stock appreciation right award under the 2012 Plan (by amendment, cancellation and regrant, exchange or other means) that would constitute a repricing of the per-share exercise or base price of the award.
 
Generally, and subject to limited exceptions set forth in the 2012 Plan, if we dissolve or undergo certain corporate transactions such as a merger, business combination or other reorganization, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, all awards then-outstanding under the 2012 Plan will become fully vested or paid, as applicable, and will terminate or be terminated in such circumstances, unless the plan administrator provides for the assumption, substitution or other continuation of the award.  The plan administrator also has the discretion to establish other change-in-control provisions with respect to awards granted under the 2012 Plan.  For example, the administrator could provide for the acceleration of vesting or payment of an award in connection with a corporate event that is not described above and provide that any such acceleration shall be automatic upon the occurrence of any such event.
 
Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2012 Plan at any time, but no such action will affect any outstanding award in any manner materially adverse to a participant without the consent of the participant.  Plan amendments will be submitted to stockholders for their approval as required by applicable law or any applicable listing agency.  The 2012 Plan is not exclusive – our board of directors and compensation committee may grant stock and performance incentives or other compensation, in stock or cash, under other plans or authority.
 
The 2012 Plan will terminate on November 16, 2022.  However, the plan administrator will retain its authority until all outstanding awards are exercised or terminated.  The maximum term of options, stock appreciation rights and other rights to acquire common stock under the 2012 Plan is ten years after the initial date of the award.
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan .   On November 16, 2012, we adopted the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan, to provide an additional means to attract, motivate, retain and reward employees and other eligible persons by allowing them to purchase additional shares of our common stock.  Our stockholders approved the plan on or about November 22, 2012. The below summary of the Purchase Plan is what we expect the terms of offerings under the plan to be.
 
 
91

 
 
The Purchase Plan is designed to allow our eligible employees and the eligible employees of our participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of our common stock, at semi-annual intervals, with their accumulated payroll deductions.
 
Share Reserve .  A total of 500,000 shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under the Purchase Plan.  The share limit will automatically increase on the first trading day in January of each year (commencing with January 2014) by an amount equal to lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock on the last trading day in December in the prior year, (ii) 500,000 shares, or (iii) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors.
 
Offering Periods .  The Purchase Plan will operate as a series of offering periods. Offering periods will be of six months’ duration unless otherwise provided by the plan administrator, but in no event less than three months or longer than 27 months. The timing of the initial offering period under the plan will be established by the plan administrator.
 
Eligible Employees .  Individuals scheduled to work more than 20 hours per week for more than five calendar months per year may join an offering period on the start date of that period.  Employees may participate in only one offering period at a time.
 
Payroll Deductions; Purchase Price .  A participant may contribute up to 15% of his or her cash earnings through payroll deductions, and the accumulated deductions will be applied to the purchase of shares on each semi-annual purchase date.  Unless otherwise provided in advance by the plan administrator, the purchase price per share will be equal to 85% of the fair market value per share on the start date of the offering period or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the semi-annual purchase date.  The number of shares a participant may purchase under the Purchase Plan is subject to certain limits imposed by the plan and applicable tax laws.
 
Change in Control .  If we are acquired by merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or more than 50% of our voting securities, then all outstanding purchase rights will automatically be exercised on or prior to the effective date of the acquisition, unless the plan administrator provides for the rights to be settled in cash or exchanged or substituted on the transaction.  Unless otherwise provided in advance by the plan administrator, the purchase price will be equal to 85% of the market value per share on the start date of the offering period in which the acquisition occurs or, if lower, 85% of the fair market value per share on the purchase date.
 
Other Plan Provisions .  No new offering periods will commence on or after November 16, 2032.  Our board of directors may at any time amend, suspend or discontinue the Purchase Plan. However, certain amendments may require stockholder approval.
 
 
92

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions
 
A “related party transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, and which involves an amount exceeding $120,000, and in which any related party had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.  A “related party” includes
 
 
any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors;
 
 
any person who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock;
 
 
any immediate family member of any of the foregoing; or
 
 
any entity in which any of the foregoing is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.
 
Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors plans to adopt a written related party transactions policy.  Pursuant to this policy, our directors and Governance and Nominating Committee will review all material facts of all related party transactions and either approve or disapprove entry into the related party transaction, subject to certain limited exceptions.  In determining whether to approve or disapprove entry into a related party transaction, our directors and corporate governance committee shall take into account, among other factors, the following: (i) whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable to us than terms generally available from an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances, (ii) the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction and (iii) whether the transaction would impair the independence of a non-employee director.
 
Related Party Transactions
 
The following transactions were entered into prior to our establishment of an audit committee or the adoption of the approval procedures described above.
 
Sale of Interest in Digital Comm .  On September 13, 2012, pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated July 30, 2012, we sold 60% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Digital Comm Inc., one of our subsidiaries, to Billy Caudill, a director and our President at that time, in consideration of the issuance to us by Mr. Caudill of a non-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $125,000.  The promissory note bears no interest except following an event of default, in which case it bears interest at the rate of 18% per annum, matures on September 13, 2013 and is secured by the purchased shares of Digital Comm.
 
In connection with the sale, (i) we agreed to use our best efforts to secure additional financing or lines of credit to support the business of Digital Comm, (ii) it was agreed that all of Digital Comm’s future work would be offered to us to perform on a subcontract basis, (iii) it was agreed that the 40% interest we retained in Digital Comm will be non-dilutable, and (iv) we are to be paid 5% of the cash receipts of Digital Comm, up to a maximum of $50,000 annually, for accounting and administrative support services for Digital Comm.
 
Loan Transactions.   On July 5, 2011, we entered into a definitive master funding agreement with Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, of which our director, Charles K. Miller, is the chief financial officer.  Pursuant to the agreement, we received financing in the original principal amount of up to $2,000,000 from Tekmark and a line of credit in the original principal amount of up to $1,000,000 from MMD Genesis LLC, a company in which Mr. Munro is a principal.  The Tekmark funding is secured by our accounts receivable. Funding by Tekmark has been in the form of payroll funding support for specific and approved customers of Digital Comm.  At December 31, 2012, this loan had been repaid in full.
 
 
93

 
 
Series B Preferred Stock Financing .  Between July 2011 and December 2012, we sold an aggregate of 37,500 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $2,216,760 to certain of our existing stockholders that qualified as “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act, including certain of our affiliates.  Forward Investment LLC, which owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, purchased 13,615 shares for a purchase price of $825,000.  Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust, which owns more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, purchased 1,051 shares for a purchase price of $100,000.  Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 7,902 shares for a purchase price of $469,460, Charles Miller, a director, purchased 263 shares for a purchase price of $25,000 and Mark Durfee, a director, purchased 12,566 shares for a purchase price of $725,000.  All of the outstanding shares of our Series B Preferred Stock will be converted into an aggregate of 4,724,780 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.
 
Series C Preferred Stock Financing.   Between January 2012 and July 2012, we sold an aggregate of 1,500 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000.  These sales were made to “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act, including certain of our affiliates.  A company owned by our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 75 shares for a purchase price of $75,000 and Neal Oristano, a director, purchased 50 shares for a purchase price of $50,000.
 
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock .  In July 2012, we issued to Billy Caudill, a director of our company and our President at that time, 400 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock, which shares were valued at $400,000, in consideration of a pledge by Mr. Caudill of his home to secure a third-party loan made to Digital Comm.  On November 20, 2012, Mr. Caudill converted all of his shares of Series D Preferred Stock into 128,000 shares of our common stock.
 
Series E Preferred Stock Financing.   Between September 2011 and February 2013, we sold an aggregate of 2,825 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,825,000. These sales were made to “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act, including certain of our affiliates.  Charles K. Miller, a director, purchased 25 shares for a purchase price of $25,000 and a company owned by our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 25 shares for a purchase price of $25,000.
 
 
94

 
 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 28, 2013 by:
 
 
each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;
 
 
each of our directors;
 
 
each of our named executive officers; and
 
 
all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security.  A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after, February 28, 2013.  Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed a beneficial owner of securities as to which he has no economic interest.  Except as indicated by footnote, to our knowledge, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
 
In the table below, percentage of ownership of our common stock prior to the offering is based on 2,698,065 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013.  Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes the sale of all shares in this offering without giving effect to the underwriter's option to purchase additional shares.  Unless otherwise noted below, the address of the persons listed on the table is c/o InterCloud Systems, Inc., 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431.
 
   
Common Stock Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner
 
Number
Prior to this Offering
   
Percentage
Prior to this Offering
 
Number
After
this Offering
   
Percentage
After
this Offering
Executive Officers and Directors
                   
Mark Munro (1)
   
2,266,914
     
45.7
%
       
Mark F. Durfee (2)
   
3,075,151
     
53.5
%
       
Charles K. Miller (3)
   
110,886
     
3.9
%
       
Neal Oristano (4)
   
207,734
     
7.1
%
       
Daniel J. Sullivan
   
     
         
Lawrence B. Sands
   
37,318
     
 
*
       
Roger Ponder
   
     
         
Frank Jadevaia (5)
   
566,920
     
17.4
%
       
                         
All named executive officers and directors as a group
   
6,264,923
     
70.6
%
       
5% or More Stockholders
                       
Forward Investment LLC (6)
   
3,352,463
     
55.4
%
       
Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust (7)
   
304,308 
     
10.1
%
       
Great American Life Insurance Company (8)
   
524,679
     
16.3
%
       
Great American Insurance Company (9)
   
224,863
     
7.7
%
       
UTA Capital LLC (10)
   
225,355
     
8.4
%
       
___________
 
 
*  Less than 1.0%.
 
(1)
Includes (i) 9,960 shares of common stock, and (ii) 2,256,954 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 10,004 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Mr. Munro.  Does not include shares attributable to shares held by the Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust separately set forth herein because Mark Munro does not have shared or sole voting or dispositive power over this irrevocable trust.
 
 
95

 
 
(2)
Includes (i) 26,996 shares of common stock, and (ii) 3,048,155 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 12,566 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Mr. Durfee.
 
(3)
Includes (i) 23,065 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 25 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) 11,744 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise and conversion of a Series E warrant, and (iii) 76,077 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 263 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Mr. Miller.
 
(4)
Includes (i) 138,117 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 50 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) 46,977 shares of common issuable upon conversion of 50 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, and (iii) 23,488 shares of common issuable upon exercise to a Series E warrant held by Mr. Oristano.
 
(5)
Includes (i) 12,216 shares of common stock, (ii) 276,234 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 100 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (iii) 184,517 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 200 shares of Series E Preferred Stock, and (iv)  shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a Series E warrant held by Mr. Jadevaia.
 
(6)
Includes 3,352,463 shares of  common stock issuable upon conversion of  13,616 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Forward Investment LLC, which shares are beneficially owned by Douglas Shooker.
 
(7)
Includes 304,870 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,051 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust.
 
(8)
Includes 524,679 shares of common stock shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Great American Life Insurance Company.  The board of directors of Great American Life Insurance Company shares voting and investment control over these shares.
 
(9)
Includes 224,863 shares of common stock shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Great American Insurance Company. The board of directors of Great American Insurance Company shares voting and investment control over these shares.
 
(10)
The shares of common stock held of record by UTA Capital LLC are beneficially owned by Udi Toledano.
 
 
96

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001.  All of our existing stock is, and the shares of common stock being offered by us in this offering will be, upon payment therefore, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
As of February 28, 2013, we had issued and outstanding:
 
 
2,698,065 shares of common stock;
 
 
37,500 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock;
 
 
1,500 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock;
 
 
2,825 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock;
 
 
4,150 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock;
 
 
2,000 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock;
 
 
1,425 shares of our Series H Preferred Stock; and
 
 
4,500 shares of our Series I Preferred Stock.
 
Upon the consummation of this offering and based the number on shares of our common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2013, [_____] shares of our common stock will be outstanding, after giving effect to the issuance to our lenders of an aggregate of 81,500 shares of common stock in March 2013 and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 14,717,908 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, and assuming (i) no exercise of warrants outstanding as of February 28, 2013, and (ii) no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.  The following information reflects the conversion of all of our outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
 
The discussion below describes the most important terms of our capital stock, amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering.  Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you.  For a complete description, refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (DGCL).
 
Common Stock
 
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders.  Holders of our common stock are entitled, among other things, (i) to share ratably in dividends if, when and as declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefore and (ii) in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, to share ratably in the distribution of assets legally available therefore, after payment of debts and expenses.  Holders of our common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion rights.  The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for additional shares of our capital stock.  The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to the terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued and outstanding from time to time.  A vote of the holders of a majority of our common stock is generally required to take action under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.
 
 
97

 
 
Preferred Stock
 
Authority of Board of Directors to Create Series and Fix Rights .  Under our certificate of incorporation, as amended, our board of directors can issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock from time to time in one or more series.  Our board of directors is authorized to fix by resolution as to any series the designation and number of shares of the series, the voting rights, the dividend rights, the redemption price, the amount payable upon liquidation or dissolution, the conversion rights, and any other designations, preferences or special rights or restrictions as may be permitted by law.  Unless the nature of a particular transaction and the rules of law applicable thereto require such approval, our board of directors has the authority to issue these shares of preferred stock without shareholder approval.  Our board of directors has designated
 
 
60,000 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series B convertible preferred stock;
 
 
1,500 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series C convertible preferred stock;
 
 
50,000 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series E convertible preferred stock;
 
 
60,000 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series F convertible preferred stock;
 
 
3,500 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series G convertible preferred stock;
 
 
2,000 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series H convertible preferred stock; and
 
 
4,500 shares of the authorized but unissued preferred stock as Series I convertible preferred stock.
 
Potential  Dilution of Share Value; Preferences .  Any issuance of shares of preferred stock could dilute the earnings per share and book value of existing shares of common stock.  Because our board of directors has the authority to fix the voting rights for any series of preferred stock, the  holders of shares of a series of preferred stock could be entitled to vote separately as a class in connection with the approval of certain extraordinary corporate transactions where Delaware law does not require such class vote, or might be given a  disproportionately large number of votes.  The issuance of shares of preferred stock could also result in a class of securities outstanding that would have certain  preferences (for example, with respect to dividends or liquidation), or would enjoy certain voting rights in addition to those of the common stock.
 
Potential Frustration in Change of Control .  Although we currently have no such intention, we could use authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock to hinder a change in control of our company.  Any issuance of shares of preferred stock could dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to gain control.  Shares of a new series of preferred stock could also be convertible into a large number of shares of common stock or have other terms that might make more difficult or costly the acquisition of a controlling interest in our company.  Under certain circumstances, such shares could be used to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons attempting to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control.  Such shares could be privately placed with purchasers who might side with our board of directors in opposing a hostile takeover bid.  In addition, our board of directors could authorize holders of a series of preferred stock to vote as a class, either separately or with the holders of the common stock, on any merger, sale or exchange of assets by us or any other extraordinary corporate transactions.  The ability of our board of directors to take such actions might be considered as having an effect of discouraging any attempt by another person or entity to acquire control of our company.
 
 
98

 
 
Series F Preferred Stock .  Holders of our Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 12% of the liquidation preference price per share of Series F Preferred Stock.  For the twelve-month period beginning on the fourth day after the effective date of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, each holder of our Series F Preferred Stock has the right to covert such shares into shares of our common stock.  Each share of our Series F Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing $1,000 by the conversion price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization and the like).  The conversion price is the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price (or if there is no reported last sale price, the last reported bid price) of our common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of our Registration Statement on Form S-1 and (ii) the average of the last reported sale price (or, if there is no last reported sale price, the last reported bid price) of our common stock for each of the three trading days prior to the date of the conversion notice.  The shares of our Series F Preferred Stock are redeemable at the option of the holders or us at any time at a redemption price equal to 1,000 per share.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the holders of our Series F Preferred Stock are not entitled to any voting rights, except that without the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Series F Preferred Stock, we cannot
 
 
authorize or create any shares of Series F Preferred Stock or authorize or create any class or series of stock ranking senior to the Series F as to liquidation rights;
 
 
amend, alter or repeal our certificate of incorporation if such amendment, alteration or repeal would adversely change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series F Preferred Stock; or
 
 
voluntarily impose any restriction on the Series F Preferred Stock other than as required by applicable law.
 
Holders of shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our Series F Preferred Stock may be entitled to demand that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of all or any part of such holders’ shares and may also be entitled to require us to include such shares in any registration statement (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8) we may file under the Securities Act.
 
Series G Preferred Stock .  Holders of our Series G Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 12% of the liquidation preference price per share of Series G Preferred Stock.  Each holder of our Series G Preferred Stock has the right to covert such shares into shares of our common stock after the effective date of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part.  Each share of our Series G Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing $1,000 by the conversion price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization and the like).  The conversion price is the lesser of (i) the last reported sale price (or if there is no reported last sale price, the last reported bid price) of our common stock on the third trading day following the effective date of our Registration Statement on Form S-1 and (ii) the average last reported sale price (or, if there is no last reported sale price, the last reported bid price) of our common stock for each of the three trading days prior to the date of the conversion notice.  The shares of our Series G Preferred Stock are redeemable at the option of the holders upon the occurrence of certain events at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share, subject to appropriate adjustments for subdivisions or combinations of the outstanding shares of the Series G Preferred Stock.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the holders of our Series G Preferred Stock are not entitled to any voting rights, except that without the vote or written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our Series G Preferred Stock, we cannot
 
 
authorize or create any shares of any class or series of stock ranking senior to the Series G as to liquidation rights;
 
 
amend, alter or repeal our certificate of incorporation if such amendment, alteration or repeal would adversely change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series G Preferred Stock; or
 
 
voluntarily impose any restriction on the Series G Preferred Stock other than as required by applicable law.
 
Holders of shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our Series G Preferred Stock may be entitled to demand that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale of all or any part of such holders’ shares and may also be entitled to require us to include such shares in any registration statement (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8) we may file under the Securities Act.
 
 
99

 
 
Series H Preferred Stock.   Holders of our Series H Preferred Stock are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 10% per month to a maximum of 150% of the stated value per share of the Series H Preferred Stock.  At any time on or after February 21, 2013 and on or prior to February 21, 2014, each holder of our Series H Preferred Stock has the right to convert such shares into shares of our common stock.  Each share of our Series H Preferred Stock is convertible into the number of shares of our common stock equal to 4.49 % of our company at the time of conversion on a fully diluted basis (i.e. after giving effect to all securities and assuming conversion and exercise of all securities).  Subject to certain conditions, shares of our Series H Preferred Stock are redeemable at the option of the holders beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus.  Subject to certain conditions, we may extend such initial redemption date.  Each share of our Series H Preferred Stock entitles the holder to one vote for each share of our common stock into which their shares of Series H Preferred Stock could be converted. Shares of our Series H Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together as a single class, with holders of our common stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of shares of our common stock have the right to vote.  Shares of our Series H Preferred Stock are also entitled to vote as a separate class with respect to certain matters.
 
Series I Preferred Stock.   Holders of our Series I Preferred Stock are not entitled to receive any dividends with respect to the shares of Series I Preferred Stock.  The holders have the right, beginning on the earlier of thirty days after the closing of an underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Registration Statement, or one hundred twenty (120) days after issuance, to convert such shares into shares of our common stock. The conversion price shall be the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days prior to the conversion date (or, if there is no such reported last sale price, the last reported bid price on such date).  At the option of each Holder of shares of the Series I Preferred Stock, the Series I Preferred Stock shall be redeemable for a period beginning on the 31st day following the closing of an underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Registration Statement and ending at such time that the we have redeemed shares of Series I Preferred Stock for an aggregate amount of $750,000.  The date of redemption may be extended at the Company’s option for 180 additional days, by delivering written notice to the holders and providing additional consideration at a rate of 1% per month until redeemed.  Holders of Series I Preferred Stock do not have registration rights.  Shares of our Series I Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, together as a single class, with holders of our common stock and any other series of preferred stock then outstanding, with respect to any question or matter upon which holders of shares of our common stock have the right to vote.  Shares of our Series I Preferred Stock are also entitled to vote as a separate class with respect to certain matters.
 
Warrants
 
At February 28, 2013, the following warrants were outstanding:
 
 
Warrants to purchase 749,542 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $1.25 per share.  These warrants expire on September 17, 2014 so long as we have delivered our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 that demonstrate we achieved minimum Adjusted EBITDA (as defined) for such year of at least $8.5 million, or will be extended for additional one-year periods until we can demonstrate minimum Adjusted EBITDA of $10 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 or $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 or any fiscal year thereafter.  Pursuant to the terms of such warrants, the exercise price of such warrants is subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, combinations or the like of our common stock.
 
 
Warrants with an initial exercise price of $125.00 per share to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 4.63% (based on 2,825 issued shares of Series E Preferred Stock at February 28, 2013) of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise or, if we elect to delay the redemption of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock after receipt of a redemption demand 9.27% (based on 2,825 issued shares of Series E Preferred Stock at February 28, 2013) of the number of outstanding shares of common stock on the date of exercise.  Pursuant to the terms of such warrants, the exercise price of such warrants is subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, combinations or the like of our common stock.
 
Representative Warrants
 
Please see “Underwriting -- Representative’s Warrants” for a description of the warrants we have agreed to issue to the representative of the underwriters in this offering, subject to completion of this offering.  We expect to enter into a warrant agreement in respect of the Representative’s Warrants prior to the closing of this offering.
 
 
100

 
 
Election of Directors
 
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that our directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors.  In plurality voting, the nominees for available directorships who receive the highest number of affirmative votes cast are elected irrespective of how small the number of affirmative votes is in comparison to the total number of shares voted.  It will not be necessary for a nominee to receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes cast for and against such nominee in the election to be elected as a director.
 
Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-takeover Law
 
We are governed by the DGCL.  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise.
 
Classified board
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for a classified board of directors, pursuant to which the board of directors is divided into three classes whose members serve three-year staggered terms.  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also prohibits cumulative voting by stockholders in connection with the election of directors, which would otherwise allow less than a majority of the shares held by our stockholders to elect director candidates.
 
No written consent of stockholders
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
 
Super-Majority Vote For Certain Amendments
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporates provides that, notwithstanding any other provisions of our certificate of incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of our capital stock required by law or by our certificate of incorporation, or any certificate of designation with respect to a series of our preferred stock, any amendment or repeal of the provision that stockholders may not act by written consent in lieu of a meeting as described above shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
Advance notice procedures
 
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that our chief executive officer, chairperson of the board of directors or a majority of the members of our board of directors then serving may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders.  Our amended and restated bylaws also limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws also establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors, or bring other business before an annual or special meeting of the stockholders.  This notice procedure provides that only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to the secretary of our company prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors.  The procedure also requires that, in order to raise matters at an annual or special meeting, those matters must be raised before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting the company delivers or by, or at the direction of, our board of directors or by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given timely written notice to the secretary of our company of his, her or its intention to raise those matters at the annual meeting.  If our chairperson or other officer presiding at a meeting determines that a person was not nominated, or other business was not brought before the meeting, in accordance with the notice procedure, that person will not be eligible for election as a director or that business will not be conducted at the meeting.
 
 
101

 
 
Blank check preferred stock
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation currently provides for 50,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock.  The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.  For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interest of us and our stockholders, our board of directors could cause preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued preferred stock.  The issuance of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of common stock.  The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control.
 
Authorized but Unissued Shares
 
Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval.  We may use these additional shares for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.  The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
 
Limitation of officer and director liability and indemnification arrangements
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws limit the liability of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law.  Delaware law provides that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
 
 
any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
 
 
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
 
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or
 
 
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws have no effect on any non-monetary remedies that may be available to us or our stockholders, nor does it relieve us or our officers or directors from compliance with federal or state securities laws.  The amended and restated bylaws also generally provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was our director or officer, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity, against expenses incurred by him or her in connection with such proceeding.  An officer or director will not be entitled to indemnification by us if:
 
 
the officer or director did not act in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests; or
 
 
102

 
 
 
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the officer or director had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
In addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our executive officers and all of our directors.  Each indemnification agreement provides that we will indemnify such executive officer or director to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as our director or officer provided that he or she acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.  In the event that we do not assume the defense of a claim against an executive officer or a director, we will be required to advance his or her expenses in connection with his or her defense, provided that he or she undertakes to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.
 
The overall effect of the foregoing provisions and indemnification agreements may be to deter a future offer to buy our company.  Stockholders might view such an offer to be in their best interest should the offer include a substantial premium over the market price of our common stock at that time.  In addition, these provisions may have the effect of assisting our management to retain its position and place it in a better position to resist changes that the stockholders may want to make if dissatisfied with the conduct of our business.  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
 
We also are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.  In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.  A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder.  An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.  Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:
 
 
before the stockholder became interested, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
 
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or
 
 
at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
Choice of Forum
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for:
 
 
any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;
 
 
103

 
 
 
any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL; or
 
 
any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
 
Although we have included a choice of forum clause in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, it is possible that a court could rule that such provision is inapplicable or unenforceable.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer.  Its address is 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, CO  80209 and its telephone number is (303) 282-4800.
 
NASDAQ Listing
 
We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “ICLD.”
 
 
104

 
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been a limited public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering.  Future sales of substantial numbers of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of options, in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect market prices of our common stock prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have [__] outstanding shares of common stock.  All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  The remaining shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144, because they were originally sold in offerings that were not subject to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  These restricted shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period, which may be extended in specified circumstances described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus.  Within 180 days of the date of this prospectus, all of these restricted shares will qualify for resale under Rule 144, excluding any shares held by affiliates.
 
Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they have been registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.
 
A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and the availability of current public information about us.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
In connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers, and certain of our stockholders and holders of outstanding warrants agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any securities without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period of 180 days after the effective date of this offering, subject to certain terms and conditions.  See the section entitled “Underwriting” for more information regarding such restrictions.
 
 
105

 
 
Registration Rights
 
Demand and Piggyback Registration Rights
 
Holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to registration rights with respect to shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of their respective shares of preferred stock.  Currently, there are 37,500 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, 2,825 shares of Series E Preferred Stock and 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.  We are required, upon the request of such holders (in case of Series B Preferred Stock, any holder of shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof, and in the case of Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock, holders of 40% of the common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof), from time to time to file registration statements to facilitate registered sales by those holders of our common stock.  In addition, these holders may require us to include their common stock in registration statements filed by us relating to securities offerings.  We are required to indemnify the holders and any underwriters in connection with sales of common stock pursuant to any of these registration statements and we are required to bear all expenses in connection with these registrations.
 
UTA Capital LLC is the record holder of 225,355 shares of common stock and is also entitled to customary demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to such shares.
 
Piggyback Registration Rights
 
Holders of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled to registration rights with respect to shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of their preferred stock.  Currently, there are 1,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.  In addition, Great American Insurance Company and Great American Life Insurance Company are entitled to registration rights with respect to an aggregate of 749,542 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of their warrants.  Holders of Series C Preferred Stock, Great American Insurance Company and Great American Life Insurance Company may require us to include their common stock in registration statements filed by us relating to securities offerings.  We are required to indemnify the holders and any underwriters in connection with sales of common stock pursuant to any of these registration statements and we are required to bear all expenses in connection with these registrations.
 
In addition, North Star Contractors, Inc. has customary piggy-back registration rights with respect to 16,000 shares of common stock.
 
All holders of our capital stock with registration rights have agreed that they will not exercise any of their registration rights in connection with this offering.
 
Equity Plans
 
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards or reserved for issuance under our 2012 Performance Incentive Plan and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering.  However, sales of shares registered on Form S-8 that are held by our affiliates will be subject to volume limitations, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and all sales of shares registered on Form S-8 will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up agreements to which they are subject.
 
 
106

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR
NON -U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock by non-U.S. holders (as defined below) who purchase our common stock in this offering and hold such common stock as capital assets (generally for investment).  This discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and rulings and pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or subject to different interpretation.  This discussion does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to specific holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income or estate tax laws (such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, retirement plans, partnerships or entities treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes and their partners, dealers in securities, brokers, certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents or persons who have acquired our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment).  This discussion does not address the state, local or foreign tax or U.S. federal non-income or estate tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of our common stock.  You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common stock, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws.
 
As used in this discussion, the term “non-U.S. holder” refers to a beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not:
 
 
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
 
corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
 
 
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source thereof; or
 
 
a trust (a) with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all its substantial decisions or (b) that has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
An individual may be treated as a resident of the United States, among other ways, if present in the United States on at least 31 days in a calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during the three-year period ending in that calendar year (counting for such purposes all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year).
 
If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, we urge you to consult your own tax advisor.
 
Dividends
 
We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”  If we make a distribution of cash or property, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a non-U.S. holder’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.
 
 
107

 
 
Dividends paid by us to a non-U.S. holder, to the extent treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, unless (i) an applicable income tax treaty reduces or eliminates such tax, and a non-U.S. holder provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) properly certifying its entitlement to the benefit of such treaty or (ii) the dividends are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, where a tax treaty so provides, the dividends are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder, and the non-U.S. holder provides us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form).  In the latter case, a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such dividends in the same manner as a U.S. person, unless otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty.  Additionally, a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may be subject to a branch profits tax on its after-tax effectively connected dividend income at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).  If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, such non-U.S. holder may obtain a refund of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
 
Sale, Exchange, or Other Disposition
 
Generally, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless (i) such non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, (ii) the gain is effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, where a tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock and either (a) our common stock has ceased to be traded on an “established securities market” prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale, exchange or other disposition occurs or (b) the non-U.S. holder owns (actually or constructively) more than five percent of our common stock. We believe that we are not a U.S. real property holding corporation, and we do not anticipate becoming a U.S. real property holding corporation.
 
A non-U.S. holder described in (i) above will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses. A non-U.S. holder described in (ii) above will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in (ii) may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Federal Estate Tax
 
Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of his or her death generally will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Information reporting and backup withholding (at the then applicable rate) may apply to certain payments made to a non-U.S. holder on or with respect to our common stock, unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its status as a non-U.S. holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption and certain other conditions are satisfied. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may also make these information reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS and other applicable requirements are satisfied.
 
 
108

 
 
Additional Withholding Requirements
 
A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may be imposed on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners).  The legislation also will generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity.  The obligation to withhold applies to dividends paid on our common stock on or after January 1, 2014, and to the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of such withholding on their investment in our common stock.
 
The preceding discussion of U.S. federal income tax considerations is for general information only.  It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable law.
 
 
109

 

 
Aegis Capital Corp. is acting as the sole book-running manager of the offering and as representative of the underwriters, or the “Representative.”  We have entered into an underwriting agreement, dated [________]. 2013, with the Representative.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter named below and each underwriter has severally and not jointly agreed to purchase from us, at the public offering price per share less underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the numbers of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:
 
Underwriter
 
Number
of Shares
Aegis Capital Corp.
   
Total
   

The underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by us other than those covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below, if they purchase any shares.  The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement.  Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters’ obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.
 
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
 
We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option.  This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of [____] additional shares (15% of the shares sold in this offering) from us to cover over-allotments, if any.  If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase [____] shares covered by the option at the public offering price per share that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount.  If this option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be $[____] and the total net proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $[____].
 
Discount .  The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us.  The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
 
   
Per
Share
   
Total
Without
Over-
Allotment
Option
   
Total
With
Over-
Allotment
Option
 
Public offering price
  $       $       $    
Underwriting discount (7%)
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $       $    
 
 
110

 
 
The underwriters propose to offer the shares offered by us to the public at the public offering price per share set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriters may offer some of the shares to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $[____] per share.  If all of the shares offered by us are not sold at the public offering price per share, the underwriters may change the offering price per share and other selling terms by means of a supplement to this prospectus.
 
We have paid an expense deposit of $50,000 to the Representative, which will be applied against the accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the Representative in connection with this offering.  The underwriting agreement provides that in the event the offering is terminated, the $50,000 expense deposit paid to the Representative will be returned to us to the extent that offering expenses are not actually incurred by the Representative.
 
We have agreed to pay the underwriters a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the public offering price of the shares (excluding shares that we may sell to the underwriters to cover over-allotments).  We have also agreed to pay the Representative’s expenses relating to the offering, including (a) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors in an amount not to exceed $5,000 per individual; (b) all filing fees incurred in clearing this offering with FINRA; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of securities offered under the securities laws of foreign jurisdictions designated by the underwriters; (d) the costs associated with bound or compact-disc volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones, each of which we or our designee will provide within a reasonable time after the closing of the offering in such quantities as the Representative may reasonably request; (e) the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ counsel not to exceed $50,000; (f) the $21,775 cost associated with the use of Ipreo’s book-building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for this offering; and (g) up to $20,000 of the Representative’s actual accountable road show expenses for the offering.
 
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $[____].
 
Discretionary Accounts .  The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.
 
Lock-Up Agreements .  Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we, our executive officers and directors, and any other 5% or greater holder of outstanding shares of our common stock on a fully-diluted basis (including shares underlying options, warrants and convertible securities) have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of, directly or indirectly, engage in any short selling of any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock, whether currently owned or subsequently acquired, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, for a period of 180 days from the date of effectiveness of the offering.
 
The lock-up period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the earnings release, unless the Representative waives this extension in writing; provided, however, that this lock-up period extension shall not apply to the extent that FINRA has amended or repealed NASD Rule 2711(f)(4), or has otherwise provided written interpretive guidance regarding such rule, in each case, so as to eliminate the prohibition of any broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association from publishing or distributing any research report, with respect to the securities of an emerging growth company (as defined in the JOBS Act) prior to or after the expiration of any agreement between the broker, dealer, or member of a national securities association and the emerging growth company or its shareholders that restricts or prohibits the sale of securities held by the emerging growth company or its shareholders after the initial public offering date.
 
 
111

 
 
Representative’s Warrants . We have agreed to issue to the Representative warrants to purchase up to a total of [____] shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering).  The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-year period commencing one year from the effective date of the offering, which period shall not extend further than five years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(H)(i).  The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to $[____] per share, or 125% of the public offering price per share in the offering.  The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180 day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA.  The Representative (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the date of effectiveness.  In addition, the warrants provide for registration rights upon request, in certain cases.  The demand registration right provided will not be greater than five years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(H)(iv).  The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(H)(v).  We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders.  The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation.  However, the warrant exercise price or underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.
 
Right of First Refusal .  We have granted to the Representative a right of first refusal to serve as lead underwriter for each and every future public and private equity and public debt offerings we, or any successor or subsidiary of us, pursues, during the 18-month period following this offering.
 
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares .  A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically.  The Representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
Stabilization .  In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.
 
 
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares while the offering is in progress.
 
 
Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase.  This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option.  The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
 
112

 
 
 
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.  In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option.  If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market.  A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
 
Penalty bids permit the Representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our shares or common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares or common stock.  As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions.  Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock.  These transactions may be effected on The NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
Passive Market Making.   In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution.  A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security.  However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.
 
Other Relationships.   Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees. However, except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any of the underwriters for any further services.
 
Offer Restrictions Outside the United States
 
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.  The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction.  Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
 
Australia
 
This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act.  Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.
 
 
113

 
 
China
 
The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the securities, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).  The securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”
 
European Economic Area—Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands
 
The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC (“Prospectus Directive”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.
 
An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:
 
 
(a)
to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
 
 
(b)
to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);
 
 
(c)
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Company or any underwriter for any such offer; or
 
 
(d)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
 
France
 
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”).  The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
 
This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.
 
Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D. 744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.
 
 
114

 
 
Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.
 
Ireland
 
The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.
 
Israel
 
The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority (the ISA), or ISA, nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.
 
Italy
 
The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Societ—$$—Aga e la Borsa, “CONSOB” pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:
 
 
to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 1197l”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and
 
 
in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.
 
Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:
 
 
made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and
 
 
in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.
 
Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies.  Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.
 
 
115

 
 
Japan
 
The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder).  Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors.  Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.
 
Portugal
 
This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta pública de valores mobiliários) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal.  This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissão do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code.  Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
 
Sweden
 
This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority).  Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument).  Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.
 
Switzerland
 
The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.  This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
 
Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority.  In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).
 
This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.
 
 
116

 
 
United Arab Emirates
 
Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor has the Company received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by the Company.
 
No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.
 
United Kingdom
 
Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities.  This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA.
 
This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.
 
Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to Kips Bay.
 
In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”).  The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed on for us by our counsel, Pryor Cashman LLP, New York, New York.  Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Reed Smith LLP, New York, New York.
 
 
Our historical consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
 
117

 
 
The consolidated financial statements of InterCloud Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and for the year then ended included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm (the report on the consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company's ability to continue as a going concern) appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The historical consolidated financial statements of Tropical Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010 are included  in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The historical consolidated financial statements of Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011 are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part  in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The historical consolidated financial statements of ADEX Corporation as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011 are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part  in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The historical consolidated financial statements of T N S, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011 are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part  in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The historical consolidated financial statements of the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012 are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
The historical consolidated financial statements of Integration Partners – NY Corporation as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012 are included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in reliance on the report of Sherb & Co., LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the registration of the common stock offered for sale with this prospectus.  This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement.  For further information about us, the common stock we are offering by this prospectus and related matters, you should review the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.  A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits that were filed with the registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F. Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the prescribed fee.  Information on the operation of the public reference facilities may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.  You may also request copies of these filings, at no cost, by telephone at (561) 988-1988 or by mail to: InterCloud Systems, Inc., 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431, Attention: Lawrence Sands; www.InterCloudsys.com .
 
We are subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, file periodic reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These periodic reports and other information are available for inspection and copying at the regional offices, public reference facilities and website of the Securities and Exchange Commission referred to above.  We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered accounting firm.
 
 
118

 
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
PAGE
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
F-1
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (Restated)
F-3
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (Restated)
F-4
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (Restated)
F-5
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (Restated)
F-6
Notes to audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 (Restated)
F-7 to F-50
   
T N S, Inc.
 
Independent Auditor's Report
F-52
Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-53
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-54
Statements of changes in stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-55
Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-56
Notes to financial statements
F-57 to F-61
   
Unaudited balance sheet as of June 30, 2012
F-63
Unaudited statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
F-64
Unaudited statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
F-65
Notes to unaudited financial statements as of June 30, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
F-66 to F-70
   
ADEX Corporation and subsidiary and its affiliated company
 
Independent Auditor's Report
F-72
Consolidated and combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
F-73
Consolidated and combined statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
F-74
Consolidated and combined statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
F-75
Consolidated and combined statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
F-76
Notes to audited consolidated and combined financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-77 to F-81
   
Unaudited consolidated and combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2012
F-83
Unaudited consolidated and combined statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
F-84
Unaudited consolidated and combined statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
F-85
Notes to unaudited consolidated and combined financial statements as of June 30, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
F-86 to F-89
   
Tropical Communications, Inc.
 
Independent Auditor's Report
F-90
Balance sheets as of July 31, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010
F-91
Statements of operations for the seven months  ended July 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2010
F-92
Statement of changes in shareholders' deficiency for the seven months ended July 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2010
F-93
Statements of cash flows for the seven months ended July 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the year ended December 31, 2010
F-94
Notes unaudited financial statements as of July 31, 2011 and for the seven months ended July 31, 2011 and audited financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2010
F-95 to F-98 
   
Rives Monteiro Engineering, LLC
 
Independent Auditor's Report
F-99
Balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-100
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-101
Statements of changes in members’ equity (deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-102
Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
F-103
Notes to audited financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
F-104 to F-106
   
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions
 
Independent Auditor's Report
F-107
Divisional balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011
F-108
Divisional statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
F-109
Statement of changes in divisional net assets from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012
F-110
Divisional statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
F-111
Notes to audited divisional financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011
F-112 to F-116
   
Integration Partners Corporation
 
Independent Auditor's Report
F-118
Balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011
F-119
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
F-120
Statements of changes in stockholders’ equity from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012
F-121
Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
F-122
Notes to audited financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
F-123 to F-130
 
 
119

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
Boca Raton, FL
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of InterCloud Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.   The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.   Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of InterCloud Systems, Inc. at December 31, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 , in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern.  As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and has a deficiency in working capital and stockholders’ equity that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.  Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3.  The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
 
New York, New York
 
March 25, 2013
 
 
F-1

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
(formerly known as Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.)

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of InterCloud Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reposting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered losses from operations, and has an accumulated deficit and net cash used in operations of $1,068,532 for the year ended December 31, 2011. This raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regards to these matters are described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The accompanying financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 have been restated to give effect to the correction of accounting errors (see Note 2).
 
/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Boca Raton, FL
April 10, 2012, except for Note 2,
as to which the date is March 22, 2013
 
 
F-2

 
 
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
(Formerly known as GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.)
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
December 31,
 
ASSETS
 
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Current Assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 646,978     $ 89,285  
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $522,297 and $1,444, respectively
    8,481,999       347,607  
Inventory
    -       10,992  
Deferred loan costs
    298,517       -  
Other current assets
    238,831       8,701  
Total current assets
    9,666,325       456,585  
Property and equipment, net
    367,624       338,759  
Goodwill
    20,561,980       343,986  
Intangible assets, net
    9,105,843       802,131  
Deferred loan costs, net of current portion
    1,528,262       -  
Deposits
    636,209       304,084  
Total assets
  $ 41,866,243     $ 2,245,545  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'  DEFICIT
               
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 4,164,464     $ 991,302  
Deferred revenue
    135,319       -  
Income taxes payable
    123,605       -  
Bank debt, current portion
    352,096       114,358  
Related party notes
    378,102       5,364  
Contingent c onsideration
    4,624,367       141,607  
Term loans, current portion, net of debt discount
    3,632,528       1,104,987  
Total current liabilities
    13,410,481       2,357,618  
                 
Other Liabilities:
               
Bank debt, net of current portion
    207,831       698,289  
Related party notes , net of current portion
    105,694       936,054  
Deferred tax liability
    2,374,356       -  
Term loans, net of current portion
    11,880,237       -  
Derivative financial instruments at estimated fair value
    33,593       38,557  
Total other liabilities
    14,601,711       1,672,900  
Series F, convertible preferred stock at estimated fair value, $0.0001 par value,
               
12% cumulative, annual dividend, 4,800 shares authorized,
               
575 and none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $575,000 liquidation preference
    557,933       -  
                 
Total liabilities
    28,570,125       4,030,518  
Common stock with $1.25 put option, 40,000 and none issued and
               
outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $500,000 liquidation preference
    499,921       -  
                 
Redeemable Series B, convertible preferred stock,
               
$0.0001 par value, authorized 60,000 shares, 37,500 and 15,000 shares issued
               
and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively,
               
$2,216,760 liquidation preference
    2,216,760       15,000  
Redeemable Series C, convertible preferred stock,
               
10% cumulative annual dividend; $1,000 stated value, 1,500 shares authorized;
               
1,500 and none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $1,500,000 liquidation preference
    1,500,000       -  
Series D, convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative
               
annual dividend; $1,000 stated value, authorized
               
1,000 shares; 608 and 608 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $605,872 liquidation preference
    605,872       605,872  
Series E, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value,
               
12% cumulative annual dividend; $1,000 stated value,
               
3,500 shares authorized; 2,575 and none  issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $2,575,000 liquidation preference
    2,575,000       -  
Series F, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value,
               
12% cumulative annual dividend; 4,800 shares authorized,
               
3,575 and none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $3,575,000 liquidation preference
    3,575,000       -  
Redeemable Series G, convertible preferred stock,
               
12% cumulative annual dividend; 3,500 shares authorized,
               
none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively
    -       -  
Series H, convertible preferred stock,
               
10% cumulative monthly dividend up to 150%; 2,000 shares authorized,
               
1,425 and none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $1,425,000 liquidation preference
    1,425,000       -  
Series I, convertible preferred stock,
               
$0.0001 par value, authorized 4,500 shares;
               
4,500 and none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, $4,500,000 liquidation preference
    4,187,151       -  
Total temporary equity
    16,584,704       620,872  
Stockholders' Deficit:
               
Series A, convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value,
               
20,000,000 authorized; 2,000,000 and 2,000,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively
    200       200  
Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized;
               
1,995,930 and 1,269,901 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively
    200       127  
Additional paid-in capital
    9,095,366       7,871,227  
Accumulated deficit
    (12,506,322 )     (10,382,921 )
Total InterCloud Systems, Inc. stockholders'  deficit
    (3,410,556 )     (2,511,367 )
    Non-controlling interest
    121,970       105,522  
Total stockholders' deficit
    (3,288,586 )     (2,405,845 )
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders’  deficit
  $ 41,866,243     $ 2,245,545  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
F-3

 
 
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
(Formerly known as GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
For the years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
             
Revenues
  $ 17,235,585     $ 2,812,210  
Cost of revenue
    12,059,099       1,851,018  
Gross profit
    5,176,486       961,192  
                 
                 
Operating expenses:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    348,172       39,229  
Salaries and wages
    3,802,158       5,053,600  
General and administrative
    3,788,015       1,251,102  
Total operating expenses
    7,938,345       6,343,931  
                 
Loss from operations
    (2,761,859 )     (5,382,739 )
                 
Other income expenses:
               
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
    198,908       421,340  
Interest expense
    (1,699,746 )     (1,443,229 )
Net gain on deconsolidation of Digital subsidiary and write off of related investment in subsidiary
    453,514       -  
Total other expense
    (1,047,324 )     (1,021,889 )
                 
Net loss before benefit for income taxes  and equity earning/loss in affiliate
    (3,809,183 )     (6,404,628 )
                 
Benefit for income taxes
    (2,646,523 )     -  
                 
Net loss
    (1,162,660 )     (6,404,628 )
                 
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
    (16,448 )     -  
                 
Equity loss attributable to affiliate
    (50,539 )     -  
                 
Net loss attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc.
    (1,229,647 )     (6,404,628 )
                 
Less dividends on Series C , D, E, F and H Preferred Stock
    (843,215 )     -  
                 
Net loss attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc. common stockholders
  $ (2,072,862 )   $ (6,404,628 )
                 
Loss per share attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc. common stockholders:
               
Basic
  $ (1.33 )   $ (6.38 )
Diluted
  $ (1.33 )   $ (6.38 )
                 
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding
    1,553,555       1,003,264  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    1,553,555       1,003,264  
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
F-4

 
 
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
(Formerly known as GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
From January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012

               
Preferred Stock
               
Non-
       
   
Common Stock
   
Series A Convertible
   
Additional
   
Accumulated
   
Controlling
       
   
Shares
   
$
   
Shares
    $    
Paid-in Capital
   
Deficit
   
Interest
   
Total
 
                                                 
Balance January 1, 2011
    847,792     $ 85       -     $ -     $ 2,573,418     $ (3,978,293 )   $ -     $ (1,404,790 )
                                                                 
Issuance of shares to UTA pursuant to loan modifications
    16,596       2       -       -       242,700       -       -       242,702  
Issuance from sale of shares
    27,271       2       -       -       54,997       -       -       54,999  
Issuance of shares for consulting services
    24,000       2       -       -       349,998       -       -       350,000  
Issuance of shares pursuant to loans
    48,000       5       -       -       373,461       -       -       373,466  
Issuance of shares to employees and officers
    84,000       8       2,000,000       200       3,760,792       -       -       3,761,000  
Issuance of shares from conversion of notes payable
    117,386       12       -       -       123,986       -       -       123,998  
Issuance of shares for pending acquisition
    16,856       2       -       -       290,764       -       -       290,766  
Issuance of shares pursuant to completed acquisition
    68,000       7       -       -       76,113       -       105,522       181,642  
Issuance of shares in settlement of note payable
    20,000       2       -       -       24,998       -       -       25,000  
Net loss
    -       -       -       -       -       (6,404,628 )     -       (6,404,628 )
   Ending balance, December 31, 2011 (Restated)
    1,269,901       127       2,000,000       200       7,871,227       (10,382,921 )     105,522       (2,405,845 )
                                                                 
Issuance of shares pursuant to convertible notes payable
    177,270       18       -       -       153,198       -       -       153,216  
Issuance of shares to officers for compensation
    40,000       4       -       -       29,996       -       -       30,000  
Issuance of shares pursuant to acquisition
    40,000       4       -       -       77,496       -       -       77,500  
Reclassification to temporary equity
    -       -       -       -       (77,496 )     -       -       (77,496 )
Issuance of shares to non-employees for services
    132,000       13       -       -       338,887       -       -       338,900  
Stock based compensation for options issued to consultant
    -       -       -       -       45,000       -       -       45,000  
Issuance of shares for extinguishment of debt and cancellation of warrants
    208,759       21       -       -       352,742       -       -       352,763  
Conversion of Series D Preferred Stock
    128,000       13       -       -       352,331       -       -       352,344  
Distribution to non-controlling interest
    -       -       -       -       -       (50,539 )     -       (50,539 )
Change in value of redeemable securities
    -       -       -       -       (248,015 )     -       -       (248,015 )
Contributed capital by CEO for waiver of salary
    -       -       -       -       200,000       -       -       200,000  
Preferred dividends
                                    -       (843,215 )             (843,215 )
Net loss
    -       -       -       -       -       (1,229,647 )     16,448       (1,213,199 )
                                                                 
 Ending balance, December 31, 2012
    1,995,930     $ 200       2,000,000     $ 200     $ 9,095,366     $ (12,506,322 )   $ 121,970     $ (3,288,586 )
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
F-5

 
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
(Formerly known as GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS INC.)
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
For the years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
         
(Restated)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net loss, attributable to InterCloud Systems, Inc.
 
$
(1,229,647
)
 
$
(6,404,628
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operations:
               
Depreciation and amortization
   
348,172
     
39,229
 
Amortization of debt discount and deferred debt issuance costs
   
163,590
     
1,104,011
 
Fair value of options issued for services
   
45,000
     
-
 
Stock compensation for services
   
338,900
     
4,111,000
 
Issuance of shares in lieu of interest
   
110,716
     
-
 
Change in fair value of derivative liability
   
198,908
     
(421,340
)
Gain on cancellation of warrant     (45,054 )     -  
Forfeiture of officers' compensation
   
200,000
     
200,000
 
Issuance of shares pursuant to convertible notes
   
-
     
21,669
 
Fair value of shares issued to officer
   
382,344
     
-
 
Benefit for income taxes
   
(2,800,972
)
   
-
 
Net gain on deconsolidation of Digital subsidiary and write off of related investment in subsidiary
   
(453,514
)
   
-
 
Undistributed earnings from non-controlled subsidiary
   
16,448
     
-
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
   
(2,252,492
)
   
(66,866
)
Inventory and other assets
   
10,992
     
5,858
 
Deferred revenue
   
135,319
     
-
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
1,676,287
     
342,535
 
Total adjustments
   
(1,925,356
)
   
5,336,096
 
Net cash used in operating activities
   
(3,155,003
)
   
(1,068,532
)
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchases of equipment
   
(89,258
)
   
(81,144
)
Consideration paid for acquisitions, net of cash received
   
(13,467,074
)
   
(39,330
)
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(13,556,332
)
   
(120,474
)
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from sale of common stock
    -      
55,000
 
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
   
6,954,429
     
15,000
 
Increase in deferred loan costs
   
(1,339,043
)
   
-
 
Proceeds from bank borrowings
   
150,000
     
136,168
 
Repayments of notes and loans payable
   
(2,107,635
)
   
(392,742
)
Proceeds from third party borrowings
   
15,187,796
     
1,422,326
 
Proceeds from related party borrowings
   
852,668
     
20,063
 
Repayments of acquisition notes payable
   
(2,378,648
)    
-
 
Distribution to non-controlling interest
   
(50,539
)
   
-
 
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
17,269,028
     
1,255,815
 
                 
Net increase in cash
   
557,693
     
66,809
 
                 
Cash, beginning of year
   
89,285
     
22,476
 
                 
Cash, end of year
 
$
646,978
   
$
89,285
 
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
 
$
581,229
   
$
108,938
 
Cash paid for income taxes
 
$
9,890
   
$
-
 
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
               
Issuance of shares to lenders
  $
193,944
   
$
-
 
Common stock issued for loan modification
 
$
610,000
   
$
242,702
 
Common stock issued on debt conversion
 
$
-
   
$
25,000
 
Common stock issued for pending acquisition
 
$
-
   
$
290,766
 
Issuance of shares in lieu of interest
 
$
42,500
   
$
-
 
Reclassification of liability contracts to equity contracts
 
$
352,763
   
$
-
 
Conversion of preferred shares into common shares
 
$
352,344
   
$
-
 
Common stock issued for acquisition
 
$
-
   
$
76,120
 
Redeemable common stock
 
$
499,921     
$
141,607  
Redeemable preferred stock issued for acquisition
 
$
7,656,040
   
$
-
 
Promissory notes issued for acquisition
 
$
2,378,668
   
$
200,000
 
Common stock issued for deferred loan costs
 
$
-
   
$
373,426
 
Preferred stock issued on debt conversion
 
$
616,760
   
$
365,870
 
Preferred dividend   $ 843,215     $ -  
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
F-6

 
 
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.            DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and Genesis Realty Group, Inc.) (the “Company”) was incorporated on November 22, 1999 under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Prior to December 31, 2009, the Company was a development-stage company and had limited activity. The Company’s initial activities were devoted to developing a business plan, structuring and positioning itself to take advantage of available acquisition opportunities and raising capital for future operations and administrative functions. The Company began filing periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission in November 2000. The Company has not previously listed its shares on any national securities exchange. The Company's shares have been quoted on the OTCBB since March 2011.
 
On August 1, 2008, the Company authorized an increase in the number of shares of common stock to 500,000,000 shares of common stock and authorized 50,000,000 shares of a new class of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.
 
On January 14, 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Digital Comm, Inc., a Florida corporation (“Digital”), in exchange for 50,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company.  Digital was originally formed on September 13, 2006 and, on January 14, 2010, was reorganized as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  Digital is a provider of specialty contracting services, primarily in the installation of fiber optic telephone cable.  These services are provided throughout the United States and include engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground facility locating services to various utilities, including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric and gas utilities and others. On September 13, 2012, the Company sold 60% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Digital to the Company’s former president and a former director. The Company did not attribute any value to its equity investment in Digital at December 31, 2012 based on Digital's historical recurring losses, expected future losses and its liabilities far exceeding the value of its tangible and intangible assets at such date. (See Note 4)
 
For financial accounting purposes, the acquisition of Digital was treated as a recapitalization of the Company with the former stockholders of the Company retaining approximately 40% of the outstanding common stock.  This transaction has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition and, accordingly, the transaction has been treated as a recapitalization of Digital, with Digital as the accounting acquirer.  The historical financial statements are a continuation of the financial statements of Digital, and any difference of the capital structure of the combined entity as compared to Digital’s historical capital structure is due to the recapitalization of the acquired entity.
 
Since January 1, 2011, the Company has also completed the following acquisitions:
 
Tropical Communications, Inc.   In August 2011, the Company acquired Tropical Communications, Inc. (“Tropical”), a Miami-based provider of services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the Southeast. 
 
Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC .  In December 2011, the Company acquired a 49% stake in Rives-Monteiro Engineering LLC (“RM Engineering”), a certified Women Business Enterprise (WBE) cable firm based in Tuscaloosa, Alabama that performs engineering services in the Southeastern United States and internationally, and 100% of Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC (“RM Leasing”), an equipment provider for cable-engineering services firms.  The Company has an option to purchase the remaining 51% of RM Engineering for a nominal sum at any time.
 
ADEX Corporation .  In September 2012, the Company acquired ADEX Corporation (“ADEX”), an Atlanta-based provider of staffing solutions and other services to the telecommunications industry.  ADEX’s project staffing solutions diversified our ability to service our customers domestically and internationally throughout the project lifecycle. 
 
 
F-7

 
 
T N S, Inc.   In September 2012, the Company also acquired T N S, Inc. (“TNS”), a Chicago-based structured cabling company and DAS installer that supports voice, data, video, security and multimedia systems within commercial office buildings, multi-building campus environments, high-rise buildings, data centers and other structures.  T N S extends the Company's geographic reach to the Midwest area and the Company's client reach to end-users, such as multinational corporations, universities, school districts and other large organizations that have significant ongoing cabling needs. 
 
Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC .  In November 2012, the Company's ADEX subsidiary acquired Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC (“ERFS”), an environmental remediation and disaster recovery company.  The acquisition of this company augmented ADEX’s disaster recovery service offerings.
 
On December 7, 2012, the Company’s stockholders approved a reverse stock split of its common stock at a ratio of 1-for-125. The reverse stock split became effective on January 14, 2013. All applicable share and per-share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
 
2.           RESTATEMENT
 
In March 2013, the Company determined that the previously-issued financial statements for fiscal years 2010 to 2012, including annual and quarterly financial statements within such fiscal periods, should no longer be relied upon due to the Company’s failure to properly account for certain items under generally accepted accounting principles in effect during the aforementioned periods.  The Company, in conjunction with its independent registered public accounting firm, has evaluated the errors that occurred during the periods.  As a result, the Company determined that the financial statements for fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, along with the interim periods ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2012, can no longer be relied upon and require restatement.  The proper application of the relevant accounting provisions requires reclassifications and adjustments to the Company’s previously-issued Consolidated Balance Sheets and Consolidated Statement of Operations and Statement of Stockholders’ Deficit.
 
1)     
The Company has performed an assessment of stock-based compensation issued to employees during the periods 2010 to 2012 to determine if the accounting previously applied was within the scope of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (ASC 718), which was effective as of January 1, 2006.  Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation  is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, based on the terms of the awards.  The Company concluded that the issuances of stock-based compensation are within the scope of ASC 718, although the provisions of ASC 718 were not properly applied. In January 2010, the Company issued 4,000,000 shares of common stock to one of its officers with a fair value of $2,400,000 for services rendered for the years 2010 to 2012.  The compensation expense of $2,400,000 was previously recognized over the related employment contract, over a three-year service period, ($800,000 per year during each of 2011 and 2010, $150,000 in the interim period ended March  31, 2012, and $200,000 in each of the interim periods ended June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012).   The Company has determined that because the award did not contain any explicit or implicit performance or service condition, the fair value of the award should have been expensed upon its grant, which was in January 2010.  As a result, salaries and wages were understated by $1,600,000 for the annual period ended December 31, 2010, overstated by $800,000 for the annual period ended December 31, 2011, overstated $150,000 for the interim period ending March 31, 2012 and overstated by $200,000 for each of the interim periods ended June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012.
 
2)     
In August 2010, the Company entered into a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement pursuant to which it sold warrants for the right to purchase up to 167,619 shares of the Company’s common stock at $18.75 per share. The warrants were treated as detachable warrants under ASC 815, Broad Transactions – Derivatives and Hedging , in error and accounted for as a reduction in stockholders’ equity in an amount equal to the fair value of the warrants. The Company has determined that the warrants should have been treated as a debt discount (reduction in notes payable balance instead of shareholder equity) and amortized over the term of the Note using the effective interest method.  As a result, notes payable was overstated by $381,145 and additional paid in capital was understated by $381,145. The warrant included a derivative feature, which was not an equity contract, and its full value upon issuance should have been allocated to the loan proceeds as a debt discount.  Additionally, the understatement of debt discount resulting from this misstatement should have been amortized over the term of the loan.
 
As a result, notes payable was overstated by $381,145 at December 31, 2010 and $228,465 at December 31, 2011. Additional paid-in-capital was understated by $381,145 as of September 30, 2012, June 30, 2012, March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010. Interest expense was  understated by $158,810 for the year ended December 31, 2010, and by $162,810 for the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
 
F-8

 
 
3)     
In December 2011, the Company entered into a Third Loan Modification Agreement with its lender UTA Capital LLC (“UTA”). As a result of this amendment the Company recorded an increase to its additional paid-in capital for a debt discount of $301,876 resulting from perceived amendments to the terms of the warrants issued to UTA when the Company entered into the modification of the loan agreement.  However, the terms of the warrants were not amended, and the modification of the loan agreement only confirmed that the number of warrants outstanding should have increased pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions included in the initial terms of the warrants, as granted.  The error also resulted in an overstatement of interest expense due to the amortization of debt of the discount during 2012 for $261,876 and $40,000 in 2011. The Company noted that it incorrectly calculated the fair value of the additional warrants issued and noted the impact of such miscalculation to the profit and loss statement was immaterial in 2012 and 2011.
 
4)     
On August 6, 2010, the Company issued 167,619 warrants to purchase 167,619 shares of the Company’s common stock at $18.75 per share to a lender. The warrants qualified as a derivative instrument and are therefore required to be recorded as a liability at fair value when issued and adjusted to current fair value on a quarterly basis in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures .   As, a result, the change in fair value of the derivative and the corresponding derivative liability were understated by $37,414 at December 31, 2011, $37,414 at March 31, 2012 and $37,414 at June 30, 2012.
 
5)     
The Company recorded certain consideration provided to lenders as deferred loan costs, which amounted to $53,848 at December 31, 2011. The Company reclassified the carrying value of the unamortized consideration to debt discount at December 31, 2011.
 
6)     
The Company properly recorded the compensation expense in 2011 to a former officer for $200,000 but incorrectly recorded the liability as additional paid in capital.
 
7)     
The Company did not properly allocate an amount to intangible assets for the acquisitions of Tropical and RM Engineering, as of December 31, 2011, and on TNS and ADEX, as of September 17, 2012, until it had an independent party prepare a valuation report in 2013.  Based on the results of the report, the Company corrected its original allocations and increased additional paid in capital, for the value of the stock issued by $69,226, increased acquisition notes payable by $141,607, decreased the impairment of goodwill by $437,000 and increased the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets by $509,381. The Company amortized the intangible assets with a useful life of two to ten years and recorded amortization expense of $39,314 in the third quarter of 2012, $15,922 in the second quarter of 2012, and $15,922 in the first quarter of 2012. Based on the results of the report, the Company recorded goodwill and intangible assets of $458,331 for Tropical, $51,050 for RM Engineering, $505,631 for TNS and $2,200,791 for ADEX.  The Company also recorded the contingent consideration to be paid, which was $15,320 for Tropical, $127,385 for RM Engineering, $2,123,210 for ADEX and $259,550 for TNS.
  
8)     
On September 13, 2012, the Company sold 60% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Digital to the Company’s former president and a former director. As consideration for the purchase, the former president issued to the Company a non-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $125,000. The note is secured by the purchased shares.
 
At the date of disposition, the Company had a receivable from Digital of approximately $880,000.  In the quarter ended September 30, 2012, the Company recorded a loss of $880,393 on the write-off of the receivable. The Company also recorded a note receivable from the former president in the amount of $125,000 and recorded its remaining investment in Digital in the amount of $83,333.  The Company also recorded a contribution to additional paid in capital in the amount of $1,586,919 based on the disposition. 
 
The Company subsequently reviewed the accounting for the transaction and concluded that it should write off the $125,000 promissory note from its former president, as it deemed it unlikely that he could repay the note.  The Company also adjusted the negative investment carrying amount at the time of deconsolidation to zero, which resulted in a net gain of approximately $528,000. The Company does not attribute any value to its equity investment in Digital at December 31, 2012 based on Digital's historical recurring losses and expected future losses and Digital's liabilities far exceeding the value of their tangible and intangible assets at such date.
 
 
F-9

 
 
9)     
In September 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with a lender to provide the Company term loans in the aggregate amount of $13,000,000.   As part of the agreement, the Company issued to the lender warrants to purchase up to 3% of the Company’s common stock on a fully-diluted basis.  The Company has determined that the warrants should have been treated as a debt discount (reduction in notes payable balance instead of shareholder equity) and amortized over the term of the related note.  The Company recorded the derivative value of the warrants issued to the lender on September 17, 2012 as a derivative liability in the amount of $360,738 and expensed the amount as a change in fair value of derivative instruments.  The Company recomputed the amount of the derivative liability as $193,944 and recorded the amount as a debt discount.
 
10)     
In September 2012, the Company issued its former president 400 shares of Series D Preferred Stock with a fair value of $352,344 for services rendered during the quarter ended September 30, 2012, but did not record compensation expense for that amount in the quarter ended September 30, 2012. As a result, salaries and wages were understated $352,344 in the quarter ended September 30, 2012.  No other periods were impacted by the error.
 
11)     
During the quarter ended September 30, 2012, the Company issued Series E Preferred Stock.  The Company recorded the amount of subscriptions received as subscriptions for shares of Series E Preferred Stock, but subsequently, it was determined that some of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock should have been classified as Series B Preferred Stock. The Company also classified the Series E Preferred Stock as equity, and subsequently determined that, based on the redeemable feature of the Series E Preferred Stock, it should have been temporary equity.
 
12)     
The Company classified its Series D Preferred Stock as permanent equity and subsequently determined that based on the redeemable feature of the stock, that it should be classified as temporary equity. The Series D Preferred Stock was listed as $566 in the equity section of the balance sheet, but should have been recorded at the redemption value of $605,872 in the temporary equity section of the balance sheet at March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012, and at $605,872 at December 31, 2011.
 
13)     
The Company recorded the Series A Preferred Stock as temporary equity with a value of $200,000. The Company evaluated the Series A Preferred Stock and determined that based on the par value of such stock, along with its low probability of being redeemed that it should be classified as permanent equity, with the amount listed at par value.  This resulted in a change of $199,800 to the Series A Preferred Stock value.
 
14)     
During the quarters ended March 31, 2012 and June 30, 2012, the Company classified Series C Preferred Stock as permanent equity. Upon reviewing the redeemable features of such stock, the Company classified the value of the outstanding shares as temporary equity.
 
15)     
On February 14, 2011, the Company and UTA entered into a First Loan Extension and Modification Agreement (the “Modification Agreement”) in connection with the Company’s existing note payable, which had a balance of $775,000 at December 31, 2010.  The Modification Agreement provided for an extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011. In exchange for consenting to the Modification Agreement, UTA was granted 10,257 shares of the Company’s common stock, which had a fair value of $153,850 and was recorded as a debt discount. Additionally, as additional consideration for the Company’s failure to satisfy a certain covenant in the loan agreement, UTA was granted 4,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which was recorded as a penalty paid to the lender and recorded as an expense.  As of December 31, 2011, these two additional grants of shares had not been physically issued.  However, such shares are reflected on the accompanying financial statements as if issued.  This amendment was accounted for as an extinguishment and therefor the unamortized deferred loan costs of $53,848, debt discount from the original agreement of $504,648 and debt discount from this amendment of $153,850 were expensed.
 
The following are the previously-reported and as adjusted balances on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2012, June 30, 2012, March 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011 and 2010 and consolidated statements of operations for the periods ended September 30, 2012, June 30, 2012 and March 31,2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the corresponding over/understatement on each appropriate financial caption for each error.
 
 
F-10

 
 
      For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
   
As Previously
                   
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Reported
   
Adjustments
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Operating expenses
                       
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 14,208     $ 15,522       7     $ 29,730  
Salaries and wages
    180,000       (150,000 )     1       30,000  
Total operating expenses
    1,072,245       (134,478 )             937,767  
Other income (expenses)
                               
Interest expense
    (306,945 )     227,893       5       (79,052 )
Total other income (expense)
    (279,296 )     227,893               (51,403 )
Net loss
  $ (696,186 )   $ 362,371             $ (333,815 )
 
    As of March 31, 2012  
   
As Previously
                   
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Reported
   
Adjustments
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Current assets
                       
Deferred loan costs
    54,420     $ (54,420 )     5     $ -  
  Total current assets
  $ 801,923       (54,420 )             747,503  
Intangible assets, net
    717,236       493,859       7       1,211,095  
Total assets
    2,139,980       439,439               2,579,419  
Current liabilities
                               
Accounts payable
    447,724       200,000       6       647,724  
Contingent consideration
    -       141,607       7       141,607  
Total current liabilities
    1,401,136       341,607               1,742,743  
Derivative liabilities
    1,923       37,414       4       39,337  
Total other liabilities
    1,842,009       37,414               1,879,423  
Series C Preferred stock
    -       800,000       14       800,000  
Series D Preferred stock
    -       605,872       12       605,872  
Total temporary equity
    318,839       1,405,872               1,724,711  
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
                               
Series C Preferred stock
    1       (1 )     14       -  
Series D Preferred Stock
    566       (566 )     12       -  
  Additional paid-in capital
    8,768,447       (985,224 )     1,10       7,783,223  
  Accumulated deficit
    (10,317,112 )     (359,663 )     1,4,5,6,7       (10,676,775 )
Total stockholders' deficit
    (1,421,554 )     (1,345,454 )            
(2,767,008
)
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders' deficit
  $ 2,139,980     $ 439,439             $ 2,579,419  
 
 
F-11

 
 
 
   
For The Three Months Ended
June 30, 2012
 
   
As Previously
                   
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Operating expenses
                       
  Depreciation and amortization
  $ 25,002     $ 15,522       7     $ 40,524  
  Stock compensation
    200,000       (200,000 )     1       -  
Total operating expenses
    882,462       (184,478 )             697,984  
Other income (expenses)
                               
  Interest expense
    (287,120 )     24,191       5       (262,929 )
Total other income (expense)
    (287,607 )     24,191               (263,416 )
Net loss
  $ (743,082 )   $ 208,669             $ (534,413 )
 
   
For The Six Months Ended
June 30, 2012
 
   
As Previously
                   
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Operating expenses
                       
  Depreciation and amortization
  $ 39,210     $ 31,044       7     $ 70,254  
  Stock compensation
    380,000       (350,000 )     1       30,000  
Total operating expenses
    1,954,708       (318,956 )             1,635,752  
Other income (expenses)
                               
  Interest expense
    (594,064 )     252,084       5       (341,980 )
Total other income (expense)
    (571,953 )     252,084               (319,869 )
Net loss
  $ (1,439,268 )   $ 571,040             $ (868,228 )
 
    As of June 30, 2012
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
As Previously
Reported
   
Adjustment
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Current assets
                       
Deferred loan costs
  $ 30,229     $ (30,229 )     5     $ -  
Total current assets
    703,343       (30,229 )             673,114  
Intangible assets, net
    717,236       478,337       7       1,195,573  
Total assets
    2,122,107       448,108               2,570,215  
Current liabilities
                               
Accounts payable
    653,687       200,000       6       853,687  
Contingent consideration
    -       141,607       7      
141,607
 
Total current liabilities
    2,877,016       341,607               3,218,623  
Derivative liabilities
    1,013       37,414       4       38,427  
Total other liabilities
    512,766       37,414               550,180  
Series C Preferred stock
            1,150,000       14       1,150,000  
Series D Preferred stock
            605,872       12       605,872  
Total temporary equity
    326,750       1,755,872               2,082,622  
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
                               
Series C Preferred stock
    1       (1 )     14       -  
Series D Preferred Stock
    566       (566 )     12       -  
  Additional paid-in capital
    9,355,272       (1,535,224 )     2,12       7,820,048  
  Accumulated deficit
    (11,082,070 )     (150,994 )     1,4,5,6,7       (11,233,064 )
Total stockholders' deficit
    (1,594,425 )     (1,686,785 )            
(3,281,210
)
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders' deficit
  $ 2,122,107     $ 448,108             $ 2,570,215  
 
 
F-12

 
   
For The Three Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 
   
As Previously
                   
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Operating expenses
                       
  Depreciation and amortization
  $ 41,434     $ 39,314       7     $ 80,748  
  Stock compensation
    223,998       152,344       1       376,342  
Total operating expenses
    882,462       191,658               1,074,120  
Other income (expenses)
                               
unrealized loss on fair value of derivative
    (360,868 )     360,738       9       (130 )
Gain (loss) from deconsolidation of Digital
    (880,393 )     1,462,429       8       582,036  
Total other income (expense)
    (2,017,975 )     1,823,167               (194,808 )
Net loss
  $ (2,479,246 )   $ 1,631,509             $ (847,737 )
 
   
For The Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 
   
As Previously
                   
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Operating expenses
                       
  Depreciation and amortization
  $ 80,644     $ 70,358       7     $ 151,002  
  Stock compensation
    603,998       (197,656 )     1       406,342  
Total operating expenses
    3,653,187       (127,298 )             3,525,889  
Other income (expenses)
                               
unrealized loss on fair value of derivative
    (360,738 )     360,738       9       -  
Gain (loss) from deconsolidation of Digital
    (880,393 )     1,462,429       8       582,036  
  Interest expense
    (1,370,738 )     252,084       5       (1,118,654 )
Total other income (expense)
    (2,589,888 )     2,075,251               (514,637 )
Net loss
  $ (3,918,474 )   $ 2,202,549             $ (1,715,925 )
 
   
As of September 30, 2012
 
   
As Previously
                   
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
         
As Restated
 
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  
Current assets
                       
Deferred loan costs
  $ 1,823,465     $ (1,529,830 )     5     $ 293,635  
Total current assets
    9,779,553       (1,529,830 )             8,249,723  
Goodwill and Intangible assets, net
    15,731,611       3,013,825       7       18,745,436  
Note receivable - related party
    125,000       (125,000 )             -  
Investment in Digital
    83,333       (83,333 )             -  
Deferred loan costs, net of current portion
    -       1,499,601       7       1,499,601  
Total assets
    26,177,676       2,775,263               28,952,939  
Current liabilities
                               
Accounts payable
    1,250,170       200,000       6       1,450,170  
Notes payable, acquisitions
    -       2,522,465       7       2,522,465  
Total current liabilities
    6,322,473       2,722,465               9,044,938  
Term loan, net of current portion, net of debt discount
    12,350,000       (193,944 )             12,156,056  
Derivative liabilities
    361,881       (129,380 )     4       232,501  
Total other liabilities
    12,962,324       (129,380 )             12,832,944  
Series A Preferred Stock
    200,000       (200,000 )     13       -  
Series B Preferred Stock
    384,063       958,216       11       1,342,279  
Series D Preferred stock
            1,491,690       12       1,491,690  
Series E Preferred stock
            2,225,000       11       2,225,000  
Series F Preferred stock
    4,150,000       -               4,150,000  
Total temporary equity
    6,734,063       4,474,906               11,208,969  
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
                               
Series A Preferred Stock
    -       200       13       200  
Series D Preferred Stock
    566       (566 )     12       -  
Series E Preferred stock
    4       (4 )     11       -  
  Additional paid-in capital
    13,664,000       (7,151,459 )     1,8,11       6,512,541  
  Accumulated deficit
    (13,599,948 )     2,859,101       1,4,5,6,7,8       (10,740,847 )
Total stockholders' deficit
    158,816       (4,292,728 )            
(4,133,912
)
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders' deficit
  $ 26,177,676     $ 2,775,263             $ 28,952,939  
 
 
F-13

 
 
   
As of December 31, 2010
 
   
As Previously
                     
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
           
As Restated
 
Current liabilities
                         
Term loans, current portion
  $ 509,268     $ (222,335 )     2     $ 286,933  
Total current liabilities
    1,368,030       (222,335 )             1,145,695  
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
                               
Additional paid-in capital
    581,800       1,991,657       1,2       2,573,457  
Accumulated deficit
    (2,219,483 )     (1,758,810 )     1,2       (3,978,293 )
Total InterCloud Systems, Inc. stockholders' deficit
    (1,627,086 )     222,335               (1,404,751 )
Total stockholders' deficit
    (1,627,086 )     222,335               (1,404,751 )
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders' deficit
  $ 430,383     $ -             $ 430,383  
 
   
For The Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
   
As Previously
                     
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
           
As Restated
 
Operating expenses
                         
Salaries and wages
  $ 1,574,374     $ 1,600,000       1     $ 3,174,374  
Total operating expenses
    3,203,855       597,219               3,801,074  
Other income (expenses)
                               
Interest expense
    (267,368 )     (158,810     2       (426,178 )
Total other income (expense)
    109,420       (158,810             (49,390 )
Net loss
  $ (2,141,596 )   $ (1,758,810           $ (3,900,406 )
 
   
For The Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
   
As Previously
                       
Consolidated Statement of Operations
 
Reported
   
Adjustment
           
As Restated
 
Operating expenses
                           
Salaries and wages
  $
5,853,600
    $
(800,000
)
   
1
    $
5,053,600
 
Total operating expenses
   
8,994,949
     
(2,651,018
)
           
6,343,931
 
Other income (expenses)
                               
Unrealized gain (loss) on fair value of derivative
   
458,754
     
(37,414
)
   
2,4
     
421,340
 
Goodwill impairment
   
(437,000
)
   
437,000
     
7
     
-
 
Interest expense
   
(1,240,457
)
   
(202,772
)
   
2,3,7
     
(1,443,229
)
Total other income (expense)
   
(1,218,703
)
   
196,814
             
(1,021,889
)
Net loss
  $
(7,401,442
)
  $
996,814
            $
(6,404,628
)
 
   
As of December 31, 2011
 
   
As Previously
                       
Consolidated Balance Sheet
 
Reported
    Adjustment            
As Restated
 
Current Assets
                           
Deferred loan costs
  $
53,848
    $
(53,848
)
   
5
    $
-
 
Total current assets
   
510,433
     
(53,848
)
           
456,585
 
Goodwill
   
636,736
     
(292,750
            343,986  
Intangible assets
   
-
     
802,131
              802,131  
Total assets
   
1,790,012
     
455,533
             
2,245,545
 
Current liabilities
                               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
791,302
     
200,000
     
6
     
991,302
 
Notes payable for earnouts
   
-
     
141,607
     
7
     
141,607
 
Term loans, current portion
   
876,522
     
228,465
 
   
2,5
     
1,104,987
 
Total current liabilities
   
1,787,547
     
570,071
             
2,357,618
 
Other liabilities
                               
Derivative liability
   
1,143
     
37,414
     
4
     
38,557
 
Total other liabilities
   
1,635,486
     
37,414
             
1,672,900
 
Series D Preferred Stock
   
-
     
605,872
             
605,872
 
Total Temporary Equity
   
15,000
     
605,872
             
620,872
 
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
                               
Additional paid-in capital
   
7,850,944
     
20,283
     
1,2,3,6,10
     
7,871,227
 
Accumulated deficit
   
(9,620,926
)
   
(761,995
)
   
1,2,3,4,10
     
(10,382,921
)
Total InterCloud Systems, Inc. stockholders' deficit
   
(1,648,021
)
   
(757,824
)
           
(2,405,845
)
Total liabilities, non-controlling interest and stockholders' deficit
  $
1,790,012
    $
455,533
 
   
 
    $
2,245,545
 
 
3.            SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
   
BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND GOING CONCERN
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  In the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting of normal recurring accruals considered necessary in order to prepare the financial statements have been included.
 
 
F-14

 
 
Going Concern
 
During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company suffered recurring losses from operations and has a deficiency in working capital and stockholders equity that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The Company may raise capital through the sale of equity securities, through debt securities, or through borrowings from principals and/or financial institutions.  The Company's management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern.  However, there can be no assurance that additional financing that is necessary for the Company to continue its business will be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.  The Company had a net loss of approximately $2.1 million during 2012 and had a working capital deficit of approximately $3.7 million at December 31, 2012.  At December 31, 2012, the Company had total indebtedness of $21.2 million.  The Company cannot be certain that its operations will generate funds sufficient to repay its existing debt obligations as they come due.  The Company’s failure to repay its indebtedness and make interest payments as required by its debt obligations could have a material adverse effect on its operations.  The Company intends to secure additional debt and equity financing to satisfy its existing obligations.  While the Company believes that it will ultimately satisfy its obligations, it cannot guarantee that it will be able to do so on favorable terms, or at all. Should the Company default on certain of its obligations and the lender foreclose on the debt, the operations of the Company’s subsidiaries will not be initially impacted.  However, following default, the lender could potentially liquidate the holdings of the Company’s operating subsidiaries sometime in the future and the Company’s operations would be significantly impacted. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND ACCOUNTING FOR INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATE COMPANY

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which include Tropical (since August 2011), RM Leasing (since October 2011), ADEX (since September 2012), TNS (since September 2012), and ERFS (since December 2012).  All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
The Company consolidates all entities in which it has a controlling voting interest and a variable interest in a variable interest entity (“VIEs”) in which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary.
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of RM Engineering (since December 2011), in which the Company owns an interest of 49%.  RM Engineering is a VIE since it meets  the following criteria: (i) the entity has insufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties and the 51% owner guarantees its debt, (ii) the voting rights of some investors are not proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of the legal entity, and (iii) substantially all of the legal entity’s activities  either involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights. The Company has the ability to exercise its call option to acquire the remaining 51% of RM Engineering for a nominal amount and thus makes all significant decisions related to RM Engineering even though it absorbs only 49% of the losses. Additionally, substantially all of the entity’s activities either involve or are conducted on behalf of the entity by the 51% holder of RM Engineering.
 
The consolidation of RM Engineering resulted in increases of $848,433 in assets and $362,087 in liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and $2.6 million in revenue and $26,147 in net income in the consolidated statement of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012.
 
The consolidation of RM Engineering resulted in increases of $889,112 in assets and $313,346 in liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011. No amounts were included in the consolidated statement of operations for the year December 31, 2011 as the acquisition of RM Engineering  occurred on December 29, 2011.
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Digital, in which the Company owned a 100% interest until September 13, 2012, and a 40% interest thereafter and accounted for this 40% interest under the equity method of accounting.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period.  Changes in estimates and assumptions are reflected in reported results in the period in which they become known.  Use of estimates includes the following: 1) valuation of derivative instruments and preferred stock, 2) allowance for doubtful accounts, and 3) estimated useful lives of property and equipment. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates in one reportable segment as a specialty contractor, providing engineering, construction, maintenance and installation services to telecommunications providers, underground facility-locating services to various utilities, including telecommunications providers, and other construction and maintenance services to electric and gas utilities and others. All of the Company’s reporting units aggregate into one operating segment which has been aggregated into one reporting segment due to their similar economic characteristics, products, production methods and distribution methods, including the operations of ERFS, which was acquired by the Company in December 2012 and is not material.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents consist of checking accounts and money market accounts.  For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
 
F-15

 
 
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Company accounts for its business combinations under the provisions of ASC 805-10, Business Combinations (ASC 805-10), which requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including non-controlling interests, are recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values.  ASC 805-10 also specifies criteria that intangible assets acquired in a business combination must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets and intangible assets acquired in a business combination.  Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combinations and are expensed as incurred.  If the business combination provides for contingent consideration, the Company records the contingent consideration at fair value at the acquisition date and any changes in fair value after the acquisition date are accounted for as measurement-period adjustments if they pertain to additional information about facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date and that the Company obtained during the measurement period.  Changes in fair value of contingent consideration resulting from events after the acquisition date, such as earn-outs, are recognized as follows: 1) if the contingent consideration is classified as equity, the contingent consideration is not re-measured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity, or 2) if the contingent consideration is classified as an asset or a liability, the changes in fair value are recognized in earnings.
 
The estimated fair value of net assets acquired, including the allocation of the fair value to identifiable assets and liabilities, was determined using Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy (see Fair Value Measurements in Note 3). The estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was determined using the income approach to valuation based on the discounted cash flow method.  Under this method, expected future cash flows of the business on a stand-alone basis are discounted back to a present value.  The estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets, consisting of customer relationships, the trade names and non-compete agreements acquired, also were determined using an income approach to valuation based on excess cash flow, relief of royalty and discounted cash flow methods.
 
The discounted cash flow valuation method requires the use of assumptions, the most significant of which include: future revenue growth, future earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, estimated synergies to be achieved by a market participant as a result of the business combination, marginal tax rate, terminal value growth rate, weighted average cost of capital and discount rate.
 
The excess earnings method used to value customer relationships requires the use of assumptions, the most significant of which include: the remaining useful life, expected revenue, survivor curve, earnings before interest and tax margins, marginal tax rate, contributory asset charges, discount rate and tax amortization benefit.
 
The most significant assumptions under the relief of royalty method include: estimated remaining useful life, expected revenue, royalty rate, tax rate, discount rate and tax amortization benefit.  The discounted cash flow method used to value non-compete agreements includes assumptions such as: expected revenue, term of the non-compete agreements, probability and ability to compete, operating margin, tax rate and discount rate.  Management, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, has developed these assumptions on the basis of historical knowledge of the business and projected financial information of the Company.  These assumptions may vary based on future events, perceptions of different market participants and other factors outside the control of management, and such variations may be significant to estimated values.
 
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
 
The Company reviews goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life, for impairment at least once a year or earlier if circumstances and situations change such that there is an indication that the carrying amounts may not be recovered, in accordance with professional standards.  In such circumstances, the Company will estimate the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition.  Future cash flows are the future cash inflows expected to be generated by an asset less the future outflows expected to be necessary to obtain those inflows.  If the sum of the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company will recognize an impairment loss to adjust to the fair value of the asset.
 
 
F-16

 
 
 In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company performed its annual review of the indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill for impairment.  Based on this review, the Company determined that there was no impairment as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenue is recognized on a contract only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to provide technical engineering and management solutions to large voice and data communications providers, as specified by their clients.  The contracts provide that payment to the Company for its services may be based on either 1) direct labor hours at fixed hourly rates or 2) fixed-price contracts.  The services provided by the Company under the contracts are generally provided within a month. Occasionally, the services may be provided over a period of up to four months.  If the Company anticipates that the services will span for a period exceeding one month, depending on the contract terms, the Company provides either progress billing at least once a month or upon completion of the clients’ specifications.
 
The Company recognizes revenues of contracts based on direct labor hours and fixed-price contracts that do not overlap a calendar month based on services provided.   The aggregate amount of unbilled work-in-progress recognized by the Company as revenues was insignificant at December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
The Company sometimes requires customers to provide a deposit prior to beginning work on a project.  When this occurs, the Company records the deposit as deferred revenue and recognizes the revenue when the work is complete.
 
During 2012 and 2011, the Company did not recognize any revenue from cloud-based services.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.
 
LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets, other than goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable through the estimated undiscounted future cash flows derived from such assets.
 
Definite-lived intangible assets primarily consist of non-compete agreements, trade names and customer relationships. For long-lived assets used in operations, impairment losses are only recorded if the asset's carrying amount is not recoverable through its undiscounted, probability-weighted future cash flows.  The Company measures the impairment loss based on the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value.  When an impairment exists, the related assets are written down to fair value.
 
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments.  Estimates of uncollectible amounts are reviewed each period, and changes are recorded in the period they become known.  Management analyzes the collectability of accounts receivable each period.  This review considers the aging of account balances, historical bad debt experience, changes in customer creditworthiness, current economic trends, customer payment activity and other relevant factors.  Should any of these factors change, the estimate made by management may also change.  Allowance for doubtful accounts was $522,297 and $1,444 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
F-17

 
 
ADVERTISING

The Company’s policy for reporting advertising expenditures is to expense them as they are incurred.  Advertising expense was not material for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
INVENTORY
 
Inventory consists primarily of wires and cables.  Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.  The Company writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives.  Useful lives are: 3-7 years for vehicles; 5-7 years for equipment; 5 years for small tools: and 3 years for computer equipment. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and major improvements are capitalized.  When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is included in other income.
 
DEFERRED LOAN COSTS

Deferred loan costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the terms of the related debt agreements. The amount of amortization of deferred loan costs, which was recorded as interest expense, in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $144,264 and $592,008, respectively.
 
DISTINGUISHMENT OF LIABILITIES FROM EQUITY

The Company relies on the guidance provided by ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , to classify certain redeemable and/or convertible instruments, such as the Company’s preferred stock.  The Company first determines whether the respective financial instrument should be classified as a liability.  The Company will determine the liability classification if the financial instrument is mandatorily redeemable, or if the financial instrument, other than outstanding shares, embodies a conditional obligation that the Company must or may settle by issuing a variable number of its equity shares.
 
Once the Company determines that the financial instrument should not be classified as a liability, it determines whether the financial instrument should be presented between the liability section and the equity section of the balance sheet (“temporary equity”).  The Company will determine temporary equity classification if the redemption of the preferred stock or other financial instrument is outside the control of the Company (i.e. at the option of the holder).  Otherwise, the Company accounts for the financial instrument as permanent equity.
 
 
F-18

 
 
Initial Measurement

The Company records its financial instruments classified as liability, temporary equity or permanent equity at issuance at the fair value, or cash received.
 
Subsequent Measurement
 
Financial instruments classified as liabilities
 
The Company records the fair value of its financial instruments classified as liability at each subsequent measurement date. The changes in fair value of its financial instruments classified as liabilities are recorded as other expense/income.
 
Temporary equity
 
At each balance sheet date, the Company reevaluates the classification of its redeemable instruments, as well as the probability of redemption. If the redemption amount is probable or currently redeemable, the Company records the instruments at its redemption value. Upon issuance, the initial carrying amount of a redeemable equity security at its fair value. If the instrument is redeemable currently at the option of the holder, it will be adjusted to its maximum redemption amount at each balance sheet date. If the instrument is not redeemable currently and it is not probable that it will become redeemable, it is recorded at its fair value. If it is probable the instrument will become redeemable it will be recognized immediately at its redemption value. The resulting increases or decreases in the carrying amount of a redeemable instrument will be recognized as adjustments to additional paid-in capital
 
 
F-19

 
 
INCOME TAXES
   
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method.  This approach requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities.  In June 2006, the FASB issued ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC Topic 740”)   (formerly FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ), which prescribes a two-step process for the financial statement recognition and measurement of income tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return.  The first step evaluates an income tax position in order to determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the position.  The second step measures the benefit to be recognized in the financial statements for those income tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold. ASC Topic 740 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, recognition and classification of interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition.  
 
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation , or ASC 718.  Under the fair value recognition provisions of this topic, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, based on the terms of the awards.  The Company adopted a formal stock option plan in December 2012 and it has not issued any options under the plan as of December 31, 2012.  The Company issued options prior to the adoption of this plan, but the amount was not material as of December 31, 2012.  Historically, the Company has awarded shares to certain of its employees and consultants which did not contain any performance or service conditions.  Compensation expense included in the Company’s statement of operations includes the fair value of the awards at the time of issuance. When common stock was issued, it was valued at the trading price on the date of issuance and when preferred stock was issued, it was based on the Option Pricing Model. Compensation expense is recorded over the life of the service agreement. All share based compensation was fully vested in 2012.
 
NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
Basic loss per common share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted loss per share is computed in a manner similar to the basic loss per share, except that the weighted-average number of shares outstanding is increased to include all common shares, including those with the potential to be issued by virtue of warrants, options, convertible debt and other such convertible instruments.  Diluted earnings per share contemplate a complete conversion to common shares of all convertible instruments only if they are dilutive in nature with regards to earnings per share.  Since the Company has incurred net losses for all periods, basic loss per share and diluted loss per share are the same.
 
 
F-20

 
 
The anti-dilutive common shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows: 
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Series A Preferred Stock
   
160,000
     
160,000
 
Series B Preferred Stock
   
18,080,050
     
723,208
 
Series C Preferred Stock
   
13,560,038
     
-
 
Series D Preferred Stock
   
194,560
     
884,364
 
Series E Preferred Stock
   
5,119,460
     
-
 
Series F Preferred Stock
   
1,047,319
     
-
 
Series G Preferred Stock
   
-
     
-
 
Series H Preferred Stock
   
2,345,548
     
-
 
Series I Preferred Stock
   
1,135,647
     
-
 
Warrants
   
8,614,274
     
578,566
 
     
50,256,896
     
2,346,138
 
 
 
F-21

 
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

ASC Topic 820 " Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures " ("ASC Topic 820") provides a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
ASC Topic 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity's own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs).
 
The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level I) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 820 are described as follows:
 
Level 1— Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date.
 
Level 2— Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.
 
Level 3— Inputs that are unobservable for the asset or liability.
 
The following section describes the valuation methodologies that the Company used to measure different financial instruments at fair value.
 
Investments
 
There are no quoted market prices available in unconsolidated affiliates; however, the Company believes the carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of fair value and are considered a level 3.
 
Debt
 
The fair value of our debt, which approximates the carrying value of the Company's debt, as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was estimated at $21.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Factors that the Company considered when estimating the fair value of its debt include market conditions, liquidity levels in the private placement market, variability in pricing from multiple lenders and term of debt. The level would be considered as level 2.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements
 
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term maturity of those items.
 
 
F-22

 
 
Preferred Stock
 
The Company used the Option-Pricing Method back solve ("OPM backsolve") to determine the fair value of its preferred stock and common stock. The OPM backsolve method derives the implied equity value for the company from a transaction involving the company's preferred securities issued on an arms-length basis. The Company used assumptions including exercise price, risk free rate, expected term of liquidity, volatility, dividend yield and solved for the value of equity such that value for the most recent financing equals the amount paid. The OPM treats convertible preferred stock, common stock, options, and warrants as series of call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise price based on the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event such as a merger, sale, or initial public offering, assuming the company has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call options. The Company obtained an appraisal from a third party to assist in the computation on determining such values. The fair value of the Company's preferred stock at issuance is classified as Level 3 within the Company's fair value hierarchy.
 
Derivative Warrant Liabilities
 
The Company used the Black - Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the derivative liability related to the warrants and the put and effective price of future equity offerings of equity - linked financial instruments. The Company derived the fair value of warrant using the common stock price, the exercise price of the warrants, risk-free interest rate, the historical volatility, and the Company's dividend yield. The Company does not have sufficient historical data to use its historical volatility; therefore the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of comparable companies and the Company's. The Company developed scenarios to take into account estimated probabilities of future outcomes. The fair value of the warrant liabilities is classified as Level 3 within the Company's fair value hierarchy.
 
In connection with the valuation of the warrants issued in 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company believed the common stock price had not fully adjusted for the potential future dilution from the private placement of preferred stock completed in 2011 through 2012, primarily due to the trading restrictions on the unregistered shares of common stock issued and issuable from the conversion of debt and warrants, certain conversion restrictions, and the anti-dilution adjustment features of the warrants. Therefore, the Company used a common stock price implied by a recent preferred financing transaction on an arms - length basis. In the OPM backsolve method, the valuation resulted in a model-derived common stock value ranging from $ .003 to $ .02 per share. Changes in the assumptions used in the model can materially affect the model-derived common stock value and the fair value estimate of the warrants. The Company determined the anti-dilution rights of the warrant were immaterial based on the various outcomes derived from the scenarios developed. The Company will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability. Please refer to Note 10, Derivative Financial Instruments.
 
The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments carried at fair value at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:
 
   
Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
 
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
December 31, 2011:
                 
Warrant derivatives
 
$
   
$
   
$
38,557
 
                         
December 31, 2012:
                       
Warrant derivatives
 
$
   
$
   
$
33,593
 
 
 
F-23

 
 
4.           ACQUISITIONS AND DECONSOLIDATION OF SUBSIDIARY
 
2011 Acquisitions

Acquisition of Tropical Communications, Inc.

On August 22, 2011, the Company acquired 100% of the equity of Tropical, a Florida corporation based in Miami, Florida. Tropical is a state-licensed low voltage and underground contractor that provides services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the South Florida area.  The purchase price for Tropical was 8,000 shares of common stock of the Company valued at $6.92 per share, or $55,360, an earn-out provision for additional shares of common stock of the Company based on a formula tied to future earnings of Tropical.  The earn-out provision has been valued at $15,320 and is recorded as a liability at the date of acquisition.  The acquisition expanded the Company’s cable installation presence in the southeastern United States.  The results of Tropical were included in the consolidated results of the Company effective August 22, 2011.  During 2011, Tropical contributed revenue of approximately $450,000 and an operating loss of approximately $191,000 from the acquisition date. The acquisition was accounted for as a  stock purchase. As a result of the total consideration paid exceeding the net assets acquired, the Company recorded approximately $175,000 of goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to the synergies and economies to scale provided to the Company, particularly as it pertained to the customer base and presence in the southeastern United States. The Company’s goodwill was not tax deductible.
 
Acquisition of Rives Monteiro Engineering LLC and Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC

On December 29, 2011, the Company acquired a 49% interest in RM Engineering, an engineering firm and certified Women’s Business Enterprise with offices in Houston, Texas and Tuscaloosa, Alabama.  The Company has an option to purchase the remaining 51% of RM Engineering for $1.  The Company also acquired 100% of RM Leasing, an equipment provider for the cable engineering services.  RM Engineering and RM Leasing have been in business since 1998, performing cable engineering services in the Southeastern United States, with additional services performed internationally.
 
The total consideration for RM Engineering and RM Leasing was $555,767, which amount included approximately $101,000 in cash, a six-month promissory note in the amount of $200,000, 60,000 shares of common stock of the Company, which was valued at $0.381 per share, and an earn-out tied to future earnings of RM Engineering, which was valued at $127,385 and recorded as a liability at the date of acquisition.  During 2011, RM Engineering did not contribute any revenues or earnings because the Company closed the transaction on the second to last business day of the year. The purchase consideration also included an earn-out, which included cashless exercise warrants with an exercise price of $37.50 per share for up to 4,000 additional shares for each $500,000 in net income generated by the Company during the twenty-four months following closing.  The acquisition was accounted for as a stock purchase. As a result of the total consideration paid exceeding the net assets acquired, the Company recorded approximately $169,000 of goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to synergies and economies of scale provided to the Company.  The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
 
The final purchase consideration for the 2011 acquisitions of Tropical and RM Engineering were calculated as follows:
 
   
Tropical
   
RM Engineering
 
Cash
  $ -     $ 101,098  
Promissory Notes
    -       200,000  
Contingent consideration
    15,320       126,287  
Common Stock, based on trading price
    55,360       22,860  
Non-controlling Interest
    -       105,522  
Total Purchase Consideration
  $ 70,680     $ 555,767  
 
 
F-24

 
 
The final purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
 
   
Tropical
   
RM Engineering
 
Current assets
  $
138,001
    $
63,900
 
Goodwill
    174,746       169,240  
Intangible assets:
               
Customer list / relationships
   
162,016
      452,092  
URL's
    2,552       2,552  
Tradenames
    47,555      
131,443
 
Non-competes
    1,368       2,553  
Property and equipment
    11,576       47,333  
Deposits
    11,606       -  
Current liabilities
    (144,371 )     (101,896 )
Notes payable – bank
    (221,373 )     (207,722 )
Notes payable - related party
    (112,996 )     (3,728 )
Total allocation of purchase consideration
  $ 70,680     $ 555,767  
 
2012 Acquisitions

Acquisition of TNS, Inc.

On September 17, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding capital stock of TNS, an Illinois corporation based in Des Plaines, Illinois.  TNS is a provider of structured cabling and distributed antenna systems primarily in the Chicago, Illinois area.  The purchase consideration for TNS was $5,486,372, which was paid with $700,000 in cash, 40,000 shares of common stock of the Company and 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company, which shares were valued at $4,026,822.  The purchase consideration included an earn out based on the operating results of TNS.  This earn out has been valued at $259,550 and recorded as a liability at the date of acquisition.  The Company granted the TNS sellers the right to put the shares of common stock to the Company for $12.50 per share beginning on March 17, 2014.  Additional consideration will also be paid in the event certain operating results are achieved by TNS.  The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock can demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, with the redemption to occur within 20 days of such request.  The holders may also request that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014.  In the event that certain operating results are achieved or not achieved by TNS, additional shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be issued, or issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be cancelled, based on an agreed upon formula. Both the Series F Preferred shares and the puttable common stock are accounted for as temporary equity due to the redemption of these shares resting with the holders of these instruments. The acquisition was accounted for as a stock purchase. As a result of the total consideration paid exceeding the net assets acquired, the Company recorded approximately $4,000,000 of goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to synergies and economies of scale provided to the Company. The goodwill is not tax deductible.
 
 
F-25

 
 
Acquisition of ADEX Entities

On September 17, 2012, the Company  acquired all the outstanding capital stock of ADEX, a New York corporation, and ADEXCOMM Corporation, a New York corporation (“ADEXCOMM”), and all outstanding membership interests of ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rican limited liability company (“ADEX Puerto Rico”, and together with ADEX and ADEXCOMM, collectively,  the ADEX Entities.  The ADEX Entities are collectively an international service organization that provides turnkey services and project staffing solutions exclusively to the telecommunication industry.  ADEX assists telecommunications companies throughout the project life cycle of any network deployment.  The purchase consideration for the ADEX Entities was $17,321,472, which was paid with $12,819,594 in cash, a note in the amount of $2,378,668, a note in the amount of $1,332,668, which was equal to the net working capital of the ADEX Entities as of the closing date, and contingent consideration in the amount of $2,123,210 that was recorded as a liability at the date of acquisition.  The payment was secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of Series G Preferred Stock.  As additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the ADEX Entities for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”).  If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0.  The Company also agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243.   In connection with the contingent consideration, the Company reserved 2,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock.  These shares are redeemable in the event the Company defaults on its obligation to make the required payments.  The shares of Series G Preferred will be automatically cancelled if required payments are made in cash by the Company.   The acquisition was accounted for as a stock purchase. As a result of the total consideration paid exceeding the net assets acquired; the Company recorded approximately $10.5 million of goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to synergies and economies to scale provided to the Company.  The goodwill is not tax deductible.
 
Acquisition of Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC

On December 17, 2012, ADEX acquired 100% of the membership interests in ERFS, a New Jersey limited liability company. ERFS is an environmental remediation company that provides in-situ site remediation of oil, chemicals and ground/water.  The purchase consideration for ERFS was $6,287,151, which was paid with 4,500 shares of Series I Preferred Stock, which shares were valued at $4,187,151.  The seller of ERFS can redeem up to $750,000 of the Series I Preferred Stock on or after March 31, 2013.  As additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay the ERFS seller 1.5 times EBITDA for the twelve-month period from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, provided that the EBITDA for such twelve-month period exceeds the EBITDA for the twelve month period prior to closing by $10,000.  This earn-out consideration was valued at $2.1 million. The Series I Preferred shares are classified within temporary equity due to the redemption of these shares resting with the holders of these instruments. The Company is still evaluating the purchase price allocation and where the value will be allocated between intangible assets, such as trade name, customer list, non-compete agreements and goodwill.  The goodwill is attributable to synergies and economies of scale provided to the Company. The acquisition was accounted for as a stock purchase. The goodwill is not tax deductible.
 
The final purchase consideration for the 2012 acquisitions of TNS, the ADEX Entities and ERFS were calculated as follows:
 
   
TNS
   
ADEX Entities
   
ERFS
 
Cash
 
$
700,000
   
$
12,819,594
   
$
-
 
Promissory Notes
   
-
     
2,378,668
      -  
Contingent consideration /working capital adjustment
   
259,550
     
2,123,210
     
2,100,000
 
Preferred Stock, based on OPM
   
4,026,822
     
               -
     
4,187,151
 
Common Stock, based on redemption value
   
  500,000
     
                -
     
              -
 
Total Purchase Price
 
$
5,486,372
   
$
17,321,472
   
$
6,287,151
 
 
 
F-26

 
 
The final purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
 
   
TNS
   
ADEX Entities
   
ERFS
 
Current assets
  $
474,732
    $
5,801,858
    $
798,135
 
Goodwill
   
4,002,654
     
10,474,212
     
5,741,128
 
Intangible assets:
                       
    Customer list / relationships
   
1,790,048
     
3,309,143
     
-
 
    URL's
   
2,552
     
2,552
     
-
 
    Tradenames
   
347,182
     
2,888,382
     
-
 
    Non-competes
   
79,670
     
116,047
     
-
 
Property and equipment
   
14,224
     
75,849
     
185,271
 
Deposits
   
-
     
12,227
     
63,493
 
Current liabilities
   
(254,807
)
   
(1,053,398
)
   
(349,750
)
Notes payable - bank
   
-
     
-
     
(92,259
)
Notes payable - related party
   
-
     
-
     
(8,700
)
Notes payable - other
   
-
     
-
     
(50,167
)
Long-term deferred tax liability
   
(969,883
)
   
(4,305,400
)
   
-
 
Total allocation of purchase consideration
  $
5,486,372
    $
17,321,472
    $
6,287,151
 
 
Unaudited pro forma results of operations data of the Company as if the acquisitions of the ADEX Entities, TNS, Tropical, RM Engineering and ERFS had occurred as of January 1, 2011 are as follows:
 
   
Pro Forma Results
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Revenue
  $ 45,010,501     $ 50,209,085  
                 
Net Loss
  $ (4,067,970 )   $ (6,504,581 )
                 
Basic and diluted earnings per share
  $ (2.62 )   $ (6.48 )
 
Pro forma data does not purport to be indicative of the results that would have been obtained had these events actually occurred at January 1, 2011 and is not intended to be a projection of future results.   
 
The pro forma adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 consist of the amortization of intangible assets with an identifiable life, customer lists and non-compete agreements in the amount of $597,375 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  The Company also borrowed the cash portion of the purchase consideration and has recorded interest expense in the amount of $1,560,000 in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
 
F-27

 
 
The amount of revenues and income (loss) of the acquired companies since the acquisition date included in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows:
 
2011 Acquisitions
 
   
RME
   
Tropical
 
Revenues
  $ 2,651,711     $ 2,284,321  
                 
Income (Loss)
  $ 26,147     $ (466,033 )

2012 Acquisitions
 
     
ADEX
     
TNS
     
ERFS
 
Revenues
 
$
10,577,197
   
$
1,042,367
   
$
146,036
 
                         
Income
 
$
807,832
   
$
78,404
   
$
46,598
 
 
NOTES – CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION
 
The Company has issued contingent consideration in connection with the acquisitions during 2011 and 2012.  The following describes the contingent consideration issued.
 
ADEX:  As additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the ADEX Entities for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”).  If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0.  The Company also agreed to pay the ADEX sellers an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243.  In connection with these obligations, the Company reserved 2,000 shares of Series G Preferred Stock.  These shares are redeemable in the event the Company defaults on its obligation to make the required payments.  The shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if required payments are made in cash by the Company. The Company has valued the amount of contingent consideration likely to be paid and has valued it at $2,123,210.  As of December 31, 2012, the amount of contingent consideration has not changed.
 
 
F-28

 
 
T N S:  Additional consideration will also be paid in the event certain operating results are achieved by T N S.  The holders of the Series F Preferred Stock can demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, with the redemption to occur within 20 days of such request.  The holders may also request that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014.  In the event that certain operating results are achieved or not achieved by T N S, additional shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be issued, or issued shares of Series F Preferred Stock may be cancelled, based on an agreed upon formula. The Company has valued the contingent consideration likely to be paid at $259,550. As of December 31, 2012, the amount of contingent consideration has not changed.
 
ERFS :  As additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay the ERFS seller 1.5 times EBITDA for the twelve-month period from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013, provided that the EBITDA for such twelve-month period exceeds the EBITDA for the twelve month period prior to closing by $10,000. The Company has valued the contingent consideration likely to be paid at $2,100,000. As of December 31, 2012, the amount of contingent consideration has not changed.
 
Tropical:  An earn-out provision for additional shares of common stock in the Company based on a formula tied to future earnings of Tropical.  The earn-out provision has been valued at $15,320 for reporting purposes. As of December 31, 2012, the amount of contingent consideration has not changed.
 
RM Engineering:  Additional compensation will be paid in form of an earn-out, as well as cashless exercise warrants with an exercise price of $37.50 per share for up to 4,000 additional shares for each $500,000 in net income generated by the Company during the 24 months following closing.  The Company has valued the contingent consideration likely to be paid at $127,385. As of December 31, 2012, the amount of contingent consideration has not changed.

2012 Deconsolidation

Deconsolidation of Digital Comm, Inc. Subsidiary
 
On September 13, 2012, the Company sold 60% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Digital to the Company’s former president and a former director. As consideration for the purchase, the former president issued to the Company a non-recourse promissory note in the principal amount of $125,000. The note is secured by the purchased shares. Immediately subsequent to transaction, the Company wrote off the $125,000 promissory note from its former president, as it deemed it unlikely that he could repay the note.  At the date of deconsolidation, the Company wrote off all its receivables from Digital of $880,000 and adjusted the negative investment carrying amount at the time of deconsolidation to zero, which resulted in a net gain of approximately $528,000. Subsequent to the sale of 60% of its ownership interest in Digital, the Company continued to fund the cash flow of Digital into December 2012. These amounts were approximately $179,000, which the Company subsequently wrote down to $0, as the Company has determined that the equity investment is uncollectible as Digital has limited operations and limited ability to repay the amount owed. The Company did not attribute any value to its equity investment in Digital at December 31, 2012 based on Digital's historical recurring losses and expected future losses, and Digital's liabilities far exceeding the value of its tangible and intangible assets at such date.
 
Additionally, the Company believes that the likelihood that it will receive payments under its note receivable from its former president was less than likely at December 31, 2012, and it will recognize payments received under such notes, if any, as a capital contribution from its former officer. Further, the Company continued to accrue losses in proportion to its equity ownership of 40%. Digital will remain a related party after its deconsolidation.
 
 
F-29

 
 
5.            PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, property and equipment consisted of the following:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Vehicles
  $ 548,159     $ 605,247  
Computers and Office Equipment
    191,328       91,098  
Equipment
    399,645       440,241  
Small Tools
    -       20,504  
Total
    1,139,132       1,157,090  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (771,508 )     (818,331 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 367,624     $ 338,759  
 
On September 30, 2012, the Company sold 60% of its interest in its Digital subsidiary.  As a result of the deconsolidation of Digital, the Company sold capital equipment with an original purchase price of $330,669 and accumulated depreciation of $113,111.
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $120,558 and $39,229, respectively.
 
6.           GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Goodwill
                                   
   
Tropical
   
RM Engineering
   
ADEX
   
TNS
   
EFRS
   
Total
 
Balance December 31, 2010
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
                                                 
Acquisitions
   
174,746
     
169,240
      -       -       -      
343,986
 
Balance December 31, 2011
   
174,746
     
169,240
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
343,986
 
                                                 
Acquisitions
    -       -      
10,474,212
     
4,002,654
     
5,741,128
     
20,217,994
 
Balance December 31, 2012
 
$
174,746
   
$
169,240
   
$
10,474,212
   
$
4,002,654
   
$
5,741,128
   
$
20,561,980
 
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
    December 31, 2012    
December 31, 2011
 
    Estimated  
Gross
               
Gross
             
    Useful  
Carrying
   
Accumulated
   
Net Book
   
Carrying
   
Accumulated
   
Net Book
 
    Life  
Amount
   
Amortization
   
Value
   
Amount
   
Amortization
   
Value
 
Customer relationship and lists
  10 yrs  
$
5,716,497
   
$
(216,100
)
 
$
5,500,397
   
$
614,108
   
-
   
$
614,108
 
Non-compete agreements
  2-3 yrs    
199,668
     
(18,991
)
   
180,677
     
3,921
     
-
     
3,921
 
URL's
  Indefinite    
10,208
     
-
     
10,208
     
5,104
     
-
     
5,104
 
Tradename
  Indefinite    
3,414,561
     
-
     
3,414,561
     
178,998
     
-
     
178,998
 
                                                     
Total purchased intangible assets
     
$
9,340,934
   
$
(235,091
)
 
$
9,105,843
   
$
802,131
   
$
-
   
$
802,131
 
 
Amortization expense related to the purchased intangible assets was $235,091 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
F-30

 
 
The estimated future amortization expense for the years ending December 31 is as follows:
 
   
Total
 
2013
 
$
578,502
 
2014
   
576,799
 
2015
   
565,822
 
2016
   
532,350
 
2017
   
518,199
 
Thereafter
   
2,909,402
 
 Total
 
$
5,681,074
 
 
7.            ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, accrued expenses consisted of the following:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Accrued interest and preferred dividends
 
$
864,607
   
$
15,977
 
Accrued trade payables
   
2,442,478
     
724,430
 
Accrued compensation
   
857,379
     
250,895
 
   
$
4,164,464
   
$
991,302
 
 
8.            BANK DEBT

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, bank debt consisted of the following: 
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Two installment notes, monthly principal and interest of $533, interest 9.05% and 0% secured by vehicles, maturing July 2016
 
$
23,463
   
$
51,569
 
                 
Five lines of credit, monthly principal and interest, interest ranging from $0 to $13,166, interest ranging from 5.5% to 9.75%, guaranteed personally by principal shareholders of acquired companies, maturing between July 2013 and February 2020
   
536,464
     
761,078
 
     
559,927
     
812,647
 
Less: Current portion of bank debt
   
(352,096
   
(114,358
                 
Long-term portion of bank debt  
 
$
207,831
   
$
698,289
 
 
Future maturities of bank debt are as follows:
 
Year ending December 31,
     
2013
 
$
352,096
 
2014
   
75,661
 
2015
   
75,661
 
2016
   
40,354
 
2017
   
 16,155
 
Total
 
$
559,927
 
 
The Company’s assets securing the bank debt had a carrying value of $25,000 and $77,037 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
There were no covenants related to the bank debt.
 
The interest expense associated with the bank debt during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $185,479 and $45,678, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on bank debt during 2012 and 2011 was 8.2% and 7.85%, respectively.
 
 
F-31

 
 
9.            TERM LOANS

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, term loans consisted of the following:
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Term loan, UTA, net of debt discount of $0 and $30,013
 
$
-
   
$
744,987
 
                 
Term loan, MidMarket Capital, net of debt discount of $182,631 and $0
   
14,817,369
     
-
 
                 
Convertible promissory notes, unsecured, matured in December 2012 
   
27,500
     
-
 
                 
Promissory notes, unsecured, matured in October 2012 
   
195,000
     
-
 
                 
Promissory notes, secured, maturing in December 2018
   
53,396
     
-
 
                 
8% convertible promissory notes, unsecured, maturing in November 2011 and March 2013
   
-
     
112,500
 
                 
Promissory note with equity component, due on demand, non-interest bearing, due June 2011, with 8,000 common shares equity component
   
-
     
8,000
 
                 
18% convertible promissory note maturing in January 2013
   
210,000
     
-
 
                 
Promissory note, unsecured, non-interest bearing due July 2011, with 16,000  common shares equity component
   
9,500
     
39,500
 
                 
Acquisition promissory note to former shareholders of RM Engineering and RM Leasing, unsecured, non-interest bearing, imputed interest immaterial, matured in March 2012 and June 2012
   
200,000
     
200,000
 
     
15,512,765
     
1,104,987
 
Less: Current portion of term loans
   
(3,632,528
   
(1,104,987
                 
Long-term portion term loans, net of debt discount
 
$
11,880,237
   
$
-
 
 
Future annual payments are as follows:
 
     
Year ending December 31,
     
2013
 
$
1,465,179
 
2014
   
1,473,179
 
2015
   
2,123,179
 
2016
   
3,585,679
 
2017
   
6,865,549
 
Total
 
$
15,512,765
 

Note Payable- UTA

On August 6, 2010, UTA Capital LLC (“UTA”) provided a working capital loan to the Company, the parent company of Digital, with Digital also as an additional borrower.  The loan was evidenced by a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated August 6, 2010 among the Company, Digital and UTA.  Under the agreement, the borrowers delivered two senior bridge notes in the amount of $1 million each, for an aggregate principal amount of $2 million.  The notes were each one-year amortized term notes bearing interest at 10% per annum.  The Company received an initial draw from the first $1 million note of $960,000 net of fees on August 6, 2010, which was recorded as an investment contribution by the Company in Digital.
 
Additionally, the Company issued to UTA warrants to purchase 16% of the Company’s common stock on a fully-diluted basis, up to a maximum of 167,619 shares of common stock of the Company, which were exercisable at $18.75 per share and provided for cashless exercise.  The Company has evaluated the anti-dilution provision and deemed its impact to be immaterial. The relative fair value of the warrants was calculated using the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Model.  This amount, totaling approximately $872,311, has been recorded as a derivative liability and debt discount and charged to interest expense over the life of the promissory note. The UTA warrants do not meet the criteria to be classified as equity in accordance with ASC 815-40-15-7D and are classified as derivative liabilities at fair value and should be marked to market since they are not indexed to the Company’s stock as the settlement amount is not fixed due to the variability of the number of warrants to be issued.  The derivative liability associated with this debt will be revalued each reporting period and the increase or decrease will be recorded to the consolidated statement of operations under the caption (change in fair value of derivative instruments.)
 
 
F-32

 
 
On February 14, 2011, the Company and UTA entered into First Loan Extension and Modification Agreements (the “Modification Agreement”) in connection with the Company’s existing note payable, which had a balance of $775,000 at December 31, 2010.  The Modification Agreement provided for an extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to September 30, 2011. In exchange for consenting to the Modification Agreement, UTA was granted 10,257 shares of the Company’s common stock, which had a fair value of $153,850 and was recorded as a debt discount. Additionally, as additional consideration for the Company’s failure to satisfy a certain covenant in the loan agreement, UTA was granted 4,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which was recorded as penalty paid to UTA and recorded as an expense.  As of December 31, 2011, these two additional grants of shares had not been physically issued.  However, such shares are reflected on the accompanying financial statements as if issued.  This amendment was accounted for as an extinguishment and therefore the unamortized deferred loan costs of $53,848, debt discount from the original agreement of $509,849 and debt discount from this amendment of $153,850 were expensed.
 
On June 25, 2011, the Company and UTA entered into Second Loan Extension and Modification Agreements (“Second Modification Agreement”).  The Second Modification Agreement provided for:
 
 
a)
An extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to July 31, 2012;
 
 
b)
A continuation of the interest rate of 10% per annum for the remainder of the loan;
 
 
c)
After August 11, 2011, all monthly cash receipts from purchase orders financed pursuant to the agreement entered into on June 30, 2011 between the Company and Tekmark, after reduction for payroll expenses and fees paid to Tekmark relating to the Tekmark financing, were to be distributed at the end of each month in the following order of priority:
 
 
i.
On August 31, 2011 and September 30, 2011, the first $50,000 to the Company and $35,000 to UTA as a reduction of principal, and of any remaining balance, 40% to the Company and 60% to UTA as a reduction of principal.
 
 
ii
On October 31, 2011 and November 30, 2011, and on the last day of each following month, the first $50,000 to the Company and $50,000 to UTA as a reduction of principal, and of any remaining balance 50% to the Company and 50% to UTA as a reduction of principal.
 
 
d)
Monthly, commencing in January 2012, at each month end in which the Company had consolidated gross revenues of $500,000 or more, the Company was required to pay UTA as a reduction of principal, the greater of $50,000 or 10% of the gross consolidated revenues for such month.
 
The Second Modification Agreement also provided for certain repayments of the loan in the event the Company secured additional equity and/or debt financing.  Additionally, in exchange for consenting to the Second Modification Agreement, UTA was issued 2,340 shares of the Company’s common stock; and a continuing provision of additional shares to be issued to UTA to enable UTA to maintain ownership of 1% of the Company’s total outstanding shares until the loan was repaid.  The additional shares of common stock were recorded and valued at the fair market price of $43,866 on their date of issue as a debt discount cost and were charged to loan cost expense over the remaining period of the loan. This amendment was accounted for a as a loan modification.
 
On December 28, 2011, the Company and UTA entered into the Third Loan Extension and Modification Agreements (“Third Modification Agreement”) in connection with the Company’s existing note payable, which had a balance of $775,000 at December 31, 2011. The Third Modification Agreement provided for:
 
 
a)
An extension of the original maturity date of the note from August 6, 2011 to January 31, 2013;
 
 
b)
A continuation in interest rate of 10% per annum for the remainder of the loan;
 
 
F-33

 
 
 
c)
Commencing in January 2012, at each month end in which the Company had consolidated gross revenues of $800,000 or more, the Company was required to pay UTA as a reduction of principal 5% of the gross consolidated revenues of the Company; and
 
 
d)
A termination of the loan repayment requirements resulting from the Tekmark financing pursuant to the Second Loan Extension, as described above, as it pertains to Tekmark financing on business with Verizon Wireless or Verizon Communications.
 
The Third Modification Agreement also provided for certain repayments of the loan in the event the Company secured additional equity and/or debt financing. In exchange for consenting to the Third Modification Agreement, the Company made a $25,000 principal payment on the loan and adjusted the warrant in accordance with the anti-dilution provision. This amendment was accounted for as a loan modification.  The warrant was valued under the Black Scholes option Valuation Method at $4,611 and recorded as a debt discount and derivative liability.
 
The remaining balance of $750,000 was paid on full on September 17, 2012.  At that time, UTA received 177,270 shares of common stock as settlement for the cancellation of the warrant.  The resulting charge was recorded as interest expense.
 
Term Loan – MidMarket Capital

On September 17, 2012, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with the lenders referred to therein (the “Lenders”), MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent for the Lenders (the “Agent”), and certain subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors (the “Loan Agreement”).  Pursuant to the loan agreement, the Lenders provided the Company senior secured first lien term loans in an aggregate amount of $13,000,000 (the “Term Loans”).  A portion of the proceeds of the Term Loans were used to finance the acquisitions of the ADEX Entities and TNS, to repay certain outstanding indebtedness (including all indebtedness owed to  UTA) and to pay fees, costs and other expenses related thereto.  The remainder of the Term Loan may be used by the Company to finance certain other acquisitions (“Potential Acquisitions”) and for working capital and long-term financing needs.
 
The Term Loans mature on September 17, 2017, provided that if the Company fails to raise by March 14, 2014, at least $30,000,000 in connection with a public offering of voting equity securities of the Company, the Term Loans will mature on June 17, 2014. If no Potential Acquisition was completed within 90 days of September 17, 2012, the Company was required to repay $750,000 of the Term Loan. The Company completed the acquisition of Environmental Remediation and Financial Services on December 17, 2012 and this covenant became void.
 
In connection with the Term Loan, deferred loan costs of $1,800,051 were recorded.  These costs are being amortized over the life of the loan using the effective interest method.
 
Interest on the Term Loan accrues at the rate of 12% per annum.
 
Subject to certain exceptions, all obligations of the Company under the Term Loans are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) pursuant to the terms of a Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012, by RM Leasing and Tropical, both wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company,  in favor of the Agent (the “Guaranty”), as supplemented by an Assumption and Joinder Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012 by and among the Company, ADEX, TNS and the Agent (the “Joinder”).  Pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty (as supplemented by the Joinder) and a Pledge Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012 by the Company in favor of the Agent, the obligation of the Company and the Guarantors in respect of the Term Loans are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to certain customary exceptions.
 
The Term Loans are subject to certain representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and conditions.  The Term Loans also contain events of default, including, but not limited to, the failure to make payments of interest or premium, if any, on, or principal under the Term Loans, the failure to comply with certain covenants and agreements specified in the Loan Agreement and other loan documents entered into in connection therewith for a period of time after notice has been provided, the acceleration of certain other indebtedness resulting from the failure to pay principal on such other indebtedness, certain events of insolvency and the occurrence of any event, development or condition which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect.  If any event a default occurs, the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then-outstanding amounts under the Term Loans may become due and payable immediately.
 
 
F-34

 
 
Pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the Company issued warrants to the Lenders (the “Warrants”), which entitle the Lenders to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the fully-diluted shares of the common stock of the Company on the date on which the Warrants first became exercisable, which was December 6, 2012.  The Warrants were amended on November 13, 2012 as part of the First Amendment to the Term Loan.  At that time the Warrants were increased from 10% of the fully-diluted shares to 11.5% of the fully-diluted shares. The Warrants have an exercise price of $1.25 per share, subject to adjustment as set forth in the Warrants, and will expire on September 17, 2014, but are subject to extension until certain financial performance targets are met.  The Warrants have anti-dilution rights in connection with the exercise price.  The fair value of the anti-dilution rights is immaterial.  If the Company issues stock, warrants or options at a price below the $1.25 per share exercise price, the exercise price of the Warrants resets to the lower price.  As of March 8, 2013, the Lenders had not required the Company to exercise the Warrants. The Warrants meet the criteria in accordance with ASC 480 to be classified as liabilities since there is a put feature that requires the Company to repurchase its shares. The derivative liability associated with this debt will be revalued each reporting period and the increase or decrease will be recorded to The consolidated statement of operations under the caption (change in fair value of derivative instruments.)
 
On September 17, 2012, when the Warrants were issued, the Company recorded a derivative liability in the amount of $193,944.  The amount was recorded as a debt discount and is being amortized over the life of the loan.  The amount of the derivative liability was computed by using the Black Scholes Option Valuation Method to determine the value of the Warrants issued.
 
Pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the Company has covenants that must be maintained in order for the loan to not be in default.  The covenants are as follows:
 
(A) Minimum Liquidity . Liquidity shall not be less than the amount set forth below, to be maintained at all times during and at the end of each period specified below:
 
Periods
 
Liquidity
 
Closing Date through December 31, 2012
 
$
1,000,000
 
January 1, 2013 through March 31, 2013
 
$
1,500,000
 
April 1, 2013 through June 30, 2013
 
$
2,000,000
 
July 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013
 
$
2,500,000
 
October 1, 2013 and at all times thereafter
 
$
3,000,000
 
 
(B) Capital Expenditures . Capital Expenditures (whether or not financed) shall not exceed the amounts specified below for the periods specified below:
 
Periods
 
Capital Expenditures
 
Closing Date through December 31, 2012
 
$
100,000
 
Closing Date through March 31, 2013
 
$
200,000
 
Closing Date through June 30, 2013
 
$
300,000
 
Four fiscal quarters ending on September 30, 2013
 
$
400,000
 
Four fiscal quarters ending on each of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014
 
$
500,000
 
Four fiscal quarters ending on each of March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015, September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015
 
$
600,000
 
Four fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 2016, and each consecutive period of four fiscal quarters thereafter
 
$
700,000
 
 
(C) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be not less than 2.00 to 1.00 as of the end of each fiscal quarter, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2012, in each case for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, provided that, for purposes of calculating compliance with this covenant, with respect to Debt Payments for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2012, the two fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 2013 and the three fiscal quarters ending on June 30, 2013 such Debt Payments shall be annualized by multiplying such Debt Payments by a factor of 4, 2 and 1.33, respectively.
 
 
F-35

 
 
(D) Total Debt Leverage Ratio . The Total Debt Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the levels specified below as of the end of, and for, each period indicated below, with Adjusted EBITDA measured for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended:
 
Period Ending On
Total Debt
Leverage Ratio
December 31, 2012
3.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2013
3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
3.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
2.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
2.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
2.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
1.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
1.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
1.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
1.40 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
1.30 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
1.20 to 1.00
March 31, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
1.00 to 1.00
 
(E) Senior Debt Leverage Ratio . The Senior Debt Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the levels specified below as of the end of, and for, each period indicated below, with Adjusted EBITDA measured for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended:
 
Period Ending On
Senior Debt
Leverage Ratio
December 31, 2012
2.60 to 1.00
March 31, 2013
2.60 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
2.40 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
2.20 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
2.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
1.80 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
1.60 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
1.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
1.40 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
1.30 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
1.20 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
1.10 to 1.00
December 31, 2015 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
1.00 to 1.00
 
On November 13, 2012, the Company and the Agent entered into the First Amendment to the Term Loan Agreement.  An additional $2,000,000 was loaned to the Company.  In addition, an additional $60,000 was added as deferred loan cost, and an additional $191,912 was expensed.  This amendment was accounted for as a modification.
 
The Company was in default of the loan covenants as of December 31, 2012.  On March 22, 2013, the Company and the Agent entered into the Second Amendment.  The terms of the amendment cured all the covenant defaults.

The Company’s obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are secured by all of the Company’s assets.

Interest expense on the Term Loan was $491,943 in 2012.
 
Convertible Promissory Notes, Unsecured .
 
In June 2012, the Company issued an 8% convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $27,500 that bore interest at the rate of 8% per annum and matured in December 2012.  This note was convertible into common stock of the Company, at the holder’s option, at a conversion price equal to 50% of the average of the three lowest closing prices of the common stock within the 10-day period prior to the conversion date.  As of December 31, 2012, this note was still outstanding.  In January 2013, this note was converted into 28,826 shares of common stock.  During 2012, the Company recognized $1,100 of interest expense on this note.

Promissory Note, unsecured
 
In September 2012, the Company issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $530,000 to Wellington Shields & Co.  This note bears interest at the lowest rate permitted by law unless the Company is in default on repayment, at which time the note bears interest at the rate of 18% per annum.  This note was due in October 2012 and the Company is in default and accruing interest at the higher amount. During 2012, the Company recorded interest expense of $28,090 on this note. The amount outstanding as of December 31, 2012 was $195,000.
 
 
F-36

 
 
8% Convertible Promissory Notes
 
Between February and September 2011, the Company issued five 8% convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $197,500.  These notes bore interest at the rate of 8% per annum and matured between November 2011 and June 2012.  The principal and interest of these notes was convertible into common stock of the Company, at the holder’s option, at a rate equal to 50% of the average of the three lowest closing prices of the common stock within the 10-day period prior to the conversion date.  As of December 31, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding on these notes. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized $187,029 and $90,099 of interest expense on the notes. The lender was issued 177,270 and 117,386 shares during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, in connection with the conversion of the debt.
 
Promissory Note with Equity Component

On May 11, 2011, the Company issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $25,000.  In connection with the issuance of this promissory note, the Company issued to the lender 8,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  This promissory note bore no interest. This promissory note was due in June 2011, and was considered in default at December 31, 2011.  This promissory note had a principal balance of $8,000 as of December 31, 2011 and $0 on December 31, 2012. This note was repaid in January 2012.
 
18% Convertible Promissory Note

In July 2012, the Company issued an 18% convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $210,000, which matured in January 2013, and is still outstanding.  The principal of and interest on this note are convertible, at the holder’s option, into the Company’s common stock at a rate equal to 50% of the average of the three lowest closing prices of the common stock within the 10-day period prior to the conversion date.  During March 2013, the holder expressed that they will be converting into common stock of the Company. During 2012, the Company recognized interest expense of $11,130 on this note.
 
Promissory Note, Unsecured
 
On May 26, 2011, the Company issued a promissory note in the principal amount of $50,000.  In connection with the issuance of this promissory note, the Company issued to the lender 16,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.  This note bore no interest until the occurrence of an event of default, at which time the note was to bear interest at the rate of 18% per annum on the remaining balance.  This note was due in June 2011, and is considered in default.  This note had a principal balance of $9,500 and $39,500 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded interest expense of $15,689 and $0 in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Acquisition Promissory Note
 
On December 29, 2011, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of RM Engineering.  Upon its acquisition of RM Engineering , the Company assumed unsecured, non-interest bearing acquisition promissory notes to former shareholders of RM Engineering due in March and June 2012. As of December 31, 2012, these notes were in default. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, these notes had a principal balance of $200,000.  The Company recorded no interest expense in 2012 or 2011 on these notes.
 
 
F-37

 
 
10.           DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
The Company evaluates and accounts for derivatives conversion options embedded in its convertible and freestanding instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , or ASC 815.

The Company issued warrants to one of its lenders in 2010, which were outstanding through August 2012, at which point the Company and the lender settled the debt and the warrants.
 
The terms of the warrants, among others, provided that the number of warrants exercisable amounted to 16% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding common shares and common share equivalents, whether the common share equivalents were fully vested and exercisable or not, and the exercise price, which was initially at $18.75 per common share underlying the warrants, was reset at the lowest effective price per share in the Company’s subsequent financing.   The Company reset the exercise price of the warrants in the third amendment to the loan agreement in December 2011. This amendment was accounted for as a loan modification.  The adjustment of the warrant was valued under the Black-Scholes Option Valuation Method at $4,611 and recorded as a debt discount and derivative liability.
 
The Company issued warrants to one of its lenders in 2012. The Company also issued warrants associated with the issuance of its Series E Preferred Stock in 2012.  The warrants were outstanding at December 31, 2012.
 
The terms of the warrants issued to the lender in 2012 provide that, among other things, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants amounts to 11.5% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding common stock and common stock equivalents, whether the common stock equivalents are fully vested and exercisable or not, and that the initial exercise price of such warrants is $1.25 per share of common stock, subject to adjustment.
 
 
F-38

 
 
The terms of the warrants issued to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock provide that, among other things, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants amounts to 4.99% of the Company’s fully-diluted outstanding common shares and common share equivalents, whether the common share equivalents are fully vested and exercisable or not, and that the exercise price of such warrants is $125 per share of common stock, subject to adjustment.
 
The warrants provide for variability involving the effective amount of common share equivalents issued in future equity offerings of equity-linked financial instruments.  Additionally, the warrants do not contain an exercise contingency.  Accordingly, the settlement of the warrants would not equal the difference between the fair value of a fixed number of shares of the Company’s common stock and a fixed stock price.  Accordingly, they are not indexed to the Company’s stock price.  The Company accounts for such variability associated with its warrants as derivative liabilities.
 
The warrants issued to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock do not meet the criteria to be classified as equity in accordance with ASC 815-40-15-7D and should be classified as derivative liabilities at fair value and should be marked to market since they are not considered indexed to the issuer’s stock. At December 31, 2012, the value of the derivative liability for the warrants was minimal and therefore no amount was recorded by the Company.
 
The fair value of derivatives at each measurement date was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following factors, assumptions and methodologies:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
         
Implied fair value of Company’s common stock
 
$
0.68755-10.00
   
$
0.6875-10.00
 
Volatility (closing prices of 3-4 comparable public companies, including the Company’s historical volatility)
   
56.78-112
%
   
56.78-112
%
Exercise price
 
$
0.2375 – 2.50
   
$
0.2375 – 2.50
 
Estimated life
 
1.75 years
   
1.5-4 years
 
Risk free interest rate (based on 1-year treasury rate)
   
0.0266-0.12
%
   
0.06-0.12
%
 
A summary of the transactions related to the derivative liability for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:
 
Derivative liability at January 1, 2011
  $ 459,897  
Decrease in fair value of derivative liability,
       
   recognized as other income
    (421,340 )
Derivative liability at December 31, 2011
  $ 38,557  
Fair value of derivative
       
  at issuance, recognized as debt discount
  $ 193,944  
Decrease in fair value of derivative liability,
       
   recognized as other income
    (198,908 )
Derivative liability at December 31, 2012
  $ 33,593  
 
 
F-39

 
        
11.           INCOME TAXES

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Federal
  $
-
    $
-
 
State
   
48,232
     
-
 
Foreign
   
106,217
     
-
 
Total Current
  $
154,449
    $
-
 
 
Deferred:
           
Federal
  $
(2,530,775
)
 
-
 
State
   
(270,197
)
   
-
 
Total deferred
   
(2,800,972
)
   
-
 
Total income tax benefit
  $
(2,646,523
)
 
 $
-
 
 
The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate as follows:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
     
 
%
   
 
%
Federal tax benefit at Statutory Rate
   
(34.0
)
   
(34.0
)
Permanent Differences
   
(6.7
)
   
22.1
 
State tax benefit, net of Federal benefits
   
0.8
 
   
(1.2
)
Other
   
0.3
     
-
 
Effect of foreign income taxed in rates other than the U.S. Federal statutory rate
   
2.8
     
-
 
Net change in valuation allowance
   
(29.5
   
13.1
 
Foreign tax credits
   
(2.8
)
   
-
 
Tax provision (benefit)
   
(69.1
)    
-
 
 
The tax effects of temporary differences and carryforwards that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Net operating loss carry forwards
  $ 2,058,644     $ 3,421,000  
Accruals and reserves
    301,000       84,000  
Credits
    106,000       -  
Total assets
    2,465,644       3,505,000  
                 
Depreciation
    (15,000     (33,000 )
Section 481 adjustment
    (1,347,000 )     (1,796,000 )
Intangible assets
    (3,479,000 )     -  
Valuation allowance
    -       ( 1,667,000 )
Total liabilities
    (4,841,000 )     (3,505,000 )
                 
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (2,374,356 )   $ -  
 
As of December 31, 2011, based upon available objective evidence, management believed it was more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would not be realized.  Accordingly, management had established a valuation allowance for all deferred tax assets.  The net valuation allowance decreased by approximately $1,516,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of the recognition of offsetting deferred tax liabilities.
 
As of December 31, 2012, the Company had available net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5,600,000 and $5,500,000 available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal and Florida income tax purposes, respectively.  The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2025.   As of December 31, 2012, the Company had federal tax credit carryforwards of $106,000 available to offset future federal  taxes payable. These federal credits begin to expire in 2022.
 
Utilization of the net operating loss and credit carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership percentage change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions.  The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. The Company has adjusted it deferred tax asset to record the expected impact of the limitations.
 
During 2012, the Company acquired ownership of three entities that had historically used the cash method of accounting for tax purposes.  Section 446 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, requires that the Company prepare its tax returns using the accrual method of accounting.  As a result of this change from cash to accrual accounting for income tax purposes, the Company will recognize $4,565,000 of income over the period 2012 through 2015. During 2012, the Company also acquired 100% of a Puerto Rican limited liability company, thereby subjecting the Company to Puerto Rican income taxes on any Puerto Rico-sourced taxable income.  Such taxes paid are considered foreign taxes that may be credited against federal income taxes payable in future years.
 
 
F-40

 
 
The Company applies the standard relating to accounting (ASC740-10) for uncertainty in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.  The Company is required to recognize in the financial statements the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position.  There were no significant unrecognized tax benefits recorded as of December 31, 2012, and there was no change to the unrecognized tax benefits during 2012 and 2011.
 
The Company does not have any tax positions for which it is reasonably possible the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits will increase or decrease through December 31, 2013.  The unrecognized tax benefits may increase or change during the next year for items that arise in the ordinary course of business.
 
The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense.  As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
 
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes and to income taxes in various states in the United States. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply.  The tax return years 2009 through 2012 remain open to examination by the major domestic taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.  In addition, all of the net operating loss credit carryforwards that may be used in future years are still subject to adjustment.  The Company is not currently under examination by any tax jurisdiction.
 
12.           CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash in financial institutions. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of the Company’s cash was in one bank subject to FDIC’s insurance of $250,000 per depositor per insured bank. From December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts were fully insured, regardless of the balances of the account and the ownership capacity of the funds under the Dodd-Frank Act.

The Company grants credit under normal payment terms, generally without collateral, to its customers.  These customers primarily consist of telephone companies, cable television multiple system operators and electric and gas utilities. With respect to a portion of the services provided to these customers, the Company has certain statutory lien rights that may in certain circumstances enhance the Company’s collection efforts. Adverse changes in overall business and economic factors may impact the Company’s customers and increase credit risks.  These risks may be heightened as a result of the current economic developments and market volatility.  In the past, some of the Company’s customers have experienced significant financial difficulties and likewise, some may experience financial difficulties in the future.  These difficulties expose the Company to increased risks related to the collectability of amounts due for services performed.  The Company believes that none of its significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would impact the collectability of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
As of, and for the years ended, December 31, 2012 and 2011, concentrations of significant customers were as follows:
 
   
Accounts Receivable
   
Revenues
 
2012
 
 
   
 
 
C2 Utility
    10 %       4 %
Ericsson Caribbean
    11 %       5 %
Verizon Communications, Inc.
    3 %       7 %
Nexlink
    0 %       14 %
Ericsson, Inc.
    33 %       33 %

   
Accounts Receivable
   
Revenues
 
2011
 
 
   
 
 
Danella Construction Corp. of FL, Inc.
    4 %       17 %
Alpha Technologies Services
    8 %       1 %
Verizon Communications, Inc.
    48 %       56 %
Hotwire Communications
    5 %       4 %
Miami-Dade County ETSD
    1 %       5 %
Miami Dade County Public Schools
    28 %       4 %

 
F-41

 
 
Geographic Concentration Risk

Substantially all of the Company’s customers are located within the United States.
 
13.           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company leases certain of its property under leases that expire on various dates through 2016.  Some of these agreements include escalation clauses and provide for renewal options ranging from one to five years.
 
Rent expense incurred under the Company’s operating leases amounted to $174,513 and $59,104 during 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
The future minimum obligation during each year through 2016 under the leases with non-cancelable terms in excess of one year is as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
   
Future Minimum Lease Payments
 
2013
  $ 197,397  
2014
    133,214  
2015
    121,655  
2016
    66,000  
Total
  $ 518,266  

14.            STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Common Stock:

Reverse stock split
 
On December 7, 2012, the Company’s stockholders approved a reverse stock split of its common stock at a ratio of 1-for-125. The reverse stock split became effective on January 14, 2013. All applicable share and per-share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
 
Issuance of shares of common stock to third-party for services

During 2011, the Company issued 16,000 shares of its common stock to a consultant, Birbragher Ins Trust, in exchange for consulting services relating to corporate matters.  The shares were valued at $15 per share.
 
During 2011, the Company issued 8,000 shares of its common stock to Interactive Business Alliance in exchange for consulting services relating to public relations.  The shares were valued at $13.75 per share.
 
The aggregate consideration for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock for services amounted to $350,000 during 2011 and is reflected in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations as operating expenses.
 
During 2012, the Company issued 132,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in exchange for consulting services.  The shares were valued at an average price of $2.57 per share for a value of $338,900.
 
 
F-42

 
 
Issuance of shares of common stock to employees, directors, and officers

During 2011, the Company issued 84,000 shares of its common stock to employees as bonuses.  The shares were valued at the weighted-average price of $16.20 per share.  The aggregate consideration for the issuance of shares of the Company’s common stock to its employees amounted to $1,361,000 during 2011 and is reflected in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations as salary and wages.
 
During 2012, the Company issued 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to directors and officers for services rendered.  The shares were valued at $0.75 per share for a value of $30,000.
 
Issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to conversion of notes payable

During 2011, the Company issued 117,386 shares of its common stock to a third-party lender pursuant to the conversion of notes payable aggregating $123,998.  The shares were valued at the conversion price of $1.06 per share.  The aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares of the Company’s common stock to the third-party lender amounted to $123,998.  The difference between the aggregate consideration issued and the principal amount converted, which amounted to $23,998, has been recorded as interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
Issuance of shares pursuant to convertible notes payable

During 2012, the Company issued 177,270 shares of its common stock pursuant to convertible notes payable at a weighted-average price of $0.86 per share, for a value of $153,216.
 
Issuance of shares pursuant to completed business combinations

During 2011, the Company issued 68,000 shares of its common stock in connection with the acquisition of Tropical and RM Engineering.  The shares were valued at $1.15 per share for an aggregate consideration of $78,220.
 
During 2012, the Company issued 40,000 shares of its common stock with a fair market price of $1.9375 per share in connection with the acquisition of TNS. The total value of the stock issued was $77,500.
 
Issuance of shares pursuant to pending acquisition

During 2011, the Company issued in the aggregate 16,856 shares of its common stock to three stockholders of Premier Cable Designs, Inc., an engineering company that the Company proposed to acquire.  The shares were valued at $17.25 per share for an aggregate consideration of $290,766.  The shares were held in deposit and are reflected as deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011.  During 2012, the Company determined that that acquisition was not going to occur. As the stockholders of Premier Cable Design did not have to return the shares, the Company expensed the amount recorded as a deposit.
 
Issuance of shares to satisfy liabilities

During 2011, the Company issued 20,000 shares of its common stock to a third-party lender pursuant to the conversion of a note payable of $25,000.  The shares were valued at $1.25 per share.  The aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares of the Company’s common stock to the third-party lender amounted to $25,000.
 
Issuance of shares pursuant to loans

During 2011, the Company issued 16,000 shares of its common stock to a note holder pursuant to the terms of the loan, and it issued, in the aggregate, 32,000 shares of its common stock to a note holder to cure the lack of payment at maturity dates.  The shares were valued at $7.78 per share.  The aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares of the Company’s common stock to the two note holders amounted to $373,426, which is reflected as interest expense in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
 
F-43

 
 
Issuance from sale of shares

During 2011, the Company sold, in the aggregate, 27,271 shares of its common stock at a price of $2.02 per share, for net proceeds of $55,000.
 
Issuance of shares pursuant to loan modification

During 2011, the Company recorded the deemed issuance of 16,596 shares of its common stock pursuant to a loan modification. The shares were valued at a price of $14.62 per share. The aggregate consideration for the issuance of the shares of common stock to the lender pursuant to such modifications amounted to $242,702 and has been recorded as debt discount in the consolidated statement of operations.
 
Issuance of shares to satisfy obligations pursuant to warrants

During 2012, the Company issued 199,522 shares of its common stock to UTA in exchange for UTA exercising common stock warrants with a cashless exercise. The common stock was valued at the price of $2.00 per share. The total value of the shares issued was $352,762, and recorded as interest expense.
 
Preferred Stock:
 
The Company evaluated and concluded that its Series B, C, E, F, G and H Preferred Stock did not meet the criteria in ASC 480-10 and thus were not considered liabilities. The Company evaluated and concluded that the embedded conversion feature in preferred series B, C, E, G and H did not meet the criteria of ASC 815-10-25-1 and does not need to be bifurcated.  In accordance with ASR 268 and ASC 480-10-S99 these equity securities are required to be classified outside of permanent equity since they are redeemable for cash.  These instruments are currently redeemable and thus have been adjusted to their maximum redemption amount.
 
The Company evaluated and concluded that its Series D Preferred Stock did not meet any the criteria in ASC 480-10 and thus was not considered a liability. The Company evaluated and concluded that the embedded conversion feature in the Series D Preferred Stock did not meet the criteria of ASC 815-10-25-1 and does not need to be bifurcated.  In accordance with ASR 268 and ASC 480-10-S99, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock should be classified outside of permanent equity because such shares can be redeemed for cash.  These share are not currently redeemable and thus have been recorded based on fair value at the time of issuance.   If redemption becomes probable (liquidation event) the shares will become redeemable and they will be recorded to redemption value.
 
The Company evaluated and concluded that its Series I Preferred Stock did not meet any the criteria in ASC 480-10 and thus was not considered a liability. The Company evaluated and concluded that the embedded conversion feature in the Series I Preferred Stock did not meet the criteria of ASC 815-10-25-1 and does not need to be bifurcated.  In accordance with ASR 268 and ASC-480-10, the shares of Series I Preferred Stock and should be classified outside of permanent equity because such shares can be redeemed for cash.  These shares are not currently redeemable and are not probable of being redeemed and thus have been recorded based on their fair value at the time of issuance.  If redemption becomes probable, or the shares will become redeemable, they will be recorded to redemption value.
 
Series A

On June 1, 2011, the Company designated 20,000,000 of its 50,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, as Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”).  The Series A Preferred Stock has no dividend rights and is convertible into shares of common stock of the Company at a conversion ratio of ten shares of common stock for every one share of Series A Preferred Stock.  The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at a price of $0.0001 per share and entitles the holder to voting rights at a ratio of ten votes for every one share of Series A Preferred Stock.
 
On November 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of the Series A Preferred Stock to three of the Company’s principal officers valued at the fair market value of $0.01 per share and recorded in the accompanying financials statements as stock compensation expense.  The carrying amount of the Series A Preferred Stock was based on the fair value of the Company’s underlying shares of common stock.  The aggregate consideration for the issuance of shares of Series A Preferred Stock amounted to $2,000,000, which is reflected as selling, general and administrative expense.
 
Series B
 
On June 28, 2011, the Company designated 60,000 of its authorized shares of preferred stock as Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”).  The Series B Preferred Stock has no dividend rights and each share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into such number of shares of common stock of the Company as is equal to 0.00134% of the Company’s total common stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis.  The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable, at the option of the holder, at a price of $1,000 per share, and entitles the holders to one vote for each share of common stock to be received on an as if converted basis.  In June  2011, the Company sold and received subscriptions for the sale of 15,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share from three individuals and a trust.  One of the individuals is, and the trust is a related party to, the current chief executive officer of the Company.  During 2012, the Company sold, and received subscriptions from four individuals for the purchase of, 16,021 shares of Series B Preferred stock for cash consideration in the aggregate amount of $1,585,000.  Three individuals also converted a principal amount of debt and accrued interest thereon in the aggregate amount of $616,760 into 6,479 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. 
 
Series C
 
On December 23, 2011, the Company designated 1,500 shares of the authorized shares of preferred stock as Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”).  Series C Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1,000.00 per share, and entitles holders to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 10% of the stated value per annum payable quarterly.  Holders of Series C Preferred Stock have a two-year option to convert their shares of Series C Preferred Stock to common stock at a rate per share equal to 0.025% of the issued and outstanding common stock at the time of the conversion.
 
 
F-44

 
 
Series D
 
On December 31, 2011, the Company designated 1,000 shares of its authorized shares of preferred stock as Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”).  The Series D Preferred Stock has an initial stated value of $1,000 per share and entitles holders to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 10% of the stated value per share, payable quarterly in cash or shares of common stock, at the election of the Company, beginning on March 31, 2012.  The Series D Preferred Stock is non-voting, non-redeemable and is convertible at any time the market capitalization of the Company’s common stock exceeds $15 million or the shares of common stock are trading at a per share price in excess of $43.75 per share for a 10-day trading period.  The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion shall be calculated by dividing the stated amount of the Series D Preferred Stock by the closing price of the common stock on the last business date preceding written notice by the Company to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company’s decision to convert such shares.  On December 31, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 408 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to one of the Company’s former principal officers in settlement of a note payable due the officer aggregating $405,872, including unpaid interest.
 
Series E

On September 17, 2012, the Company designated 3,500 shares of its authorized shares preferred stock as Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”).  Series E Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1,000 per share, and receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 12% per annum paid quarterly, beginning on September 30, 2012.  The dividends are payable in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s option.  Holders of Series E Preferred Stock have a one-year option to convert their shares of Series E Preferred Stock to common stock of the Company.  In aggregate, the shares of Series E Preferred Stock are convertible into a number of shares of common stock amounting to 9.8% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company.  The shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemable at $1,000 per share, at the option of the holder.
 
Series F

On September 17, 2012, the Company designated 4,800 shares of its authorized shares preferred stock as Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”).  Series F Preferred Stock has an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, and entitles the holders to receive cumulative dividends at the rate of 12% per annum payable quarterly, beginning on September 30, 2012. The dividends are payable in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s option.  Holders of Series F Preferred Stock have an option to convert their shares of Series F Preferred Stock to common stock on the fourth day after the Company’s associated registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and for a period of one year thereafter.  The shares of Series F Preferred Stock are convertible at the lesser of (i) the last quoted price of the common stock on third day following the effective date of the associated registration statement or (ii) the average of the last reported sale price for each of the three trading days prior to the date of conversion.  The shares of Series F Preferred Stock are redeemable at $1,000 per share, at the option of the holder.
 
Series G

On September 17, 2012, the Company designated 2,000 shares of its authorized preferred stock as Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G Preferred Stock”).  Series G Preferred Stock has an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, and entitles the holders to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 12% per annum payable quarterly, beginning on September 30, 2012.  The dividends are payable in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s option.  Holders of Series G Preferred Stock have an option to convert their shares of Series G Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock upon the occurrence of a default of payment of an earnout or working capital loan in connection with the Company’s acquisition of the ADEX Entities and after the associated registration statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The shares of Series G Preferred Stock are convertible at the rate equal to the earnout or working capital loan payment that is under default divided by $1,000 and by the lesser of (i) the last quoted price of the common stock on third day following the effective date of the associated registration statements or (ii) the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days prior to the date of conversion.  The shares of Series G Preferred Stock are redeemable at the amount of earnout or working capital loan upon the occurrence of default, at their then carrying value, at the option of the holder.
 
 
F-45

 
 
Series H

On October 25, 2012, the Company designated 2,000 shares of its authorized preferred stock as Series H Preferred Stock (the “Series H Preferred Stock”).  Series H Preferred Stock has an initial stated value of $1,000 per share, and entitles the holders to receive cumulative dividends at a rate of 10% per month, up to 150%.  The dividends are payable in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s option, upon conversion or redemption.  Holders of Series H Preferred Stock have a one-year option to convert their shares of Series H Preferred Stock to common stock, beginning 90 days after the date of issuance.  In the aggregate, the shares of Series H Preferred Stock are convertible into a number of shares of common stock amounting to 4.49% of the fully-diluted capitalization of the Company.  The shares of Series H Preferred Stock are redeemable at $1,000 per share, at the option of the holder, beginning 180 days after the date of their issuance.  The Company may delay the payment of the redemption amount by paying interest thereon at the rate of 2% per month until paid.  During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company received subscription agreements and cash and issued 1,425 shares of Series D Preferred Stock in exchange for receiving $1,425,000.
 
Series I

On November 30, 2012, the Company designated 4,500 shares of its authorized preferred stock as Series I Preferred Stock (the “Series I Preferred Stock”).  Series I Preferred Stock has an initial stated value of $1,000 per share.  Holders of Series I Preferred Stock have an option to convert their shares of Series I Preferred Stock to common stock on the earlier of the 30th day after the associated registration statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission or 120 days after the date of their issuance.  The shares of Series I Preferred Stock are convertible into common stock at the rate equal to the average of the last reported sale price of the common stock for each of the three trading days prior to the date of conversion.  The shares of Series I Preferred Stock are redeemable at $1,000 per share, at the option of the holder, beginning on the 31st day after the associated registration statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and until the Company has redeemed up to $750,000 of Series I Preferred Stock.
 
 
F-46

 
 
A summary of the transactions related to the Company’s Preferred Stock classified as temporary equity during 2011 and 2012 is as follows:
 
      Common stock  
Series B
   
Series C
   
Series D
   
Series E
   
Series F
   
Series H
   
Series I
 
    Shares    
$
 
Shares
     
$
   
Shares
     
   
Shares
     
$
   
Shares
     
$
   
Shares
     
$
   
Shares
     
$
   
Shares
     
$
 
Balance January 1, 2011
   
-
 
$
-
 
-
   
$
-
   
-
    $
-
   
-
    $
-
   
-
    $
-
   
-
    $
-
   
-
    $
-
   
-
    $
-
 
Issuance to officer for debt owed
   
-
   
-
 
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
     
408
     
405,872
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
 
Shares to be issued for waiver of 2011 salary
   
-
   
-
 
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
      200    
$
200,000
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
 
Issuance pursuant to private placement
   
-
   
-
   
15,000
   
$
15,000
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
   
-
     
-
 
Balance December 31, 2011
   
-
   
-
   
15,000
   
$
15,000
     
-
   
$
-
     
608
   
$
605,872
     
-
   
$
-
     
-
   
$
-
     
-
   
$
-
     
-
   
$
-
 
Issuance pursuant to private placement
   
-
   
-
   
16,021
     
1,585,000
     
1,500
     
1,500,000
     
-
     
-
     
2,575
     
2,575,000
     
-
     
-
     
1,425
     
1,425,000
     
-
     
-
 
Issuance pursuant to unpaid 2012 salary
   
-
   
-
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
400
     
352,344
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Issuance from conversion of debt and interest
   
-
   
-
   
6,479
     
616,760
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Conversion of Preferred stock into common shares
     
-
   
-
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(400
)
   
(352,344
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Issuance pursuant to private acquisition
   
-
   
499,921
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
3,575
     
3,575,000
     
-
     
-
     
4,500
     
4,187,151
 
Balance December 31, 2012
   
-
 
$
499,921
   
37,500
   
$
2,216,760
     
1,500
   
$
1,500,000
     
608
   
$
605,872
     
2,575
   
$
2,575,000
     
3,575
   
$
3,575,000
     
1,425
   
$
1,425,000
     
4,500
   
$
4,187,15 1
 
 
15.           RELATED PARTIES
 
At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had outstanding the following loans from related parties: 
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Principal shareholders of the Company, unsecured, non-interest bearing, due on demand
 
$
-
   
$
1,635
 
Promissory notes, 30% interest, maturing in June 2013, unsecured
   
350,000
     
  825,761
 
Promissory note with company under common ownership by former owner of Tropical, 9.75% interest, monthly payments of interest only of $1,007, unsecured and personally guaranteed by officer, due November 2016
   
105,694
     
  110,293
 
                 
Former owner of ERFS, unsecured, non-interest bearing, due on demand
   
8,700
      -  
                 
Former owners of RM Leasing, unsecured, non-interest bearing, due on demand
   
19,402
     
  3,729
 
     
483,795
     
  941,418
 
Less: current portion of debt
   
 (378,102
)
   
   (5,364
)
Long term portion of notes payable, related parties
 
$
105,694
   
$
936,054
 
 
The interest expense associated with the related-party notes payable in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $83,609 and $29,893, respectively.

30% Promissory Note Payable

On July 5, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive master funding agreement (“Master Agreement”) with Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC (“Tekmark”) and MMD Genesis, LLC. (“MMD Genesis”).  Pursuant to the Master Agreement, the Company received financing in the original principal amount of up to $2,000,000 from Tekmark and a line of credit in the original principal amount of up to $1,000,000 from MMD Genesis.  Each loan was evidenced by a two-year promissory note that bore interest at the rate of 2.5% per month.  The Tekmark funding was secured by the Company’s accounts receivable. Funding by Tekmark will be in the form of payroll funding support for specific and approved customers of Digital.  As of December 31, 2011, the balances owed to Tekmark and MMD Genesis was $497,381 and $328,380, respectively, or $825,761 in total. As of December 31, 2012, the balances owed to Tekmark and MMD Genesis were $0 and $350,000, respectively.
 
 
F-47

 
 
Series B Preferred Stock Financing
 
Between July 2011 and December 2012, the Company sold an aggregate of 37,500 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock at for an aggregate purchase price of $2,216,760 to certain of the Company’s existing stockholders that qualified as “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act, including certain of the Company’s affiliates.  Forward Investment LLC, which owns more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, purchased 13,615 shares for a purchase price of $825,000.  Mark Munro 1996 Charitable Remainder Trust, which owns more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, purchased 1,051 shares for a purchase price of $100,000.  Additionally, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 7,902 shares for a purchase price of $469,460, Charles Miller, a director of the Company, purchased 263 shares for a purchase price of $25,000 and Mark Durfee, a director of the Company, purchased 12,564 shares for a purchase price of $725,000.
 
Series C Preferred Stock Financing
 
Between January 2012 and July 2012, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,500 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000.  These sales were made to “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act, including certain of the Company’s affiliates.  A company owned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 75 shares for a purchase price of $75,000 and Neal Oristano, a director of the Company, purchased 50 shares for a purchase price of $50,000.
 
Series E Preferred Stock Financin g
 
Between September 2012 and January 2013, the Company sold an aggregate of 2,725 shares of its Series E Preferred Stock at $1,000 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,725,000. These sales were made to “accredited investors” within the meaning of the Securities Act, including certain of the Company’s affiliates.  Charles K. Miller, a director of the Company, purchased 25 shares for a purchase price of $25,000.  A company owned by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Mark Munro, purchased 25 shares for a purchase price of $25,000.
 
16.           SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
Amendment to MidMarket Capital Term Loan
 
As of December 31, 2012, certain events of default had occurred and were continuing under the Company’s term load agreement with two lenders for which MidMarket Capital was serving as agent (the “Agent”), including events of default relating to a number of financial covenants under the loan agreement.   On March 22, 2013, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into the second amendment to the loan agreement with the lenders and the Agent pursuant to which, among other agreements, all of the existing events of default by the Company were waived and the financial covenants that gave rise to certain of the events of default were amended as follows (defined terms are as defined in the loan agreement):
 
(i)            Minimum Liquidity .  As amended, liquidity shall not be less than the amount set forth below, to be maintained at all times during and at the end of each period specified below:
 
Periods
 
Liquidity
 
September 17, 2012 through November 13, 2012
  $ 200,000  
November 13, 2012 through December 31, 2012
  $ 1,000,000  
January 1, 2013 through March 22, 2013
  $ 1,500,000  
March 22, 2013 through June 30, 2013
  $ 200,000  
July 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013
  $ 1,500,000  
October 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013
  $ 2,000,000  
January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014
  $ 2,500,000  
April 1, 2014 and at all times thereafter
  $ 3,000,000  
 
 
F-48

 
 
(ii)            Capital Expenditures .  As amended, Capital Expenditures (whether or not financed) shall not exceed $500,000 for the four fiscal quarters ending on each of December 31, 2013, March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014.
 
(iii)            Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  As amended, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter, in each case for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, shall be not less than the ratio set forth below opposite the last day of each fiscal quarter set forth below, provided that, for purposes of calculating compliance with this covenant, with respect to Debt Payments for the fiscal quarter ended on December 31, 2012, the two fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 2013 and the three fiscal quarters ending on June 30, 2013, such Debt Payments shall be annualized by multiplying such Debt Payments by a factor of 4, 2 and 1.33, respectively:
 
Period Ending On
 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
March 31, 2013
 
1.05 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
 
1.05 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
 
1.15 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
 
1.20 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
 
1.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
 
1.30 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
 
1.35 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
 
1.40 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
 
1.45 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
 
1.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
 
1.60 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
 
1.70 to 1.00
March 31, 2016
 
1.80 to 1.00
June 30, 2016
 
1.90 to 1.00
September 30, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
 
2.00 to 1.00

(iv)            Total Debt Leverage Ratio .  As amended, the Total Debt Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the levels specified below as of the end of, and for, each period indicated below, with Adjusted EBITDA measured for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended:
 
Period Ending On
 
Total Debt Leverage Ratio
March 31, 2013
 
7.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
 
6.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
 
5.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
 
5.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
 
4.75 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
 
4.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
 
4.25 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
 
3.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
 
3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
 
3.25 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
 
2.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
 
2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2016
 
2.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
 
2.00 to 1.00

(v)            Senior Debt Leverage Ratio .  As amended, the Senior Debt Leverage Ratio shall not be greater than the levels specified below as of the end of, and for, each period indicated below, with Adjusted EBITDA measured for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended:
 
 
F-49

 
 
Period Ending On
 
Senior Debt Leverage Ratio
March 31, 2013
 
5.10 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
 
5.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
 
4.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
 
3.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
 
3.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
 
3.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
 
2.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
 
2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
 
2.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
 
2.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
 
1.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
 
1.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2016
 
1.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
 
1.00 to 1.00

Proposed Acquisitions

              Telco Professional Services Division .  In November 2012, the Company executed a definitive agreement to acquire the Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing business division (Telco) of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.  The Company plans to integrate this professional service and telecommunications staffing business with its ADEX subsidiary in order to expand its project staffing business and its access to skilled labor.  
 
Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company will acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of Telco in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by the Company at the closing: (i) cash in an amount equal to five times Telco’s trailing twelve-month EBITDA, and (ii) a number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a value equal to five times Telco’s trailing 12-month EBITDA. The Company and Tekmark are required within 60 days of closing to adjust the initial closing payment such that it equals Telco’s true trailing 12-month EBITDA after accounting for any additional liabilities or adjustments. The Company also agreed to make a cash payment in an amount equal to Telco’s forward EBITDA calculated for the 12-month period commencing on the day of the first calendar month after the closing date.
 
In addition, the purchase consideration is also required to be increased by Telco’s excess net working capital at closing, which consists of current assets (including accounts receivable), less current liabilities, less total payroll expenses (including applicable fringe benefits) and fixed operating costs for the 60 days prior to closing.
 
At Tekmark’s discretion, a portion of the original cash payment can be taken in the Company’s common stock with a put provision requiring the Company to repurchase such shares for the original cash value under certain circumstances.
 
Finally, as additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay Tekmark an amount equal to two times the growth of Telco’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
              Integration Partners-NY Corporation .  In November 2012, the Company executed a definitive agreement to acquire Integration Partners-NY Corporation (IPC), a full-service voice and data network engineering firm based in New York.  IPC serves both corporate enterprises and telecommunications service providers.  The Company believes the acquisition of IPC will support the cloud and managed services aspect of its business, as well as improve its systems integration and applications capabilities.  
 
Under the terms of the purchase agreement, the Company will acquire all the capital stock of IPC in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by the Company at the closing: (i) cash in an amount equal to five and two tenths (5.2X) times IPC’s trailing 12-month EBITDA, and (ii) a number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a value equal to two tenths of one percent (.2X) times IPC’s trailing 12-month EBITDA.
 
The Company also agreed to pay an amount equal to six tenths of one percent (.6X) times IPC’s forward EBITDA calculated for  the 12-month period commencing on the first day of the first calendar month after the closing date.
 
As additional consideration, the Company agreed to pay the IPC shareholders an amount equal to two (2X)  times the growth of IPC’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
Any of IPC’s shareholders can elect to take the Company’s common stock instead of cash at closing, provided that such portion of the purchase price cannot exceed one (1X) times IPC’s EBITDA.
 
An amount equal to seven percent (7%) of the total consideration will be placed in escrow for nine months to account for any contingent liabilities, bad debts or breaches of any representations and warranties and covenants by the sellers in the purchase agreement.
 
 
F-50

 
 
TNS, INC .

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
 
F-51

 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report
 
To the Members of TNS, Inc.
Des Plaines, Illinois
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TNS, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Institution's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TNS, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Certified Public Accountants
New York, New York
November 14, 2012
   
 
 
F-52

 
 
TNS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS

   
December 31,
 
ASSETS
 
2011
   
2010
 
Current Assets:
           
Cash
 
$
2,020
   
$
-
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
   
701,610
     
731,501
 
Total current assets
   
703,630
     
731,501
 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
   
21,517
     
29,740
 
Total assets
 
$
725,147
   
$
761,241
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
$
366,824
   
$
251,727
 
Accrued compensation
   
27,155
     
26,994
 
Total current liabilities
   
393,979
     
278,721
 
Stockholders' equity
               
Common stock, no par value, 5,000 shares authorized, 1,000 issued and outstanding
   
1,000
     
1,000
 
Retained earnings
   
330,168
     
481,520
 
Total stockholders’ equity
   
331,168
     
482,520
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
725,147
   
$
761,241
 
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
F-53

 
 
TNS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Revenues
 
$
4,097,049
   
$
4,622,641
 
Cost of revenues
   
2,493,261
     
2,695,600
 
Gross Profit
   
1,603,788
     
1,927,041
 
Operating expenses:
               
Salaries and wages
   
1,187,654
     
1,238,285
 
General and administrative
   
135,286
     
128,154
 
     
1,322,940
     
1,366,439
 
Net income
 
$
280,848
   
$
560,602
 
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
F-54

 
 
TNS, INC.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
From January 1, 2010 to December 31, 2011

                     
Total
 
   
Common Stock
   
Retained
   
Stockholders'
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Earnings
   
Equity
 
                         
Balance, January 1, 2010
   
1,000
   
$
1,000
   
$
408,634
   
$
409,634
 
Distributions to stockholders
   
-
     
-
     
(487,716
)
   
(487,716
)
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
560,602
     
560,602
 
Balance, December 31, 2010
   
1,000
     
1,000
     
481,520
     
482,520
 
Distributions to stockholders
   
-
     
-
     
(432,200
)
   
(432,200
)
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
280,848
     
280,848
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
   
1,000
   
$
1,000
   
$
330,168
   
$
331,168
 
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
F-55

 
 
TNS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
 
$
280,848
   
$
560,602
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
   
8,222
     
8,499
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
   
29,890
     
90,425
 
Accrued compensation
   
161
     
(30,283
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
127,071
     
(110,960
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
446,192
     
518,283
 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
   
-
     
(31,033
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Distributions to stockholders
   
(432,200
)
   
(487,716
)
Overdraft liability
   
(11,972
)
   
466
 
Net cash used in financing activities
   
(444,172
)
   
(487,250
)
Net increase in cash
   
2,020
     
-
 
Cash, beginning of year
   
-
     
-
 
Cash, end of year
 
$
2,020
   
$
-
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
Cash paid for income taxes
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
See notes to financial statements.
 
 
F-56

 
 
TNS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

TNS, Inc. , ( or   the "Company") was incorporated in July 2002 in Illinois. The Company is an (S) Corporation The Company provides design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities. The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.

NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.
 
Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The accounts receivable may be secured by mechanic’s lien. The Company did not have to ascertain its rights under mechanic’s liens during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on the review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents accounts are held at financial institutions and are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, up to $250,000. To reduce its risk associated with the failure of such financial institutions, the Company periodically evaluates the credit quality of the financial institutions in which it holds deposits.

The Company's accounts receivable are due from small and mid-size United States commercial and governmental entities. One of the Company’s customers accounted for 47% of its accounts receivables at December 31, 2011. Two of the Company’s customers collectively accounted for 58% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2010.
 
 
F-57

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities. Prior to commencement of services and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company secures the client’s acceptance of a written proposal. Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days. If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month, the Company usually requires a down payment from the customer, which help pay for the cabling and accessories and it will provide a monthly progress billing, based on services rendered, or upon completion of the contracted services.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.

The Company does not provide separately-priced extended warranties on its products and services.

Warranty Costs

The Company provides product warranties for specific material and labor. At each measurement date, the Company determines the accrual for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the associated revenue is recognized based on historical experience, expectation of future conditions, and the extent of backup concurrent supplier warranties in place.

The Company warrants that its products will be free from certain defects in material and workmanship at the time of delivery and typically for a period of one to three years, depending upon the specific product or services or the customer proposal. The Company obtains back-up concurrent warranties for major components parts from its suppliers.

Management believes that a reserve for warranty is not necessary at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Product Concentration

The Company generates its revenues from the design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems.

Geographic Concentration

The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
 
F-58

 
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and overdraft liability approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.

Customer Concentration

One of the Company’s customers accounted for 54% of its revenues during 2011. Two of the Company’s customers collectively accounted for 59% and 11%, respectively, of its revenues during 2010.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company did not incur advertising expenses during 2011 and 2010.

Income Taxes

The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected at inception to have its income taxed under section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the stockholders are taxed on the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements. The Company’s election to be taxed under section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code was automatically revoked upon the acquisition of all of the Company’s outstanding shares by InterCloud Systems, Inc., a (C) Corporation, on September 17, 2012.

Segment Reporting

The Company generates revenues from one source, design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems. The Company's chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Company based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Company's statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Company.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
 
F-59

 
 
NOTE 3: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
The carrying values of property and equipment and accumulated depreciation and their estimated useful lives consist of the following at :
 
   
December 31,
    Estimated  
   
2011
   
2010
    Useful Lives  
Automotive Equipment
 
$
72,313
   
$
72,313
     
5 years
 
Computer Equipment
   
1,033
     
1,033
     
3 years
 
     
73,346
     
73,346
         
Accumulated depreciation
   
(51,829
)
   
(43,606
)
       
Property and Equipment, net
 
$
21,517
   
$
29,740
         

   
Years Ended December 31,
       
   
2011
   
2010
       
                   
Depreciation expense
 
$
8,222
   
$
8,499
       

NOTE 4: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, consist of trade payables.

NOTE 5: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company paid dividends to its stockholders amounting to $432,200 and $487,716 during 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 6: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 14, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On September 17, 2012, InterCloud Systems, Inc. (“InterCloud”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “TNS Agreement”) and acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The TNS Agreement was made and entered into by and among InterCloud, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of the TNS Agreement, InterCloud acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by InterCloud at the closing: (i) cash of $700,000, (ii) 4,150 shares of InterCloud’s Series F Preferred Stock and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of InterClouds’ common stock.

The terms of the Series F Preferred Stock are as follows:

On a liquidation or deemed liquidation of InterCloud, the Series F Preferred is entitled, after payment to any shares of capital stock with liquidation rights senior to the Series F Preferred, to receive a payment of $1,000 per share (the “Series F Preference Amount”), prior to any payment to common stock or other securities ranking junior to the Series F Preferred and on a pari passu basis with any capital stock that is pari passu with the Series F Preferred as to liquidation preference. The Series F Preferred is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 12% of the Series F Preference Amount per annum, accruing quarterly in arrears beginning June 30, 2012.
 
 
F-60

 
 
The shares of Series F Preferred may be redeemed at any time by InterCloud by giving notice to the holders. In addition, the holders thereof may demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, which the redemption to occur within 20 days after a request. The holders, may also request that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014. All shares of Series F are redeemable at a price per share equal to the Series F Preference Amount.

Except with respect to (i) the creation of classes of stock with senior liquidation rights or the Series F Preferred, (ii) amendments to the terms of the Series F Preferred or restrictions imposed on the Series F Preferred or (iii) as otherwise required by law, the Series F Preferred does not have voting rights. Shares of Series F Preferred are convertible into shares of common stock following the effectiveness of a registration statement by InterCloud on Form S-1 with respect to its common stock. Each share of Series F Preferred would be convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Series F Preference Amount by the trading price of the common stock at the time of conversion.

The Company’s shareholders have the right to cash-settle the shares of common stock of InterCloud issued at the closing for $0.10 per share, beginning 18 months after the closing and continuing for 60 days thereafter.

In the event that the adjusted Earnings before income tax, depreciation, and amortization (‘EBITDA”) of the Company for the 12 month period ending September 30, 2013 is greater or less than $1,250,000, InterCloud agreed to issue, or cancel, as appropriate, shares of Series F Preferred Stock based on an agreed-upon formula.

In addition, InterCloud agreed that, if its completes an underwritten public offering on Form S-1, it will issue to the Company’s shareholders an aggregate number of shares of its common stock equal to (i) $200,000 divided by (ii) the offering price per share of its common stock in this underwritten public offering.

Finally, as additional consideration, InterCloud agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount equal to 20% of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of $1,275,000 for each of the three 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
 
F-61

 

TNS, INC .

UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the six-month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
 
 
F-62

 

TNS, INC.
BALANCE SHEET
(Unaudited)
 
   
June 30,
 
ASSETS
 
2012
 
       
Current Assets:
     
Cash
 
$
15,285
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
   
603,853
 
Total current assets
   
619,138
 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
   
18,345
 
Total assets
 
$
637,483
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
       
Current Liabilities:
       
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
$
159,483
 
Accrued compensation
   
17,933
 
Total current liabilities
   
177,416
 
Stockholders' equity
       
Common stock, no par value, 5,000 shares authorized, 1,000 issued and outstanding
   
1,000
 
Retained earnings
   
459,067
 
Total stockholders’ equity
   
460,067
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
637,483
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
F-63

 
 
TNS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the Six Month Period Ended
 
   
June 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Revenues
 
$
1,440,313
   
$
2,028,117
 
Cost of revenues
   
754,065
   
$
1,013,350
 
Gross Profit
   
686,248
     
1,014,767
 
Operating expenses:
               
Salaries and wages
   
342,700
     
600,367
 
General and administrative
   
59,149
     
111,210
 
     
401,849
     
711,577
 
Net income
 
$
284,399
   
$
303,190
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
F-64

 
 
TNS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 
   
For the Six Month Period Ended
 
   
June 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
 
$
284,399
   
$
303,190
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
   
3,172
     
4,281
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
   
97,758
     
27,488
 
Accrued compensation
   
(9,222
)
   
31,328
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
(207,342
)
   
(69,699
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
168,765
     
296,588
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Distributions to stockholders
   
(155,500
)
   
(180,200
)
Proceeds from advance from stockholder
           
-
 
Repayment of advance from stockholder
           
-
 
Overdraft liability
   
-
     
(11,972
)
Net cash used in financing activities
   
(155,500
)
   
(192,172
)
Net increase in cash
   
13,265
     
104,416
 
Cash, beginning of period
   
2,020
     
-
 
Cash, end of period
 
$
15,285
   
$
104,416
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
Cash paid for income taxes
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
F-65

 
 
TNS, INC.
NOTES TO UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

TNS, Inc. , or   the Company was incorporated in July 2002 in Illinois. The Company was an (S) Corporation through September 17, 2012, which is the date of acquisition of all its outstanding shares by InterCloud Systems, Inc., a (C) Corporation. After September 17, 2012, The Company is a (C) Corporation.

The Company provides design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities. The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.
 
The unaudited financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, but management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements and notes included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included in this accompanying report. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results of operations for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the year ending December 31, 2012, or that have been achieved for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.

NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The accounts receivable may be secured by mechanic’s lien. The Company did not have to ascertain its rights under mechanic’s liens during the six-month period ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on the review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at June 30, 2012.
 
 
F-66

 

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents accounts are held at financial institutions and are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, up to $250,000. To reduce its risk associated with the failure of such financial institutions, the Company periodically evaluates the credit quality of the financial institutions in which it holds deposits.

The Company's accounts receivable are due from small and mid-size United States commercial and governmental entities. Four of the Company’s customers accounted for 68% of its accounts receivables at June 30, 2012.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.

The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems to small and mid-size commercial and governmental entities. Prior to commencement of services and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company secures the client’s acceptance of a written proposal. Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days. If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month, the Company usually requires a down payment from the customer, which help pay for the cabling and accessories and it will provide a monthly progress billing, based on services rendered, or upon completion of the contracted services.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.

The Company does not provide separately-priced extended warranties on its products and services.

Warranty Costs

The Company provides product warranties for specific material and labor. At each measurement date, the Company determines the accrual for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the associated revenue is recognized based on historical experience, expectation of future conditions, and the extent of backup concurrent supplier warranties in place.

The Company warrants that its products will be free from certain defects in material and workmanship at the time of delivery and typically for a period of one to three years, depending upon the specific product or services or the customer proposal. The Company obtains back-up concurrent warranties for major components parts from its suppliers.

Management believes that a reserve for warranty is not necessary at June 30, 2012.
 
Product Concentration

The Company generates its revenues from the design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems.

Geographic Concentration

The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the greater Chicago area.
 
 
F-67

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, ("ASC 820"). ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and overdraft liability approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.

Customer Concentration

Two of the Company’s customers accounted for 54% of its revenues during the six-month period ended June 30, 2012. One of the Company’s customers accounted for 69% of its revenues during the six-month period ended June 30, 2011

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company did not incur advertising expenses during the six-month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011

Income Taxes

The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected at inception to have its income taxed under section 1362 m of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the stockholders are taxed on the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements. The Company’s election to be taxed under section 1362 m of the Internal Revenue Code was automatically revoked upon the acquisition of all of the Company’s outstanding shares by InterCloud Systems, Inc., a (C) Corporation, on September 17, 2012.

Segment Reporting

The Company generates revenues from one source, design, installation, and repair services of structured data and voice cabling systems. The Company's chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Company based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Company's statements of operations.
 
 
F-68

 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Company.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

NOTE 3: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
The carrying values of property and equipment and accumulated depreciation and their estimated useful lives consist of the following at:
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
    Estimated  
   
2012
   
2011
    Useful Lives  
Automotive Equipment
 
$
72,313
   
$
72,313
     
5 years
 
Computer Equipment
   
1,033
     
1,033
     
3 years
 
     
73,346
     
73,346
         
Accumulated depreciation
   
(55,001
)
   
(51,829
)
       
Property and Equipment, net
 
$
18,345
   
$
21,517
         
 
The Company recorded a depreciation expense associated with its property and equipment of $3,172 and $4,281 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 4: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, consist of trade payables.

NOTE 5: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


NOTE 6: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company paid dividends to its stockholders amounting to $155,500 and $180,200 during the six-month period ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

NOTE 7: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 14, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On September 17, 2012, InterCloud Systems, Inc. (“InterCloud”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “TNS Agreement”) and acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The TNS Agreement was made and entered into by and among InterCloud, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of the TNS Agreement, InterCloud acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by InterCloud at the closing: (i) cash of $700,000, (ii) 4,150 shares of InterCloud’s Series F Preferred Stock and (iii) 5,000,000 shares of InterClouds’ common stock.

The terms of the Series F Preferred Stock are as follows:

On a liquidation or deemed liquidation of InterCloud, the Series F Preferred is entitled, after payment to any shares of capital stock with liquidation rights senior to the Series F Preferred, to receive a payment of $1,000 per share (the “Series F Preference Amount”), prior to any payment to common stock or other securities ranking junior to the Series F Preferred and on a pari passu basis with any capital stock that is pari passu with the Series F Preferred as to liquidation preference. The Series F Preferred is entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 12% of the Series F Preference Amount per annum, accruing quarterly in arrears beginning June 30, 2012.
 
 
F-69

 
 
The shares of Series F Preferred may be redeemed at any time by InterCloud by giving notice to the holders. In addition, the holders thereof may demand that an aggregate of 3,000 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on November 27, 2012, which the redemption to occur within 20 days after a request. The holders, may also request that an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2013 and an additional 575 shares of Series F Preferred be redeemed beginning on September 17, 2014. All shares of Series F are redeemable at a price per share equal to the Series F Preference Amount.

Except with respect to (i) the creation of classes of stock with senior liquidation rights or the Series F Preferred, (ii) amendments to the terms of the Series F Preferred or restrictions imposed on the Series F Preferred or (iii) as otherwise required by law, the Series F Preferred does not have voting rights. Shares of Series F Preferred are convertible into shares of common stock following the effectiveness of a registration statement by InterCloud on Form S-1 with respect to its common stock. Each share of Series F Preferred would be convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Series F Preference Amount by the trading price of the common stock at the time of conversion.

The Company’s shareholders have the right to cash-settle the shares of common stock of InterCloud issued at the closing for $0.10 per share, beginning 18 months after the closing and continuing for 60 days thereafter.

In the event that the adjusted Earnings before income tax, depreciation, and amortization (‘EBITDA”) of the Company for the 12 month period ending September 30, 2013 is greater or less than $1,250,000, InterCloud agreed to issue, or cancel, as appropriate, shares of Series F Preferred Stock based on an agreed-upon formula.

In addition, InterCloud agreed that, if its completes an underwritten public offering on Form S-1, it will issue to the Company’s shareholders an aggregate number of shares of its common stock equal to (i) $200,000 divided by (ii) the offering price per share of its common stock in this underwritten public offering.

Finally, as additional consideration, InterCloud agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount equal to 20% of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of $1,275,000 for each of the three 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.

 
F-70

 
 
ADEX CORPORATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
For the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
 
F-71

 
 
Independent Auditor's Report

To the Stockholders of
ADEX Corporation and subsidiary and its affiliated company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of ADEX Corporation and subsidiary and its affiliated company (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Institution's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Certified Public Accountants
Boca Raton, FL
December 4, 2012
 
 
F-72

 

ADEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY AND ITS AFFILIATED COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

   
December 31,
 
ASSETS
 
2011
   
2010
 
Current Assets:
           
Cash
 
$
64,004
   
$
171,782
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
   
7,861,650
     
5,581,274
 
Due from related party
   
3,715,445
     
3,652,373
 
Loan receivable - stockholders
   
201,561
     
140,062
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
339,197
     
29,499
 
Total current assets
   
12,181,857
     
9,574,990
 
                 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
   
50,859
     
62,697
 
                 
Other assets
   
74,060
     
76,010
 
                 
Total assets
 
$
12,306,776
   
$
9,713,697
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities:
               
Note payable - Bank
 
$
6,685,000
   
$
5,650,000
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
994,261
     
921,818
 
Income tax payable
   
42,600
     
19,456
 
Deferred income taxes
   
57,700
     
36,700
 
                 
Total current liabilities
   
7,779,561
     
6,575,491
 
                 
Stockholders' Equity
               
Common stock
   
2,000
     
11,608
 
Additional paid in capital
   
778,869
     
778,869
 
Retained earnings
   
3,746,346
     
2,295,246
 
Total stockholders' equity
   
4,527,215
     
3,085,723
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
12,306,776
   
$
9,713,697
 
 
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
 
F-73

 

ADEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY AND ITS AFFILIATED COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
             
   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Revenues
 
$
37,160,836
   
$
25,184,126
 
Cost of revenues:
               
Direct labor
   
26,784,592
     
17,911,631
 
Payroll taxes
   
1,460,927
     
1,098,803
 
Vehicle & tools
   
1,970,024
     
1,358,278
 
     
30,215,543
     
20,368,712
 
                 
Gross Profit
   
6,945,293
     
4,815,414
 
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
5,339,264
     
4,651,286
 
Income before taxes and other
   
1,606,029
     
164,128
 
                 
Other expenses
   
92,690
     
72,067
 
Income before taxes
   
1,513,339
     
92,061
 
                 
Income taxes
   
71,847
     
15,885
 
Net income
 
$
1,441,492
   
$
76,176
 
 
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
 
F-74

 

ADEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY AND ITS AFFILIATED COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
 
                           
Total
 
   
Common Stock
   
Additional
   
Retained
   
Stockholders'
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Paid in capital
   
Earnings
   
Equity
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
       
Balance, January 1, 2010
    11,608     $ 11,608     $ 778,869     $ 3,728,136     $ 4,518,613  
Additional paid in capital
    -       -       -       -       -  
Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       -       (1,509,066 )     (1,509,066 )
Net income
    -       -       -       76,176       76,176  
Balance, December 31, 2010
    11,608       11,608       778,869       2,295,246       3,085,723  
Dissolution of Integrated Telecom Ltd.
    (9,608 )     (9,608 )     -       9,608       -  
Net income
    -       -       -       1,441,492       1,441,492  
Balance, December 31, 2011
    2,000     $ 2,000     $ 778,869     $ 3,746,346     $ 4,527,215  
 
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
 
F-75

 
 
ADEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY AND ITS AFFILIATED COMPANY
CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
 
$
1,441,492
   
$
76,176
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income from operations to net cash used in operating activities:
               
Depreciation
   
27,250
     
31,231
 
Bad debt recovery
   
-
     
(23,546
)
Deferred taxes
   
21,000
     
(2,000
)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
   
(2,280,378
)
   
(1,646,086
)
Prepaid expenses & other current assets
   
(309,698
)
   
189,215
 
Other assets
   
1,950
     
-
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
72,445
     
(106,555
)
Income tax payable
   
23,144
     
(32,969
)
Net cash used in operating activities
   
(1,002,795
)
   
(1,514,534
)
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
   
(15,412
)
   
(4,455
)
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Increase (decrease) in due from related party
   
(63,072
)
   
(36,659
)
Proceeds from notes payable
   
1,035,000
     
3,000,000
 
Increase (decrease) in loans receivable - stockholders
   
(61,499
)
   
16,454
 
Distributions to stockholders
   
-
     
(1,509,066
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
   
910,429
     
1,470,729
 
                 
Net decrease in cash
   
(107,778
)
   
(48,260
)
Cash, beginning of year
   
171,782
     
220,042
 
Cash, end of year
 
$
64,004
   
$
171,782
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
 
$
116,310
   
$
85,471
 
Cash paid for income taxes
 
$
27,703
   
$
50,854
 
 
See notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
 
F-76

 
 
ADEX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY AND ITS AFFILIATED COMPANY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
 
NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

ADEX Corporation and Subsidiary and its Affiliated Company (collectively, the "Company") provide temporary employment services of technical employees to the telecommunications industry worldwide. The majority of the Company's customers are Fortune 500 companies.

Principles of Consolidation and Combination

The consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of ADEX Corporation (“ADEX”), a New York corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, ADEX LLC (“ADEX LLC”) a Georgia limited liability company, and its affiliated company ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC (“ADEX P.R.”) a Puerto Rican limited liability company, which is related by common ownership. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Collectively, and hereafter, ADEX, ADEX LLC and ADEX P.R. are referred to as the “Company” or “ADEX Corporation”, unless specific reference is made to an individual entity. Related to the Company are other entities that are related through mutual and common ownership and have conducted business transactions with the Company. Such an entity is ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC (“ADEX Medical”). The natures of transactions between related entities are that of business nature for the benefit of the Company or the related entity.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company holds no instruments that would qualify as cash equivalents under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) 230, in the statement of cash flows.

Concentration of Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash in financial institutions. At December 31, 2011, substantially all of the Company’s cash was in one bank subject to FDIC’s insurance of $250,000 per depositor per insured bank. From December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the balances of the account and the ownership capacity of the funds under the Dodd-Frank Act.
 
 
F-77

 
 
NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Concentration of Risks (Continued)
 
At December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any interest-bearing accounts. The Company provides services to customers throughout the United States and abroad. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The Company conducts a major portion of its business with three customers, each of whom accounts for more than 10 percent of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2011, revenue from six major customers amounted to 83% of net revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2010 revenue from four customers represented 77% of net revenue.

Total accounts receivable from four customers at December 31, 2011 amounted to 80% of the accounts receivable balance.   At December 31, 2010, accounts receivable from four customers amounted to 77% of the accounts receivable balance.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects management’s best estimate of the amounts that will not be collected based on a review of delinquent accounts receivable, as well as historical collection experience. Management periodically reviews and may adjust its assumptions for factors expected to affect collectability. Based on management’s assumptions, the Company provides for estimated uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to the allowance for doubtful accounts. Balances that remain outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $100,000.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from five to seven years. Total depreciation expense amounted to $27,250 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $31,231 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
   
December,31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Equipment
 
$
430,572
   
$
415,160
 
Furniture and Fixtures
   
277,223
     
277,223
 
Total
   
707,795
     
692,383
 
Less: accumulated depreciation
   
(656,936
)
   
(629,686
)
Property and equipment, net
 
$
50,859
   
$
62,697
 
 
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include amounts paid by the Company with a useful life of less than a year and are then amortized over the life of the payment. These amounts are primarily prepaid insurance which is paid for a year and then the amount is amortized over the period. Prepaid expenses and other current assets were $339,197 and $29,499 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

All costs associated with advertising and promotion are expensed in the period incurred and included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Total advertising and promotion costs amounted to $14,254 and $1,485 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 
F-78

 
 
NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Income Taxes

ADEX has elected to be taxed as Subchapter S corporations under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and for state tax purposes. Under those provisions, the corporation generally does not pay corporate income taxes on its taxable income. Instead, the stockholders report their proportionate share of the corporation’s taxable income or loss on their personal income tax returns.

ADEX LLC is a single member limited liability company for tax purposes and files its tax return on a combined basis with ADEX.

Effective January 2011, ADEX P.R. is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements only provide for income taxes imposed by individual states and local governments that do not recognize the S corporation election.

Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to provide technical engineering and management solutions to large voice and data communications providers, as specified by their clients. The contracts provide payment to the Company for its services may be based on either 1) direct labor hours at fixed hourly rates or 2) fixed-price contracts. The services provided by the Company under the contracts are generally provided within a month. Occasionally, the services may be provided over a period of up to 4 months. If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month and depending on the contract terms, the Company provides either progress billing at least once a month or upon completion of the clients’ specifications.
 
The Company recognizes revenues of contracts based on direct labor hours and fixed-price contracts that do not overlap a calendar month based on services provided. The Company recognizes revenues based on fixed-price contracts that overlap a calendar month using the percentage of completion method. The aggregate amount of unbilled work-in-progress recognized by the Company as revenues is insignificant at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.
 
Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated and combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated and combined financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

The Company’s accounts payables and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 consist primarily of trade payables and accrued compensation.

NOTE B - LOANS RECEIVABLE – STOCKHOLDERS

This amount represents an advance to the stockholders of ADEX. The amounts are due on demand and accrue interest at a per annum rate of 4%.
 
 
F-79

 

NOTE C - NOTE PAYABLE - BANK

The Company has a $7,000,000 revolving credit line with a bank that is shared with a related entity, ADEX Medical. The line is collateralized by a perfected first lien position on all of the assets of both the company and ADEX Medical, and is personally guaranteed by the owners of ADEX and ADEX Medical. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at the bank’s only reference rate plus 0.25%. At December 31, 2011, the interest rate was 3.5%. As of December 31, 2011, the total outstanding line of credit amounted to $6,685,000.
 
The line matured on May 1, 2012 and the maturity date was extended to July 1, 2012. As of November 25, 2012, the line had been repaid in full.

NOTE D - INCOME TAXES

Income taxes include state and city current and deferred income taxes. Deferred taxes arise primarily from accounts receivable timing differences, and result principally from the tax returns of ADEX using the cash basis, while the accompanying balance sheet is presented on the accrual basis.

The provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2011 consisted of the following:

Current taxes
 
$
50,847
 
Deferred taxes
   
21,000
 
         
Total
 
$
71,847
 

NOTE E - LEASE COMMITMENTS

ADEX leases various office spaces under cancelable operating leases which expire over various periods through 2014. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $154,654 and $190,519, respectively.

The lease for the Company’s Georgia location has a thirty-six month term that expires on April 30, 2014. The total minimum rent for the noncancelable portion (ten months) of the lease amounts to $84,420. Pursuant to the lease agreement, ADEX has an option to cancel the lease during its lease term. The option to cancel may be exercised on April 30, 2013 and would require a cancellation fee amounting to four months of the then due base rent, $35,836.

The lease for the Company’s Florida location has a twenty-five month term that expired on April 30, 2012. This lease was not renewed and the company relocated to a facility leased by a related party, ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC.

The lease for the Company’s Illinois location has a twenty-six month term that expires on July 31, 2012. The total minimum rent for the remaining noncancelable portion (one month) of the lease amounts to $989. The lease was renewed through July 31, 2014.

 
F-80

 
 
NOTE E - LEASE COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

The Company advanced $3,715,445 and $3,652,373 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 respectively to ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC which is owned by two stockholders of the Company. This amount is due on demand, is unsecured and bears no interest.

NOTE F - RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company advanced $3,715,445 and $3,652,373 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively to ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC which is owned by two stockholders of the Company. This amount is due on demand, is unsecured and bears no interest.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company incurred $39,804 of legal and professional services provided by an entity that is owned by a stockholder of the Company.
 
NOTE G - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 19, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On September 17, 2012, InterCloud Systems, Inc. (“InterCloud”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ADEX Agreement”) and InterCloud  acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The ADEX Agreement was made and entered into by and among InterCloud , the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of the ADEX Agreement, InterCloud acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by InterCloud at the closing: (i) cash of $12,819,594, (ii) a note in the amount of $1,046,000 and (iii) a note equal to the net working capital of the Company at the closing date of $1,332,668. The notes are due within sixty days of September 17, 2012.This note is secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of InterCloud Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock with a stated value of $1,500,000.

As additional consideration InterCloud  agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the Company for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”). If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0. InterCloud  also agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243. In connection with these obligations, InterCloud issued 2,000 shares of Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow. These shares are redeemable in the event InterCloud  defaults on its obligation to make the required payments. These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by InterCloud.
 
 
F-81

 

ADEX CORPORATION
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the six-months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011
 
 
F-82

 

ADEX CORPORATION & AFFILIATES
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(Unaudited)
       
   
June 30,
 
ASSETS
 
2012
 
Current Assets:
     
Cash
 
$
13,280
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
   
5,485,965
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
706,193
 
Total current assets
   
6,205,438
 
         
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
   
110,119
 
         
Other Assets
   
758,609
 
         
Total assets
 
$
7,074,166
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
       
Current Liabilities:
       
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
 
$
564,040
 
Due to InterCloud  corporation
   
1,652,000
 
Total current liabilities
   
2,216,040
 
         
Stockholders' Equity:
       
Common stock
   
2,000
 
Additional paid in capital
   
778,869
 
Retained earnings
   
4,077,257
 
Total stockholders' equity
   
4,858,126
 
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
7,074,166
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
F-83

 

ADEX CORPORATION & AFFILIATES
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Unaudited)
             
   
For the Six Months Ended
 
   
June 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
             
Revenues
 
$
15,297,857
   
$
15,726,931
 
                 
Cost of revenues:
               
Cost of Goods Sold
   
12,416,772
     
12,938,566
 
                 
Gross Profit
   
2,881,085
     
2,788,365
 
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
   
2,530,968
     
2,444,482
 
                 
Income before taxes and other expenses
   
350,116
     
343,883
 
                 
Other Income
   
512
     
2,297
 
                 
Income before taxes
   
350,629
     
346,180
 
                 
Income taxes
   
(9,993
)
   
(9,210)
 
                 
Net Income
 
$
340,636
   
$
336,970
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
F-84

 

ADEX CORPORATION & AFFILIATES
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

   
For the Six Months Ended
 
   
June 30,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
                 
Net income
 
$
340,636
 
 
$
336,970
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
   
2,368,319
     
(805,509
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
48,028
     
(150,629
)
Other assets
   
(7,963
)    
(517,353
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
(642,893
)    
1,300,747
 
Due to Related Party
   
383,351
     
(114,003
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
2,489,478
     
50,223
 
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
   
(24,260
)
    -  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Repayment of notes payable
   
(2,513,000
)
   
(105,000
)
Net decrease in cash
   
(47,782
)    
(54,777
)
Cash, beginning of period
   
61,062
     
168,681
 
Cash, end of period
 
$
13,280
   
$
113,904
 
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
 
$
 
   
$
   
Cash paid for income taxes
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
See notes to unaudited financial statements.
 
 
F-85

 
 
ADEX CORPORATION & AFFILIATES
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)
 
NOTE 1 - ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
ADEX Corporation and Subsidiary and its Affiliated Company (collectively, the "Company") provide temporary employment services of technical employees to the telecommunications industry worldwide.

Principles of Consolidation and Combination

The consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of ADEX Corporation (“ADEX”), a New York corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, ADEX LLC (“ADEX LLC”) a Georgia limited liability company, and its affiliated company ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC (“ADEX P.R.”) a Puerto Rican limited liability company, which is related by common ownership. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated and combined financial statements. Collectively, and hereafter, ADEX, ADEX LLC and ADEX P.R. are referred to as the “Company” or “ADEX Corporation”, unless specific reference is made to an individual entity. Related to the Company are other entities that are related through mutual and common ownership and have conducted business transactions with the Company. Such an entity is ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC (“ADEX Medical”). The natures of transactions between related entities are that of business nature for the benefit of the Company or the related entity.
 
The unaudited financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in the annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, have been omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, but management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements and notes included herein should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 included in this accompanying report. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments and disclosures necessary for a fair presentation of these interim statements have been included. The results of operations for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the year ending December 31, 2012, or that have been achieved for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
 
NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.
 
 
F-86

 
 
Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The accounts receivable may be secured by mechanic’s lien. The Company did not have to ascertain its rights under mechanic’s liens during the six-month period ended June 30, 2012 and 2011. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on the review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts of $100,000 at June 30, 2012 is adequate.

Concentration of Credit Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash in financial institutions. At June 30, 2012, substantially all of the Company’s cash was in one bank subject to FDIC’s insurance of $250,000 per depositor per insured bank. From December 31, 2011 through June 30, 2012, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the balances of the account and the ownership capacity of the funds under the Dodd-Frank Act.

At June 30, 2012, the Company did not have any interest-bearing accounts.

Total accounts receivable from five customers at June 30, 2012 represented 82% of the accounts receivable balance.

Four of the Company’s customers accounted for 71% of its revenues during the six-month period ended June 30, 2012 and six of the Company’s customers accounted for 83% of its revenues for the six month period ended June 30, 2011.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from five to seven years.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets include amounts paid by the Company with a useful life of less than a year and are then amortized over the life of the payment. These amounts are primarily prepaid insurance which is paid for a year and then the amount is amortized over the period. Prepaid expenses and other current assets were $706,193 as of June 30, 2012.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

All costs associated with advertising and promotion are expensed in the period incurred. Total advertising and promotion costs amounted to $13,062 and $7,151 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be taxed as Subchapter S corporations under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and for state tax purposes. Under those provisions, the corporation generally does not pay corporate income taxes on its taxable income. Instead, the stockholders report their proportionate share of the corporation’s taxable income or loss on their personal income tax returns.
 
 
F-87

 
 
ADEX LLC is a single member limited liability company for tax purposes and files its tax return on a combined basis with ADEX.

Effective January 2011, ADEX P.R. is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements only provide for income taxes imposed by individual states and local governments that do not recognize the S corporation election.

The Company’s election to be taxed under section 1362 m of the Internal Revenue Code was automatically revoked upon the acquisition of all of the Company’s outstanding shares by InterCloud Systems, Inc., a (C) Corporation, on September 17, 2012.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services to provide technical engineering and management solutions to large voice and data communications providers, as specified by their clients. The contracts provide payment to the Company for its services may be based on either 1) direct labor hours at fixed hourly rates or 2) fixed-price contracts. The services provided by the Company under the contracts are generally provided within a month. Occasionally, the services may be provided over a period of up to 4 months. If the Company anticipates that the services span over a month and depending on the contract terms, the Company provides either progress billing at least once a month or upon completion of the clients’ specifications.
 
The Company recognizes revenues of contracts based on direct labor hours and fixed-price contracts that do not overlap a calendar month based on services provided. The Company recognizes revenues based on fixed-price contracts that overlap a calendar month using the percentage of completion method. The aggregate amount of unbilled work-in-progress recognized by the Company as revenues is insignificant at June 30, 2012.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.
 
Geographic Concentration

The Company provides the services throughout the continental United States and Latin America.
 
NOTE 3 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and Equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.

The carrying values of property and equipment and accumulated depreciation and their estimated useful lives consist of the following at:

   
June 30,
 
   
2012
 
Equipment
 
$
454,832
 
Furniture and Fixtures
   
312,223
 
Total
   
767,055
 
Less: accumulated depreciation
   
(656,936
)
Property and equipment, net
 
$
110,119
 
 
 
F-88

 
 
Total depreciation expense was $0 and $20,438 for the nine months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011.

NOTE 4 - ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of June 30, 2012 consist of trade payables and accrued compensation.

NOTE 5 - RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

At December 31, 2011, the Company advanced $3,715,445 to ADEX Medical Staffing, LLC which is owned by two stockholders of the Company. This amount is due on demand and bears no interest. As of June 30, 2012, this amount had been repaid.

NOTE 6 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through November 19, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

On September 17, 2012, InterCloud Systems, Inc. (“InterCloud”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ADEX Agreement”) and InterCloud  acquired all the outstanding capital stock of the Company. The ADEX Agreement was made and entered into by and among InterCloud , the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.

Under the terms of the ADEX Agreement, InterCloud  acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration paid or issued by InterCloud  at the closing: (i) cash of $12,819,594, (ii) a note in the amount of $1,046,000 and (iii) a note equal to the net working capital of the Company at the closing date of $1,332,668. The notes are due within sixty days of September 17, 2012.This note is secured by the issuance of 1,500 shares of InterCloud Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock with a stated value of $1,500,000.

As additional consideration InterCloud  agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the product of 0.75 (the “Multiplier”) multiplied by the adjusted EBITDA of the Company for the twelve months beginning October 1, 2012, (the “Forward EBITDA”). If the Forward EBITDA is less than $2,731,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 0.50, and if the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,431,243, the Multiplier shall be adjusted to 1.0. InterCloud  also agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount of cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the Forward EBITDA is greater than $3,081,243. In connection with these obligations, InterCloud  issued 2,000 shares of Redeemable Series G Preferred Stock, which are held in escrow. These shares are redeemable in the event InterCloud  defaults on its obligation to make the required payments. These shares of Series G Preferred are automatically cancelled if payments are made in cash by InterCloud.
 
 
F-89

 
 
Independent Auditor's Report
To the Board of Directors
Tropical Communications, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Tropical Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders' deficiency, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Institution's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tropical Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 7 to the financial statements, the Company has suffered losses from operations, has a shareholders' deficiency and has a negative working capital all of which raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regards to these matters are also described in Note 7. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
 
/s/ Sherb & Co., LLP
 
     
 
Certified Public Accountants
 
 
Boca Raton, FL
August 9, 2012
 
 
F-90

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
             
   
JULY 31,
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Assets
 
-Unaudited -
       
             
Current Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
2,903
   
$
-
 
Accounts receivable
   
131,930
     
289,352
 
Total currents assets
   
134,833
     
289,352
 
                 
Property & Equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
   
11,576
     
-
 
                 
Deposits
   
11,606
     
11,606
 
                 
Total Assets
 
$
158,015
   
$
300,958
 
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Deficiency
               
                 
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable
 
$
120,401
   
$
130,902
 
Line of credit-Banks
   
223,942
     
233,754
 
Accrued expenses
   
33,200
     
45,786
 
Due to related parties
   
-
     
26,316
 
Total Current Liabilities
   
377,543
     
436,758
 
                 
Due to related parties, net of current portion
   
98,882
     
71,329
 
                 
Shareholder's Deficiency
               
Common stock, no par value, 200 shares authorized,
   
200
     
200
 
issued and outstanding
               
Additional paid-in capital
   
300
     
300
 
Accumulated deficit
   
(318,910
)
   
(207,629
)
                 
Total Shareholder's Deficiency
   
(318,410
)
   
(207,129
)
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholder's Deficiency
 
$
158,015
   
$
300,958
 
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-91

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
             
   
FOR THE SEVEN
MONTHS
   
FOR THE YEAR
 
   
ENDED
   
ENDED
 
   
JULY 31,
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
-Unaudited -
       
             
Revenues
 
$
785,181
   
$
1,301,939
 
                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
               
Cost of revenues
   
398,719
     
487,783
 
Depreciation
   
5,624
     
8,793
 
Salaries and wages
   
336,964
     
545,325
 
General and administrative
   
134,647
     
269,326
 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
   
875,954
     
1,311,227
 
                 
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS
   
(90,773
)
   
(9,288
)
                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
               
Interest expense
   
(21,215
)
   
(21,713
)
Other income
   
707
     
-
 
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   
(20,508
)
   
(21,713
)
                 
NET LOSS
 
$
(111,281
)
 
$
(31,001
)
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-92

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 2011 (UNAUDITED) AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
                               
               
Additional
             
   
Common Stock
   
Paid -In
   
Accumulated
       
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Deficit
   
Total
 
                               
Balance December31, 2009
   
1,000
   
$
200
   
$
300
   
$
(176,628
)
 
$
(176,128
)
                                         
Net loss
                           
(31,001
)
   
(31,001
)
                                         
Balance December 31, 2010
   
1,000
     
200
     
300
     
(207,629
)
   
(207,129
)
                                         
Net loss - Seven months ended July 31, 2011
                           
(111,281
)
   
(111,281
)
                                         
Balance July 31, 2011
   
1,000
   
$
200
   
$
300
   
$
(318,910
)
 
$
(318,410
)
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-93

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
             
             
         
 
 
   
FOR THE SEVEN MONTHS
ENDED
JULY 31,
   
FOR THE YEAR
ENDED
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
-Unaudited -
       
             
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
           
Net loss
 
$
(111,281
)
 
$
(31,001
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
               
used in operations:
               
Depreciation
   
5,624
     
8,793
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
   
157,422
     
(143,529
)
Increase (Decrease)in accounts payable and accrued expenses
   
(23,088
)
   
141,969
 
Total adjustments
   
139,958
     
7,233
 
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY(USED) IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   
28,677
     
(23,768
)
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
               
Purchases of equipment
   
(17,200
)
   
-
 
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   
(17,200
)
   
-
 
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Repayments of note payable-bank
   
(16,851
)
   
(19,388
)
Proceeds from bank loans
   
7,039
     
31,000
 
Repayments of note payable-equipment
   
-
     
(3,435
)
Proceeds (repayments) from related party borrowings
   
1,238
     
(12,946
)
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   
(8,574
)
   
(4,769
)
                 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH
   
2,903
     
(28,537
)
                 
CASH - beginning of period
   
-
     
2,222
 
                 
CASH - end of period
 
$
2,903
   
$
-
 
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
                 
Cash paid during the year for interest
 
$
21,215
   
$
17,230
 
Taxes paid
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-94

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
July 31, 2011 (unaudited) and December 31, 2010

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Tropical Communications, Inc. (“Tropical” or the “Company”) a Florida corporation based in Miami, Florida is a State licensed Low Voltage and Underground contractor and provides services to construct, install, optimize and maintain structured cabling for commercial and governmental entities in the South Florida area.

On August 22, 2011, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc, acquired a 100% interest in Tropical. The purchase price for Tropical was $90,000 paid with 1,000,000 shares of common stock in Genesis valued at $.09 per share and an earn-out provision for additional shares of stock in the Company based on a formula tied to future earnings of Tropical.

A summary of significant accounting policies follows:

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows, the company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Bad Debts

Accounts receivable are charged to bad debts when they are determined to be uncollectible based upon a periodic review by management. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that the allowance method be used to recognize bad debts; however, the effect of using the direct write-off method is not materially different from results that would have been obtained under the allowance method.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Useful lives range from: vehicles — 3- 7 years; computer and office equipment — 5 years and equipment — 5-7 years. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred and major improvements are capitalized. When assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is included in other income.

Income Taxes

The Company is a ‘C’ Corporation for income tax purposes as of May 1984. Due to the availability of net loss carryforwards from operations there is no tax effect in 2011 and 2010.
 
 
F-95

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
July 31, 2011(unaudited) and December 31, 2010

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues under the percentage of completion method of accounting using the cost-to-cost measures. Revenues from contracts using the cost-to-cost measures of completion are recognized based on the ratio of contract costs incurred to date to total estimated contract costs.
 
Application of the percentage of completion method of accounting requires the use of estimates of costs to be incurred for the performance of the contract. This estimation process is based upon the knowledge and experience of the Company’s project managers and financial personnel. Factors that the Company considers in estimating the work to be completed and ultimate contract recovery include the availability and productivity of labor, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the effect of change orders, the availability of materials, the effect of any delays in performance and the recoverability of any claims. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. At the time a loss on a contract becomes known, the amount of the estimated loss expected to be incurred is accrued.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
   
July 31,
2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
Vehicles
 
$
48,943
   
$
48,943
 
Computers and Office Equipment
   
30,407
     
30,407
 
Equipment
   
107,188
     
89,988
 
                 
Total
   
186,538
     
169,338
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
(174,962
)
   
(169,338
)
                 
Property and equipment, net
 
$
11,576
   
$
0
 
 
Depreciation expense for the period ended July 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010 was $ 5,624 and $ 8,793, respectively.
 
4. BANK DEBT

Bank debt consists of the following:
 
   
July 31,
2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
             
Two Lines of credit, payable monthly principle
           
and interest ( ranging from 8.05% to 9.75% ),
           
guaranteed personally by owner and secured by
           
equipment and inventory, maturing annually in June
 
$
223,942
   
$
231,426
 
                 
Installment note, payable monthly principle
               
+ interest of $453, interest 11.05% and
               
secured by vehicle
   
0
     
2,328
 
                 
   
$
223,942
   
$
233,754
 
 
 
F-96

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
July 31, 2011(unaudited) and December 31, 2010

5. DUE TO RELATED PARTIES
 
This account is comprised of the following loans from related parties:
 
   
July 31,
2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
             
Principal shareholders of the Company, unsecured, non-interest
 
bearing, due on demand
 
$
-
   
$
26,316
 
                 
3 rd Party promissory note with company under common ownership
 
by officer and former owner of Tropical, 9.75% interest, monthly
 
payments of interest only of $1,007, unsecured and
               
personally guaranteed by officer , due November 2016
   
98,882
     
71,329
 
     
98,882
     
97,645
 
Less: current portion of debt
    -      
(26,316
)
                 
Long term portion of notes payable, related parties
 
$
98,882
   
$
71,329
 
 
6. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk relating primarily to its cash and equivalents due to deposits in financial institutions which exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and trade accounts receivable. The Company grants credit under normal payment terms, generally without collateral, to its customers. These customers primarily consist of telephone companies, cable television multiple system operators and electric and gas utilities. With respect to a portion of the services provided to these customers, the Company has certain statutory lien rights which may in certain circumstances enhance the Company’s collection efforts. Adverse changes in overall business and economic factors may impact the Company’s customers and increase credit risks. These risks may be heightened as a result of the current economic developments and market volatility. In the past, some of the Company’s customers have experienced significant financial difficulties and likewise, some may experience financial difficulties in the future. These difficulties expose the Company to increased risks related to the collectability of amounts due for services performed. The Company believes that none of its significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would impact the collectability of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as of July 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.
 
For the period ended July 31, 2011 and year ended December 31, 2010, concentrations of significant customers were as follows:
 
   
Accounts Receivable
   
Revenues
 
2011
           
Hotwire Communications
    9 %     27 %
Miami-Dade County ETSD
    50 %     30 %
Miami Dade County Public Schools
    0 %     29 %
Alexander Montessori School
    19 %     2 %
Walgreens
    7 %     1 %
                 
2010
               
Hotwire Communications
    42 %     36 %
Miami-Dade County ETSD
    51 %     2 %
Miami Dade County Public Schools
    4 %     33 %
USAC
    0 %     11 %
 
 
F-97

 
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
July 31, 2011(unaudited) and December 31, 2010
 
7. GOING CONCERN

The Company has suffered losses from operations that may raise doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. As of July 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company has both negative working capital and continued net losses. The Company may raise capital through the sale of its equity securities, through debt securities, or through borrowings from principals and/or financial institutions. Management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern. There can be no assurance that additional financing which is necessary for the Company to continue its business will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 23, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were issued, and has concluded that no such events or transactions took place which would require disclosure herein.
 
 
F-98

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the Shareholder’s of Rives Monteiro Engineering, LLC
Tuscaloosa, Alabama
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Rives Monteiro Engineering, LLC, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Institution's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Rives Monteiro Engineering, LLC as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Certified Public Accountants
New York, New York
October 26, 2012
 
 
 
F-99

 
 
RIVES MONTEIRO ENGINEERING, LLC
BALANCE SHEETS
             
   
DECEMBER 31,
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Assets
           
             
Current Assets
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 54,255     $ 102,221  
Accounts receivable
    -       8,299  
Advances-subcontractors
    6,102       -  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 60,357     $ 110,520  
                 
Liabilities and Members' Deficiency
               
                 
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 74,708     $ 83,112  
Note payable-Bank
    178,393       225,948  
Accrued expenses
    14,163       11,766  
Loan payable, related parties
    -       1,734  
Total Current Liabilities
    267,264       322,560  
                 
                 
Member's Deficiency
               
Common stock, no par value, 1,000 shares authorized,
issued and outstanding
    1,000       1,000  
Retained earnings
    212,455       102,177  
Less: Member's distributions
    (420,362 )     (315,217 )
                 
Total Member's Deficiency
    (206,907 )     (212,040 )
                 
Total Liabilities and Member's Deficiency
  $ 60,357     $ 110,520  

See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-100

 

RIVES MONTEIRO ENGINEERING, LLC
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
             
   
FOR THE YEARS ENDED
 
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
 
   
 
 
Revenues
  $ 2,565,801     $ 1,267,640  
                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
               
Cost of revenues
    1,516,627       762,482  
Salaries and wages
    241,156       191,882  
General and administrative
    606,145       335,179  
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
    2,363,928       1,289,543  
                 
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
    201,873       (21,904 )
                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
               
Interest expense
    (91,779 )     (47,508 )
Interest income
    184       159  
                 
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
   
(91,595
)     (47,349 )
                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ 110,278     $ (69,253 )
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-101

 
 
RIVES MONTEIRO ENGINEERING , LLC
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBER'S EQUITY (DEFICIT)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010
                     
Member's
       
     
Common Stock
   
Retained
   
Contributions/
       
      Shares    
 Amount
   
Earnings
   
Distributions
   
Total
 
                               
Balance December 31, 2009
    1,000     $ 1,000     $ 171,430     $ (256,816 )   $ (84,386 )
                                         
Net loss
                    (69,253 )             (69,253 )
                                         
Distributions to members
                            (58,401 )     (58,401 )
                                         
Balance December 31, 2010
    1,000       1,000       102,177       (315,217 )     (212,040 )
                                         
Net income
                    110,278               110,278  
                                         
Distributions to members
                            (105,145 )     (105,145 )
                                         
Balance December 31, 2011
    1,000     $ 1,000     $ 212,455     $ (420,362 )   $ (206,907 )
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-102

 
 
RIVES MONTEIRO ENGINEERING, LLC
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
             
   
FOR THE YEARS ENDED
 
   
DECEMBER 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
           
Net income (loss)
  $ 110,278     $ (69,253 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
               
used in operations:
               
Changes in assets and liabilities:
               
Decrease in accounts receivable
    8,299       86,550  
Increase (decrease) in advances- subcontractors
    (6,102 )     108,106  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (6,007 )     10,571  
Total adjustments
    (3,810 )     205,227  
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    106,468       135,974  
                 
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
Repayments of note payable-bank, net
    (47,555 )     (23,693 )
Member distributions
    (105,145 )     (58,401 )
(Repayments)/proceeds from related party borrowings
    (1,734 )     1,342  
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    (154,434 )     (80,753 )
                 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH
    (47,966 )     55,221  
                 
CASH - beginning of year
    102,221       47,000  
                 
CASH - end of year
  $ 54,255     $ 102,221  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 91,779     $ 47,508  
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-103

 
 
RIVES MONTEIRO ENGINEERING, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011 and 2010
 
NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Rives Monteiro Engineering, LLC ( “RM Engineering” and/or “the Company”) was formed as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Alabama on February 29,2009 for the purpose of operating a cable engineering firm and certified woman owned business based in Tuscaloosa, Al.

On December 29, 2011 pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.(“Genesis”) acquired a 49% interest of RM Engineering. Genesis also acquired 100% of Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC (“RM Leasing”) an equipment provider for the cable engineering services. RM Engineering and RM Leasing (combined “RM companies”) have been in business since 1998, performing cable engineering services in the Southeastern United States with additional services performed internationally.

The total purchase price for the RM companies was $337,500 paid with $100,000 in cash, $200,000 pursuant to a six month promissory note and, 7,500,000 shares of common stock in the Company valued at $.005 per share. Pursuant to the Agreement and as a result of the acquisition of RM Leasing, Genesis acquired, subject to existing bank liens, certain vehicles, machinery and equipment as well as existing business opportunities. Additional compensation will be paid in form of an earn-out as well as cashless warrants priced at .30 per share for up to 500,000 additional shares, for each $500,000 in net income generated to the Company during the twenty-four months following closing.

A summary of significant accounting policies follows:

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
For purposes of reporting cash flows, the company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Bad Debts

Accounts receivable are charged to bad debts when they are determined to be uncollectible based upon a periodic review by management. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that the allowance method be used to recognize bad debts; however, the effect of using the direct write-off method is not materially different from results that would have been obtained under the allowance method. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 there was no reserve for bad debts.
 
 
F-104

 
 
RIVES MONTEIRO ENGINEERING, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011 and 2010

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING  POLICIES -   (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues under the percentage of completion method of accounting using the cost-to-cost measures. Revenues from contracts using the cost-to-cost measures of completion are recognized based on the ratio of contract costs incurred to date to total estimated contract costs.
 
Application of the percentage of completion method of accounting requires the use of estimates of costs to be incurred for the performance of the contract. This estimation process is based upon the knowledge and experience of the Company’s project managers and financial personnel. Factors that the Company considers in estimating the work to be completed and ultimate contract recovery include the availability and productivity of labor, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the effect of change orders, the availability of materials, the effect of any delays in performance and the recoverability of any claims. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and their effects are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. At the time a loss on a contract becomes known, the amount of the estimated loss expected to be incurred is accrued.

Cost of revenues represents primarily costs incurred from the hiring of subcontractors.

Income Taxes

Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and applicable state laws, the Company is not directly subject to income taxes as they are a “pass through” entity for tax purposes; the results of its operations are includable in the tax returns of its members. Therefore, no provision for income tax expense has been included in the accompanying financial statements.

NOTE 2 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company entered into an Equipment Leasing arrangement with an affiliate of the members, Rives Monteiro Leasing LLC (RM Leasing), for the use and rental of vehicles and cable construction equipment in servicing its customers. Total fees paid to RM Leasing pursuant to this arrangement were $25,388 and $23,450, for the periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 3 - NOTE PAYABLE-BANK

On July 28, 2009 the Company entered into a revolving commercial loan agreement for borrowing up to $350,000 with Capstone Bank in Tuscaloosa, Alabama, with annual renewals.  The loan with a balance of $178,393 and $225,948 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, was last renewed on August 26, 2012 and matures on August 28, 2013. The loan carries an interest rate based on Capstone Base Rate plus 1% (5.50% as of December 31, 2011) and requires monthly payments of interest only and periodic principal payments. The loan is personally secured by the members and principally all assets of the Company.
 
 
F-105

 
 
RIVES MONTEIRO ENGINEERING, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2011 and 2010

NOTE 4- CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk relating primarily to its cash and equivalents due to deposits in financial institutions which exceed the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and trade accounts receivable. The Company grants credit under normal payment terms, generally without collateral, to its customers. These customers primarily consist of telephone companies, cable television multiple system operators and electric and gas utilities. With respect to a portion of the services provided to these customers, the Company has certain statutory lien rights which may in certain circumstances enhance the Company’s collection efforts. Adverse changes in overall business and economic factors may impact the Company’s customers and increase credit risks. These risks may be heightened as a result of the current economic developments and market volatility. In the past, some of the Company’s customers have experienced significant financial difficulties and likewise, some may experience financial difficulties in the future. These difficulties expose the Company to increased risks related to the collectability of amounts due for services performed. The Company believes that none of its significant customers were experiencing financial difficulties that would impact the collectability of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, concentrations of significant customers were as follows:
 
   
Accounts Receivable
   
Revenues
 
2011
           
ABSS
   
-0-
%
   
95
%
                 
2010
               
ABSS
   
31
%
   
72
%
FICOA
   
-0-
%
   
13
%
CCG
   
 67
%
   
2
%
     
98
%
   
87
%
 
NOTE 5 - GOING CONCERN

The Company has suffered losses from operations that may raise doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company has both negative working capital and continued net losses. The Company may raise capital through the sale of its member interest, through debt, or through borrowings from members and/or financial institutions. Management believes that actions presently being taken to obtain additional funding provide the opportunity for the Company to continue as a going concern. There can be no assurance that additional financing which is necessary for the Company to continue its business will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, or at all. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
NOTE 6 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through  October 26, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were issued, and has concluded that no such events or transactions took place which would require disclosure herein.
 
 
F-106

 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Members of
Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC

We have audited the accompanying divisional financial statements of Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions (the “Divisions”), which are divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC. These divisional financial statements comprise the divisional balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011,  and the related statements of divisional income, changes in divisional net assets, and divisional cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these divisional financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these divisional financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the divisional financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the divisional financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the divisional financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the divisional financial statements in order  to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the divisional financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the divisional financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the divisional financial position of the Divisions as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
New York, New York
March 22, 2013
 
 
F-107

 
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions
DIVISIONAL BALANCE SHEETS
 
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
DIVISIONAL ASSETS
 
2012
   
2011
 
Current Assets:
           
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
  $ 5,179,579     $ 4,366,229  
    Total current assets
    5,179,579       4,366,229  
                 
     Total assets
  $ 5,179,579     $ 4,366,229  
                 
DIVISIONAL LIABILITIES AND DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS
               
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
  Accrued compensation
  $ 718,428     $ 295,947  
    Total current liabilities
    718,428       295,947  
                 
    Total liabilities
    718,428       295,947  
                 
Divisional Net Assets
    4,461,169       4,070,282  
                 
     Total liabilities and divisional net assets
  $ 5,179,579     $ 4,366,229  
                 
See Notes to Divisional Financial Statements

 
F-108

 
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions
 
DIVISIONAL STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
             
   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Revenues
  $ 18,479,303     $ 16,833,939  
                 
Cost of revenues
    13,323,637       11,691,936  
                 
Gross Profit
    5,155,666       5,142,003  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
  Salaries and wages
    1,174,528       1,103,613  
  General and administrative
    105,594       133,474  
      1,280,122       1,237,087  
                 
Net income
  $ 3,875,544     $ 3,904,916  
                 
See Notes to Divisional Financial Statements
 
 
 
F-109

 
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS
From January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012
 
Balance, January 1, 2011
  $
3,673,369
 
         
Net divisional transfers
   
      (3,508,003
)
Net income
   
        3,904,916
 
Ending balance, December 31, 2011
   
        4,070,282
 
         
Net divisional transfers
   
      (3,953,569
)
Net income
   
        4,012,417
 
Ending balance, December 31, 2012
  $
4,129,130
 
 
See Notes to Divisional Financial Statements
 
 
F-110

 
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions
 
DIVISIONAL STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
  $ 3,875,544     $ 3,904,916  
Adjustments to reconcile net income from continuing operations to net cash
         
provided by operating activities:
               
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (813,368 )     (320,011 )
Accrued compensation
    422,481       (76,902 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    3,484,657       3,508,003  
                 
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Net divisional transfers
    3,484,657 )     (3,508,003 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    3,484,657 )     (3,508,003 )
                 
Net increase in cash
    -       -  
                 
Cash, beginning of year
    -       -  
                 
Cash, end of year
  $ -     $ -  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ -     $ -  
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ -     $ -  
                 
See Notes to Divisional Financial Statements
 
 
F-111

 
 
TELCO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND HANDSET TESTING DIVISIONS
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note A - Nature Of Business
 
Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions (the “Divisions”) are divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC (the “Company”).  The Divisions are located in Edison, New Jersey and commenced operation  during the year ended December 31, 2000 .  The Divisions provide a complete array of technical skills across all platforms and development areas in the form of information technology and telephony-related consulting services and personnel to telecommunications service providers and original telecommunication equipment manufacturers.  The Company’s primary focus is in developing and integrating information systems, protecting client networks, improving technology and business processes and assisting companies in evolving to the next generation of communications technology.

Note B - Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Divisions are not separate legal entities from the Company and do not maintain separate financial records.  The Divisions do not maintain separate bank accounts because cash management is centralized at the Company’s level. Additionally, the Company may incur certain expenses on behalf of the Divisions.  Included in the accompanying Statement of Income are those expenses incurred by the Company which are directly traceable to the Divisions and are essential to the Divisions’ revenue producing activities. The financial statements do not include any allocations of corporate overhead or interest from other divisions or units within The Company.
 
Use of estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Included in these estimates are estimates of the collectability of its accounts receivable.
 
Revenue recognition
 
The Divisions recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed and determinable, services have been performed by its workforce and when collectability is reasonably assured.  The majority of the Divisions' service arrangements are recognized based upon hours worked multiplied by contractual hourly billing rates.

For certain customers, the Divisions provides services over a specified period, for which revenues are recognized ratably over the service period.  Since the Divisions generally invoices these customers at the start of the service period, the Company records the initial invoice amount as deferred revenue.  Such arrangements are generally not significant. There is no deferred revenue as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
 
F-112

 
 
Concentration of credit risk
 
The Divisions accounts receivable are primarily due from large telecommunications service providers and original equipment manufacturers. Three of the Divisions customers accounted for 74% of its accounts receivables at December 31, 2012. Three of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 87% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2011.
 
Product Concentration
 
The Divisions generates its revenues providing information technology and telephony-related consulting services and personnel .
 
Geographic Concentration
 
The Company provides substantially all of its services throughout the United States and in one Asian country. Revenue outside of the United States was less than 5% of total revenue.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Divisions accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, if any, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
 
F-113

 
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
The Divisions do not have Level 1, 2, or 3 financial assets or liabilities.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements
 
The carrying value of accounts receivable and accrued compensation approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.
 
Customer Concentration
 
Three of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 89% of its revenues during 2012. Two of the Divisions’ customers accounted for 76% of its revenues during 2011.
 
Segment Reporting
 
The Divisions generates revenues from one source, revenues providing information technology and telephony-related consulting services and personnel . The Divisions’ chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Divisions based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Divisions’ statements of income.
 
 
F-114

 
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company was formed as a limited liability company, and as such, U.S. federal and domestic state income taxes are the direct responsibility of the Company’s members.  The Divisions are separate taxable legal entities for income tax purposes.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.
 
Accrued Compensation
 
Accrued compensation includes amounts due to employees and consultants of the Divisions for compensation. The amount of accrued compensation was $718,428 and $295,947 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Recent accounting pronouncements have been issued but deemed by management to be outside the scope of relevance to the Divisions.

NOTE C-ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

Accounts receivable primarily represents invoices that are due in the ordinary course of providing a service, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Included in accounts receivable are accruals for unbilled receivables representing services performed and revenues recognized but not yet billed by the Company to the customer. Unbilled receivables, included in accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were insignificant.

Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are non-interest bearing. At each reporting period the Divisions evaluates, on a specific basis, the economic condition of its customers and their ability and intent to pay their debt. If such evaluation shows that it is probable that a customer will not settle its full obligation, a reserve against Accounts receivable is recorded for the non-recoverable amount. The Divisions also maintains a general bad debt reserve based on the aging of its customers’ receivables and historical trends. Management believes that an allowance for doubtful accounts is not necessary at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The accounts receivable are used as collateral for a master revolving line of credit between a commercial bank and the Company. The collateral is not exclusive just to the Divisions, the Company has other operating divisions whose assets are also included as collateral for this credit line.
 
NOTE D-EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Company has a retirement savings plan for its employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.  Employees who are eligible, as defined, are able to contribute up to 15% of their earnings to the plan up to the maximum amount permitted by law. The Company is not required to, nor does it provide matching contributions on behalf of the Divisions’ employees.
 
 
F-115

 
 
NOTE E-DIVISIONAL NET ASSETS
 
Net divisional transfers between the Divisions and the Company amounted to approximately $3.5 million during 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
NOTE F-COMMITMENTS
 
The Company, for the operations required by the Divisions, entered into an office lease in Honolulu, Hawaii to operate some of their technological services. The lease is from July 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013. The lease requires monthly payments of $2,292 per month. Total rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately $18,600 which included move-in and startup tax fees.
 
NOTE G-SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
The Divisions have evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through March 22, 2012, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
 
On November 13, 2012, InterCloud, Inc. (“InterCloud”) entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “TPS Agreement”) and agreed to acquire certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Divisions. The TPS Agreement was made and entered into by and among InterCloud, the Divisions, and Tekmark member owners.
 
Under the terms of the TPS Agreement, InterCloud will acquire certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of the Divisions in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by InterCloud at the closing: (i) cash of five times trailing twelve months EBITDA, (ii) .5 times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in of InterCloud’ Common Stock and (iii) InterCloud and Tekmark shall within sixty days of Closing adjust the initial closing payment such that it equals the true Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA after accounting for any additional liabilities or adjustments. InterCloud also agreed to pay 1 times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the day of the first calendar month after the closing date.
 
In addition, the purchase price shall also be increased by the excess net working capital at closing, which consists of current assets (including accounts receivable), less current liabilities, less total payroll expenses (including applicable fringe benefits) and fixed operating costs for the 60 days prior to Closing.
 
At Tekmark’s discretion, some of the original cash payment can be taken as InterCloud stock with a put provision to InterCloud for the original cash value of same.
 
Finally, as additional consideration, InterCloud agreed to pay Tekmark an amount equal to 2 times growth of the of the Divisions’ adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
 
F-116

 
 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS-NY CORPORATION
 
Integration Partners Corporation – New York
 
(An S Corporation)
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
 
For the year ended December 31, 2012
 
 
F-117

 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
 

To the Stockholders’ of
Integration Partners – NY Corporation

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Integration Partners – NY Corporation (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011,  and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order  to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
New York, New York
March 22, 2013
 
 
F-118

 
 
 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS-NY CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEETS
             
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
ASSETS
 
2012
   
2011
 
Current Assets:
           
Cash
  $ 1,397,786     $ 795,725  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt
    5,407,275       5,973,809  
Other receivable - related party
    -       169,341  
Prepaid expenses, current portion
    630,013       785,548  
Inventory
    108,743       277,079  
Total current assets
    7,543,817       8,001,502  
                 
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
    29,357       9,345  
                 
Prepaid expenses, net of current portion
    114,605       117,542  
Other assets
    8,700       8,700  
Total assets
  $ 7,696,479     $ 8,137,089  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
                 
Current Liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 3,520,196     $ 5,388,286  
Accrued compensation
    451,862       396,531  
Due to related party
    237,324       -  
Deferred revenue, current portion
    955,418       1,129,776  
Total current liabiliaties
    5,164,800       6,914,593  
                 
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
    234,459       231,513  
Total liabilities
    5,399,259       7,146,106  
                 
Stockholders' Equity:
               
Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 200,000 shares authorized;
               
200,000 issued and outstanding
    20       20  
Retained earnings
    2,297,200       990,963  
Total stockholders’ equity
    2,297,220       990,983  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 7,696,479     $ 8,137,089  
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-119

 
 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS-NY CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
             
   
For the Years Ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
             
Revenues
  $ 25,891,847     $ 21,660,795  
                 
Cost of revenues
    18,484,907       16,135,349  
                 
Gross profit
    7,406,940       5,525,446  
                 
Operating expenses:
               
  Selling, general and administrative
    3,898,196       3,456,130  
      3,898,196       3,456,130  
                 
Other income (expense):
               
  Interest income
    37       149  
      37       149  
                 
Net income
  $ 3,508,781     $ 2,069,465  
 
See Notes to  Financial Statements
 
 
F-120

 
 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS-NY CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
From January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012
                         
                     
Total
 
   
Common Stock
   
Retained
   
Stockholders'
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Earnings
   
Equity
 
                         
Balance, January 1, 2011
    200,000     $ 20     $ 69,607     $ 69,627  
                                 
Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       (1,148,109 )     (1,148,109 )
Net income
    -       -       2,069,465       2,069,465  
Balance, December 31, 2011
    200,000       20       990,963       990,983  
                                 
Distributions to stockholders
    -       -       (2,202,544 )     (2,202,544 )
Net loss
    -       -       3,508,781       3,508,781  
Balance, December 31, 2012
    200,000     $ 20     $ 2,297,200     $ 2,297,220  
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-121

 
 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS-NY CORPORATION
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
             
   
For the Years ended
 
   
December 31,
 
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
           
Net income
  $ 3,508,781     $ 2,069,465  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation
    19,908       8,216  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    566,534       (4,935,567 )
Other receivable - related party
    169,341       13,256  
Prepaid expenses
    158,471       (682,861 )
Inventory
    168,336       (74,397 )
Accrued compensation
    55,331       269,961  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (1,868,088 )     4,460,231  
Due to related party
    237,324       -  
Deferred revenue
    (171,413 )     756,670  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,844,525       1,884,974  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Purchase of property and equipment
    (39,920 )     (3,360 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (39,920 )     (3,360 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Distributions to stockholders
    (2,202,544 )     (1,148,109 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (2,202,544 )     (1,148,109 )
                 
Net increase in cash
    602,061       733,505  
                 
Cash, beginning of year
    795,725       62,220  
                 
Cash, end of year
  $ 1,397,786     $ 795,725  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
               
Cash paid for interest
  $ -     $ -  
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ -     $ -  
 
See Notes to Financial Statements
 
 
F-122

 
 
INTEGRATION PARTNERS CORPORATION – NEW YORK
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
Integration Partners Corporation – NY, or   the Company, was incorporated in January 2009 in New Jersey.  The Company is an (S) Corporation.
 
The Company specializes in the design, installation, and maintenance of voice, video, and data networking infrastructure in the commercial, higher education, and governmental markets.
 
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reporting amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results will differ from those estimates. Included in these estimates are estimates of the useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment and the collectability of its accounts receivable.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an original maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
The Company’s accounts receivable are due primarily from customers located in the United States. Collateral is generally not required. The Company also maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make payments. The Company periodically reviews these estimated allowances, including an analysis of the customer’s payment history and credit worthiness, the age of the receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to make payments. Based on this review, the Company specifically reserves for those accounts deemed uncollectible. When receivables are determined to be uncollectible, principal amounts of such receivables outstanding are deducted from the allowance. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $30,000 and $0 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
F-123

 
 
Concentration of Credit Risks
 
The Company is subject to concentrations of credit risk primarily from cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.
 
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents accounts are held at financial institutions and are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, up to $250,000. To reduce its risk associated with the failure of such financial institutions, the Company periodically evaluates the credit quality of the financial institutions in which it holds deposits.
 
The Company's accounts receivable are due from customers, generally located within the United States.  Four of the Company’s customers accounted for 42% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2012 and one of the Company’s customers accounted for 43% of its accounts receivable at December 31, 2011.  
 
Customer Concentration
 
One of the Company’s customers accounted for more than 10% of its revenues during 2012. Two of the Company’s customers accounted for 28% of its revenues during 2011.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Company recognizes revenue on arrangements in accordance with ASC Topic 605-10-S99, Revenue Recognition-Overall-SEC Materials. Revenue is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the service is performed, and collectability of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenues are generated from contracted services for design, implementation, and maintenance services of for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure to higher education organizations, governmental agencies, and commercial customers .
 
 
F-124

 
 
Prior to commencement of services, and depending on the length of the services to be provided, the Company obtains a written agreement or executed proposal. Generally, the services are provided over a period ranging between 2 days to 14 days.
 
Revenues related to the resale of hardware and software are recognized upon delivery to the customers.
 
Revenues related to maintenance and customer support are recognized over the relative terms of the service agreements. For all service revenues, the Company determines whether it is acting as principal or agent, in accordance with ASC topic 605-45, “Revenue Recognition—Principal Agent Considerations.” For the sale of third-party maintenance and customer support in which the Company is acting as agent, the revenue is recognized on a net basis and deferred over the relative terms of the service agreements.
 
The Company does not provide refunds to its customers.
 
The Company provides separately-priced maintenance agreements on its products and services.
 
The Company’s product and license revenue consists of revenue from the sale of stand-alone software products. Stand-alone software sales generally include a perpetual license to an off-the shelf software purchased from one of IPC’s vendor and is subject to the industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. In accordance with this guidance, the Company allocates revenue to license updates related to the stand-alone software and any other undelivered elements of the arrangement based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value of each element and such amounts are deferred until the applicable delivery criteria and other revenue recognition criteria described above have been met. The balance of the revenues, net of any discounts inherent in the arrangement, is recognized at the outset of the arrangement using the residual method as the product licenses are delivered. If management cannot objectively determine the fair value of each undelivered element based on VSOE of fair value, revenue recognition is deferred until all elements are delivered, all services have been performed, or until fair value can be objectively determined.
 
The Company’s sold hardware contains software components that are essential to the overall functionality of the products. Effective January 1, 2011, IPC adopted amended accounting standards for revenue recognition to remove tangible products containing software components and non-software components that function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality from the scope of industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance on a prospective basis for new and materially modified arrangements originating after December 31, 2010.
 
For multiple element arrangements that include software and non-software related elements, the Company allocates revenue to each software and non-software element as a group based upon the relative selling price of each in accordance with the selling price hierarchy, which includes VSOE if available, third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available, and estimated selling price, if VSOE or TPE are not available.  Revenue allocated to each element is then recognized when the basic revenue recognition criteria are met for each element.
 
In unique circumstances, we are unable to establish VSOE for all deliverables in a multiple-element arrangement.  This is due to an infrequent requested item from a customer.  When VSOE cannot be established, we attempt to establish a selling price based on TPE, which is primarily based on competitor prices for similar deliverables.  TPE and ESP are rarely used and mostly on nonsignificant items.
 
 
F-125

 
 
Warranty Costs
 
The Company provides product warranties for specific products and services.  At each measurement date, the Company determines the accrual for estimated future warranty costs in the period in which the associated revenue is recognized based on historical experience, expectation of future conditions, and the extent of backup concurrent supplier warranties in place.
 
The Company warrants that its products will be free from certain defects in material and workmanship at the time of delivery and typically for a period of one to three years, depending upon the specific product or services or the customer proposal.  The Company obtains back-up concurrent warranties for major components parts from its suppliers.
 
Management believes that a reserve for warranty is not necessary at December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
Inventory
 
The Company purchases inventory for immediate resale to customers and records it at actual cost until sold. Inventory as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $108,743 and $277,079, respectively. Inventory consisted of networking equipment.
 
Prepaid Assets
 
Prepaid assets consist of the unamortized amount of customer support paid by the Company on behalf of its customers. The prepaid assets are recognized over the terms of the related support agreements.
 
Product Concentration
 
The Company generates its revenues from design, implementation, and maintenance services for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure.
 
 
F-126

 
 
Geographic Concentration
 
The Company provides its services throughout the continental United States, primarily in the Northeastern area.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company accounts, for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, in accordance with ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure about such fair value measurements.
 
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:
 
Level 1:    
Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    
Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.
Level 3:    
Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.
 
Additional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurements
 
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and accrued compensation approximate their fair value due to the short maturity of these items.
 
Advertising
 
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense amounted to $4,000 and $6,000 during 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
 
F-127

 
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company, with the consent of its stockholders, has elected at inception to have its income taxed under section 1362 m of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that, in lieu of corporation income taxes, the stockholders are taxed on the Company’s taxable income.  Therefore, no provision or liability for federal and state income taxes is included in the accompanying financial statements.
 
Segment Reporting
 
The Company generates revenues from one source, from design, installation, and maintenance services for voice, video, and data networking infrastructure . The Company's chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of the Company based upon revenues and expenses by functional areas as disclosed in the Company's statements of operations.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Significant renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
Property and equipment consist of the following at:
 
   
December 31,
 
Estimated
   
2012
   
2011
 
Useful Lives
Computer equipment
  $ 86,743     $ 46,823  
3-5 years
Accumulated depreciation
    (57,386 )     (37,478 )  
      29,357       9,345    
 
 
F-128

 
 
Deferred Revenue
 
Deferred revenue includes the unrecognized revenue from customer support and other revenues which have not been earned at the date of the balance sheet. Such deferred revenues are recognized in accordance with our aforementioned revenue recognition policy.
 
NOTE 3: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily consist of trade payables. Included in accounts payable and accrued expenses is sales tax payable of $84,514 and $28,951 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Management believes they are appropriately collecting sales tax in the jurisdictions that require such collection for the goods and services the Company provides.
 
NOTE 4: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Common Stock
 
The Company has 200,000 shares of $.0001 par value Common Stock authorized. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, there were 200,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding.
 
The Company paid distributions to its shareholders of $2,202,544 and $1,148,109 during 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
NOTE 5: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
As of December 31, 2012, the Company has received advances of $227,027 from a related party by means of common ownership. As of December 31, 2011 the Company had advanced $169,341 to a related party by means of common ownership with the Company.
 
The same related party has provided general and administrative supporting services to the Company. There is no contractual obligation between the related party and the Company for these services or any related compensation. During the 2012 and 2011 the Company recorded selling, general, and administrative expenses of $100,008 and $118,418, respectively, relating to these services.
 
 
F-129

 
 
NOTE 6: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company entered into a lease for office faculties in Parsippany, New Jersey in October 2010 that concluded in September 2012. Monthly rent, including electric charges, is approximately $4,800. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $52,800 and $57,600, respectively. In November 2012 the Company entered into a new, five year lease at the same facility for monthly base rent, including electric charges, as follows:
 
November 2012 through December 2012: $2,927 per month
January 2013 through October 2014: $5,355 per month
November 2014 through October 2017: $5,498 per month
 
NOTE 7: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
The Company has evaluated the impact of subsequent events in its accompanying financial statements and related disclosure through March 22, 2013 which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
 
 November 20, 2012, InterCloud Systems, Inc. (“InterCloud”) entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “IPC Agreement”) and agreed to acquire all the outstanding stock of the Company. The IPC Agreement was made and entered into by and among InterCloud, the Company, and the Company’s shareholders.
 
Under the terms of the IPC Agreement, InterCloud will acquire all the capital stock of the Company in exchange for the following consideration to be paid or issued by InterCloud at the closing: (i) cash of five and two tenths (5.2X) times trailing twelve months EBITDA, and (ii) two tenths of one percent (.2X) times Trailing Twelve Months EBITDA to be paid in of Intecloud’s Common Stock.
 
InterCloud also agreed to pay six tenths of one percent (.6X) times the forward EBITDA calculated as the twelve month period commencing on the first day of the first calendar month after the closing date.
 
As additional consideration, InterCloud agreed to pay the Company’s shareholders an amount equal to two (2X)  times growth of the Company’s adjusted EBITDA in excess of the calculation used for the initial cash payment  for each of the two 12-month periods immediately following the closing date.
 
The InterCloud common stock issued to the shareholders will be priced based on InterCloud’s pending  public offering.
 
Any of the Company’s shareholders can elect to take InterCloud stock instead of cash at closing.  The amount can be up to one (1X) EBITDA.
 
Also, seven percent (7%) of the total consideration shall be placed in escrow for nine months to account for any contingent liabilities, bad debts or breaches of any representations and warranties and covenants in the IPC Agreement.
 
Subsequent to the closing of the IPC Agreement, the Company's status as a company taxed under Section 1362m of the Internal Revenue Code is expected to cease.
 
 
F-130

 



[____] Shares
Common Stock
 
[Logo]
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
 

 
PROSPECTUS
 

 
Aegis Capital Corp
 
____________________, 2013
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.       Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
 
The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with our initial public offering.  All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the initial NASDAQ listing fee:
 
   
Amount Paid or to be Paid
 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
 
$
5,797
 
FINRA filing fee
   
6,500
 
Initial NASDAQ listing fee
   
*
 
Printing and engraving expenses
   
*
 
Legal fees and expenses
   
*
 
Accounting fees and expenses
   
*
 
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
   
*
 
Miscellaneous expenses (including road show)
   
*
 
Total
 
$
*
 
 
______________
 
 
*
To be provided by amendment.
 
Item 14.       Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
InterCloud Systems, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the adjudicating court shall deem proper.
 
 
II-1

 
 
Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the DGCL.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases or other distributions pursuant to Section 172 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the DGCL will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.
 
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers, certain employees and agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the DGCL permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment), against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  Our bylaws further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of the board of directors, to certain officers and employees.
 
In addition, our bylaws provide that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise.  Furthermore, our bylaws authorize us to provide insurance for our directors, officers and employees against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the bylaws.
 
In connection with the sale of the common stock being registered hereby, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers.  These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.
 
We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.
 
The underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered hereby will also provide for indemnification of us, our directors and officers in certain instances.
 
 
II-2

 
 
Item 15.       Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
During the past three years, we have issued securities in the following transactions, each of which was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  Except for the shares of our common stock that were issued upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock, all of the below-referenced securities were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and are deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.  There were no underwriters or placement agents employed in connection with any of these transactions. Use of the exemption provided in Section 4(2) for transactions not involving a public offering is based on the following facts:
 
 
Neither we nor any person acting on our behalf solicited any offer to buy or sell securities by any form of general solicitation or advertising.
 
 
The recipients were either accredited or otherwise sophisticated individuals who had such knowledge and experience in business matters that they were capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in our securities.
 
 
The recipients had access to business and financial information concerning our company.
 
 
All securities issued were issued with a restrictive legend and may only be disposed of pursuant to an effective registration or exemption from registration in compliance with federal and state securities laws.
 
The shares of our common stock that were issued upon the conversion of shares of our preferred stock were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and are deemed to be restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.
 
The number of shares of common stock issued in each transaction, and the price per share of common stock in each transaction, has been adjusted to give effect to the one-for-125 reverse stock split of the common stock effected on January 14, 2013.
 
On July 2, 2009, we sold 204,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Gideon Taylor, our sole executive officer and director at such time, for an aggregate purchase price of $100 in a private sale.
 
On August 7, 2009, we issued 400,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Billy Caudill in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding stock of Digital Comm in a reverse merger which closed in January 2010.
 
On September 3, 2009, we issued an aggregate of 68,000 shares of our common stock, valued at $680,000, to two entities as a finder’s fee under the terms of the stock purchase agreement with Mr. Taylor.  We cancelled 28,000 of those shares that were issued to one entity.  The remaining 40,000 shares were valued at $400,000.
 
On August 30, 2010, we issued 41,600 shares of common stock to Lawrence Sands, an executive officer of our company, as compensation due to him both pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, dated as of January 2010, and accrued but unpaid salary.  This issuance included 32,000 shares of our common stock, valued at $2,400,000, which was issued as an incentive for entering into an employment agreement with us and 9,600 shares, valued at $720,000, issued in satisfaction of accrued but unpaid 2010 salary.
 
On February 14, 2011, in exchange for a lender, UTA Capital LLC, consenting to a Modification Agreement, we issued 10,257 shares of common stock, valued of $15.00 per share.
 
On February 22, 2011, we issued 16,000 shares of common stock to consultant Birbragher Ins Trust in exchange for consulting services relating to corporate matters, valued at $15.00 per share.
 
 
II-3

 
 
On February 28, 2011, we sold 1,111 shares of common stock to one investor for $25,000.
 
On May 16, 2011 and June 20, 2011, we issued 32,000 shares of common stock, valued at $7.50 per share, to a third-party lender in connection with a loan from such third-party lender.
 
On June 3, 2011, our Board of Directors authorized the issuance of 16,000 restricted shares and 68,000 restricted shares of common stock, valued at $7.50 per share, to 21 wireless division employees and three principal officers, respectively, as bonus compensation shares.
 
On June 3, 2011, we issued 16,000 shares of common stock valued at $7.50 per share to a third-party lender in connection with a loan from such third-party lender.
 
On June 30, 2011, we sold 15,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to four investors for an aggregate purchase price of $15,000.
 
On July 5, 2011, we sold 26,160 shares of common stock to Tekmark for $30,000 as an equity investment.
 
On July 26, 2011, we issued 8,000 shares of common stock to Interactive Business Alliance in exchange for public relations consulting services, valued at $13.75 per share.
 
On August 11, 2011 and August 25, 2011, we issued 5,465 shares of common stock to a third-party lender for $32,500 in debt conversion.
 
On August 12, 2011, we issued 16,856 shares of common stock, valued at $17.25 per share, to three principals in connection with the pending acquisition of Premier Cable Designs, Inc.  The shares were issued as an advance payment pending the closing of the acquisition.
 
On September 30, 2011, we issued 8,000 shares of common stock, valued at $11.25 per share, to one principal in connection with the acquisition of Tropical Communications, Inc.
 
On November 1, 2011, we issued an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to three executive officers.  The shares were valued at $2,000,000 per share and recorded as compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
On January 10, 2012, we sold 1,051 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to an executive of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.
 
On January 6, 2012, in exchange for agreeing to forgive his compensation for 2011, we issued 40,000 shares of common stock to a director.  The shares were valued at $0.63 per share and recorded as compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
From January 3, 2012, to January 14, 2012, we sold 450 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to 10 investors for an aggregate purchase price of $450,000.
 
On January 12, 2012, we issued 200 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to a director in exchange for the director agreeing to forego his 2011 compensation.  The amount was recorded as compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2011.
 
On January 17, 2012, we issued 40,000 shares of common stock, valued at $1.25 per share, to a third-party lender in consideration of $70,000 of debt conversion.
 
From February 17, 2012 to February 28, 2012, we sold 250 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to five investors for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000.
 
 
II-4

 
 
From March 12, 2012 to March 14, 2012, we sold 2,012 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to three investors for an aggregate purchase price of $200,000.
 
On April 17, 2012, we issued 28,571 shares of common stock, valued at $0.77 per share, to a third-party lender in consideration of $22,000 of debt conversion.
 
On April 27, 2012, we sold 250 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to five investors for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000.
 
On May 8, 2012, we issued 54,545 shares of common stock, valued at $0.75 per share, to a third-party lender in consideration of $40,908 of debt conversion.
 
From May 23, 2012 to June 19, 2012, we sold 100 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to two investors for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.
 
On June 14, 2012, we issued 54,154 shares of common stock, valued at $0.375 per share, to a third-party lender in consideration of $20,308 of debt conversion.
 
From June 19, 2012 to August 7, 2012, we sold 350 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to six investors for an aggregate purchase price of $350,000.
 
In July 2012, we issued 400 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to Billy Caudill, a director and the President of our company, in consideration of the pledge by Mr. Caudill of his home to secure a third-party loan made to Digital Comm, Inc., a subsidiary of our company.  The Series D Preferred Stock had a value of $400,000 as per the agreement.
 
On August 8, 2012, we issued 16,000 shares of common stock in exchange for public relations consulting services, valued at $1.50 per share.
 
On August 29, 2012, we issued 215,099 shares of common stock to UTA Capital upon the cashless exercise by UTA Capital of common stock warrants with an exercise price of $18.75.  The common stock was valued at $2.00 per share.
 
On August 31, 2012, we sold 525 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to two investors for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000.
 
On September 17, 2012, we issued 40,000 shares of common stock, valued at $1.88 per share, in connection with the acquisition of T N S, Inc. The common stock was issued to the principals of T N S, Inc.  The holders of these shares have the right to put these shares back to our company for $500,000.
 
From September 17, 2012 to September 30, 2012, we issued 6,479 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to three lenders in consideration of their conversion of principal and accrued interest on notes payable in the aggregate amount of $616,690.
 
Between September 17, 2012 and September 30, 2012, we sold 9,190 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to three investors for an aggregate purchase price of $875,000.
 
On September 17, 2012 and November 13, 2012, we issued to two lenders warrants to purchase an aggregate of 749,542 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $1.25 per share in connection with the MidMarket loan.
 
On September 18, 2012, we sold 2,225 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to 18 investors for an aggregate purchase price of $2,225,000.
 
 
II-5

 
 
On September 19, 2012, we issued 24,000 shares of common stock in consideration of consulting services, which shares were valued at $2.125 per share.
 
On October 5, 2012, we sold 4,150 shares of Series F Preferred Stock to the two principals of T N S, Inc. pursuant to the terms of a stock purchase agreement between our company and T N S, Inc.
 
On October 9, 2012, we issued 32,000 shares of common stock in consideration of consulting services, which shares were valued at $3.0125 per share.
 
On October 30, 2012, we sold 3,152 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to three investors for an aggregate purchase price of $300,000.
 
On October 30, 2012, we issued 20,000 shares of common stock in consideration of consulting services, which shares were valued at $3.13 per share.
 
On November 16, 2012, we issued 40,000 shares of common stock in consideration of consulting services, which shares were valued at $2.50 per share.
 
On November 20, 2012, we issued 128,000 shares of common stock to Billy Caudill upon his conversion of 400 shares of Series D Preferred Stock into common stock.
 
On November 23, 2012, we sold 1,425 shares of Series H Preferred Stock to eight investors for aggregate consideration of $1,425,000.
 
On January 3, 2013, we sold 50 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to an accredited investor for cash consideration in the amount of $50,000.
 
On January 7, 2013, we issued 160,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of 20,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
 
On January 10, 2013, we sold 100 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to an accredited investor for cash consideration in the amount of $100,000.
 
On January 29, 2013, we issued 157,949 shares of common stock upon the conversion of 566 shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
 
On January 30, 2012, we issued 4,500 shares of Series I Preferred Stock to Mark Vignieri pursuant to the terms of a stock purchase agreement between our company and Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, Inc.
 
On February 7, 2013, we issued 160,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of 160,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.
 
On February 20, 2013, we sold 100 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to two accredited investors for cash consideration in the amount of $100,000.
 
On March 11, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 146,334 shares of common stock upon the conversion of outstanding promissory notes held by an affiliate of an executive officer.
 
On March 22, 2013, we issued to two lenders an aggregate of 81,500 shares of common stock in connection with an amendment to the terms of the MidMarket Loan Agreement.
 
There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions described in this Item 15.
 
 
II-6

 
 
Item 16.       Exhibits.
 
(a)           See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 (b)           No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
Item 17.       Undertakings.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
(1)           To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
 
(i)           to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
 
(ii)         to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement; and
 
(iii)        to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration Statement or any material change to such information in this Registration Statement.
 
(2)           That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3)           To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(4)            If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C (§ 230.430C of this chapter), each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
 
II-7

 

(5)           That, for the purpose of  determining liability of the undersigned registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
 
(i)          any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii)         any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii)        the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv)        any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
(6)           That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(7)           That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
 
II-8

 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Boca Raton, State of Florida, on March 25, 2013.
 
 
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
     
 
By:
/s/ Mark Munro
 
Name:
Mark Munro
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer and
   
Chairman of the Board
 
SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the date indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
Date
       
/s/ Mark Munro   
 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
March 25, 2013
Mark Munro
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
       
/s/ Daniel Sullivan 
 
Chief Financial Officer
March 25, 2013
Daniel Sullivan
 
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
       
*
 
Director
March 25, 2013
Mark Durfee
     
       
*
 
Director
March 25, 2013
Charles K. Miller
     
       
 
Director
March 25, 2013
Neal L. Oristano
 
     
 
*By:   /s/  Mark Munro  
 
Mark Munro, as Attorney-in-fact 
 
 
 
II-9

 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Document  
     
1.1*
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement between the underwriter named therein and InterCloud Systems, Inc., or the Company.
2.1***
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2010, between Digital Comm, Inc. and the Company.
2.2***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2011, between Margarida Monteiro, Carlos Monteiro and the Company.
2.3***
 
Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2011, between Margarida Monteiro, Carlos Monteiro and the Company.
2.4***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2011, between William DeVierno and the Company.
2.5***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between T N S, Inc., Joel Raven and Michael Roeske and the Company.
2.6***†
 
Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, between ADEX Corporation, ADEXCOMM Corporation, ADEX Puerto Rico, LLC, Peter Leibowitz, Gary McGuire, Marc Freedman and Justin Leibowitz and the Company.
2.7***†
 
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2012, between Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC and the Company.
2.8***†
 
Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 20, 2012, by and among Integration Partners-NY Corporation, Bart Graf, David Nahabedian, and Frank Jadevaia and the Company.
2.9**
 
Equity Purchase Agreement dated as of November 30, 2012 among ADEX Corporation, Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC and Mark Vigneri.
3.1***
 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended by the Certificate of Amendment dated August 16, 2001 and the Certificate of Amendment dated September 4, 2008,  filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 3, 2008.
3.2***
 
Series A Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on July 11, 2011.
3.3***
 
Series B Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on June 28, 2011.
3.4***
 
Series C Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 10, 2012.
3.5***
 
Series D Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on March 5, 2012.
3.6***
 
Series E Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 18, 2012.
3.7***
 
Series F Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 17, 2012.
3.8***
 
Series G Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on September 17, 2012.
3.9***
 
Amendment No. 1 to Series B Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on October 23, 2012.
3.10***
 
Series H Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 16, 2012.
3.11***
 
Series I Certificate of Designation filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 6, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 6, 2012).
3.12**
 
Certificate of Amendment dated January 10, 2013 to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
3.13***
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, dated as of November 16, 2012.
4.1*
 
Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
4.2***
 
Promissory Note, dated September 17, 2012, of the Company issued to Wellington Shields & Co.
 
 
II-10

 
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Document  
 
5.1*
 
Opinion of Pryor Cashman LLP.
10.1***
 
2012 Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Information Statement filed with the SEC on December 17, 2012 (File No. 000-32037).
10.2*
 
Form of Option Agreement and Grant Notices under the 2012 Performance Incentive Plan.
10.3***
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement with Executive Officers and Directors.
10.4***
 
Director Compensation Policy.
10.5***
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Company’s Information Statement filed with the SEC on December 17, 2012 (File No. 000-32037).
10.6***
 
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2009, between Gideon Taylor and the Company.
10.7***
 
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 16, 2010, between Billy Caudill and the Company.
10.8***
 
Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of January 18, 2010, between Lawrence Sands and the Company.
10.9***
 
Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2010, between Billy Caudill and the Company.
10.10***
 
Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated November 29, 2010, between Gideon Taylor and the Company.
10.11***
 
Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2012, between Billy Caudill and the Company.
10.12***
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2012,  between and the Company and UTA Capital, LLC.
10.13***
 
Promissory Note, dated as of September 13, 2012, issued by Billy Caudill to the Company.
10.14***
 
Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, among and the Company, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, Tropical Communications, Inc., the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent.
10.15***
 
Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, among Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC and Tropical Communications, Inc. in favor of MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent.
10.16***
 
Assumption and Joinder Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, among and the Company, ADEX Corporation, T N S, Inc. and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent.
10.17***
 
Pledge Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012, by the Company in favor of MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent.
10.18***
 
Form of Warrant, dated September 17, 2012, issued by the Company in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012.
10.19***
 
Promissory Note, dated as of September 17, 2012, issued by Company in connection with the acquisition of ADEX Corporation.
10.20***
 
Form of Subscription Agreement for Series E Preferred Stock.
10.21***
 
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant of the Company issued in connection with the Series E Preferred Stock.
10.22***
 
Letter Agreement dated November 1, 2012 between and the Company and Gideon Taylor.
10.23***
 
Letter Agreement dated November 6, 2012 between and the Company and Billy Caudill.
 
 
II-11

 
 
Exhibi t
Number
 
Description of Document  
 
10.24***†
 
First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, among and the Company, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, Tropical Communications, Inc., the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as agent.
10.25***
 
First Amendment dated November 13, 2012 to Form of Warrant of the Company dated September 17, 2012.
10.26**
 
Second Amendment, Consent and Waiver dated as of March 22, 2013 among the Company, Rives- Monteiro Leasing, LLC, Tropical Communications, Inc., ADEX Corporation, T N S, Inc., the lenders party thereto and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as Agent.
10.27**
 
Assumption and Joinder Agreement dated as of March 22, 2013 between ADEXCOMM Corporation and Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as Agent.
10.28**
 
Pledge Agreement dated as of March 22, 2013 between the Company and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as Agent.
10.29**
 
Pledge Agreement dated as of March 22, 2013 between the ADEX Corporation and MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC, as Agent.
10.30 **
 
Master Agreement dated as of June 24, 2011 by and among Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, MMD Genesis LLC, and the Company.
10.31 **
 
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2011, by and between the Company, Digital Comm Inc. and MMD Genesis LLC.
21.1**
 
List of Subsidiaries.
23.1**
 
Consent of Sherb & Co., LLP.
23.2**
 
Consent of BDO USA, LLP.
23.3**   Consent of Sherb & Co., LLP.
23.4*
 
Consent of Pryor Cashman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1***
 
Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
_____________
 
*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Filed herewith.
***
Previously filed.
Certain schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
 
II-12

Exhibit 2.9
 
EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
This EQUITY PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 30, 2012, is entered into by and among ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Purchaser ”),  Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and Mark Vigneri, an individual and the sole member of the Company (“ Seller ”).
 
WHEREAS, Purchaser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”);

WHEREAS, the Company filed a Certificate of Formation on October 17, 2003 naming Seller as the sole member;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement (the “ Operating Agreement ”, the Company is authorized to issue one class of limited liability company interests (the “ Units ”), which are entitled to allocations, distributions and other rights as are specified in other provisions of the Operating Agreement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Operating Agreement, Seller owns Units comprising one hundred percent (100%) of the Company’s outstanding limited liability company interests;

WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from Seller, the Units, as more fully described and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and to enter into the other transactions as described herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties expressly contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

1.1            Definitions .  The following terms shall have the following meanings for the purposes of this Agreement:
 
Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Affiliate means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) any other Person which, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is under common ownership or control with, or is owned or controlled by, such specified Person, (b) any other Person which is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class or series of equity securities of the specified Person or a Person described in clause (a) of this paragraph, or (c) another Person of which the specified Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities of the Person described in clause (a) above
 
 “ Agreement means this Equity Purchase Agreement, including all exhibits and schedules hereto, as it may be amended from time to time.
 
 
1

 
 
Balance Sheet means the consolidated balance sheet as of the Balance Sheet Date.
 
Balance Sheet Date ” means September 30, 2012.
 
Business means the business of the Company as currently conducted and proposed to be conducted.
 
Business Day means any day other than (a) any Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which banks located in New York, NY generally are closed for business.
 
Closing Payoff Debt means any Debt of the Company that is not repaid in full prior to the Closing.
 
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Common Stock Price ” means the price to public as set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus pertaining to the Public Offering.
 
Company Plans ” means each “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and all other material employment contracts, and employee benefit plans, programs, policies and arrangements (including all collective bargaining, stock purchase, stock option, compensation, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, severance, termination, separation, vacation, sickness, health insurance, welfare and bonus plans, arrangements, and agreements) entered into, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of continuing employees or other service-providers (or former employees or service-providers) of the Company or with respect to which the Company has any obligation or liability.
 
Contract means any contract, lease, commitment, understanding, task order, sales order, purchase order, delivery order, teaming agreement, joint venture agreement, other agreement, indenture, mortgage, note, bond, right, warrant, instrument, plan, permit or license, whether written or oral, which is intended or purports to be binding and enforceable.
 
Debt means any and all (a) obligations of any Company for borrowed money, whether current or unfunded, secured or unsecured (including any accrued but unpaid interest thereon and any premiums, penalties, termination fees, expenses or breakage costs due upon prepayment of such indebtedness or payable as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby) and whether or not evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, mortgages or other debt instruments, debt securities or other similar instruments, (b) obligations of the Company to reimburse any other Person for amounts drawn upon or funded under a letter of credit or similar arrangement, but which have not been repaid, (c) obligations of the Company arising out of overdrafts, acceptance credit or similar facilities and (d) guarantees by the Company of obligations of a type described in clauses (a) - (c).
 
Earnout Period ” means the twelve (12) month period commencing on first day of the month following the Closing Date.
 
EBITDA ” means, for any period, the consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of the Company.
 
 
2

 

Environmental Law or Order ” means any Law which relates to or otherwise imposes liability or standards of conduct concerning discharges, emissions, releases or threatened releases of noises, pathogens, odors, pollutants, or contaminants or hazardous or toxic wastes, substances or materials, whether as matter or energy, into air (whether indoors or out), water (whether surface or underground) or land (including any subsurface strata), or otherwise relating to their manufacture, processing, generation, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, cleanup, transport or handling, including the following Laws:  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended, the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, as amended, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, the Clean Water Act of 1977, as amended, the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, and any state provision analogous to any of the foregoing.
 
Environmental Liability ” means, without limitation, all damages, losses and liabilities (including investigation, cleanup, compliance, enforcement, response and toxic tort liabilities) (whether absolute, contingent, matured, liquidated, accrued, known, or unknown), including fines, penalties, capital expenditures, fees and expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever, and whether arising out of loss of life, personal injuries, liens or other claims against property or improvements thereon or other obligations of any kind or character, in each case that relate in any way to, or arise under, an Environmental Law or Order or any Hazardous Substance.
 
Environmental Permit ” means any Permit required by or pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law or Order.
 
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
Financial Statements means, collectively, (a) the Company’s consolidated unaudited balance sheet at December 31, 2011 and consolidated unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2011, and (b) the Balance Sheet and the Company’s consolidated unaudited statements of income and cash flows for the 9-month period ending on the Balance Sheet Date.
 
Forward EBITDA ” means the EBITDA of the Company for the Earnout Period.
 
GAAP   means United States generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Government Bid ” means a bid, tender or proposal which, if accepted, would result in a Government Contract.
 
Government Contract ” means any Contract between the Company and any Governmental Authority, as well as any subcontract or other arrangement by which (i) the Company has agreed to provide goods or services to a prime contractor, to the Governmental Authority, or to a higher-tier subcontractor or (ii) a subcontractor or vendor has agreed to provide goods or services to the Company, where, in either event, such goods or services ultimately will benefit or be used by a Governmental Authority.
 
Governmental Authority means the government of the United States or any foreign country, any state or political subdivision thereof, or any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative or other governmental functions or any court, department, commission, board, agency, instrumentality or administrative body of any of the foregoing.
 
Hazardous Substance ” means any material, substance, form of energy or pathogen which (i) constitutes a “hazardous substance”, “toxic substance” or “pollutant”, “contaminant”, “hazardous material”, “hazardous chemical”, “regulated substance”, or “hazardous waste” (as such terms are defined by or pursuant to any Environmental Law or Order) or (ii) is otherwise regulated or controlled by, or can give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law or Order.
 
 
3

 
 
Intellectual Property means, throughout the world, all trade names, trade dress, corporate names and logos, trademarks, service marks, patents, copyrights, industrial designs, Internet domain names, IP Addresses (and any registrations with any Governmental Authority of, and applications for registration pending with respect to, any of the foregoing), works of authorship, trade secrets, proprietary information, mask works, technology, inventions, processes, designs, know-how, computer software and data, databases and data collections, formulas, goodwill, any licenses related to any of the foregoing, and all other intangible intellectual property assets related to the operation of the Business, including all rights to sue and recover for past and future infringement or misappropriation thereof and to receive all income, royalties, damages and payments for past and future infringements thereof and all other intangible intellectual property assets and similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.
 
“Key Employees” means those employees identified by Seller, including Seller set forth in schedule 3.11 hereto.
 
Law means any law, statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, order, decree, judgment, consent decree, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted by, promulgated by, entered into by, agreed to or imposed by any Governmental Authority.
 
Leased Real Property ” means the real property located at 2150 Highway 35, Suite 250, Sea Girt, NJ 08750.
 
Lien means any mortgage, lien, charge, restriction, pledge, security interest, option, claim, easement, encroachment or encumbrance.
 
Loss or Losses means all liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, lost profits, lost revenues, penalties and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses and reasonable investigation and litigation costs incurred in relation to the matter or in enforcing such matter), whether or not special, non-compensatory, consequential, indirect, incidental, statutory or punitive.
 
Material Adverse Change or “ Material Adverse Effect ” means an adverse change, event, development or effect on or in the business, operations, assets, liabilities, results of operations, cash flows, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company; provided , however , that Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Effect shall not include any adverse change, event, development, or effect arising from or relating to (a) general business or economic conditions, including such conditions related to the business of the Company (provided the impact is not disproportionate on the Company  as compared to their industries), (b) national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel of the United States, (c) financial, banking, or securities markets (including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index), (d) changes in laws, rules, regulations, orders, or other binding directives issued by any Governmental Authority or (e) the taking of any action contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements described herein.
 
Material Contracts means all of the Contracts which are listed or described, or required to be listed or described, in Section 3.11 or any schedule thereto.
 
Parent Preferred Stock ” means shares of Series I Preferred Stock of Parent, with terms and conditions as set forth in the Certificate of Designation in the form of Exhibit A hereto
 
 
4

 
 
Permits means the permits and other items described, or required to be described, in Section 3.12 or any schedule thereto.
 
Person means any individual, corporation, proprietorship, firm, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.
 
Pre-Closing Taxes ” means (i) any Taxes of the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) any Taxes of the Seller or his Affiliates for which the Company or Purchaser is liable, whether by reason of any requirement to withhold or otherwise, in connection with this Agreement, and (iii) any Taxes for which the Company is held liable under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) by reason of such entity being included in any consolidated, affiliated, combined or unitary group in any Pre-Closing Tax Period.  The amount of any Tax based on or measured by income or receipts of the Company  that is allocable to the portion of a Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be determined based on an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing Date (and for such purpose, the Tax period of any partnership or other pass-through entity in which the Company holds a beneficial interest shall be deemed to terminate at such time) and the amount of any other Tax of the Company that is allocable to the portion of a Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date shall be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the portion of the Straddle Period that is deemed to end on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the entire Straddle Period.
 
Pre-Closing Tax Period ” means any taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.
 
Public Software ” means any software that contains, or is derived in any manner from, in whole or in part, any software that is distributed as freeware, shareware, open source software (e.g., Linux) or similar licensing or distribution models that (1) requires the licensing or distribution of source code to licensees, (2) prohibits or limits the receipt of consideration in connection with sublicensing or distributing any software, (3) except as specifically required to be permitted by applicable law, allows any Person to decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse-engineer any software, or (4) requires the licensing of any Public Software to any other Person for the purpose of making derivative works.
 
Receivables means accounts receivable, notes receivables and other receivables of the Company arising from the operation of the Business.
 
Seller’s knowledge,   to the knowledge of the Seller ” or variants thereof means with respect to any matter in question that the Seller has actual knowledge of such matter or would have knowledge of such matter after reasonable inquiry and investigation, including inquiry of any employees of the Company that have responsibility for such matter.  For purposes of this definition, any applicable person shall be deemed to have knowledge of information in documents that are or have been in his/her possession (including in electronic format).
 
Straddle Period ” means any taxable period that begins on or before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date.
 
Tax Return means any report, return or other information required to be and actually supplied to a Governmental Authority in connection with any Taxes.
 
Taxes means all taxes, charges, fees, duties (including customs duties), levies or other assessments, including income, gross receipts, net proceeds, ad valorem, turnover, real and personal property (tangible and intangible), sales, use, franchise, excise, value added, stamp, leasing, lease, user, transfer, fuel, excess profits, occupational, interest equalization, windfall profits, severance, license, payroll, environmental, capital stock, disability, employee’s income withholding, other withholding, unemployment and Social Security taxes, which are imposed by any Governmental Authority, and such term shall include any interest, penalties or additions to tax attributable thereto.
 
 
5

 
 
Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and all other transaction documents executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code by the U.S. Treasury Department.
 
 “ TTM EBITDA ” means the EBITDA of the Company for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the calendar month ending immediately prior to the month in which the Closing occurs.
 
ARTICLE II
SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES

  2.1            Agreements to Sell and Purchase .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in exchange for the Purchase Price to be paid as provided herein, at the Closing the Seller shall sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver to Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens, and Purchaser shall purchase, acquire and take assignment of, the Units.
 
  2.2            Closing .  The closing of the transactions described herein (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Purchaser on the second business day after the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions in Article VIII and Article IX (which date on which the Closing occurs shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ”).
 
  2.3            Purchase Price; Payment of Consideration .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser shall pay the aggregate purchase price set forth in this Section 2.3 for the Units (the “ Purchase Price ”), as follows:
 
(a)          Initial Payment . At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver to Seller an aggregate number of shares of Parent Preferred Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) (A) the product of 4.0 and the TTM EBITDA (B) less the Closing Payoff Debt, by (ii) the Common Stock Price (rounded to the nearest whole share of Parent Preferred Stock) (such shares, the “ Initial Closing Payment ”).   However said Parent Preferred Stock shares may be reduced by mutual agreement of the parties by the creation of a Stock Option Pool for key employees; said options to vest no sooner than twelve months from the grant.  Seller shall be permitted to allocate the Preferred Stock amongst certain individuals in a post-Closing deliverable.  The Seller shall be permitted to redeem up to $750,000 face value of Parent Preferred Stock ( less that amount of Pre-Closing Receivables collected and paid to Seller as set forth below) on or after March 31, 2013 by sending notice to Parent in accordance with the certificate of designation associated with Parent Preferred Stock.
 
(b)         Earnout . Within sixty (60) days of the end of the Earnout Period, Purchaser shall pay to Seller an aggregate amount equal to (i) 1.5 times the Forward EBITDA (the “ Earnout Amount ”) provided, the Forward EBITDA exceeds the TTM EBITDA by $10,000 or more.  The Earnout Payment will be paid in cash or stock.  The Forward EBITDA calculation shall be made within forty-five (45) days of the end of the Earnout Period by Purchaser’s independent auditors (or other appropriate third party chosen by Purchaser and reasonably acceptable to the Seller) and payment shall be made within sixty (60) days of calculation.  Parent and Purchaser corporate overhead shall not be used in the calculation of the Earnout Amount.
 
 
6

 
 
  (c)        Pre- Closing Receivables. Purchaser agrees to cause the Company on a bi weekly basis, to transfer to an account or accounts designated by Seller, an amount of cash equal to the amount of any Receivables that are related to pre-Closing activities of the Company (“Pre-Closing Receivables”) that are actually collected by the Company during such bi-weekly periods, provided that the maximum aggregate amount of cash the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Seller pursuant to this Section shall equal $750,000. Said amount of Pre-Closing Receivables paid over to Seller shall reduce the redemption rights of Seller with respect to Parent Preferred Stock.
 
2.4             Withholding .  Purchaser (or any other Person responsible for withholding any amount with respect to any payment made under this Agreement) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as is required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax law.  To the extent that amounts are so deducted and withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.
 
  2.5            Calculation of Initial Closing Payment; Post-Closing Adjustment .
 
                     (a)        The Seller shall cause the Company to prepare, in good faith, and deliver to Purchaser no later than the close of business on the day that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, a notice (the “ Closing Notice ”), certified by the Seller and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, setting forth the Company’s calculation of (i) the Closing Payoff Debt and (ii) the Initial Closing Payment.  The Closing Notice shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the calculations set forth therein as reasonably determined by Purchaser.
 
                     (b)        As promptly as practicable, but not later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (the “ Preparation Period ”), Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to the Seller a notice (the “ Purchaser Notice ”) setting forth Purchaser’s good faith calculation of the Closing Debt, the TTM EBITDA and the Initial Closing Payment, together with supporting documentation for such calculations.  In the event that Purchaser does not so deliver the Purchaser Notice, Purchaser shall be deemed to have accepted the calculations set forth in the Closing Notice.
 
                     (c)        After receipt of the Purchaser Notice by the Seller, in the event that the Seller does not agree with any of the calculations set forth in the Purchaser Notice, the Seller shall, within ten (10) days of receipt of the Purchaser Notice (the “ Review Period ”) provide a notice (the “ Disagreement Notice ”) to Purchaser informing Purchaser of each such disagreement and the reasons and bases therefor.  Unless the Seller provides the Disagreement Notice to Purchaser prior to the expiration of the Review Period, the Seller shall be deemed to have accepted the calculations set forth in the Purchaser Notice.
 
                     (d)        In the event that the Seller timely delivers a Disagreement Notice to Purchaser, Purchaser and the Seller shall attempt in good faith to come to an agreement on any calculations that are the subject of the Disagreement Notice.  If the Parties are unable to come to an agreement regarding any such disputed amount within thirty (30) days of receipt by Purchaser of the Disagreement Notice, either the Seller or Purchaser may notify the other(s) that such dispute is being submitted to an independent accounting firm selected by such submitting Party(ies), reasonably acceptable to Purchaser (if selected by the Seller) or to the Seller (if selected by Purchaser), for resolution of the disputed items and determination of the disputed calculations and the resulting Initial Closing Payment; provided that in no event shall the resulting Initial Closing Payment be less than that contained in the Purchaser Notice or more than that contained in the Closing Notice.  The Company and Purchaser shall furnish such accounting firm with access to such books and records as it shall reasonably require to resolve the dispute.  The accounting firm shall be directed to complete its calculations and report the same in writing to the Parties hereto no later than thirty (30) days after its engagement.  The fees and expenses of the accounting firm shall be borne 50% by Purchaser and 50% by the Seller.
 
 
7

 
 
  (e)         Within five (5) Business Days following (i) Seller’s acceptance of the Purchaser Notice calculations, (ii) the agreement of the Seller and Purchaser on the calculations or (iii) receipt by the Parties of the accounting firm’s calculations pursuant to Section 2.5(d) above (the revised Initial Closing Payment resulting from any of the foregoing being the “ New Initial Payment ”), if the New Initial Payment is less than the original Initial Closing Payment, the Seller shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days, pay in cash by check or wire transfer to Purchaser the difference between the original Initial Closing Payment and the New Initial Payment (the aggregate of such differences being the “ Adjustment Payment ”).
 
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OFTHE COMPANY AND THE SELLER

The Company and each Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser that, except as set forth on the schedule of exceptions attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Schedule of Exceptions ”), which exceptions or disclosure shall be deemed to be part of the representations and warranties made hereunder, the following representations in this Article III are true, correct and complete as of the date hereof.
 
3.1            Due Organization .  The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of New Jersey, and possesses all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being owned, leased, operated and conducted.  The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the nature of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business conducted by it requires such licensing or qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company.  The Company does not own, control, or hold any equity or other similar interest or any right (contingent or otherwise) in, directly or indirectly, any corporation, trust, joint venture, limited liability company or other Person and, in furtherance of the foregoing, has no subsidiaries.
 
3.2            Authorization; Investment Intent; Ownership of Shares .
 
  (a)        The Company has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and each Transaction Document constitutes, or upon execution will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.
 
  (b)        Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of all issued and outstanding membership interests in the Company (“Units”), all of which Units are owned free and clear of all rights, claims, liens and encumbrances, and have not been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred except pursuant to this Agreement.
 
 
8

 
 
  (c)        All of the issued and outstanding Units have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and were issued in compliance with applicable securities laws and are not subject to any right of rescission, right of first refusal or preemptive right.  No membership or equity interests are subject to vesting or repurchase rights. There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, options, warrants or other agreements obligating the Company to issue any equity interests in the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for equity interests of the Company.  Following the Closing, Purchaser shall own one-hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the Company.
 
  3.3            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the consummation by the parties of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  3.4             Financial Statements .  The Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior periods and present fairly the financial position, assets and liabilities of the Company as of the dates thereof and the revenues, expenses, results of operations and cash flows of the Company, for the periods covered thereby.  The Financial Statements are in accordance with the books and records of the Company, and do not reflect any transactions which are not bona fide transactions. Except as set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company does not have any material liabilities, debts, claims or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, whether due or to become due, other than trade payables to third parties and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since the dates of the Financial Statements.   Schedule 3.4 includes true and complete copies of the Financial Statements. Any financial projections provided by the Company or the Seller to Purchaser in connection with Purchaser’s review of the Company were prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Company’s management and the Seller to be reasonable at the time made.
 
  3.5            No Changes .  Since December 31, 2011, the Company has not (a) suffered any damage or destruction to, or loss of, any of its assets or properties (whether or not covered by insurance) individually or in the aggregate in excess of $10,000; (b) permitted the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Exceptions) on, or disposed of, any of its assets; (c) terminated or entered into any Material Contract; (d) cancelled, waived, released or otherwise compromised any trade debt, receivable or claim exceeding $10,000 individually or in the aggregate; (e) made or committed (in a binding manner) to make any capital expenditures or capital additions or betterments in excess of $10,000 individually or in the aggregate; (f) entered into, adopted, amended (except as may be required by Law and except for immaterial amendments) or terminated any bonus, profit sharing, compensation, termination, stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, severance or other employee benefit agreements, trusts, plans, funds or other arrangements for the benefit or welfare of any director, officer or employee, or increased in any manner the compensation or fringe benefits of any director, officer or employee or paid any benefit not required by any existing plan and arrangement (except for normal salary increases consistent with past practice) or entered into any contract, agreement, commitment or arrangement to do any of the foregoing; (g) disposed of or permitted the lapse in registration of any Intellectual Property; (h) experienced any material adverse change in its Receivables or its accounts payable; (i) changed its accounting methods, systems, policies, principles or practices; (j) incurred indebtedness (other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice); or (k) experienced a Material Adverse Change.
 
  3.6            Title to Assets .  The Company has good and marketable title to, and is the lawful owner of, all of its properties, interests in properties and assets, real and personal, reflected in the Balance Sheet or acquired after the Balance Sheet Date that are material to the conduct of the Business as currently conducted (except properties, interests in properties and assets sold or otherwise disposed of since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), or with respect to leased properties and assets, valid leasehold interests in such leased properties and assets that are material to the conduct of the Business as currently conducted, in each case free and clear of all Liens. No Person other than the Company owns any material assets, properties or rights relating to or used or held for use in the Business, other than Leased Real Property.  The assets and rights of the Company include all of the assets and rights necessary for the conduct of the Business.
 
 
9

 
 
  3.7            Real Property . The Company operates the Business at the Leased Real Property, and at no other locations, other than client sites.  Except for the Leased Real Property, the Company is not a party to any lease of any real property, whether as lessor or as lessee, and has no ownership of or other interest in any real property.  The lease for the Leased Real Property is in full force and effect and the Company holds a valid and existing leasehold interest under such lease.  The Company is not in material default, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no circumstances exist which would result in such default (including upon the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both), under such lease, and no other party to such lease has the right to terminate or accelerate performance under or otherwise modify any of such lease.
 
3.8            Personal Property .  All of the tangible assets (whether owned or leased) used in connection with the Business, (a) are suitable for the purposes for which such assets are presently used, and (b) have been maintained and are in good operating condition and repair (normal wear and tear excepted).
 
  3.9            No Third Party Options .  There are no agreements, options, commitments or rights with, of or to any Person (other than Purchaser) to acquire any of the assets, properties, rights, shares or other equity interests of the Company.
 
  3.10          Intellectual Property .
 
  (a)         Schedule 3.10(a) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Intellectual Property owned by the Company as of the date hereof that are registered, recorded or filed in the name of the Company with a Governmental Authority and all applications therefor, and all material unregistered Trademarks used by the Company in the operation of the Business (“ Company Registered IP ”).  Each item of Company Registered IP is (i) in compliance with all applicable legal requirements and is current with its filing, registration and maintenance requirements and (ii) is valid and enforceable.
 
  (b)          The Company either exclusively owns, free and clear of all Liens, or has permission to use pursuant to a valid written agreement or other valid rights to use, all Intellectual Property material to, and used or held for use in the ordinary course of, the operation of its Business as presently conducted and presently proposed to be conducted (collectively, “ Company IP Rights ”).  The Company IP Rights comprise all of the Intellectual Property that is used in or necessary for the operation of the Business as currently conducted and presently proposed to be conducted.   The Company Registered IP shall be assigned to Seller and perpetually licensed to the Company for so long as the Company and the Company’s parent company is current on it obligations to Seller and has not been placed into receivership or the subject of bankruptcy proceedings.
 
 
10

 
 
  (c)        The operation of the Business has not and does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property of any Person, and has not and does not violate the rights of any Person (including the right to privacy or publicity) or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under any Laws.  No Person has infringed or misappropriated or is infringing or misappropriating any Company IP Rights.  Following the Closing, the Company will be permitted to exercise all of the rights under the Company IP Rights to the same extent the Company would have been able to had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.  All Company IP Rights are, and immediately after the Closing Date, will be, fully transferable, alienable or licensable by the Company without restriction and without payment of any kind to any Person, except as a result of any independent agreements or obligations of Purchaser.  The Company has not granted any exclusive licenses or rights of any kind in the Company IP Rights to any Person, and the Company does not hold any rights to Company IP Rights jointly with any third Person.
 
  (d)        The information technology systems used in connection with the operation of the Business (“ IT Systems ”) as a whole, are adequate and sufficient in all material respects for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted.  The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps consistent with industry practice to protect the IT Systems from unauthorized access, use and damage.  The IT Systems have not suffered any material failures or defects and have functioned consistently and accurately in all material respects.
 
  (e)        No software owned by the Company incorporates any Public Software.
 
  3.11          Contracts .
 
 (a)        All of the Material Contracts are in full force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Seller, the other parties thereto.  All of the Material Contracts are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.  No termination notice has been delivered by the Company to any other party or, to the knowledge of Seller, by any other party to the Company, with respect to any Material Contract.  The Company has delivered to Purchaser true and complete copies of each written Material Contract and an accurate written description of any Material Contract not reduced to writing sufficient to identify the scope of service and material terms and conditions of said Material Contracts.
 
 (b)          Schedule 3.11 lists all the Contracts and arrangements of the following types to which the Company is a party, by which it is bound, or to which any of its assets or properties is subject (including in each case which subsection(s) of this Section 3.11 to which such Material Contract is responsive):
 
  (i)         any Contract or arrangement of any kind with any Key Employee, other employee, officer, director, shareholder or other equity interest holder;
 
  (ii)        any Contract or arrangement with a broker, advertising agency, placement agent or other Person engaged in sales, marketing, distributing or promotional activities, or any Contract to act as one of the foregoing on behalf of any Person;
 
  (iii)       any Contract or arrangement of any nature (A) having an aggregate value in excess of $10,000 or (B) of any value that is not terminable on notice of thirty (30) days or less;
 
  (iv)       any indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, note, mortgage, security agreement, letter of credit, loan commitment, guaranty, repurchase agreement or other Contract or arrangement relating to the borrowing of funds, an extension of credit or financing, pledging of assets or guarantying the obligations of any Person;
 
 
11

 
 
  (v)        any Contract or arrangement involving the Company as a participant in a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, strategic alliance, or other cooperative undertaking;
 
  (vi)       any Contract or arrangement involving any restrictions on the Company with respect to the geographical area of operations or scope or type of business;
 
  (vii)      any Contract granting to any Person a right at such Person’s option to purchase or acquire any asset or property of the  Company (or interest therein);
 
  (viii)     any Contract for capital improvements or expenditures in excess of $5,000 individually or $20,000 in the aggregate;
 
  (ix)        any Contract for which the full performance thereof may extend beyond ninety (90) days from the date of this Agreement;
 
  (x)         any Contract not made in the ordinary course of business which is to be performed in whole or in part at or after the date of this Agreement;
 
  (xi)        any Contract or arrangement relating to management support, facilities support or similar arrangement which, if breached, would have a Material Adverse Change on the Business;
 
  (xii)       any Contract whereby any Person agrees (A) not to compete with the Company or to solicit employees, clients or customers, or (B) to maintain the confidentiality of any information of the Company;
 
  (xiii)      any Contract for the provision of consulting services of any type or nature and any arrangement for the payment of commissions, in each case, whether by or for the Company;
 
  (xiv)     any Contract (a) under which the Company is granted a right or license to use the Intellectual Property of any Person (other than for generally commercially available software with a cost of not more than $15,000 per title) and (b) pursuant to which the Company has granted any right or license to any Person in respect of Company IP Rights; and
 
  (xv)       any Government Bid or Government Contract.
 
  3.12           Permits .   Schedule 3.12 is a true and accurate list as of the date hereof of all Permits held by the Company used in the Business.  Except for such Permits, there are no permits, licenses, consents or authorizations, whether federal, state, local or foreign, which are necessary for the lawful operation of the Business.  The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all requirements and limitations under such Permits.  No employee, officer, director, equity holder, or manager of the Company owns or has any interest in any such Permit.
 
  3.13           Insurance .   Schedule 3.13 contains an accurate and complete list as of the date hereof of all policies of fire, liability, errors and omissions, workmen’s compensation, public and product liability, title and other forms of insurance owned or held by the Company, and a claims history for the past three years.  All such policies are in full force and effect and all applicable premiums, which are due and owing as of the Closing Date, have been paid.  No notice of cancellation or termination has been received with respect to any such policy.  No insurer has cancelled or refused to renew any insurance applicable to the Company nor has any insurer applied any additional material restrictions to any existing insurance policy during the term of the policy or upon renewal.
 
 
12

 
 
  3.14          Employee Benefit Plans and Employment Agreements .
 
 (a)          Schedule 3.14(a) is a list as of the date of this Agreement of each Company Plan.  The Company has provided or made available to Purchaser true and correct copies of each of the Company Plans (including all amendments thereto) and all contracts relating thereto, or to the funding thereof, including all trust agreements, insurance contracts, administration contracts, investment management agreements, subscription and participation agreements, and recordkeeping agreements, each as in effect on the date hereof, to the extent such Company Plans are in written form (and, as to any Company Plan that is not in writing, a description of the material terms of such plan).  There are no Company Plans that are an “employee pension benefit plan” (within the meaning of section 3(2) of ERISA).  There are no actions, suits or claims pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened involving any Company Plan or the assets thereof (other than routine claims for benefits), and no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or threatened by the IRS or other Governmental Authority with respect to any Company Plan.  Each Company Plan has been maintained and administered in all respects in compliance with its terms and with the requirements prescribed by any and all statutes, orders, rules and regulations (foreign and domestic), including (without limitation) ERISA and the Code, which are applicable to such Company Plan.
 
  (b)        There is no contract, plan or arrangement covering any employee or former employee of the Company that, individually or collectively, could give rise to the payment as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of any amount that would not be deductible by the Company by reason of Section 280G of the Code.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term “payment” shall include (without limitation) any payment, acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits.  The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (alone or together with any other event which, standing alone, would not by itself trigger such entitlement or acceleration) will not (1) entitle any Person to any payment, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, or increase in benefits under or with respect to any Company Plan, (2) otherwise trigger any acceleration (of vesting or payment of benefits or otherwise) under or with respect to any Company Plan, or (3) trigger any obligation to fund any Company Plan.
 
  (c)        With respect to each Company Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as defined for purposes of Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code), (1) such plan has been operated since January 1, 2005 in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and all applicable IRS guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent such plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code and so as to avoid any tax, interest or penalty thereunder; (2) the document or documents that evidence each such plan have conformed to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations under Section 409A of the Code since December 31, 2008; and (3) as to any such plan in existence prior to January 1, 2005 and not subject to Section 409A of the Code, has not been “materially modified” (within the meaning of IRS Notice 2005-1) at any time after October 3, 2004.  No stock option covering securities of the Company (whether currently outstanding or previously exercised) is, has been or would be, as applicable, subject to any tax, penalty or interest under Section 409A of the Code.
 
  (d)        No Company Plan is maintained outside the jurisdiction of the United States, or covers any employee residing or working outside the United States.
 
 
13

 
 
3.15           Employees .   Schedule 3.15(a) contains a true, complete and accurate list of the names, titles, annual compensation, all bonuses and similar payments (including any equity compensation) made or owed for the current and preceding year, accrued vacation as of the date hereof, and employer for each director, officer, manager and employee of the Company.  There is no, and during the past two years there has been no, labor strike, picketing, dispute, slow-down, work stoppage, union organization effort, grievance filing or proceeding, or other labor difficulty actually pending or, to the knowledge of Seller,  threatened against or involving the Company.  The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement, there are no labor unions or other organizations representing any employee of the Company, and no labor union or organization is engaged in any organizing activity with respect to any employee of the Company.  In the three years prior to the Closing Date, the Company has not effectuated a “plant closing” as defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “ WARN Act ”) (or any similar state, local or foreign law) or a “mass layoff” as defined in the WARN Act (or any similar state, local or foreign law) affecting any site of employment or facility of the Company.  Neither the Company, nor the Seller, has received written notice that any of the Company’s current key employees intends to terminate his employment with the Company or would not be willing to work for Purchaser or Company or once it is owned by Purchaser. The Company has complied, and is presently in compliance in all material respects with all Laws relating to employment. The Company’s employees and independent contractors are properly classified as such.  The Company has no liability or obligations for misclassification of employees from state or federal wage and hour laws, including overtime and minimum wage laws, or the misclassification of any person as an independent contractor rather than an employee.
 
  3.16          Taxes .
 
 (a)        Except for current Taxes not due and payable through Closing (such Taxes to be paid when due by Seller), the Company has paid to, and where necessary collected or withheld and remitted to, the proper Governmental Authority, all Taxes related to taxable periods or portions thereof ending on or prior to the Closing (including governmental charges, assessments and required contributions of the Company).
 
 (b)          The Company has filed all Tax Returns which are required to be filed and all such Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all material respects.  All unpaid Taxes of any Company for period through the date of the Financial Statements are reflected on the balance sheets of the Company.  The Company has no liability for Taxes accruing after the Financial Statements other than Taxes accrued in the ordinary course of business and which are not yet due.
 
 (c)        There is no, and there has never been any, action, suit, investigation, audit, claim, collection or assessment pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, proposed or threatened, with respect to any Tax Return or Taxes of the Company.
 
 (d)        The Company is not (nor has ever been) a party to any tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement or tax allocation agreement, or has assumed the Tax liability of any other Person under contract.
 
 (e)        The Company is and has always been an entity disregarded from its owner for all income tax purposes.

 (f)         The Company has never been a member of an affiliated group filing consolidated Tax Returns.  The Company has no actual or potential liability under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any comparable or similar provision of federal, state, local or foreign law), as a transferee or successor, pursuant to any contractual obligation, or otherwise for any Taxes of any Person.

 (g)        There are no adjustments under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar adjustments under any provision of the Code or the corresponding foreign, state or local Tax laws) that are required to be taken into account by the Company in any period ending after the Closing Date by reason of a change in method of accounting in any taxable period ending on or before the Closing Date.
 
 
14

 

  3.17          No Defaults or Violations .
 
 (a)           The Company is not in breach or default under the terms of any Material Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a material breach or default by the Company under any such Material Contract, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no other party to any such Material Contract is in breach or default under any such Material Contract.
 
 (b)           The Company is not, and during the past five (5) years the Company has not been, in violation of, in any material respect, and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no event has occurred or circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) would constitute or result in a violation in any material respect by the Company of, or failure on the part of the Company to comply with in any material respect, any Law that is or was applicable to it or the conduct or operation of its business or the ownership or use of any of its assets.
 
 (c)           No notice from any Governmental Authority has been received within the past two years claiming any violation of any Law or requiring any work, construction (other than pursuant to sales contracts with Governmental Authorities), or expenditure, or asserting any Tax, assessment or penalty, with respect to the Company.
 
3.18           Environmental Matters .
 
 (a)        The Company is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws or Orders, which compliance includes the possession and maintenance of all material Environmental Permits that are necessary for the operation of the Business.
 
 (b)        The Company is not a party or otherwise subject to any action, litigation, claim, suit, mediation, arbitration, inquiry, government or other investigation or proceeding of any nature nor, to Seller’s knowledge, is any of the foregoing threatened, against the Company that relates to any Environmental Laws or Orders or any Hazardous Substance.
 
 (c)        There are no material Environmental Liabilities of the Company.
 
 (d)        There is no contamination of, and there have been no releases or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened releases of any Hazardous Substance at any Leased Real Property or any real property formerly owned, leased or operated by the Company (or any predecessor of the Company), in each case, that (i) would require notification to a Governmental Authority, investigation and/or remediation pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Orders or (ii) could give rise to material liabilities pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Orders.
 
 (e)        There are no past or present conditions, events, circumstances, facts, activities, practices, incidents, actions, omissions or plans that may (i) interfere with or prevent continued compliance by the Company with Environmental Laws or Orders and the requirements of Environmental Permits or (ii) give rise to any material liability or other obligation under any Environmental Laws or Orders.
 
 (f)         The Company (or any predecessor of the Company) has not used any waste disposal site, or otherwise disposed of, transported, or arranged for the transportation of, any Hazardous Substances to any place or location (i) in violation of any Environmental Laws or Orders, or (ii) in a manner that has given or could reasonably be expected to give rise to material liabilities pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Orders.
 
 
15

 
 
 (g)        There are no claims, notices (including notices that the Company (or any predecessor of the Company) or any Person whose liability has been retained or assumed contractually by the Company is or may be a potentially responsible person or otherwise liable in connection with any site or other location containing Hazardous Substances or used for the storage, handling, treatment, processing, disposal, generation or transportation of Hazardous Substances), civil, criminal or administrative actions, suits, hearings, investigations, inquiries or proceedings pending or threatened that are based on or related to any environmental matters relating to the Business or the Company.
 
 (h)        The Company has delivered or made available to Purchaser true and complete copies and results of any reports, studies, analyses, tests, or monitoring possessed or initiated by the Company pertaining to environmental matters.
 
  3.19          Litigation .  There are no actions, litigation, claims, suits, mediations, arbitrations, inquiries, government or other investigations or proceedings of any nature pending or, to the Seller’s knowledge, threatened against the Company or, with respect to the operation of the Business, any of their officers, directors, or shareholders.
 
  3.20          Related Parties .  Neither the Seller nor any Key Employee has a direct or indirect interest in any other Person which conducts a business similar to the Business, or in any customer or supplier of the  Company.
 
  3.21          Receivables .  All Receivables represent bona fide, current and valid obligations arising from sales actually made or services actually performed in the ordinary course of business.  The Company has not received written notice from any obligor of any Receivable that such obligor is refusing to pay or contesting payment of amounts in excess of $5,000 in any individual case, or $20,000 in the aggregate, which has not been resolved prior to the date hereof, other than returns in the ordinary course of business under and in accordance with any Contract with any obligor of any Receivable.
 
  3.22          Brokers . The Company has not used any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  3.23          Accuracy of Information .  None of the representations or warranties of the Company or the Seller herein (including the Schedule of Exceptions), any statements of the Company or the Seller in any certificate or other document provided to Purchaser in connection with the Closing or any other information supplied by or on behalf of the Company or the Seller (a) to any Person for inclusion in any document or application filed with any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) to Purchaser, its agents or representatives in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or the negotiations leading up to this Agreement, did contain, at the respective times such information was delivered, or will contain, if delivered after the date hereof, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omitted or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
 
16

 
 
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER

The Seller represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows:
 
  4.1            Authorization; Investment Intent; Ownership of Shares .
 
  (a)           Seller has the full power, authority and capacity to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and each Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party constitutes, or upon execution and delivery will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights or by general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a court of law, a court of equity or otherwise.  The Units held by the Seller do not constitute community property under applicable Laws.
 
  (b)           The Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Units set forth opposite the Seller’s name in Section 3.2(b) of the Schedule of Exceptions, all of which Units are owned free and clear of all Liens, and neither such Units nor any interest therein have been sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred except pursuant to this Agreement.  There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, options, warrants or other agreements obligating the Seller to sell or transfer to any third person any or all of the Units owned by the Seller, or any interest therein.  Following the Closing, Purchaser shall own one-hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.  This Agreement, together with any stock powers or assignments delivered at the Closing by the Seller to Purchaser, are sufficient to transfer to Purchaser the entire right, title and interest, legal and beneficial, in the Units, free and clear of all Liens.
 
  (c)             The Seller understands that the shares of Parent Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) have not been registered under the Act, and that such shares may not be sold, assigned, pledged, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless the such shares are registered under the Act or an exemption from registration is available.  The Seller   represents and warrants that (i) he is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D and (ii) he is acquiring the shares of Parent Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof) for his own account, for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of such shares except in compliance with the Act.   Seller is an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Parent Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).  Seller   believes it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Parent Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).   Seller further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Purchaser regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Parent Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof).  Each certificate representing the Parent Preferred Stock (and any shares of common stock issued upon conversion thereof) will have the following or substantially similar legend thereon:
 
  The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or any state securities laws.  The shares have been acquired for investment and may not be sold or transferred in the absence of an effective Registration Statement for the shares under the Act unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, registration is not required under the Act or any applicable state securities laws.”
 
  4.2            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Seller and the consummation by the parties of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The execution, delivery and performance under this Agreement by Seller, does not and will not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of, any Contract, (ii) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the Units, or (iii) violate or conflict with any provision of the charter of the Company.
 
 
17

 
 
  4.3            Key Employees .  Agreements with Key Employees shall be in full force and effect and no Key Employee shall have given notice or other indication that such Key Employee intends to terminate his employment with Purchaser following the Closing.
 
  4.4            Brokers . Seller has used not used any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company and Seller as follows:
 
  5.1            Due Incorporation .  Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware with all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as they are now being owned, leased, operated and conducted.
 
  5.2             Due Authorization .  Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby without the necessity of any third party approval or for which all necessary third party approvals have been duly obtained.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement have been duly and validly approved by all necessary corporate action and no further corporate action is necessary.  Purchaser has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement.  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or (b) equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies.   The Parent Preferred Stock to be issued to the Seller has been, or on or prior to the Closing will have been, duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Parent and, when so issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be issued in violation of the pre-emptive or similar rights of any person.
 
  5.3            Consents and Approvals .  No consent, authorization or approval of, filing or registration with, or cooperation from, any Governmental Authority or any other Person not a party to this Agreement is necessary in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement do not (i) violate or conflict with, result in a breach or termination of, constitute a default under, or permit cancellation of any material Contract to which Purchaser is a party or to which any of its assets is subject, (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of Purchaser’s charter, (iii) result in any breach or termination of, or constitute a default under, or constitute an event which notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default under, or result in the creation of any lien upon any asset of the Purchaser under, or create any rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration in any Person or entity under any material Contract or violate any order, writ, injunction or decree, to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser or its assets, business or operations receive benefits, or result in the loss or adverse modification of any material license, franchise, permit or other authorization granted to or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material or otherwise held by Purchaser that is material to the business or financial condition of Purchaser.
 
 
18

 
 
  5.4            Legal Proceedings .  There are no legal, administrative, arbitral or other actions, claims, suits or proceedings or investigations instituted or pending or threatened against Purchaser, or any subsidiary or parent company of Purchaser, or against any property, asset, or rights or interest of Purchaser, in or to any stock owned by Purchaser, in each case that would materially affect Purchaser’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
5.5             Investment Banking; Brokerage .  There are no claims for investment banking fees, brokerage commissions, broker’s or finder’s fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby payable by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or based on any arrangement or Contract made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates.

ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS

  6.1            Preservation of Business .  Prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall cause the Company to, and the Company shall, operate only in the ordinary and usual course of business consistent with past practice and: (a) use all commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its present business organization and personnel; (b) maintain its assets in working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and condition and not sell or otherwise dispose of any assets without Purchaser’s prior written consent, except in the ordinary course of business; (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the goodwill and advantageous relationships with customers, clients, vendors, suppliers, independent contractors, employees and other Persons material to the operation of the Business; (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to not permit any action or omission which would cause any of the representations or warranties of the Seller contained herein to become inaccurate, or any of the covenants of the Company or the Seller to be breached; (e) not terminate, modify or amend any Material Contract or any Company Plan or adopt or enter into any new Material Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business, or Company Plan, and not grant any new compensation or benefit to, or increase the level of compensation or benefits provided to, any employee or other service-provider of the Company; and (f) not enter into or become otherwise bound with respect to any license or royalty agreement for any of the Intellectual Property.
 
  6.2             Supplemental Information .  Neither the Seller nor the Company shall take any action or fail to take any action which, from the date hereof through the Closing, would cause or constitute a breach of any of the representations, warranties, agreements or covenants of the Seller or the Company set forth in this Agreement or cause such representations, warranties, agreements or covenants to be inaccurate at the Closing.  From time to time prior to the Closing, each Party shall promptly (and in any event within 24 hours) disclose in writing to the other any matter occurring after the date hereof which, if existing and known on the date hereof, would have been required to be disclosed to the other in a Schedule to this Agreement or which would render inaccurate any of the representations, warranties or statements set forth in Article III , Article IV or Article V hereof (each such disclosure referred to herein as a “ Supplement ”).  No Supplement provided pursuant to this Section 6.2 , however, shall be deemed to cure any prior existing breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in this Agreement.
 
  6.3            Confidentiality .  From and after the Closing, Seller shall not use for his own benefit or divulge or convey to any third party, any Business Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined).  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Confidential Information ” consists of all information, knowledge or data related to the operation of the Business or the Company that is not in the public domain or otherwise publicly available which has been treated as confidential by the Company.  Information that enters the public domain or is or becomes publicly available loses its confidential status hereunder so long as Seller, directly or indirectly, does not improperly cause such information to enter the public domain.
 
 
19

 
 
  6.4            Public Announcement .  Except for public announcements or press releases that are required by SEC disclosure laws concerning the proposed purchase and sale transactions herein contemplated, no public announcement or press release announcing such transactions will be made without the joint written consent of Purchaser and the Seller.  Purchaser and the Seller shall cooperate on the form, content, timing and manner of any press release or releases issued in respect of this Agreement or such transactions.
 
  6.5            Access .  The Company and Seller will permit representatives of Purchaser from and after the date hereof up and through Closing to have full access at all reasonable times to the books, accounts, records, properties, operations, facilities, those clients and personnel pertaining to the Company and will furnish Purchaser with such financial and operating data concerning Company as Purchaser shall from time to time reasonably request.
 
  6.6            Transition and Cooperation .  From and after the Closing, (a) the Seller shall provide reasonable cooperation to transition to Purchaser the control and enjoyment of the Business and the Company; and (b) Seller shall promptly deliver to Purchaser all correspondence, papers, documents and other items and materials received by Seller or found to be in the possession of Seller or any third-party which pertain to the Company.
 
  6.7            Tax Cooperation .  After the Closing, the Seller shall cooperate fully with Purchaser and the Company in the preparation of all Tax Returns and shall provide to Purchaser and the Company any records and other information reasonably requested by such Persons in connection therewith.  The Seller shall cooperate fully with Purchaser and the Company in connection with any Tax investigation, audit or other proceeding.  After the Closing, Purchaser and the Company shall cooperate with the Seller in the preparation of any Tax Return of the Seller and shall provide to the Seller any records and other information reasonably requested by the Seller in connection therewith.  The Purchaser and the Company shall cooperate fully with the Seller in connection with any Tax investigation, audit or other proceeding.
 
  6.8             Purchase Price Allocation .   Purchaser and Seller agree to the purchase price allocation set forth on Schedule 6.8 hereto (the “ Allocation ”) and further agree to act in accordance with such Allocation in any Tax Returns or similar filings.  In the event that any Tax authority disputes the Allocation, Seller or Purchaser, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the other party of the nature of such dispute.
 
  6.9            Transfer Taxes .  Seller shall be responsible for the timely payment of all sales (including bulk sales), use, value added, documentary, stamp, gross receipts, registration, transfer, conveyance, excise, recording, license, stock transfer stamps, and other similar Taxes and fees (“ Transfer Taxes ”) arising out of or in connection with or attributable to the transactions effected pursuant to this Agreement.
 
  6.10          Straddle Period s .  Taxes attributable to taxable periods beginning on or before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date shall be apportioned to the period ending on the Closing Date and to the period beginning on the day after the Closing Date by means of a closing of the books and records of the Company as of the close of business on the Closing Date and, to the extent not susceptible to such allocation, by apportionment on the basis of elapsed days unless such Tax is transaction based (such as sales, transfer and other similar Taxes) in which case such Tax shall be apportioned to the period in which the related transaction occurred/occurs.
 
 
20

 
 
6.11           Restriction on Transfer .  Seller agrees, prior to the effectiveness of a public offering of Parent’s securities pursuant to the Act on Form S-1following the date of this Agreement (a “ Public Offering ”), not to transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise make the subject of disposition any Parent Preferred Stock except as provided herein, without the prior written consent of Purchaser. Any transferee shall make the representations and warranties in Section 4.1(c) and be bound by this Section 6.11 and Section 6.12 as if such transferee were the Seller.
 
  6.12          Market Stand-Off Agreement .  The Seller hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by Parent and an underwriter of shares of common stock or other securities of Parent, following the effective date of the registration statement for the Public Offering, he shall not, to the extent requested by Parent and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any securities of Parent (including any shares of Parent Preferred Stock issued to Seller pursuant to this Agreement) held by the Seller; provided, however, that:
 
  (1)           all officers, directors and one percent (1%) and greater shareholders of Parent enter into similar agreements; and
 
  (2)           such market stand-off time period shall not exceed 180 days (or such longer period as is required by such underwriter to allow its research analysts to issue or publish research reports under applicable rules of FINRA or similar rules or regulations, such additional period not to exceed thirty-six (36) days).
 
  Seller further agrees that he will, at the request of Parent or an underwriter of Parent’s securities, in connection with the Public Offering enter into the underwriter’s standard form of lock-up agreement provided that the lock-up agreement expires no later than the date described in clause (2) above.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, Parent may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the securities of the Seller (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
 
ARTICLE VII
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE VIII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER

The obligations of Purchaser under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived in writing by Purchaser in its sole discretion:
 
  8.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Company and the Seller contained herein shall have been true and correct in all respects on and as of the date of this Agreement; and, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Seller contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Change, which representation and warranty must be true and correct in all respects).
 
  8.2            Compliance with Covenants .  The Company and Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of their respective covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed by them on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
 
21

 
 
  8.3            Consents; Approvals .  Purchaser shall have received written evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of Purchaser that all consents and approvals of any Governmental Authorities required, if any, for Purchaser’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, ownership of the Company and operation of the Business have been obtained by Company.
 
  8.4            No Action .  No order of any court or Governmental Authority shall have been entered that enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
  8.5            Closing Deliveries .  Purchaser shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby to and convey to Purchaser all of the Units as contemplated herein, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
  (a)             all consents listed on Schedule 3.3 ;
 
  (b)           a good standing certificate for the Company, dated within five (5) days of the Closing Date;
 
  (c)           certificates relating to the Units, endorsed for transfer or accompanied by executed assignments separate from certificate;
 
  (d)           a Secretary’s Certificate of the Company, certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Company’s members approving the transaction described herein;
 
  (e)           a payoff letter or similar documentation, in form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, with respect to all Closing Payoff Debt, which letters (each a “ Payoff Letter ”) provide for the full satisfaction of all obligations related to the Closing Payoff Debt, and with respect to any secured Closing Payoff Debt, the release of all Liens relating to such Closing Payoff Debt, in each case following satisfaction of the terms contained in such Payoff Letters; together with executed UCC-2 or UCC-3 termination statements (or any other applicable termination statement) executed by each Person holding Closing Payoff Debt that provides for a security interest in any assets of the Company; and
 
  (f)           a revised Operating Agreement reflecting Purchaser’s status  sole member of the Company and other such terms as Purchaser requests.
 
  (g)           employment agreements in a form approved by Purchaser, for Seller and Key Employees with terms no longer than three (3) years at salaries not greater than current compensation levels.
 
 8.6            Litigation .  At the Closing Date, there shall not be pending or threatened any litigation in any court or any proceeding before any governmental authority or arbitrator in which it is sought to restrain, invalidate, set aside or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the purchase and sale of the Units or the other transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  8.7            No Bankruptcy .  The Company shall not have entered, or have entered against it, an order of relief under the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
22

 
 
ARTICLE IX
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

The obligations of Seller under Article II of this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing, unless waived by the Seller in his sole discretion:
 
  9.1            Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall have been true and correct in all respects on and as of the date of this Agreement; and, the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing (except in the case of any representation or warranty which itself is qualified by materiality or material adverse effect or material adverse change, which representation and warranty must be true and correct in all respects).
 
9.2            Compliance with Agreements and Covenants .  Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all of its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
  9.3            No Action .  No court or governmental order shall have been entered in any action or proceeding instituted by any party which enjoins, restrains or prohibits this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions as contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental action shall be pending or threatened that seeks to enjoin, restrain, prohibit or obtain damages with respect to this Agreement or the complete consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  No governmental investigation shall be pending or threatened that might result in any such order, suit, action or proceeding.
 
  9.4            Closing Deliveries .  The Company shall have received, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, such agreements, documents, instruments and certificates as shall be reasonably requested by Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the following duly executed instruments:
 
  (a)        certificates for Parent Preferred Stock evidencing the Initial Closing Payment, legended as provided herein; and
 
 (b)        a Secretary’s Certificate of Purchaser, certifying as to resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Purchaser approving the transactions described herein.
 
  9.5            Litigation .  At the Closing Date, there shall not be pending or threatened any litigation in any court or any proceeding before any governmental authority or arbitrator in which it is sought to restrain, invalidate, set aside or obtain damages in respect of the consummation of the purchase and sale of the Units or the other transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  9.6            No Bankruptcy .  Purchaser shall not have entered, or have entered against it, an order of relief under the Bankruptcy Code.
 
 
23

 
 
ARTICLE X
    TERMINATION

  10.1          Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated at any time on or prior to the Closing:
 
  (a)           By the written consent of the Seller and Purchaser;
 
  (b)           By written notice of the Seller or Purchaser, to the other, if any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated hereby and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;
 
  (c)           By written notice of Purchaser or the Seller, to the other, if there shall have been a material breach of any covenant, representation or warranty by the other party (Seller on the one hand, and Purchaser, on the other hand) hereunder, and such breach shall not have been remedied within three (3) Business Days after receipt of a notice in writing from the non-breaching party specifying the breach and requesting such be remedied.
 
  (d)           By written notice of Purchaser, on the one hand, or the Seller, on the other hand, to the other, if the Closing does not occur on or before December 2, 2012 (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , Purchaser may extend the Closing Date one time on its own initiative, pursuant to written notice to Seller, for an additional ten (10) business day period.  Any additional extensions of the Closing Date shall require the mutual written consent of the Seller and the Purchaser.
 
  10.2          Effect of Termination .  In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 10.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of any Party hereto or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or Affiliates, except to the extent that such termination results from a breach by a party hereto of any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained herein; provided that, the provisions of this Article X and Article XII shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION
 
 11.1            Survival .  The representations and warranties of the parties in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing until twelve (12) months after the date of the Closing, provided , however , that such time limitation shall not apply to the representations and warranties set forth at (a) Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.6 and 3.22 (such representations and warranties to survive until the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing), (b) Sections 3.14, 3.16 and 3.18 (such representations and warranties to survive until sixty (60) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations) and (c) Sections 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 (such representations and warranties to survive indefinitely).  After the end of the relevant survival period specified above, the parties’ obligations under Article XI with respect to such representations and warranties shall expire, terminate and shall be of no further force and effect unless a claim is made hereunder prior to the expiration of the relevant survival period and Seller notified thereof during said period (but only to the extent of such claim).  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties’ covenants and agreements (but not representations) under this Agreement are not affected by the survival periods specified above.
 
 
24

 
 
  11.2          Indemnification .  The Seller (the “ Indemnitor ”) agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each of the Purchaser and its Affiliates, and each of their officers, directors, employees and agents, and their heirs and successors (each, an “ Indemnitee ”), against any Losses, relating to or arising out of:
 
  (a)        any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Company or the Seller in this Agreement (including the representations and warranties in Articles III ) or in any document delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement by the Company or the Seller;
 
  (b)        any breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in Article IV of this Agreement or in any document delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement by Seller;
 
  (c)        any breach of any covenant made by the Company or by Seller in this Agreement or in any document delivered to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement;
 
  (d)        any Pre-Closing Taxes of the Company;
 
  (e)        any unpaid Adjustment Payment due from the Seller to Purchaser; and
 
  (e)        any Debt that is not repaid as Closing Payoff Debt in the manner provided herein.
 
  11.3          Procedures for Making Claims .  If and when an Indemnitee desires to assert a claim for Losses against the Indemnitor, the Indemnitee shall deliver to the Indemnitor a certificate signed by such Indemnitee (if the Indemnitee is an entity, the certificate shall be signed by its chief executive officer) (a “ Notice of Claim ”), which Notice of Claim shall: (i) state that the Indemnitee has paid or accrued (or intends or expects to pay or accrue) Losses to which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article XI and the amount thereof (to the extent then known); and (ii) specifying to the extent possible (A) the individual items of Losses in the certificate, (B) the date each such item was or is expected to be paid or accrued, to the extent known, and (C) the basis upon which Losses are claimed (including the specific clause of this Agreement pursuant to which such indemnification is being sought).  Such Notice of Claim shall be delivered prior to the expiration of any applicable survival period as set forth in Section 11.1 .  If the Indemnitor shall object to such Notice of Claim, the Indemnitor shall deliver written notice of objection (the “ Notice of Objection ”) to the Indemnitee within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt of the Notice of Claim.  The Notice of Objection shall set forth the grounds upon which the objection is based and state whether the Indemnitor objects to all or only a portion of the matter described in the Notice of Claim.  The Losses set forth in the Notice of Claim shall be payable to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) Business Days of the expiration of such fifteen (15) Business Day period without the necessity of further action to the extent the Indemnitor has not delivered a Notice of Objection.  If the Indemnitor shall timely deliver a Notice of Objection, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of such Persons with respect to the claim in the Notice of Claim.  If the parties are unable to reach an agreement within fifteen (15) Business Days, either the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee may demand arbitration of the matter (such arbitration to be conducted by JAMS in New York City) (unless the matter is at issue in a pending third party claim, in which case arbitration shall not be commenced until such amount is ascertained or both persons agree to arbitration), and the matter shall be settled by arbitration conducted by one arbitrator mutually agreeable to the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee.  In the event that within ten (10) Business Days after submission of any dispute to arbitration, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee cannot mutually agree on one arbitrator, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee shall each select one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so selected shall select a third arbitrator.  The arbitrator(s) shall set a limited time period and establish procedures designed to reduce the cost and time for discovery.  The decision of the arbitrator or a majority of the arbitrators, as the case may be, as to the validity and amount of any claim for indemnification for Losses (a “ Resolved Amount ”) shall be binding and conclusive upon the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee.  Such decision shall be delivered in writing and shall be supported by written findings of fact and conclusions which shall set forth the award, judgment, decree or order awarded by the arbitrator(s). Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
 
 
25

 
 
 11.4          Defense Procedure for Third Party Claims .  If any claim, demand or liability that could constitute indemnifiable Losses hereunder is asserted by any third party against any Indemnitee, the Indemnitee shall promptly provide the Indemnitor with a Notice of Claim with respect to such third-party claim. The Indemnitor shall, upon the written request of the Indemnitee, have the right to defend any actions or proceedings brought against the Indemnitee in respect of matters embraced by the indemnity provided under this Article XI , but the Indemnitee shall have the right to conduct and control the defense, compromise or settlement of any such claim, demand or liability if the Indemnitee chooses to do so, on behalf of and for the account and risk of the Indemntor who shall be bound by the result so obtained to the extent provided herein; provided, that if the Indemnitor is not allowed to control the defense, they may provide advice or participate in the defense of any third party claim through counsel of its choosing, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnitor.  If, after a request to defend any action or proceeding, the Indemnitor neglects to defend the Indemnitee, a recovery against the latter suffered by it in good faith, is conclusive in its favor against the Indemnitor, provided, however, that, if the Indemnitor did not receive reasonable notice of the action or proceeding against the Indemnitee, or is not allowed to control the defense, judgment against the Indemnitee is only presumptive evidence against the Indemnitor that any resulting Losses constitute an indemnifiable claim under this Article XI .  The Parties shall cooperate in the defense of all third party claims that may give rise to indemnifiable claims hereunder.  In connection with the defense of any claim, each Party shall make available to the Party controlling such defense, any books, records or other documents within its control that are reasonably requested in the course of such defense.  Except with the consent of the Indemnitor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), no settlement of any such claim with any third party claimant shall be determinative of the amount of Losses relating to such matter, but shall only be presumptive evidence of the amount of Losses constituting such indemnifiable claim.  In the event that the Indemnitor has consented to any such settlement, the Indemnitor shall have no power or authority to object under any provision of this Article XI to the existence and amount of any claim by the Indemnitee with respect to such settlement.  Indemnification payments with respect to third party claims shall be paid by the Indemnitor upon (i) the entry of a judgment against the Indemnitee and the expiration of any applicable appeal period; (ii) the entry of an unappealable judgment or final appellate decision against the Indemnitee; or (iii) a settlement of such claim, in each case subject to the dispute resolution provisions of Section 11.3 .

 11.5          Right of Setoff .  If there is determined to be any indemnifiable Losses (whether by agreement, failure to object or decision of arbitrator(s)) (“ Determined Losses ”) payable by the Seller or if there is otherwise determined to be any amount owing to the Purchaser under this Agreement, Purchaser shall be entitled to retain as an offset, without any further action by any Indemnitor, a portion (up to all) of any Earnout Payment equal to such Determined Losses and in satisfaction thereof to the extent of such offset, and such offset shall be deemed to occur automatically such as to reduce, as applicable, the applicable payments otherwise payable by Purchaser.  In addition, if an Indemnitee has made a claim for Losses that has not yet been resolved (including in connection with a third party claim), Purchaser shall be entitled to hold back from any payments that would otherwise be due as part of the Earnout Payment the full amount of such claim until resolution and determination thereof.
 
 11.6          Treatment of Indemnity Payments .  Any payments made pursuant to this Article XI shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for all income Tax purposes and none of the parties shall take a contrary position with respect to any Tax Return, audit or other proceeding.
 
 11.7          Exclusive Remedy .  In the event the Closing occurs, subject to Section 12.10 , the sole and exclusive remedy of an Indemnitee for Losses for any breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty or for any breach of any covenant or obligation by the Company or the Seller shall be indemnification pursuant to this Article XI ; provided, however, this exclusive remedy does not preclude (i) a party from bringing an action for specific performance or other equitable remedy to require a party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements or (ii) a party from pursuing remedies under applicable Law for fraud or intentional misrepresentation.
 
 
26

 
 
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS

  12.1          Expenses .  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each party hereto shall bear its own expenses with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
  12.2          Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by written agreement of Purchaser and the Seller.
 
  12.3          Notices .  Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given, (a) when received if given in person or by personal-delivery, (b) on the date of transmission if sent by facsimile or other electronic transmission including email with electronic confirmation of successful transmission, (c) three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or (d) on the date of scheduled delivery if delivered by nationally recognized express mail or courier service:
 
  If to Purchaser, addressed as follows:
 
Adex Corporation
c/o Genesis Group Holdings Inc.
Att:  Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, Florida 33431Facsimile No.:  561-988-2307
lsands@digitalcomminc.com

If to Seller or the Company, addressed as follows:

  Mark G. Vigneri
  c/o  ERFS, LLC
  2150 Highway 35
  Sea Girt, NJ 08750
  mvigneri@erfs.com
 
or to such other individual or address as a party hereto may designate for itself by notice given as herein provided.
 
  12.4          Waivers .  The failure of a party to require performance of any provision shall not affect its right at a later time to enforce the same.  No waiver by a party of any condition or of any breach of any term, covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
 
  12.5          Counterparts; Facsimile or Electronic Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  A signature of a party transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail shall constitute an original for all purposes.
 
 
27

 
 
  12.6          Interpretation .  The headings preceding the text of Articles and Sections included in this Agreement and the headings to Schedules attached to this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed part of this Agreement or be given effect in interpreting this Agreement.
 
  12.7          Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.
 
  12.8          No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and no provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to confer rights upon any other Person, other than as expressly set forth in Article XI . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent shall be a third party beneficiary with respect to Section 4.1(c) , Section 6.11 and Section 6.12 .
 
  12.9          Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby, and there shall be deemed substituted for the provision at issue a valid, legal and enforceable provision as similar as possible to the provision at issue.
 
  12.10        Remedies Cumulative .  The remedies provided in this Agreement shall be cumulative and shall not preclude the assertion or exercise of any other rights or remedies available by law, in equity or otherwise, except as limited in Article XI .
 
  12.11        Jurisdiction, Service of Process .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent or to address breaches or threatened breaches of this Agreement, without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting bond, and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in any Federal Court of located in the Southern District of New York, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity pursuant to, and as limited by, the terms of this Agreement.  In addition, each of the Parties hereto (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction in the Federal District Court of New York in the event any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby in any court other than the Federal District Court for the Southern District of Florida, and (d) waives any right to trial by jury with respect to any action related to or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
 
  12.12        Attorney Fees and Costs.   The prevailing party in any litigation, arbitration proceeding or other action shall be awarded all of its or their costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney fees against the non-prevailing Party.  This provision shall apply to such expenses incurred at the trial and all appellate levels, without respect to who is the initiating party and shall apply to an action for declaratory relief if the party instituting it asserts specific contentions concerning this Agreement which is ruled upon by the court or arbitration.  Such reasonable attorney’s fees shall include, but not be limited to, fees for attorneys, paralegals, legal assistants and expenses incurred in any and all judicial, bankruptcy, reorganization, administrative receivership, or other proceedings affecting creditors' rights and involving a claim under this Agreement, even if such proceedings arise before or after entry of a final judgment.
 
 
28

 
 
  12.13        Waivers of Inducement . The Parties hereto waive any right to assert or claim that they were induced to enter into this Agreement by any representation, promise, statement, or warranty made by any Party or any Party's agent which is not expressly set forth in this Agreement in writing.
 
  12.14        Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Neither the Company nor the Seller may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, including by operation of law, without the prior written consent of Purchaser.  In the event of any permitted assignment, the assignor shall be responsible for all obligations of the assignee and shall continue to be bound in all respects by the provisions hereof.
 
  12.15        Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.
 
12.16         Use of Certain Terms .  As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph or other subdivision.
 
  12.17        Entire Understanding .  This Agreement and the Transaction Documents sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings among the parties.
 
{Signature page to follow}
 
 
29

 
 
  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
 
PURCHASER:
 
     
 
ADEX CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands
 
   
Lawrence M. Sands, S.V.P. Corporate Secretary
 
 
 
30

 
 
  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
 
 
COMPANY:
 
     
 
Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Mark G. Vigneri
 
   
Mark G. Vigneri
 
 
 
SELLER:
 
     
 
By:
/s/ Mark G. Vigneri
 
   
Mark G. Vigneri
 
 
 
 31

Exhibit 3.12
 
State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 12:04 PM 01/10/2013
FILED 12:04 PM 01/10/2013
SRV 130033740 - 3131825 FILE
     
 
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, (the "Corporation") does hereby certify as follows:
 
FIRST : The name of this corporation is Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
SECOND : The date of filing of its original certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was November 24, 1999 (as i - RealtyAuction.com , Inc.) and which has been amended from time to time (as amended to date, the " Certificate of Incorporation " ).
 
THIRD : The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, adopted resolutions to amend the Certificate of Incorporation as follows:
 
A.
Article First of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
 
"The name of this corporation is InterCloud Systems, Inc."
 
B.
Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to provide that:
 
Effective as of 12:01 am eastern time on January 1 I, 2013, a 1 for 125 reverse split of the outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation shall occur pursuant to which (i) each 125 shares of outstanding Common Stock of the Corporation shall be converted into I share of Common Stock (the "Reverse Split"). The Reverse Split shall, not affect the number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Corporation or the par value per share of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, such that immediately after the Reverse Split the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue will be 550,000,000, of which 500,000,000 shall be Common Stock having a par value per share of $0.0001 and of which 50,000,000 shall be Preferred Stock having a par value per share of $0.0001. Fractional shares of Common Stock will not be issued as a result of the Reverse Split, but instead, the Corporation will pay each holder of a fractional interest (after aggregating all fractional interests of such holder) an amount in cash equal to the value of such remaining fractional interest upon the surrender to the Corporation's transfer agent of certificates representing such shares. The cash payment will be equal to the fraction to which the stockholder otherwise would be entitled, multiplied by the average closing sale prices of old shares (as adjusted to reflect the Reverse Split) for the 20 trading days immediately before the Effective Date, as reported by the OTC-BB (or such other exchange or trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded). If such price or prices are not available, the fractional share payments will be based on the average of the last bid and ask prices of old shares for such days, in each case as officially reported by the OTC-13B (or such other exchange or trading system on which the Common Stock is then traded), or other such process as determined by the Board of Directors. The ownership of a fractional share will not give the holder thereof any voting, dividend, or other rights except to receive payment therefore described herein. Except as set forth
 
 
1

 
 
C.
The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add a new Article Eighth which reads as follows:
 
EIGHTH : After June 30, 2014, stockholders shall not be entitled to act by written consent (including electronic transmission) and no action shall be taken by stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.
 
D.
The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add a new Article Ninth which reads as follows:
 
NINTH : Special meetings of stockholders may only be called by the Corporation's board of directors, the Chairman of the board of directors, the President or the Chief Executive Officer.
 
E.
The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add a new Article Tenth which reads as follows:
 
TENTH : Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation's stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law; and (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares or capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this paragraph.
 
F.
The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add a new Article Eleventh which reads as follows:
 
ELEVENTH : The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall initially be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the filing date of this Certificate of Amendment (the "Filing Date"), the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and the Class I directors shall be elected for a full term o f three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Filing Date, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Filing Date, the term of office of the Class HI directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the board of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
 
 
2

 
 
G.
Article Fifth of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:
 
"The liability of a director of the Corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. The Corporation is authorized to provide by bylaw, agreement or otherwise for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents for breach of duty to the Corporation and its stockholders in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by applicable law. Any repeal of this paragraph shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this paragraph in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification"
 
H.
The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add a new Article Twelfth which reads as follows:
 
TWELFTH : Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders any of any particular class or series of the Corporation's capital stock required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, or any certificate of designation with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, any amendment or repeal of the provisions of paragraphs C-I of this article THIRD of this Certificate of Amendment shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
 
3

 
 
 
I.
The Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to add a new Article Thirteenth which reads as follows:
 
THIRTEENTH : The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation as in effect from time to time. The stockholders also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation as in effect from time to time, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation as amended from time to time (including by any certificate of designation); provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation.
 
FOURTH : This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors.
 
FIFTH : This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with section 242 of the DGCL. The effective time of the amendments herein certified shall be 12:01 am eastern time on January 11, 2013.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 
 
4

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer on January 10, 2013.
 
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Mark Munro  
 
Name: Mark Munro
Title: Chief Executive Officer Name 
 
 
[Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment of Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.]
 
 
5

Exhibit 10.26
 
SECOND AMENDMENT, CONSENT AND WAIVER dated as of March 22, 2013 (“ Amendment ”), executed in connection with the LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ,   dated as of September 17, 2012 (as such Agreement may hereafter be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC. f/k/a GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC , an Alabama limited liability company, TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a Florida corporation, and each other Person that is now or may from time to time hereafter become a party thereto as a guarantor (collectively, the “ Guarantors ,” and each a “ Guarantor ”), MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ MMCP ”), in its capacity as agent for the Lenders, as hereinafter defined (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), and each of the financial institutions which is now or which hereafter becomes a party thereto as a lender (each individually a “ Lender ”, and collectively, the “ Lenders ”).  Terms which are capitalized in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Loan Agreement.
 
WHEREAS , Borrower has requested and Lenders have agreed to (i) waive each of the Designated Events of Default (defined below) as an Event of Default, (ii) consent to the AWS Acquisition (defined below) and to the consummation of certain transactions in connection therewith, (iii) consent to Borrower’s incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to the ICG Note (defined below) and (iv) agree to certain modifications to the terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Amendment, as more particularly described in this Amendment;
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each party hereto, and intending to be legally bound, the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Agent and the Lenders hereby agree as follows:
 
Section One.   Consent .  Effective upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section Seven hereof, and notwithstanding any of the restrictions contained in Section 6 of the Loan Agreement or anything to the contrary contained in the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Lenders hereby consent to the following:
 
(a)          Borrower’s acquisition of all of the outstanding Capital Stock of AW Solutions, Inc. and AW Solutions Puerto Rico, LLC (the “ AWS Acquisition ”) pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement among Borrower, AW Solutions, Inc., AW Solutions Puerto Rico, LLC, Keith W. Hayter (“ Hayter ”), Bobby A. Varma (“ Varma ”), James Partridge (“ Partridge ”), Emmanuel Poulin (“ Poulin ”) and Jeffrey DuBay (together with Hayter, Varma, Partridge, Poulin and DuBay, collectively, the the “ AWS Seller ”), in substantially the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto, which Borrower expects to be executed in April, 2013 (the “ AWS Stock Purchase Agreement ”);
 
(b)         The issuance by Borrower to AWS Seller of Securities, as such term is defined in the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement, which Securities include certain warrant shares of Borrower’s common stock, the amount of which is to be determined in accordance with the terms of the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement;
 
 
1

 
 
(c)          Borrower’s incurrence of Indebtedness in the form of the First EBITDA Adjustment (as such term is defined in the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement) pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement;
 
(d)          Borrower’s incurrence of Indebtedness in the form of the Second EBITDA Adjustment (as such term is defined in the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement) pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement;
 
(e)          Borrower’s incurrence of Indebtedness in the form of the Promissory Notes (as such term is defined in the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement) pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement;
 
(f)           Borrower’s incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of that certain Unsecured Convertible Note, dated on or about the date of the AWS Stock Purchase Agreement, in the original principal amount of $1,725,000, issued by Borrower in favor of ICG USA, LLC (“ ICG ”), in substantially the form of Exhibit B annexed hereto (the “ ICG Note ”).
 
Section Two.   Acknowledgement and Waiver .
 
(a)          Borrower hereby acknowledges, represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof (x) immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, each of the events described on Schedule 1 annexed hereto (each a “ Designated Event of Default ” and collectively, the “ Designated Events of Default ”) has occurred in violation of the Loan Agreement, such Designated Events of Default have not been waived and remain outstanding and continuing under the Loan Agreement and (y) after giving effect to this Amendment, no other Defaults or Events of Default have occurred and are continuing which have not been waived by Lenders.  As advised by Borrower, Agent and Lenders are not aware of any other Defaults or Events of Default other than the Designated Events of Default.
 
(b)          Effective upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section Six hereof, Lenders hereby waive each of the Designated Events of Default as an Event of Default as of the date this Amendment.  Such waiver by Lenders of the Designated Events of Default shall in no way be construed as an agreement to waive any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement that may have occurred prior to the date hereof other than the Designated Events of Default, nor to waive any Event of Default arising after the date hereof, in either case whether or not any such existing or future Event of Default is of the same type and/or arises from the same or similar events or circumstances as the Designated Events of Default (any such existing or future Event of Default other than the Designated Events of Default, an “ Excluded Default ”).  Lenders reserve all of their rights and remedies under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, under applicable law and at equity as to any such Excluded Default which may exist and/or may hereafter occur.  Lenders shall have no obligation to grant any waivers with respect to any such existing or future Excluded Default, and the granting of the waiver of each of the Designated Events of Default as an Event of Default pursuant to this Amendment shall not be construed as a course of conduct or dealing on the part of Lenders that would obligate or create any duty on the part of Lenders to waive any such Excluded Default.  Henceforth, Agent and Lenders shall expect Borrower to strictly comply with all of the terms and provisions contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
 
 
2

 
 
Section Three.   Amendment .   Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section Six hereof, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended effective as of the date of this Amendment as follows:
 
(a)           Section 1.1 .   Certain Defined Terms.   Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by (i) deleting the definition of “Earn-Out Obligations” in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof, and (ii) adding the following defined terms thereto: “ADEX”, “ERFS Acquisition”, “ERFS Acquisition Agreement”, “ERFS Earn-Out Obligations”, “ERFS Preferred Stock”, “ERFS Seller”, “Second Amendment” and “Second Amendment Closing Date”:
 
ADEX ” means ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation, a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and a Guarantor under this Agreement.
 
ERFS Acquisition ” means the acquisition by ADEX of all of the outstanding Capital Stock issued by Environmental Remediation and Financial Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.
 
ERFS Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, by and among ADEX, the ERFS Seller and Environmental Remediation and Financial Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, as may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated.
 
Earn-Out Obligations ” means any earn-out or similar deferred payment obligation owing by Borrower to a seller in connection with the Acquisition.
 
ERFS Earn-Out Obligations ” means the obligation of ADEX to make a payment in cash or in stock to the ERFS Seller for the consecutive twelve month period commencing on the first day of the month following the “Closing Date” (as such term is defined in the ERFS Acquisition Agreement as in effect on the Second Amendment Closing Date), such payment to be in an amount determined pursuant to the formula set forth in Section 2.3(b) of the ERFS Acquisition Agreement, as in effect on the Second Amendment Closing Date.
 
ERFS Preferred Stock ” means the preferred stock issued by Borrower in connection with the ERFS Acquisition.
 
ERFS Seller ” means, Mark G. Vigneri, an individual.
 
 
3

 
 
Second Amendment ” means the Second Amendment, Consent and Waiver to this Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013.
 
Second Amendment Closing Date ” means March 22, 2013.
 
(b)           Section 1.1 .   Definition of “Indebtedness ”.  The definition of “Indebtedness” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting therefrom the reference to the term “Earn-Out Obligations” in clause (iii) thereof and replacing it with the terms “Earn-Out Obligations and ERFS Earn-Out Obligations.”
 
(c)           Section 1.1 .   Definition of “Restricted Payment ”.  The definition of “Restricted Payment” in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by (i) deleting therefrom the word “and” which immediately precedes clause (d) thereof and (ii) adding the following immediately after clause (d) thereof:
 
; and (e) any payment in respect of the ERFS Earn-Out Obligations.
 
(d)           Section 2.3(B) .   Computation and Payment of Interest.   Section 2.3(B) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the second sentence of Section 2.3(B) in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
In computing interest on the Term Loan, both the date of funding of the Term Loan and the date of any payment of the Term Loan shall be included.
 
(e)           Section 2.5(F) clause (i) .   Mandatory Prepayment .  Clause (i) of Section 2.5(F) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting therefrom the reference to the date “March 31, 2013” and replacing it with the date “April 30, 2013.”
 
(f)           Section 4.18 .   Insurance.   Section 4.18 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the first sentence of Section 4.18 in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
Each Loan Party shall maintain all risk property coverage with a limit equal to the full replacement cost, without co-insurance and with a deductible no greater than $10,000 and insurance policies for public liability, worker’s compensation, larceny, embezzlement or other criminal misappropriation for their businesses and properties, of types and in amounts customarily maintained by comparable businesses; and, as of the Closing Date, no notice of cancellation has been received or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened with respect to such policies.
 
 
4

 
 
(g)           Section 5.1(Q) .   Securities and Exchange Commission Filings .  A new Section 5.1(Q), captioned “ Securities and Exchange Commission Filings ”, is added to Section 5.1 of the Loan Agreement as follows:
 
Within three (3) Business Days of any Loan Party’s filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission of any registration statement on Form S-1 or any current report on Form 8-K, such Loan Party shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Agent a copy of such filing.
 
(h)           Section 5.21(A) .   Minimum Liquidity .  Section 5.21(A) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the chart set forth therein in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
Periods
 
Liquidity
 
Closing Date through First Amendment Closing Date
  $ 200,000  
First Amendment Closing Date through December 31, 2012
  $ 1,000,000  
January 1, 2013 through Second Amendment Closing Date
  $ 1,500,000  
Second Amendment Closing Date through June 30, 2013
  $ 200,000  
July 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013
  $ 1,500,000  
October 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013
  $ 2,000,000  
January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014
  $ 2,500,000  
April 1, 2014 and at all times thereafter
  $ 3,000,000  
 
(i)           Section 5.21(B) .   Capital Expenditures .  Section 5.21(B) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the fifth grid in the chart set forth therein in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
Four fiscal quarters ending on each of December 31, 2013, March 31, 2014, June 30, 2014, September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2014
  $ 500,000  
 
(j)           Section 5.21(C) .   Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .  Section 5.21(C) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the first sentence of Section 5.21(C) in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
 
5

 
 
The Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of each fiscal quarter, in each case for the trailing period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, shall be not less than the ratio set forth below opposite the last day of each fiscal quarter set forth below, provided that, for purposes of calculating compliance with this covenant, with respect to Debt Payments for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2012, the two fiscal quarters ending on March 31, 2013 and the three fiscal quarters ending on June 30, 2013 such Debt Payments shall be annualized by multiplying such Debt Payments by a factor of 4, 2 and 1.33, respectively:
 
Period Ending On
Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio
March 31, 2013
1.05 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
1.05 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
1.15 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
1.20 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
1.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
1.30 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
1.35 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
1.40 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
1.45 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
1.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
1.60 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
1.70 to 1.00
March 31, 2016
1.80 to 1.00
June 30, 2016
1.90 to 1.00
September 30, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
2.00 to 1.00
 
(k)           Section 5.21(D) .   Total Debt Leverage Ratio .  Section 5.21(D) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the chart set forth therein in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
Period Ending On
Total Debt
Leverage Ratio
March 31, 2013
7.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
6.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
5.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
5.00 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
4.75 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
4.50 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
4.25 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
3.75 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
3.50 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
3.25 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
2.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2016
2.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
2.00 to 1.00
 
 
6

 
 
(l)           Section 5.21(E) .   Senior Debt Leverage Ratio .  Section 5.21(E) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting the chart set forth therein in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
Period Ending On
Senior Debt
Leverage Ratio
March 31, 2013
5.10 to 1.00
June 30, 2013
5.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2013
4.50 to 1.00
December 31, 2013
3.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2014
3.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2014
3.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2014
2.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2014
2.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2015
2.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2015
2.00 to 1.00
September 30, 2015
1.75 to 1.00
December 31, 2015
1.50 to 1.00
March 31, 2016
1.25 to 1.00
June 30, 2016 and the last day of each succeeding fiscal quarter thereafter
1.00 to 1.00
 
(m)           Section 6.1(d) .   Indebtedness and Liabilities .  Section 6.1(d) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting therefrom the reference to the phrase “Earn-Out Obligations owing to the T N S Sellers” and replacing it with the phrase “Earn-Out Obligations owing to the T N S Sellers and the ERFS Earn-Out Obligations.”
 
(n)           Section 6.4(ii) .  Section 6.4(ii) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 6.4(ii) in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
if Borrower receives at least $40,000,000 in net cash proceeds from the Offering, then (i) Borrower may pay  on the applicable stated maturity date the unpaid principal balance of, and all accrued interest on any Potential Target Subordinated Debt and (ii) ADEX may pay the ERFS Earn-Out Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof;
 
(o)           Section 6.4(iii) .  Clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 6.4(iii) of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting therefrom the reference to the percentage “50%” and replacing it with the percentage “150%.”
 
(p)           Section 6.4(vi) .  A new Section 6.4(vi) is added to Section 6.4 of the Loan Agreement as follows:
 
Borrower may issue ERFS Preferred Stock, the proceeds of which shall be used to complete the ERFS Acquisition, provided that (i) the terms and conditions of such ERFS Preferred Stock are reasonably satisfactory to Agent and (ii) Borrower shall not redeem ERFS Preferred Stock except with the proceeds of the Unused Term Loan Proceeds and only to the extent such Unused Term Loan Proceeds have not already been used to consummate a Potential Target Acquisition.
 
 
7

 
 
(q)           Section 6.10 .   Subsidiaries .  Section 6.10 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting therefrom the reference to the word “except” in the first sentence and replacing it with the word “including.”
 
(r)           Section 6.19 .   Amendments to Subordinated Debt, Earn-Out Obligations or Preferred Stock .  Section 6.19 of the Loan Agreement is amended by deleting Section 6.19 in its entirety and by substituting the following in lieu thereof:
 
No Loan Party shall amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of payment of any Subordinated Debt, the Earn-Out Obligations, the ERFS Earn-Out Obligations, the Preferred Stock or the ERFS Preferred Stock, in any manner adverse to the interests of Agent or any Lender without the prior written consent of Agent.
 
Section Four.   Amendment Fee .   Borrower covenants and agrees that, in consideration of the amendments, waivers and accommodations provided for herein, Borrower shall pay to Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in cash, a fee (the “ Amendment Fee ”) in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), which fee shall be fully earned and non-refundable on the date of the execution of this Amendment and shall be due and payable by Borrower to Agent on the earliest of the following dates: (i) three (3) Business Days after the effectiveness of the registration statement Borrower files with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-1 in connection with the Offering, (ii) the date that occurs ninety (90) days from the date of this Amendment or (iii) the date on which the maturity date of the Obligations shall have been accelerated, in accordance with the terms of Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement and/or the date on which the Agent shall have initiated an exercise of rights with respect to the Collateral, in accordance with the terms of Section 7.3 of the Loan Agreement.
 
Section Five.   Representations and Warranties .   To induce the Agent and the Lenders to execute this Amendment, Borrower and each Guarantor warrant and represent as follows:
 
(a)          all of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document are correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, with the exception of any representation or warranty in respect of the non-existence of any Event of Default, to the extent of the Designated Events of Default;
 
(b)          the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by Borrower and each Guarantor is within their respective limited liability company or corporate, as applicable, powers, has been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company or corporate, as applicable, action on their part, and Borrower and each Guarantor have received all necessary amendments and approvals (if any shall be required) for the execution and delivery of this Amendment;
 
 
8

 
 
(c)          upon its execution, this Amendment shall constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and each Guarantor, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms;
 
(d)          immediately after giving effect to this Amendment, Borrower and Guarantors are not in default under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, or other material agreement or material instrument to which any of them are a party or by which any of them may be bound.  Neither the execution and delivery of this Amendment, nor the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated, nor compliance with the provisions hereof, in each case by Borrower and each Guarantor will (i) require any authorization, amendment or approval by, or registration, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or any third party, except such authorization, amendment, approval, registration, declaration, filing or notice as has been obtained, accomplished or given prior to the date hereof; (ii) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation (including Regulation X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) or of any order, writ, injunction or decree presently in effect having applicability to the Borrower or any Guarantor or of the Borrower’s or any Guarantors’ formation or governing documents; (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture or loan or Loan Agreement or any other material agreement, lease or instrument to which the Borrower or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective properties may be bound or affected; or (iv) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any lien upon or with respect to any of the properties now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Guarantor, other than liens and security interests in favor of the Agent which secure the Obligations; and
 
Section Six.   Conditions Precedent to Amendment and Waiver .   This Amendment (with the exception of Section One , which shall become effective upon the satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section Seven ) shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent:
 
(a)          Agent shall have received this Amendment, duly executed by the Borrower, each Guarantor and each other party hereto, as well as all other agreements, notes, certificates, orders, authorizations, financing statements, mortgages and other documents which Agent may reasonably request;
 
(b)          The requirements set forth in Sections 3.2 of the Loan Agreement, with respect to the conditions to funding a Potential Target Acquisition, and 6.10 of the Loan Agreement, with respect to the acquisition of a Subsidiary, shall be satisfied (as determined by Agent) in connection with the ERFS Acquisition;
 
(c)          Borrower shall have (i) delivered to Agent a certificate of good standing issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Florida evidencing that ADEXCOMM Corporation, a Florida corporation (“ ADEXCOMM ”), is in good standing therein, (ii) caused ADEXCOMM to become a party to the Loan Agreement as a guarantor and grant to Agent for the benefit of Lenders a first priority security interest in ADEXCOMM’s assets pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance substantially similar to the Joinder Agreement and (iii) pledge and collaterally assign to Agent for the benefit of Lenders all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock in ADEXCOMM pursuant to a pledge agreement in form and substance substantially similar to the Pledge Agreement;
 
 
9

 
 
(d)          Borrower shall have provided satisfactory evidence (as determined by Agent) that Borrower no longer owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the Capital Stock of Digital Comm Inc, a Florida corporation;
 
(e)          Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation certified by the Delaware Secretary of State, as amended to change Borrower’s name to Intercloud Systems, Inc. and (ii) satisfactory evidence (as determined by Agent) that all necessary financing statement amendments or other documents have been properly filed or recorded in order to maintain a valid, attached and perfected security interest in the Collateral in favor of Agent for the benefit of Lenders;
 
(f)          Borrower shall have delivered to Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, the certificate referred to in the preamble of each of the Warrants which sets forth the Initial Number (as defined in the Warrants) and certain calculations related thereto;
 
(g)          Borrower shall have delivered to Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, a lien waiver and collateral access agreement executed by the applicable landlord with respect to the Borrower’s facilities located at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, FL 33431;
 
(h)          Borrower shall have delivered to Agent copies of all written information provided to Borrower’s directors in connection with meetings of the board in accordance with Section 5.15 of the Loan Agreement;
 
(i)          After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, no Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
 
(j)          Agent shall have received a closing certificate signed by an authorized officer of Borrower dated as of the date of this Amendment, certifying that (i) all representations and warranties set forth in this Amendment, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date, except to the extent any such representation or warranty relates only to a specific date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects only as of such specific date, (ii) immediately after giving effect to the Amendment, Borrower is on such date in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in this Amendment, the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) immediately after giving effect to the Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, (iv) Borrower is in compliance with all federal, state and local statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances applicable to it, except those the failure with which to comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (v) all of the conditions set forth in this Section Six have been satisfied; and
 
(k)          All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and its counsel.
 
 
10

 
 
Section Seven.   Conditions Precedent to Consent . Section One of this Amendment shall become effective upon the satisfaction of all of the following conditions precedent:
 
(a)          Agent shall have received a Subordination Agreement with ICG (in form and substance acceptable to Agent in its discretion), a Subordination Agreement with the AWS Seller (in form and substance acceptable to Agent in its discretion), each duly executed by the Borrower, each Guarantor and each other party thereto, as applicable, as well as all other agreements, notes, certificates, orders, authorizations, financing statements, mortgages and other documents which Agent may reasonably request;
 
(b)          Agent shall have received and reviewed to its reasonable satisfaction a substantially final draft of each of the AWS Acquisition Agreement and the ICG Note, as well as a substantially final draft of each material document, instrument and agreement to be executed or delivered in connection therewith.  Borrower shall have collaterally assigned to Agent, as security for all Obligations, all of its rights under the AWS Acquisition Agreement;
 
(c)          The requirements set forth in clause (g) of Section 6.1 of the Loan Agreement, with respect to the incurrence of Subordinated Debt, shall be satisfied (as determined by Agent) in connection with the ICG Note;
 
(d)          The requirements set forth in clause (b)(iii) of Section 6.5 of the Loan Agreement, with respect to the acquisition of equity interests, and Section 6.10 of the Loan Agreement, with respect to the acquisition of a Subsidiary, shall be satisfied (as determined by Agent) in connection with the AWS Acquisition;
 
(e)          Borrower shall have delivered to Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, lien waiver and collateral access agreements executed by the applicable landlord with respect to each of the Borrower’s facilities located at (i) 2736 Southside Drive, Tuscaloosa, AL 35401 and (ii) 1225 Rand Road, Des Plains, IL 60016;
 
(f)          Borrower shall have paid or reimbursed Agent for all costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by Agent on its behalf, or on behalf of Lenders, in connection with the Loan Agreement including the negotiation, preparation and entering into of this Amendment;
 
(g)          Borrower shall have delivered the stock certificates representing the shares of common stock described in Section Nine ; and
 
(h)          Borrower shall have delivered all of the springing control agreements and satisfied all of the requirements set forth in Section Ten .
 
 
11

 
 
Section Eight.   Payment of Legal Fees and Expenses .   On or before the close of business on March 26, 2013, Borrower shall have paid directly to Agent’s counsel the sum of $36,000, which amount represents a portion of all attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by Agent on its behalf, or on behalf of Lenders, in connection with the Loan Agreement including the negotiation, preparation and entering into of this Amendment, by wire transfer to Agent’s counsel’s account in accordance with the following wire instructions:
 
PNC Bank
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Blank Rome LLP Firm Account
Acct#: 8400103339
ABA #: 031 000 053
Reference: 137540-01003
 
Failure to pay the foregoing fees and expenses set forth in this Section Eight within the applicable time frame shall be deemed an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
Section Nine.   Delivery of Common Stock .   On or before April 1, 2013, Agent shall have received for the benefit of Lenders, 81,500 shares of the Borrower’s common stock 0.0001 par value per share.  Failure to deliver the foregoing set forth in this Section Nine within the applicable time frame shall be deemed an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
Section Ten.   Deposit Account Control Agreements .   On or before April 1, 2013, Borrower shall have (i) provided satisfactory evidence (as determined by Agent) that it has complied with all of the requirements set forth in Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement and (ii) delivered to Agent, in form and substance acceptable to Agent, all springing control agreements required pursuant to clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement.  Failure to deliver or satisfy any of the foregoing set forth in this Section Ten within the applicable time frame shall be deemed an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
Section Eleven.   ERFS Seller Subordination Agreement .   In the event Borrower fails to raise by June 30, 2013 at least $40,000,000 in net cash proceeds in connection with the Offering, Borrower shall deliver to Agent within ten (10) days a Subordination Agreement with the ERFS Seller (in form and substance acceptable to Agent in its discretion), duly executed by the Borrower and each other party thereto, as well as all other agreements and any other documents which Agent may request.  Failure to deliver or satisfy any of the foregoing set forth in this Section Eleven within the applicable time frame shall be deemed an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
Section Twelve.   Release .   Borrower and each Guarantor acknowledge and agree that they have no claims, suits or causes of action against Agent or any Lender and hereby remise, release and forever discharge Agent and each Lender, their officers, directors, members, shareholders, employees, agents, successors and assigns, and any of them, from any claims, suits or causes of action whatsoever, in law or at equity, which Borrower or any Guarantor has or may have arising from any act, omission or otherwise, at any time immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment.
 
Section Thirteen.   General Provisions .
 
(a)          The Loan Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents are ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms as so amended.  The Borrower and each Guarantor, as applicable, hereby confirm their existing pledge, assignment and grant to the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, of a perfected lien on and security interest in the Collateral, as security for the payment and performance of all present and future Obligations.  Borrower and each Guarantor hereby confirm that all security interests at any time granted by each of them to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders in any and all of Borrower’s and each Guarantor’s property and assets, including  the Collateral, continue in full force and effect and secure and shall continue to secure the Obligations so long as any such Obligations remain outstanding and that all Collateral subject thereto remains free and clear of any liens or encumbrances other than (i) those in favor of the Agent provided for under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (ii) other Permitted Encumbrances.
 
 
12

 
 
(b)          All references to the Loan Agreement in the other Loan Documents shall mean the Loan Agreement as heretofore and as hereafter amended, supplemented and modified from time to time.
 
(c)          The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Lenders under the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any other provision of the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents except as expressly set forth in this Amendment.
 
(d)          This Amendment embodies the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, commitments, arrangements, negotiations or understandings, whether written or oral, of the parties with respect thereto.
 
(e)          This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York.
 
(f)          This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Guarantor, Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written agreement of Agent.
 
(g)          Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.
 
(h)          Borrower and each Guarantor hereby confirm and agree, and represent and warrant, that all Obligations (whether representing outstanding principal, accrued and unpaid interest, accrued and unpaid fees or any other Obligations of any kind or nature) currently owing by Borrower under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as reflected in the books and records of Agent as of the date hereof, are unconditionally owing from and payable by Borrower to Lenders and that Borrower is indebted to Lenders with respect thereto, all without any set-off, deduction, counterclaim or defense.
 
(i)          This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all of which counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by email or facsimile shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof.
 
 
13

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower, each Guarantor, Agent and the Lenders have signed below to indicate their agreement with the foregoing and their intent to be bound thereby.
 
AGENT:
MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Joseph Haverkamp                                                                
 
 
Name:  Joseph Haverkamp
Title:    Managing Director
 
       
LENDERS:
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Mark F. Muething                                                                
 
 
Name:  Mark F. Muething
Title:    Executive Vice President
Commitment Percentage:  70%
 
       
 
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Stephen C. Berala                                                                
 
 
Name:  Stephen C. Berala
Title:    Assistant Vice President
Commitment Percentage:  30%
 
       
BORROWER:
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
Title:    Senior Vice President
 
       
GUARANTORS:
RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
Title:    Vice President
 
     
 
TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
Title:    Vice President
 
 
 
[Second Amendment]
S-1

 
 
 
ADEX CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
Title:    Vice President
 
     
 
T N S, INC.
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
Title:    Vice President
 
 
 
[Second Amendment]
S-2

 

SCHEDULE 1

Designated Events of Default

 
1.
The ERFS Acquisition was consummated prior to satisfaction of all the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement, in violation of Section 3.2 of the Loan Agreement.

 
2.
Borrower failed to deliver monthly financial statements for the months of November, 2012 and December, 2012 within thirty (30) days after the end of each such month, in each case in violation of Section 5.1(A) of the Loan Agreement.

 
3.
Borrower failed to deliver an officer’s certificate together with its year-end financial statements for Fiscal Year 2012, in violation of the second sentence of Section 5.1(E) of the Loan Agreement.

 
4.
Borrower failed to deliver its projections for Fiscal Year 2013 at least thirty (30) days before the beginning of such Fiscal Year, in violation of Section 5.1(F) of the Loan Agreement.

 
5.
Borrower failed to deliver an officer’s certificate disclosing certain events including, without limitation, the Designated Events of Default, in violation of Section 5.1(J) of the Loan Agreement.

 
6.
Borrower failed to provide written notice of the resignation or termination, and the reasons therefor, of Borrower’s certified public accountants, in violation of Section 5.1(N) of the Loan Agreement.

 
7.
Borrower failed to provide prior notice of quarterly meetings of its directors and managers, in violation of Section 5.15 of the Loan Agreement.

 
8.
For the period from the First Amendment Closing Date through December 31, 2012, Borrower’s Liquidity was less than $1,000,000 and for the period from January 1, 2013 through the Second Amendment Closing Date, Borrower’s Liquidity was less than $1,500,000, in each case in violation of Section 5.21(A) of the Loan Agreement.

 
9.
As of December 31, 2012, Borrower’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio was less than 2.00 to 1.00, in violation of Section 5.21(C) of the Loan Agreement.

 
10.
As of December 31, 2012, Borrower’s Total Debt Leverage Ratio was less than 3.50 to 1.00, in violation of Section 5.21(D) of the Loan Agreement.

 
11.
As of December 31, 2012, Borrower’s Senior Debt Leverage Ratio was less than 2.60 to 1.00, in violation of Section 5.21(E) of the Loan Agreement.

 
12.
In connection with the ERFS Acquisition, Borrower incurred certain unsecured debt which was not subordinated on terms satisfactory to Agent, in violation of clause (f) of Section 6.1 of the Loan Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
 
13.
In connection with the ERFS Acquisition, Borrower issued redeemable preferred stock, in violation of Section 6.4 of the Loan Agreement.

 
14.
Borrower failed to, among other things, establish a central concentration account and deliver springing control agreements as required pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement, in violation of Section 6.12 of the Loan Agreement.

 
15.
Borrower failed to deliver the certificate referred to in the preamble of the Warrants setting forth the Initial Number (as defined in the Warrants), in violation of the Warrants.

 
16.
Borrower failed to deliver, among other things, a certificate of good standing for ADEXCOMM, in violation of Section One (b)(i) of the First Amendment.

 
17.
Borrower failed to deliver lien waiver and collateral access agreements with respect to each of the Borrower’s facilities located at (i) 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, FL 33431, (ii) 2736 Southside Drive, Tuscaloosa, AL 35401 and (iii) 1225 Rand Road, Des Plains, IL 60016, in each case in violation of Section One (b)(ii) of the First Amendment.

 
18.
Borrower failed to deliver a certified copy of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to change its name to Intercloud Systems, Inc., in violation of Section Seven (a) of the First Amendment.
 
 
[Second Amendment]
S-2

 
 
EXHIBIT A

(Form of AWS Stock Purchase Agreement)
 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

(Form of ICG Note)
 


Exhibit 10.27
 
ASSUMPTION AND JOINDER AGREEMENT , dated as of March 22, 2013 (this “ Joinder ”), is executed in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 17, 2012 (as may be amended, restated, supplement or modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) among INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC. f/k/a GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, RIVES-MONTEIRO LEASING, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company, TROPICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Florida corporation, each other Person joined thereto as a guarantor, the various financial institutions party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ”), MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, as agent for the Lenders.  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.
 
BACKGROUND
 
A.           In connection with the execution of the Loan Agreement, Borrower has purchased all of the outstanding Capital Stock issued by ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation (“ ADEX ”), and certain of its Subsidiaries pursuant to that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2012 (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), entered into by and among Borrower, ADEX, certain of its Subsidiaries, Peter Leibowitz, Gary McGuire, Marc Freedman and Justin Liebowitz.  Borrower thereafter formed ADEXCOMM Corporation, a Florida Corporation (“ ADEXCOMM ”), which is a new, wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.  Subsequent to consummation of the Stock Purchase Agreement, ADEX purchased all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“ ERFS ”), pursuant to that certain Equity Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2012 (together with the Stock Purchase Agreement, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), entered into by and among ADEX Corporation, ERFS and Mark G. Vigneri.  ADEXCOMM and ERFS are referred to hereinafter, collectively, as the “ Joining Guarantors ”.
 
B.           The Agent and the Lenders consented to the execution and delivery by Borrower of the Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Loan Agreement.
 
C.           In connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Agreement, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company, and Tropical Communications, Inc., a Florida corporation, each a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower executed and delivered that certain Guaranty and Suretyship Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as may be amended, restated, supplement or modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders and Lenders.
 
D.           Pursuant to the Loan Agreement Borrower seeks to join Joining Guarantors as additional co-Guarantors under the Loan Agreement and the Guaranty on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Joinder.
 
 
1

 
 
NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing background hereinafter deemed incorporated by reference herein and made part hereof, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, promise and agree as follows:
 
1.            Joinder; Amendment .
 
(a)           Upon the effectiveness of this Joinder, Joining Guarantors join in as, assume the obligations and liabilities of, adopt the obligations, liabilities and role of, and become Loan Parties and Guarantors under the Loan Agreement and the Guaranty.  All references to Guarantor, Guarantors, Loan Party or Loan Parties contained in the other Loan Agreement and in the Loan Documents are hereby deemed for all purposes to also refer to and include Joining Guarantors as Guarantors and Joining Guarantors hereby agree to comply with all terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty and, as applicable, the other Loan Documents, as if Joining Guarantors were original signatories to the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents, and the Loan Agreement, the Guaranty and such other Loan Documents are hereby deemed amended to so provide.
 
(b)           Without limiting the generality of the provisions contained in paragraph (a) above, Joining Guarantors hereby, absolutely and unconditionally guaranty and become surety for, on a joint and several basis, along with all other Guarantors, the complete and faithful performance, payment, observance and fulfillment of all Obligations owing by Borrower to Agent and Lenders.
 
2.            Security Interest and Loan Documents .  As security for the payment of the Obligations, and satisfaction by Borrower of all covenants and undertakings contained in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each Joining Guarantor hereby collaterally assigns and grants in favor of Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of each Lender, a continuing first priority, perfected lien and security interest (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) in and upon the Collateral (as defined in the Guaranty) of such Joining Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located as more fully set forth in the Guaranty.  If required, the Joining Guarantors are, simultaneously with the execution of this Joinder, executing and delivering such Loan Documents (and such other documents and instruments) as requested by Agent in accordance with the Loan Agreement or the Guaranty.
 
3.            Confirmation of Indebtedness .  Borrower confirms and acknowledges, and Joining Guarantors acknowledge, that as of the close of business on March 22, 2013, Borrower was indebted to Agent and Lenders on account of the Term Loan under the Loan Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $15,000,000, plus all fees, expenses and accrued but unpaid interest and in each case without any deduction, defense, setoff, claim or counterclaim, of any nature.
 
4.            Representations and Warranties of Joining Guarantors .  Each Joining Guarantor hereby:
 
(a)           ratifies and agrees to be bound by all representations and warranties made by each Guarantor or Loan Party to Agent and Lenders under the Loan Agreement and all of the other Loan Documents and confirms that all are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, other than representations and warranties that were made of a specific earlier date;
 
(b)           ratifies and agrees to abide by all of the covenants, terms, conditions and guaranty obligations contained in the Loan Agreement and the Guaranty, each as amended hereby, until the satisfaction in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Guaranty) and the termination of the commitments of the Lenders under the Loan Agreement;
 
 
2

 
 
(c)           represents and warrants that it has the authority and legal right to execute, deliver and carry out the terms of this Joinder, that such actions were duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action and that the officers executing this Joinder on its behalf were similarly authorized and empowered, and that this Joinder does not contravene any provisions of its Articles or Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, Certificate of Formation, Operating Agreement or of any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which any of its properties are bound; and
 
(d)           represents and warrants that this Joinder is valid, binding and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be limited by any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).
 
5.            Conditions Precedent/Effectiveness Conditions .  This Joinder shall be effective upon Agent’s receipt of the following (each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent):
 
(a)           This Joinder fully executed by each Joining Guarantor and Agent;
 
(b)           Agent shall have received, as applicable, each Joining Guarantor’s state certified Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or other state certificate document evidencing such entities’ formation and its by-laws or operating agreement, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Joining Guarantor;
 
(c)           Agent shall have received authorizing resolutions of each Joining Guarantor authorizing the execution of this Joinder, and the transactions contemplated to occur hereunder;
 
(d)           Uniform Commercial Code, judgment and state and federal tax lien searches against each Joining Guarantor showing no Liens on any assets acquired pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or any of the Collateral, other than Permitted Encumbrances;
 
(e)           A good standing certificate for each Joining Guarantor dated not more than 30 days prior to the date of this Joinder, issued by the Secretary of State or other official authority of the state of incorporation or formation of such Joining Guarantor; and
 
(f)           Such other documents, instruments or agreements as Agent shall reasonably request.
 
6.            Payment of Expenses .  Borrower shall pay or reimburse Agent for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Joinder and the documents provided for herein or related hereto.
 
7.            Reaffirmation of Loan Agreement .  Except as modified by the terms hereof, all of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Joinder, and all Loan Documents are hereby reaffirmed and shall continue in full force and effect as therein written.
 
 
3

 
 
8.            Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Third Party Rights .  No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.
 
(b)            Headings .  The headings of any paragraph of this Joinder are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret any provision hereof.
 
(c)            Governing Law .  This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applied to contracts to be performed wholly within the State of New York.
 
(d)            Counterparts .  This Joinder may be executed in any number of counterparts and by facsimile or PDF, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
(Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank)
 
 
4

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Joinder to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.


BORROWER:                                     
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
 
 
Title: Senior Vice President
 
       
JOINING GUARANTORS: 
ADEXCOMM CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
     
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION AND
FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
 
     
 
By:  ADEX Corporation, its sole and managing member
 
     
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence M. Sands
 
 
Name:  Lawrence M. Sands
 
 
Title: Vice President
 
 
 
[Joinder Agreement]
S-1

 
 
AGENT:
MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
 
       
 
By:
 /s/ Joseph Haverkamp                                                                
 
 
Name:  Joseph Haverkamp
Title:    Managing Director
 
       
LENDERS:
GREAT AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
       
 
By:  
/s/ Mark F. Muething                                                                
 
 
Name:  Mark F. Muething
Title:    Executive Vice President
Commitment Percentage:  70%
 
       
 
GREAT AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY
 
       
 
By:  
/s/  Stephen C. Berala                                                                
 
 
Name:  Stephan C. Berala
Title:    Assistant Vice President
Commitment Percentage:  30%
 
 
 
[Joinder Agreement]
S-2

Exhibit 10.28
 
PLEDGE AGREEMENT
 
This Pledge Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated March 22, 2013, is made by INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC. f/k/a GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Pledgor ”), in favor of MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, INC. (“ MCCP ”) , in its capacity as agent for the lenders under the Loan Agreement referenced below (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity (including any successor “Agent” appointed under the Loan Agreement), the “ Secured Party ”). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

Background
 
This Agreement is executed in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of dated as of September 17, 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among Pledgor, as borrower, Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company and Tropical Communications, Inc., a Florida corporation, each as a guarantor, each other Person joined thereto as a guarantor, the various financial institutions named therein or which hereafter become a party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and each individually a “ Lender ”) and Secured Party, as Agent to the Lenders.  Pledgor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to Secured Party, in its capacity as Secured Party, to provide additional security for the Obligations as defined and described in the Loan Agreement and owing from time to time to Secured Party, Issuer (as defined below), the Lenders and the other persons holding any of the Obligations from time to time.

NOW THEREFORE, for other good and sufficient consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Pledgor, intending to be legally bound hereby, covenants and agrees as follows:
 
1.           Pledgor, for the purpose of granting a continuing lien and security interest, does hereby collaterally assign, pledge, deliver and set over to Secured Party, for the ratable benefit of Agent and Lenders party to the Loan Agreement and all other holders of the Obligations all of the following property, together with any additions, exchanges, replacements and substitutions therefor, dividends and distributions with respect therefor, and the proceeds thereof (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):
 
(a)     all of the shares of capital stock and other Capital Stock in those corporations listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such shares and interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such corporations;
 
 
1

 
 
(b)     all of the partnership interests and other Capital Stock in those limited partnerships and general partnerships listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such partnerships; including without limitation all rights and remedies of Pledgor as a general partner or limited partner with respect to the respective partnership interests and other equity interests of Pledgor in each such partnership under the respective Organizational Documents of such partnership and under the partnership laws of the state in which each such partnership is organized; and
 
(c)     all of the membership/limited liability company interests and other Capital Stock in those limited liability companies listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such companies; including without limitation all rights and remedies of the applicable Pledgor as a member or manager or managing member with respect to the respective membership interests and other equity interests of Pledgor in each such limited liability company under the respective Organizational Documents of such limited liability company and under the limited liability company laws of the state in which each such limited liability company is organized;
 
provided that , in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), the rights relating to the applicable Capital Stock included in the “Pledged Collateral” shall include, without limitation, all of the following rights relating to such Capital Stock, whether arising under the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer or under the applicable laws of such Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization relating to the formation, existence and governance of corporations, limited liability companies or partnerships, as applicable: (i) all economic rights (including all rights to receive dividends and distributions), (ii) all voting rights and rights to consent to any particular action(s) by the applicable Issuer, (iii) all management rights with respect to such Issuer, (iv) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of a general partner interest in a partnership, all powers and rights as a general partner with respect to the management, operations and control of the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer, (v) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of the membership/limited liability company interests of a managing member in a limited liability company, all powers and rights as a managing member with respect to the management, operations and control of the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer, (vi) all rights to designate or appoint or vote for or remove any officers, directors, manager(s), general partner(s), managing member(s) and/or any members of any board of members/managers/partners/directors that may now or hereafter have any rights to manage and direct the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer under its Organizational Documents as in effect from time to time, (vii) all rights to amend the Organizational Documents of such Issuer, (viii) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of Capital Stock in partnership or limited liability company, Pledgor’s status as a “partner”, general or limited, or “member” (as applicable) under the applicable Organizational Documents and/or applicable state law and (ix) all certificates evidencing any of the foregoing described Pledged Collateral (all of the foregoing, the “ Related Rights ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), the rights relating to the applicable Capital Stock included in the “Pledged Collateral” shall not include more than 65% of the common voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Pledgor.
 
 
2

 
 
2.           The pledge and security interest described herein shall continue in effect to secure all Obligations under the Loan Agreement from time to time incurred or arising unless and until such Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full and all commitments of Agent and the Loan Agreement has been terminated.
 
3.           Pledgor hereby represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, that:
 
(a)     Except as pledged herein, Pledgor has not sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or granted any option or security interest in or otherwise hypothecated the Pledged Collateral in any manner whatsoever, and the Pledged Collateral is pledged herewith free and clear of any and all liens, security interests, encumbrances, claims, pledges, restrictions, legends, and options other than Permitted Encumbrances;
 
(b)     Pledgor has the full power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform under this Agreement and to pledge the Pledged Collateral hereunder. Pledgor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution, delivery and performance by Pledgor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other action (including, as applicable, all necessary board and/or equityholder(s) approvals), as the case may be;
 
(c)     This Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally, and the pledge of the Pledged Collateral referred to herein is not in violation of and shall not create any default under any material contract;
 
(d)     The pledge of the Pledged Collateral referred to herein is not in violation, and shall not create any default under any Organizational Documents, of any corporation, limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability company listed on Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended and/or updated from time to time in accordance herewith) (each such corporation, limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability company an “ Issuer ”).  “ Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Issuer, any charter, articles or certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, registration or formation, certificate of partnership or limited partnership, bylaws, operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, or partnership agreement and any and all other applicable documents relating to such Issuer’s formation, organization or entity governance matters (including any shareholders’ or equity holders’ agreement or voting trust agreement) and specifically includes, without limitation, any certificates of designation for preferred stock or other forms of preferred equity;
 
 
3

 
 
(e)     The Pledged Collateral has been duly and validly authorized and issued by the Issuer thereof and, if applicable, such Pledged Collateral is fully paid for and non-assessable;
 
(f)     Pledgor is pledging hereunder one hundred percent (100%) of the Pledgor’s interest and ownership in each of the Issuers listed on Schedule I attached hereto except with respect to each Issuer that is a Foreign Subsidiary, as to which Pledgor is pledging no more than 65% of Pledgor’s interest and ownership therein;
 
(g)     Contemporaneously with the execution hereof, Pledgor is delivering to Secured Party all certificates representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral, if any, accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, to be held by Secured Party; and
 
(h)     Contemporaneously with (or prior to) the execution hereof, Pledgor is delivering to Secured Party a copy of the Organizational Documents (as of the date hereof) of each Issuer.
 
4.           Pledgor hereby irrevocably instructs each Issuer to comply with any instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the interests of Pledgor in such Issuer without further consent of Pledgor, and Pledgor agrees that the Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has given the foregoing instructions.  Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees that Pledgor shall cause each Issuer listed on Schedule I from time to time that (x) is not a corporation and (y) has not issued certificates to evidence the equity interests issued by such Issuer and pledged pursuant to this Agreement (each such Issuer an “ Applicable Issuer ”) to register the security interest granted hereunder on its books and records and to deliver to Secured Party a Pledge Acknowledgment, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, wherein such Applicable Issuer shall acknowledge that it has been instructed to and shall comply with any instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the interests of Pledgor in such entity without further consent of the Pledgor.
 
5.           With respect to any non-corporate Issuer (the “ Non-Corporate Issuers ”; and each individually, a “ Non-Corporate Issuer ”):
 
(a)     Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, neither of the Non-Corporate Issuers have “opted-in” to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the jurisdiction in which such Non-Corporate Issuer is organized from time to time (the “ Applicable Code ”) with respect to the equity interests issued by such Non-Corporate Issuer and the equity interests issued by each Non-Corporate Issuer are not “securities” for purposes of and as governed by and defined in Article 8 of the Applicable Code; and
 
 
4

 
 
(b)     Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not cause or permit either Non-Corporate Issuer to “opt-in” to Article 8 of the Applicable Code or take any action that, under Article 8 of the Applicable Code, would convert such equity interests into “securities” for purposes of and as governed by and defined in Article 8 of the Applicable Code without (i) causing such Non-Corporate Issuer thereof to issue to Pledgor and promptly deliver to Secured Party certificates or instruments evidencing such equity interests and (ii) taking such other action as may be reasonably requested by Secured Party with respect to its rights as Secured Party applicable to such equity interests.
 
6.           Pledgor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file UCC-1 initial financing statements listing Pledgor as the “debtor” and Secured Party as the “secured party” and giving a description of the Pledged Collateral as the “collateral” covered by such financing statement in such jurisdictions, and to file any and all amendments thereto and continuations thereof and, as Secured Party may from time to time determine to be necessary, prudent or desirable in order to perfect any security interest granted hereunder under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any jurisdiction applicable to the perfection and/or enforcement of Secured Party’s lien in the Pledged Collateral (the “ Code ”), all whether or not Pledgor has signed or authenticated any such financing statement, amendment or continuation.  Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof:  (i) it is an entity of the type indicated with respect to it in the preamble to this Agreement, (ii) it is organized under the laws of the jurisdiction indicated with respect to it in the preamble to this Agreement and not under the laws of any other or additional jurisdiction, (iii) the full legal name of Pledgor as reflected in its Organizational Documents as filed with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization   is as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, and (iv) the notice address specified in the Loan Agreement is a valid mailing address of Pledgor.
 
7.           If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Loan Agreement, then Secured Party may, at its sole option, exercise from time to time with respect to the Pledged Collateral any and/or all rights and remedies available to it hereunder, under the Code, or otherwise available to it, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to dispose of the Pledged Collateral at public or private sale(s) or other proceedings, and Pledgor agrees that, if permitted by law, Secured Party or its nominee may become the purchaser at any such sale(s).
 
8.           (a)  In addition to all other rights granted to Secured Party herein, under the Code or otherwise available at law or in equity, Secured Party shall have the following rights, each of which may be exercised at Secured Party’s sole discretion (but without any obligation to do so), at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, without further consent of Pledgor: (i) transfer the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral into the name of itself or its nominee or to conduct a sale of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the Code or pursuant to any other applicable law; (ii) vote the Pledged Collateral; (iii) notify the persons obligated on any of the Pledged Collateral to make payment to Secured Party of any amounts due or to become due thereon; and (iv) release, surrender or exchange any of the Pledged Collateral at any time, or to compromise any dispute with respect to the same.  Secured Party may proceed against the Pledged Collateral, or any other collateral securing the Obligations, in any order, and against Pledgor and any other obligor, jointly and/or severally, in any order to satisfy the Obligations.  Pledgor waives and releases any right to require Secured Party to first collect any of the Obligations secured hereby from any other collateral of Pledgor or any other party securing the Obligations under any theory of marshalling of assets, or otherwise.  Any and all dividends, distributions, interest declared, distributed or paid and any proceeds of the Pledged Collateral which are received by Pledgor following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall be (i) received in trust for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders; (ii) segregated from the other property and funds of Pledgor; and (iii) forthwith delivered to Secured Party as Pledged Collateral in the same form as received (with any necessary documents, endorsements or assignments in blank with guaranteed signatures).  All rights and remedies of Secured Party are cumulative, not alternative.
 
 
5

 
 
  (b)      Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact, subject to the terms hereof, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, at Secured Party’s option, (i) to effectuate the transfer of the Pledged Collateral on the books of the Issuer thereof to the name of Secured Party or to the name of Secured Party’s nominee, designee or transferee; (ii) to endorse and collect checks payable to Pledgor representing distributions or other payments on the Pledged Collateral; and (iii) to carry out the terms and provisions hereof.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney.
 
9.           The proceeds of any Pledged Collateral received by Secured Party at any time, whether from the sale of Pledged Collateral, collections in respect thereof or otherwise, shall be allocated and applied to the Obligations as provided for in the Loan Agreement.
 
10.         Pledgor recognizes that Secured Party may be unable to effect, or may effect only after such delay which would adversely affect the value that might be realized from the Pledged Collateral, a public sale of all or part of the Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Securities Act ”) or other applicable securities legislation in any other applicable jurisdiction and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  Pledgor agrees that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable to Secured Party or the seller than if sold at public sales, and therefore recognizes and confirms that such private sales shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely because they were made privately.  Pledgor agrees that Secured Party has no obligation to delay the sale of any such securities for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act or other applicable securities legislation in any other applicable jurisdiction.
 
 
6

 
 
11.         In the event that any stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other change is made or declared in the capital structure of any Issuer on Schedule I attached hereto or Pledgor acquires or in any other manner receives additional shares of stock, membership/limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other Capital Stock in any such Issuer, or any option included within the Pledged Collateral with respect to the stock, membership/limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other Capital Stock of such Issuer is exercised, any and all such new, substituted or additional Capital Stock (together with all Related Rights associated therewith) issued by reason of any such change or exercise to Pledgor shall immediately and automatically become subject to this Agreement and the pledge and grant of a security interest created by Pledgor hereunder and Pledgor hereby grants a security interest in any such future Capital Stock (together with all Related Rights associated therewith) to Agent to secure the Obligations.  Any and all certificates issued to Pledgor with respect to any such new, substituted or additional Capital Stock shall be delivered to and held by Secured Party in the same manner as the Pledged Collateral originally pledged hereunder.  Immediately upon the issuance of any such Capital Stock, Pledgor shall deliver written notice of such issuance to Secured Party, which such written notice shall include an updated and amended Schedule I to this Agreement, which shall upon delivery be deemed to have amended and restated the previously effective version of such Schedule I.
 
12.         Until the earlier of (i) the time Secured Party notifies Pledgor in writing after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement of the exercise of Secured Party’s rights under this Section 12 or (ii) the occurrence of any Event of Default under Sections 7.1(F) or 7.1(G) of the Loan Agreement in which case no notice or other affirmative action shall be required by Secured Party (a “ Triggering Event ”), Pledgor shall retain the sole right to vote the Pledged Collateral and exercise all rights of ownership and/or management with respect to all corporate/limited liability company/partnership questions for all purposes not in violation of the terms hereof.  Upon any such Triggering Event, Pledgor shall have no further rights to and shall not exercise any such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all such rights shall be thereafter exercisable only by Secured Party (regardless of whether Secured Party shall have taken title to such Pledged Collateral and/or otherwise exercised any of its rights and remedies with respect to the Pledged Collateral and even prior to any such exercise).   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Issuer that is a limited liability company or partnership, the voting and other ownership and/or management rights which Secured Party may exercise upon exercise of its rights under this Section 12 shall include (i) the right to replace any “managing member” or “manager” and/or any “general partner” (including in any such case Pledgor in any such capacity), as applicable, of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer (and, if necessary in connection with the foregoing, the power to amend the limited liability company operating agreement or partnership agreement, as applicable, of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer to effectuate such replacement) and (ii) if Pledgor is a general partner or managing member of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer, to act as such general partner or managing member of any such Issuer with respect to any and all business matters relating to the applicable Issuer and/or its property and businesses for all purposes under the Organizational Documents of such Issuer and/or under the applicable limited liability company or partnership laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Issuer.
 
 
7

 
 
(a)     In furtherance of the foregoing, Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and in the name of Pledgor, and hereby gives and grants to Secured Party an irrevocable and exclusive proxy for and in Pledgor’s name, place and stead, to exercise under such power of attorney and/or under such proxy any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer with respect to any and all business matters relating to the applicable Issuer and/or its property and businesses, in each case exercisable only following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Triggering Event.  The power of attorney and proxy granted and appointed in this Section 12 shall include the right to sign Pledgor’s name (as a holder of any Equity Interest and/or as a member or partner in any applicable Issuer) to any consent, certificate or other document relating to the exercise of any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral that applicable law or the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer(s) may permit or require, to cause the Pledged Collateral to be voted and/or such other ownership and/or management right to be exercised in accordance with the preceding sentence.  Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that there are no other proxies and powers of attorney with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer that Pledgor may have granted or appointed which remain in effect (except as set forth in Section 13 below); and no Pledgor will give a subsequent proxy or power of attorney or enter into any other voting agreement with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer (except as set forth in Section 13 below) and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect. Pledgor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in complying with any instructions given by Secured Party under such power of attorney and/or recognizing and honoring any exercise by Secured Party of such proxy.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney and proxy.   The proxies and powers of attorney granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 12 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations .
 
13.         In addition to and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, solely with respect to Article 8 Matters (as defined below), Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and in the name of Pledgor, and hereby gives and grants to Secured Party an irrevocable and exclusive proxy for and in Pledgor’s name, place and stead, to exercise under such power of attorney and/or under such proxy any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer with respect to any and all Article 8 Matters, which power of attorney and proxy are exercisable and effective at any and all times from and after the date of this Agreement.  The power of attorney and proxy granted and appointed in this Section 13 shall include the right to sign the applicable Pledgor’s name (as a Secured Party of any equity interest and/or as a member or partner in any applicable Issuer) to any consent, certificate or other document relating to the exercise of any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer that applicable law or the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer(s) may permit or require, to cause the Pledged Collateral to be voted and/or such other ownership and/or management right to be exercised in accordance with the preceding sentence.   Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that there are no other proxies and powers of attorney with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer ; and no Pledgor will give a subsequent proxy or power of attorney or enter into any other voting agreement with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect. Pledgor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in complying with any instructions given by Secured Party under such power of attorney and/or recognizing and honoring any exercise by Secured Party of such proxy.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney and proxy.    The proxies and powers of attorney granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 13 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations .  A s used herein, “ Article 8 Matter ” means any action, decision, determination or election by any applicable non-corporate Issuer or the member(s) or partner(s) or other equity holders of such non-corporate Issuer that its membership interests, partnership interests or other equity interests, or any of them, either (i) be, or cease to be, a “security” as defined in and governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (ii) be, or cease to be, certificated, and all other matters related to any such action, decision, determination or election.  The proxies and powers granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 13 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations.
 
 
8

 
 
14.         Secured Party shall have no obligation to take any steps to preserve, protect or defend the rights of Pledgor or Secured Party in the Pledged Collateral against other parties.  Secured Party shall have no obligation to sell or otherwise deal with the Pledged Collateral at any time for any reason, whether or not upon request of Pledgor, and whether or not the value of the Pledged Collateral, in the opinion of Secured Party or Pledgor, is more or less than the aggregate amount of the Obligations secured hereby, and any such refusal or inaction by Secured Party shall not be deemed a breach of any duty which Secured Party may have under law to preserve the Pledged Collateral.  Except as provided by applicable law, no duty, obligation or responsibility of any kind is intended to be delegated to or assumed by Secured Party at any time with respect to the Pledged Collateral.
 
15.         To the extent Secured Party is required by law to give Pledgor prior notice of any public or private sale, or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral, Pledgor agrees that ten (10) days prior written notice to Pledgor shall be a commercially reasonable and sufficient notice of such sale or other intended disposition.  Pledgor further recognizes and agrees that if the Pledged Collateral, or a portion thereof, threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Pledgor shall not be entitled to any prior notice of sale or other intended disposition with respect to such Pledged Collateral (or applicable portion thereof).
 
 
9

 
 
16.         Pledgor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Secured Party from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities resulting from any breach by Pledgor of Pledgor’s representations and covenants under this Agreement, other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party.  Without contradicting or limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of Section 9.4 of the Loan Agreement are applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
17.         Except as and if expressly provided otherwise under the Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents relating to the Loan Agreement, Pledgor (acting solely in its capacity as Pledgor hereunder and without waiving or affecting any rights Pledgor may have (if any) in its capacity as a party to the Loan Agreement) hereby waives to the extent permitted by law: (a) all errors, defects and imperfections in connection with any proceedings hereunder or in connection with any of the Obligations, including without limitation, any action by Agent and/or any Lender in replevin, foreclosure or other court process or in connection with any other action related to the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereunder; (b) presentment for payment and protest; (c) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (d) notice of the existence and incurrence from time to time of any Obligations under the Loan Agreement; (e) notice of the existence of any Event of Default or Default, the making of demand, or the taking of any action by Secured Party under the Loan Agreement; (f) any requirement for bonds, security or sureties required by statute, court rule or otherwise; (g) any demand for possession of the Pledged Collateral prior to the commencement of any suit; and (h) demand and default hereunder.
 
18.         [Reserved].
 
19.         This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be limited, impaired or otherwise affected in any way by reason of (a) any delay in making demand on Pledgor for or delay in enforcing or failure to enforce, performance or payment of Pledgor’s obligations, (b) any failure, neglect or omission on Secured Party’s part to perfect any lien upon, protect, exercise rights against, or realize on, any property of Pledgor or any other party securing the Obligations, (c) any failure to obtain, retain or preserve, or the lack of prior enforcement of, any rights against any person or persons or in any property, (d) the invalidity or unenforceability of any Obligations or rights in any Collateral under the Loan Agreement or the Loan Documents relating to the Loan Agreement, (e) the existence or nonexistence of any defenses which may be available to the Pledgor with respect to the Obligations under the Loan Agreement or (f) the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or receivership proceeding or case filed by or against Pledgor.
 
20.         Pledgor covenants and agrees that Pledgor shall not sell, dispose of or otherwise transfer any of the Pledged Collateral, nor grant or permit to exist any Lien, security interest, judgment lien, levy, garnishment or other charge or encumbrance of any kind or nature on or with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral unless and to the extent expressly permitted under the Loan Agreement.
 
21.         No failure or delay by Secured Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein and therein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
 
10

 
 
22.         This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof and may be modified only by a written instrument signed by Pledgor and Secured Party.
 
23.         THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS RELATING HERETO AND/OR ARISING HEREFROM (WHETHER ARISING UNDER CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLIED TO CONTRACTS TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.   Any judicial proceeding brought by or against Pledgor with respect to this Agreement may be brought in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, State of New York, United States of America, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Pledgor accepts for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement.  Pledgor hereby waives personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to Pledgor at its notice address under this Agreement as provided for in Section 24 below and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the mails of the United States of America. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of Secured Party to bring proceedings against Pledgor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.  Pledgor waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens.  Pledgor waives the right to remove any judicial proceeding brought against Pledgor in any state court to any federal court.  Any judicial proceeding by Pledgor against Secured Party involving, directly or indirectly, any matter or claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Agreement or any related agreement, shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, county of New York, State of New York, United States of America .
 
24.         If any part of this Agreement is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given effect so far as possible.
 
25.         Any notices which any party may give to another hereunder shall be given to such party in the manner, by the methods and to the addresses provided for under Section 9.6 of the Loan Agreement.
 
26.         This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, except that Pledgor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent and each Lender.
 
 
11

 
 
27.         EACH OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE AND PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT PLEDGOR OR SECURED PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENTS OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
 
28.         The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
 
29.         Time is of the essence in Pledgor’s performance under this Agreement.
 
30.         All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are hereby made a part of this Agreement.
 
 [Signatures on Following Page]
 
 
12

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Pledge Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.
 
  INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.  
       
 
By:
/ s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
  Name: 
Lawrence M. Sands
 
  Title:    Senior Vice President  
 
 
13

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
Pledge Acknowledgment
 
THIS STATEMENT IS NEITHER A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT NOR A SECURITY.
 
INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
Attention: Joseph Haverkamp
 
On the ___ day of March 2013, the undersigned, ADEXCOMM CORPORATION, a Florida corporation (“ Company ”), registered on its books and records the pledge of all of the membership interests issued by Company now or hereafter owned by INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Pledgor ”), (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”) in favor of   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, in its capacity as agent for certain lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”).  As of the date hereof, the Pledged Interests represent one hundred percent (100%) of the membership interests of any and all kinds and types issued by Company.  To Company’s knowledge, (including, without limitation, any information which may appear on Company’s books and records) there are no other pledges, security interests, liens, restrictions or adverse claims to which the Pledged Interests are, or may be, subject as of the date hereof.  Company hereby agrees Company will hereafter comply with instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the Pledged Interests without further consent of Pledgor.
 
 
ADEXCOMM CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
   
  Name:     
  Title:       
 
 
14

 
 
SCHEDULE I
Pledged Collateral
 
The following Pledged Collateral is hereby pledged by Pledgor to Secured Party pursuant to the Pledge Agreement to which this Schedule is attached:
 
A.           Pledged Shares
 
Pledgor
Name of Issuer
Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation of Issuer
Total Number of Shares Currently Issued per Class(es)
Number of Shares Currently Issued to Pledgor by Class(es)
Percentage
of Total
Ownership
In Corporation Currently Held by Pledgor
by Class(es)
Stock Certificate Number(s) for Certificate(s)
             
InterCloud Systems, Inc.
ADEXCOMM Corporation
Florida
Common Stock – 100 shares
Common Stock – 100 shares
100%
1
 
B.           Pledged Partnership Interests
 
NONE.
 
C.           Pledged Membership Interests
 
NONE.
 
 15

 
Exhibit 10.29
 
PLEDGE AGREEMENT
 
This Pledge Agreement (“ Agreement ”), dated March 22, 2013, is made by ADEX CORPORATION, a New York corporation (the “ Pledgor ”), in favor of MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, INC. (“ MCCP ”) , in its capacity as agent for the lenders under the Loan Agreement referenced below (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity (including any successor “Agent” appointed under the Loan Agreement), the “ Secured Party ”). Pledgor is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of Borrower (as defined below).  All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

Background
 
This Agreement is executed in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of dated as of September 17, 2012 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among InterCloud Systems, Inc. f/k/a Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company and Tropical Communications, Inc., a Florida corporation, each as a guarantor, each other Person joined thereto as a guarantor, including Pledgor, the various financial institutions named therein or which hereafter become a party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and each individually a “ Lender ”) and Secured Party, as Agent to the Lenders.  Pledgor has agreed to execute and deliver this Agreement to Secured Party, in its capacity as Secured Party, to provide additional security for the Obligations as defined and described in the Loan Agreement and the Guarantor Security Documents (the “ Obligations ”) and owing from time to time to Secured Party, Issuer (as defined below), the Lenders and the other persons holding any of the Obligations from time to time.

NOW THEREFORE, for other good and sufficient consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Pledgor, intending to be legally bound hereby, covenants and agrees as follows:
 
1.           Pledgor, for the purpose of granting a continuing lien and security interest, does hereby collaterally assign, pledge, deliver and set over to Secured Party, for the ratable benefit of Agent and Lenders party to the Loan Agreement and all other holders of the Obligations thereunder and under the Guarantor Security Documents all of the following property, together with any additions, exchanges, replacements and substitutions therefor, dividends and distributions with respect therefor, and the proceeds thereof (collectively, the “ Pledged Collateral ”):
 
(a)     all of the shares of capital stock and other Capital Stock in those corporations listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such shares and interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such corporations;
 
 
1

 
 
(b)     all of the partnership interests and other Capital Stock in those limited partnerships and general partnerships listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such partnerships; including without limitation all rights and remedies of Pledgor as a general partner or limited partner with respect to the respective partnership interests and other equity interests of Pledgor in each such partnership under the respective Organizational Documents of such partnership and under the partnership laws of the state in which each such partnership is organized; and
 
(c)     all of the membership/limited liability company interests and other Capital Stock in those limited liability companies listed on Schedule I attached hereto, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Pledgor or in which Pledgor now or hereafter has any rights, options or warrants, together with all certificates representing such interests and all rights (but none of the obligations) under or arising out of the applicable Organizational Documents of such companies; including without limitation all rights and remedies of the applicable Pledgor as a member or manager or managing member with respect to the respective membership interests and other equity interests of Pledgor in each such limited liability company under the respective Organizational Documents of such limited liability company and under the limited liability company laws of the state in which each such limited liability company is organized;
 
provided that , in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), the rights relating to the applicable Capital Stock included in the “Pledged Collateral” shall include, without limitation, all of the following rights relating to such Capital Stock, whether arising under the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer or under the applicable laws of such Issuer’s jurisdiction of organization relating to the formation, existence and governance of corporations, limited liability companies or partnerships, as applicable: (i) all economic rights (including all rights to receive dividends and distributions), (ii) all voting rights and rights to consent to any particular action(s) by the applicable Issuer, (iii) all management rights with respect to such Issuer, (iv) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of a general partner interest in a partnership, all powers and rights as a general partner with respect to the management, operations and control of the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer, (v) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of the membership/limited liability company interests of a managing member in a limited liability company, all powers and rights as a managing member with respect to the management, operations and control of the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer, (vi) all rights to designate or appoint or vote for or remove any officers, directors, manager(s), general partner(s), managing member(s) and/or any members of any board of members/managers/partners/directors that may now or hereafter have any rights to manage and direct the business and affairs of the applicable Issuer under its Organizational Documents as in effect from time to time, (vii) all rights to amend the Organizational Documents of such Issuer, (viii) in the case of any Pledged Collateral consisting of Capital Stock in partnership or limited liability company, Pledgor’s status as a “partner”, general or limited, or “member” (as applicable) under the applicable Organizational Documents and/or applicable state law and (ix) all certificates evidencing any of the foregoing described Pledged Collateral (all of the foregoing, the “ Related Rights ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in each case under the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), the rights relating to the applicable Capital Stock included in the “Pledged Collateral” shall not include more than 65% of the common voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary of the Pledgor.
 
 
2

 
 
2.            The pledge and security interest described herein shall continue in effect to secure all Obligations under the Loan Agreement and the Guarantor Security Documents from time to time incurred or arising unless and until such Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full and all commitments of Agent and the Loan Agreement has been terminated.
 
3.           Pledgor hereby represents and warrants, as of the date hereof, that:
 
(a)     Except as pledged herein, Pledgor has not sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or granted any option or security interest in or otherwise hypothecated the Pledged Collateral in any manner whatsoever, and the Pledged Collateral is pledged herewith free and clear of any and all liens, security interests, encumbrances, claims, pledges, restrictions, legends, and options other than Permitted Encumbrances;
 
(b)     Pledgor has the full power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform under this Agreement and to pledge the Pledged Collateral hereunder. Pledgor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and the execution, delivery and performance by Pledgor of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other action (including, as applicable, all necessary board and/or equityholder(s) approvals), as the case may be;
 
(c)     This Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Pledgor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting creditor’s rights generally, and the pledge of the Pledged Collateral referred to herein is not in violation of and shall not create any default under any material contract;
 
(d)     The pledge of the Pledged Collateral referred to herein is not in violation, and shall not create any default under any Organizational Documents, of any corporation, limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability company listed on Schedule I attached hereto (as such Schedule may be amended and/or updated from time to time in accordance herewith) (each such corporation, limited partnership, general partnership or limited liability company an “ Issuer ”).  “ Organizational Documents ” means, with respect to any Issuer, any charter, articles or certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, registration or formation, certificate of partnership or limited partnership, bylaws, operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, or partnership agreement and any and all other applicable documents relating to such Issuer’s formation, organization or entity governance matters (including any shareholders’ or equity holders’ agreement or voting trust agreement) and specifically includes, without limitation, any certificates of designation for preferred stock or other forms of preferred equity;
 
 
3

 
 
(e)     The Pledged Collateral has been duly and validly authorized and issued by the Issuer thereof and, if applicable, such Pledged Collateral is fully paid for and non-assessable;
 
(f)     Pledgor is pledging hereunder one hundred percent (100%) of the Pledgor’s interest and ownership in each of the Issuers listed on Schedule I attached hereto except with respect to each Issuer that is a Foreign Subsidiary, as to which Pledgor is pledging no more than 65% of Pledgor’s interest and ownership therein;
 
(g)     Contemporaneously with the execution hereof, Pledgor is delivering to Secured Party all certificates representing or evidencing the Pledged Collateral, if any, accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, to be held by Secured Party; and
 
(h)     Contemporaneously with (or prior to) the execution hereof, Pledgor is delivering to Secured Party a copy of the Organizational Documents (as of the date hereof) of each Issuer.
 
4.           Pledgor hereby irrevocably instructs each Issuer to comply with any instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the interests of Pledgor in such Issuer without further consent of Pledgor, and Pledgor agrees that the Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has given the foregoing instructions.  Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees that Pledgor shall cause each Issuer listed on Schedule I from time to time that (x) is not a corporation and (y) has not issued certificates to evidence the equity interests issued by such Issuer and pledged pursuant to this Agreement (each such Issuer an “ Applicable Issuer ”) to register the security interest granted hereunder on its books and records and to deliver to Secured Party a Pledge Acknowledgment, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, wherein such Applicable Issuer shall acknowledge that it has been instructed to and shall comply with any instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the interests of Pledgor in such entity without further consent of the Pledgor.
 
5.           With respect to any non-corporate Issuer (the “ Non-Corporate Issuers ”; and each individually, a “ Non-Corporate Issuer ”):
 
(a)     Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof, neither of the Non-Corporate Issuers have “opted-in” to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the jurisdiction in which such Non-Corporate Issuer is organized from time to time (the “ Applicable Code ”) with respect to the equity interests issued by such Non-Corporate Issuer and the equity interests issued by each Non-Corporate Issuer are not “securities” for purposes of and as governed by and defined in Article 8 of the Applicable Code; and
 
 
4

 
 
(b)     Pledgor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not cause or permit either Non-Corporate Issuer to “opt-in” to Article 8 of the Applicable Code or take any action that, under Article 8 of the Applicable Code, would convert such equity interests into “securities” for purposes of and as governed by and defined in Article 8 of the Applicable Code without (i) causing such Non-Corporate Issuer thereof to issue to Pledgor and promptly deliver to Secured Party certificates or instruments evidencing such equity interests and (ii) taking such other action as may be reasonably requested by Secured Party with respect to its rights as Secured Party applicable to such equity interests.
 
6.           Pledgor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file UCC-1 initial financing statements listing Pledgor as the “debtor” and Secured Party as the “secured party” and giving a description of the Pledged Collateral as the “collateral” covered by such financing statement in such jurisdictions, and to file any and all amendments thereto and continuations thereof and, as Secured Party may from time to time determine to be necessary, prudent or desirable in order to perfect any security interest granted hereunder under the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any jurisdiction applicable to the perfection and/or enforcement of Secured Party’s lien in the Pledged Collateral (the “ Code ”), all whether or not Pledgor has signed or authenticated any such financing statement, amendment or continuation.  Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that, as of the date hereof:  (i) it is an entity of the type indicated with respect to it in the preamble to this Agreement, (ii) it is organized under the laws of the jurisdiction indicated with respect to it in the preamble to this Agreement and not under the laws of any other or additional jurisdiction, (iii) the full legal name of Pledgor as reflected in its Organizational Documents as filed with the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of organization   is as set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, and (iv) the notice address specified in the Loan Agreement is a valid mailing address of Pledgor.
 
7.           If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing under the Loan Agreement, then Secured Party may, at its sole option, exercise from time to time with respect to the Pledged Collateral any and/or all rights and remedies available to it hereunder, under the Code, or otherwise available to it, at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to dispose of the Pledged Collateral at public or private sale(s) or other proceedings, and Pledgor agrees that, if permitted by law, Secured Party or its nominee may become the purchaser at any such sale(s).
 
8.           (a)  In addition to all other rights granted to Secured Party herein, under the Code or otherwise available at law or in equity, Secured Party shall have the following rights, each of which may be exercised at Secured Party’s sole discretion (but without any obligation to do so), at any time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, without further consent of Pledgor: (i) transfer the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral into the name of itself or its nominee or to conduct a sale of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to the Code or pursuant to any other applicable law; (ii) vote the Pledged Collateral; (iii) notify the persons obligated on any of the Pledged Collateral to make payment to Secured Party of any amounts due or to become due thereon; and (iv) release, surrender or exchange any of the Pledged Collateral at any time, or to compromise any dispute with respect to the same.  Secured Party may proceed against the Pledged Collateral, or any other collateral securing the Obligations, in any order, and against Pledgor and any other obligor, jointly and/or severally, in any order to satisfy the Obligations.  Pledgor waives and releases any right to require Secured Party to first collect any of the Obligations secured hereby from any other collateral of Pledgor or any other party securing the Obligations under any theory of marshalling of assets, or otherwise.  Any and all dividends, distributions, interest declared, distributed or paid and any proceeds of the Pledged Collateral which are received by Pledgor following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall be (i) received in trust for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders; (ii) segregated from the other property and funds of Pledgor; and (iii) forthwith delivered to Secured Party as Pledged Collateral in the same form as received (with any necessary documents, endorsements or assignments in blank with guaranteed signatures).  All rights and remedies of Secured Party are cumulative, not alternative.
 
 
5

 
 
  (b)      Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact, subject to the terms hereof, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement, at Secured Party’s option, (i) to effectuate the transfer of the Pledged Collateral on the books of the Issuer thereof to the name of Secured Party or to the name of Secured Party’s nominee, designee or transferee; (ii) to endorse and collect checks payable to Pledgor representing distributions or other payments on the Pledged Collateral; and (iii) to carry out the terms and provisions hereof.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney.
 
9.           The proceeds of any Pledged Collateral received by Secured Party at any time, whether from the sale of Pledged Collateral, collections in respect thereof or otherwise, shall be allocated and applied to the Obligations as provided for in the Loan Agreement and the Guarantor Security Documents.
 
 
10.         Pledgor recognizes that Secured Party may be unable to effect, or may effect only after such delay which would adversely affect the value that might be realized from the Pledged Collateral, a public sale of all or part of the Pledged Collateral by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Securities Act ”) or other applicable securities legislation in any other applicable jurisdiction and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof.  Pledgor agrees that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable to Secured Party or the seller than if sold at public sales, and therefore recognizes and confirms that such private sales shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely because they were made privately.  Pledgor agrees that Secured Party has no obligation to delay the sale of any such securities for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act or other applicable securities legislation in any other applicable jurisdiction.
 
 
6

 
 
11.         In the event that any stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other change is made or declared in the capital structure of any Issuer on Schedule I attached hereto or Pledgor acquires or in any other manner receives additional shares of stock, membership/limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other Capital Stock in any such Issuer, or any option included within the Pledged Collateral with respect to the stock, membership/limited liability company interests, partnership interests or other Capital Stock of such Issuer is exercised, any and all such new, substituted or additional Capital Stock (together with all Related Rights associated therewith) issued by reason of any such change or exercise to Pledgor shall immediately and automatically become subject to this Agreement and the pledge and grant of a security interest created by Pledgor hereunder and Pledgor hereby grants a security interest in any such future Capital Stock (together with all Related Rights associated therewith) to Agent to secure the Obligations.  Any and all certificates issued to Pledgor with respect to any such new, substituted or additional Capital Stock shall be delivered to and held by Secured Party in the same manner as the Pledged Collateral originally pledged hereunder.  Immediately upon the issuance of any such Capital Stock, Pledgor shall deliver written notice of such issuance to Secured Party, which such written notice shall include an updated and amended Schedule I to this Agreement, which shall upon delivery be deemed to have amended and restated the previously effective version of such Schedule I.
 
12.         Until the earlier of (i) the time Secured Party notifies Pledgor in writing after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default under the Loan Agreement of the exercise of Secured Party’s rights under this Section 12 or (ii) the occurrence of any Event of Default under Sections 7.1(F) or 7.1(G) of the Loan Agreement in which case no notice or other affirmative action shall be required by Secured Party (a “ Triggering Event ”), Pledgor shall retain the sole right to vote the Pledged Collateral and exercise all rights of ownership and/or management with respect to all corporate/limited liability company/partnership questions for all purposes not in violation of the terms hereof.  Upon any such Triggering Event, Pledgor shall have no further rights to and shall not exercise any such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral, and all such rights shall be thereafter exercisable only by Secured Party (regardless of whether Secured Party shall have taken title to such Pledged Collateral and/or otherwise exercised any of its rights and remedies with respect to the Pledged Collateral and even prior to any such exercise).   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Issuer that is a limited liability company or partnership, the voting and other ownership and/or management rights which Secured Party may exercise upon exercise of its rights under this Section 12 shall include (i) the right to replace any “managing member” or “manager” and/or any “general partner” (including in any such case Pledgor in any such capacity), as applicable, of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer (and, if necessary in connection with the foregoing, the power to amend the limited liability company operating agreement or partnership agreement, as applicable, of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer to effectuate such replacement) and (ii) if Pledgor is a general partner or managing member of any such limited liability company or partnership Issuer, to act as such general partner or managing member of any such Issuer with respect to any and all business matters relating to the applicable Issuer and/or its property and businesses for all purposes under the Organizational Documents of such Issuer and/or under the applicable limited liability company or partnership laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Issuer.
 
 
7

 
 
(a)     In furtherance of the foregoing, Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and in the name of Pledgor, and hereby gives and grants to Secured Party an irrevocable and exclusive proxy for and in Pledgor’s name, place and stead, to exercise under such power of attorney and/or under such proxy any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer with respect to any and all business matters relating to the applicable Issuer and/or its property and businesses, in each case exercisable only following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Triggering Event.  The power of attorney and proxy granted and appointed in this Section 12 shall include the right to sign Pledgor’s name (as a holder of any Equity Interest and/or as a member or partner in any applicable Issuer) to any consent, certificate or other document relating to the exercise of any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral that applicable law or the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer(s) may permit or require, to cause the Pledged Collateral to be voted and/or such other ownership and/or management right to be exercised in accordance with the preceding sentence.  Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that there are no other proxies and powers of attorney with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer that Pledgor may have granted or appointed which remain in effect (except as set forth in Section 13 below); and no Pledgor will give a subsequent proxy or power of attorney or enter into any other voting agreement with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer (except as set forth in Section 13 below) and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect. Pledgor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in complying with any instructions given by Secured Party under such power of attorney and/or recognizing and honoring any exercise by Secured Party of such proxy.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney and proxy.   The proxies and powers of attorney granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 12 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations .
 
13.         In addition to and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, solely with respect to Article 8 Matters (as defined below), Pledgor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and in the name of Pledgor, and hereby gives and grants to Secured Party an irrevocable and exclusive proxy for and in Pledgor’s name, place and stead, to exercise under such power of attorney and/or under such proxy any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to the Pledged Collateral of any Issuer with respect to any and all Article 8 Matters, which power of attorney and proxy are exercisable and effective at any and all times from and after the date of this Agreement.  The power of attorney and proxy granted and appointed in this Section 13 shall include the right to sign the applicable Pledgor’s name (as a Secured Party of any equity interest and/or as a member or partner in any applicable Issuer) to any consent, certificate or other document relating to the exercise of any and all such voting or other ownership and/or management rights with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer that applicable law or the Organizational Documents of the applicable Issuer(s) may permit or require, to cause the Pledged Collateral to be voted and/or such other ownership and/or management right to be exercised in accordance with the preceding sentence.   Pledgor hereby represents and warrants that there are no other proxies and powers of attorney with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer ; and no Pledgor will give a subsequent proxy or power of attorney or enter into any other voting agreement with respect to Article 8 Matters pertaining to any Issuer and any attempt to do so shall be void and of no effect. Pledgor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in complying with any instructions given by Secured Party under such power of attorney and/or recognizing and honoring any exercise by Secured Party of such proxy.  Pledgor acknowledges and agrees that Secured Party shall be authorized at any time to provide a copy of this Agreement to any Issuer as evidence that Secured Party has been given the foregoing power of attorney and proxy.    The proxies and powers of attorney granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 13 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations .  A s used herein, “ Article 8 Matter ” means any action, decision, determination or election by any applicable non-corporate Issuer or the member(s) or partner(s) or other equity holders of such non-corporate Issuer that its membership interests, partnership interests or other equity interests, or any of them, either (i) be, or cease to be, a “security” as defined in and governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (ii) be, or cease to be, certificated, and all other matters related to any such action, decision, determination or election.  The proxies and powers granted by the Pledgor pursuant to this Section 13 are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the Obligations.
 
 
8

 
 
14.         Secured Party shall have no obligation to take any steps to preserve, protect or defend the rights of Pledgor or Secured Party in the Pledged Collateral against other parties.  Secured Party shall have no obligation to sell or otherwise deal with the Pledged Collateral at any time for any reason, whether or not upon request of Pledgor, and whether or not the value of the Pledged Collateral, in the opinion of Secured Party or Pledgor, is more or less than the aggregate amount of the Obligations secured hereby, and any such refusal or inaction by Secured Party shall not be deemed a breach of any duty which Secured Party may have under law to preserve the Pledged Collateral.  Except as provided by applicable law, no duty, obligation or responsibility of any kind is intended to be delegated to or assumed by Secured Party at any time with respect to the Pledged Collateral.
 
15.         To the extent Secured Party is required by law to give Pledgor prior notice of any public or private sale, or other disposition of the Pledged Collateral, Pledgor agrees that ten (10) days prior written notice to Pledgor shall be a commercially reasonable and sufficient notice of such sale or other intended disposition.  Pledgor further recognizes and agrees that if the Pledged Collateral, or a portion thereof, threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Pledgor shall not be entitled to any prior notice of sale or other intended disposition with respect to such Pledged Collateral (or applicable portion thereof).
 
 
9

 
 
16.         Pledgor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Secured Party from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities resulting from any breach by Pledgor of Pledgor’s representations and covenants under this Agreement, other than as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party.  Without contradicting or limiting the generality of the foregoing, the provisions of Section 9.4 of the Loan Agreement are applicable to this Agreement and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
17.          Except as and if expressly provided otherwise under the Loan Agreement or any of the Loan Documents relating to the Loan Agreement, Pledgor (acting solely in its capacity as Pledgor hereunder and without waiving or affecting any rights Pledgor may have (if any) in its capacity as a party to the Loan Agreement) hereby waives to the extent permitted by law: (a) all errors, defects and imperfections in connection with any proceedings hereunder or in connection with any of the Obligations, including without limitation, any action by Agent and/or any Lender in replevin, foreclosure or other court process or in connection with any other action related to the Obligations or the transactions contemplated hereunder; (b) presentment for payment and protest; (c) notice of acceptance of this Agreement; (d) notice of the existence and incurrence from time to time of any Obligations under the Loan Agreement and the Guarantor Security Documents; (e) notice of the existence of any Event of Default or Default, the making of demand, or the taking of any action by Secured Party under the Loan Agreement; (f) any requirement for bonds, security or sureties required by statute, court rule or otherwise; (g) any demand for possession of the Pledged Collateral prior to the commencement of any suit; and (h) demand and default hereunder.
 
18.         [Reserved].
 
19.          This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be limited, impaired or otherwise affected in any way by reason of (a) any delay in making demand on Pledgor for or delay in enforcing or failure to enforce, performance or payment of Pledgor’s obligations, (b) any failure, neglect or omission on Secured Party’s part to perfect any lien upon, protect, exercise rights against, or realize on, any property of Pledgor or any other party securing the Obligations, (c) any failure to obtain, retain or preserve, or the lack of prior enforcement of, any rights against any person or persons or in any property, (d) the invalidity or unenforceability of any Obligations or rights in any Collateral under the Loan Agreement or the Loan Documents relating to the Loan Agreement including, without limitation, the Guarantor Security Documents, (e) the existence or nonexistence of any defenses which may be available to the Pledgor with respect to the Obligations under the Loan Agreement and the Guarantor Security Documents or (f) the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or receivership proceeding or case filed by or against Pledgor.
 
20.         Pledgor covenants and agrees that Pledgor shall not sell, dispose of or otherwise transfer any of the Pledged Collateral, nor grant or permit to exist any Lien, security interest, judgment lien, levy, garnishment or other charge or encumbrance of any kind or nature on or with respect to any of the Pledged Collateral unless and to the extent expressly permitted under the Loan Agreement.
 
21.         No failure or delay by Secured Party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  The rights and remedies herein and therein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
 
10

 
 
22.         This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof and may be modified only by a written instrument signed by Pledgor and Secured Party.
 
23.         THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL MATTERS RELATING HERETO AND/OR ARISING HEREFROM (WHETHER ARISING UNDER CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLIED TO CONTRACTS TO BE PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.   Any judicial proceeding brought by or against Pledgor with respect to this Agreement may be brought in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, State of New York, United States of America, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Pledgor accepts for itself and in connection with its properties, generally and unconditionally, the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts, and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement.  Pledgor hereby waives personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to Pledgor at its notice address under this Agreement as provided for in Section 24 below and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the mails of the United States of America. Nothing herein shall affect the right to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of Secured Party to bring proceedings against Pledgor in the courts of any other jurisdiction.  Pledgor waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and shall not assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue or based upon forum non conveniens.  Pledgor waives the right to remove any judicial proceeding brought against Pledgor in any state court to any federal court.  Any judicial proceeding by Pledgor against Secured Party involving, directly or indirectly, any matter or claim in any way arising out of, related to or connected with this Agreement or any related agreement, shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, county of New York, State of New York, United States of America .
 
24.         If any part of this Agreement is contrary to, prohibited by, or deemed invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be inapplicable and deemed omitted to the extent so contrary, prohibited or invalid, but the remainder hereof shall not be invalidated thereby and shall be given effect so far as possible.
 
25.         Any notices which any party may give to another hereunder shall be given to such party in the manner, by the methods and to the addresses provided for under Section 9.6 of the Loan Agreement.
 
26.         This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns, except that Pledgor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent and each Lender.
 
 
11

 
 
27.         EACH OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE AND PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY (BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF) HEREBY CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT PLEDGOR OR SECURED PARTY MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENTS OF PLEDGOR AND SECURED PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
 
28.         The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.  In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
 
29.         Time is of the essence in Pledgor’s performance under this Agreement.
 
30.         All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are hereby made a part of this Agreement.
 
 [Signatures on Following Page]
 
 
12

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Pledge Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
ADEX CORPORATION
 
       
 
By:
/ s/ Lawrence M. Sands  
  Name: 
Lawrence M. Sands
 
  Title:    Senior Vice President  
 
 
13

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
Pledge Acknowledgment
 
THIS STATEMENT IS NEITHER A NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENT NOR A SECURITY.
 
ADEX CORPORATION
2500 N. Military Trail
Boca Raton, FL 33431
Attention: Lawrence Sands, S.V.P.
 
MidMarket Capital Partners, LLC
301 E. Fourth Street, 27 th Floor
Cincinnati, OH  45202
Attention: Joseph Haverkamp
 
On the ___ day of March 2013, the undersigned, ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION AND FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“ Company ”), registered on its books and records the pledge of all of the membership interests issued by Company now or hereafter owned by ADEX CORPORATION, a New York corporation (“ Pledgor ”), (collectively, the “ Pledged Interests ”) in favor of   MIDMARKET CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC, in its capacity as agent for certain lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Secured Party ”).  As of the date hereof, the Pledged Interests represent one hundred percent (100%) of the membership interests of any and all kinds and types issued by Company.  To Company’s knowledge, (including, without limitation, any information which may appear on Company’s books and records) there are no other pledges, security interests, liens, restrictions or adverse claims to which the Pledged Interests are, or may be, subject as of the date hereof.  Company hereby agrees Company will hereafter comply with instructions originated by Secured Party with respect to the Pledged Interests without further consent of Pledgor.
 
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REMEDIATION AND FINANCIAL SERVICES, LLC
 
       
 
By:
   
  Name:     
  Title:       
 
 
14

 
 
SCHEDULE I
Pledged Collateral
 
The following Pledged Collateral is hereby pledged by Pledgor to Secured Party pursuant to the Pledge Agreement to which this Schedule is attached:
 
A.           Pledged Shares
 
NONE
 
B.           Pledged Partnership Interests
 
NONE.
 
C.           Pledged Membership Interests
 
Pledgor
Name
of
Issuer
Jurisdiction
of
Formation
of Issuer
Number of Membership
Interests
Currently
Issued per Class(es)
Number of Membership Interests Currently Held by Pledgor by Class(es)
Percentage
of Total
Ownership
In LLC Currently Held by Pledgor
by Class(es)
Membership Interest Certificate Number(s) for Certificate(s)
             
ADEX Corporation
Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC
New Jersey
N/A
N/A
100%
N/A
 
 
 15

Exhibit 10.30
 
MASTER AGREEMENT
 
THIS MASTER AGREEMENT (this "Master Agreement") is entered into as of June 24, 2011 ("Effective Date") by and among Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company with a place of business at 100 Metroplex Drive, Suite 102, Edison, New Jersey 08817 ("Tekmark"), MMDGenesis LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company with a place of business at 1100 First Avenue, Spring Lake, NJ 07762 ("MMD", and together with Tekmark, the "New Lenders") and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., and its subsidiary Digital Comm Inc., a Florida corporation with a place of business at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 (collectively "Digital Comm"). Tekmark, MMD and Digital Comm may be referred to individually as Party and collectively as Parties.
 
WHEREAS, Digital Comm is in the business of providing specialty construction and engineering services to the information technology industry utilizing full time and temporary staffing personnel; and
 
WHEREAS, Tekmark is in the business of providing temporary staffing and other support services to companies; and
 
WHEREAS, MMD is in the business of providing accounts receivable and other funding; and
 
WHEREAS, Digital Comm is desirous of having Tekmark, and Tekmark is willing to, provide selected payroll funding support and temporary staffing services to Digital Comm; and
 
WHEREAS, Digital Comm and Tekmark are desirous of having MMD provide selected funding to Digital Comm.
 
NOW THEREFORE, the Parties, for real and just consideration and intending to be legally bound, do hereby enter into this Master Agreement as set out herein and the Attachments set out below which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Master Agreement.
 
Attachment A — Payroll Support
Attachment B — Temporary Staffing
Attachment C — General Terms and Conditions
 
[Signatures appear on the following page]
 
 
 

 
 
TEKMARK GLOBAL SOLUTIONS, LLC
(Telmark):
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.:
(Digital Comm)
 
           
By:
   
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands  
Name:     Name: Lawrence Sands  
Title:     Title: Corporate Secretary  
MMDGenesis LLC (MMD):
  Digital Comm Inc.  
           
By: /s/ Mark E. Munro   By: /s/ Billy Candell  
Name: Mark E. Munro   Name: Billy Candell  
Title: Managing Member   Title: President  
 
[Signature page to Master Agreement]
 
 
 

 
 
ATTACHMENT A — PAYROLL FUNDING SUPPORT
 
1.      Payroll Funding Support.
 
1.1         During the Term Digital Comm may, but shall not be obligated to, request payroll funding from Tekmark.
 
1.2         In order to submit a request for payroll funding Digital Comm must submit a funding request ("Funding Request") to Tekmark and MMD in writing.
 
1.3         Each Funding Request submitted by Digital Comm to Tekmark shall be irrevocable and binding on Digital Comm.
 
1.4         Each Funding Request shall:
 
1.4.1      State the amount of funding requested;
 
1.4.2      State the date on which Digital Comm requests the funding to be made (which date shall not be earlier than three (3) days after the date the Funding Request is submitted to Tekmark;
 
1.4.3      Certify that any amounts advanced by Tekmark pursuant to the Funding Request will be used by Digital Comm solely for purposes of funding Digital Comm's payroll obligations to its existing employees ("Existing Employees") who are performing specialty construction and engineering services ("Approved Services") for certain customers of Digital Comm that have been approved in advance in writing by Tekmark, in its sole discretion, as well as customers of Digital Comm for whom Tekmark is providing temporary staffing in accordance with Attachment B hereto ("Approved Customers").
 
1.5         Upon receipt of a Funding Request, Tekmark shall consider such request in good faith, but shall have no obligation to provide any funding pursuant to any Funding Request. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tekmark shall have the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, to decide whether or not to advance funds in the amount, or any portion thereof, requested by Digital Comm.
 
1.6         If Tekmark refuses a Funding Request, Digital Comm may seek similar funding from any other source and Tekmark shall release any rights to those new accounts and receivables associated with that Funding Request (without releasing existing liens associated with prior Transferred Funds), so as to permit any alternative funding Digital Comm may obtain other than from Tekmark. It is understood and agreed that Tekmark's priority lien shall be strictly limited to those accounts and receivables associated with Transferred Funds as defined below.
 
1.7         To the extent that Tekmark provides funding to Digital Comm pursuant to a Funding Request:
 
1.7.1      Such funding shall be referred to as "Transferred Funds"; and
 
 
 

 
 
1.7.2      Digital Comm shall be obligated to repay the amount of the Transferred Funds to Tekmark in accordance with the terms of this Master Agreement and such obligation shall be evidenced by and subject to the terms of a Promissory Note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 ("Exhibit A-2") and shall be secured by a security interest in the assets of Digital Comm pursuant to a Security Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 ("Exhibit A-1").
 
1.7.3      Telemark shall transfer the Transferred Funds to the account of Digital Comm in accordance with mutually agreed upon procedures.
 
1.8         In no event shall the aggregate outstanding amount of Transferred Funds exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).
 
2.            Responsibilities of Digital Comm.
 
2.1         Digital Comm shall:
 
2.1.1      On a weekly basis, present Tekmark and MMD with its payroll information for its wireless division, along with the related purchase orders, anticipated dates that invoices will be sent to Approved Customers, copies of invoices that have been sent to Approved Customers since the most recent Transferred Funds were provided to Digital Comm, proof of payment of all suppliers and any additional supporting documentation requested by Tekmark ("Payroll Information").
 
2.1.2      Promptly provide Tekmark and MMD with copies of (i) monthly financials, (ii) all board packages and (iii) responses to reasonable inquiries by Tekmark or MMD.
 
2.1.3      Only use the Transferred Funds to meet the payroll for which Payroll Information was relied upon by Tekmark in making its decision to advance the Transferred Funds (as defined in Section 1.7 above).
 
2.1.4      Comply with all federal, local and state laws and regulations that apply to its employment relationship with the Existing Employees including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Existing Employees Benefit Protection Act, the National Labor Relations Act, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act.
 
2.1.5      Digital Comm is responsible for compliance with all workers compensation laws and regulations and claims thereunder of all Existing Employees and Digital Comm shall indemnify and hold Tekmark and MMD harmless from all costs, expenses (including attorneys fees) and damages Tekmark or MMD incurs because of such claims.
 
2.1.6      Execute all documents which may be required by Tekmark or MMD in order for Tekmark and MMD to perform their responsibilities under this Master Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
2.1.7      Instruct its Approved Customers, in a manner that is acceptable to Tekmark and MMD, to send its payment to a Lockbox (as defined below) so that Tekmark and/or MMD will receive said payments rather than Digital Comm.
 
2.1.8      Maintain during the Term, at Digital Comm's expense, a lockbox arrangement, as set forth in the Deposit Account Control Agreement that is attached hereto as Attachment A, Exhibit A-4 ("Lockbox") and strictly comply with the terms and conditions set. forth therein. Tekmark is hereby authorized to pay MMD all interest and principal owed to MMD out of the Lockbox.
 
2.1.9      Promptly notify MMD and Tekmark of all upcoming board meetings no later than when the Company's board members are notified and grant MMD and Tekmark board visitation rights at all times and, upon request at any time, take any and all such action as Tekmark or MMD deem necessary or desirable in order for MMD to elect a director to Digital Comm's board of directors in its sole discretion.
 
3.      Tekmark Responsibilities.
 
3.1         Tekmark shall:
 
3.1.1      On a weekly basis review the Payroll Information and determine whether Tekmark is willing to fund the payroll for that particular week.
 
3.1.2      If Digital Comm requests and if Tekmark decides, in its sole discretion, that funding is to occur, then Tekmark will advance the funds to Digital Comm by sending the Transferred Funds to the account of Digital Comm in accordance with mutually agreed upon procedures.
 
3.1.3      Maintain books and records regarding payroll, Transferred Funds and monies disbursed in accordance with the terms hereof.
 
4.      AUTHORIZATION TO ACCEPT PAYMENTS.
 
4.1         Digital Comm hereby authorizes Tekmark to receive and accept payment from Approved Customers for invoices sent to said Approved Customers by Digital Comm and to process, remit and withhold and/or deduct Transferred Funds and Fees from said payment amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Master Agreement.
 
5.      FEES AND RECEIPT OF FUNDS.
 
5.1         As payment for providing the Transferred Funds to Digital Comm as set forth herein, Digital Comm shall pay to Tekmark six percent (6%) of the Transferred Funds provided said amount is collected by Tekmark from Approved Customers within thirty (30) calendar days of the Transferred Funds being originally transferred to Digital Comm ("On-Time Fee"). Any Transferred Funds that are outstanding for more than thirty (30) calendar days will result in Tekmark being entitled to deduct an additional two and one-half percent (2.5%) for each thirty (30) calendar day period, or each portion thereof on a pro rata basis, that any Transferred Funds are not repaid ("Extended Payment Fee"). By way of example, if Transferred Funds are not received by Tekmark for seventy (70) days, then Tekmark's fee will be nine and 33/100 percent (9.33%) of the Transferred Funds, which is 6% for the first 30 days, 2.5% for the second 30 day period and 0.83% for the partial 30 day period of 10 days. (On-Time Fee and Extended Payment Fee may be collectively referred to as "Fee(s)"). The Parties understand and agree that if under any applicable law the Fees set forth herein are considered to be interest, then the applicable rate shall be as forth herein or the maximum rate allowed by law, whichever is less.
 
 
 

 
 
5.2         As payments from Digital Comm Approved Customers are collected ("Receipts") in accordance with Section 4.0 above, Tekmark will:
 
5.2.1      First, deduct for its own account and the account of MMD the total amount of Fees that are due and owing;
 
5.2.2      Second, deduct for its own account and the account of MMD the total amount of Transferred Funds that have not been previously paid;
 
5.2.3      Third, remit the remaining balance of the Receipts within (2) business days to UTA Capital, LLC.("UTA"), in accordance with instructions from UTA.
 
5.3         MMD has extended a line of credit to Digital Comm in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) ("Line Of Credit"). Digital Comm shall maintain the Line Of Credit during the Term of this Agreement and the unused and available amount of the Line Of Credit will, during the Term of this Agreement, be available to pay Tekmark for all Fees and Transferred Funds that are owed to Tekmark and are unpaid within sixty (60) days of the date of the related Approved Customer invoice upon which the Transferred Funds were made available to Digital Comm by Tekmark ("Transferred Funds A/R") plus any account receivable that is owed by an Approved Customer of Digital Comm, and therefore owed by Digital Comm to Tekmark, for temporary staffing services, as set out in Attachment B, that has not been paid in 60 days ("Temporary Staffing AIR"). Such payment will be made as follows:
 
5.3.1      Tekmark shall have the option to make a written demand for payment to MMD, with a copy to Digital Comm, for payment of the Transferred Funds A/R and/or the Temporary Staffing A/R that is owed to Tekmark ("Demand"). MMD shall render payment to Tekmark for the amount set out in the Demand within five (5) business days from receipt thereof in accordance with instructions from Tekmark and Digital Comm hereby authorizes and covenants to assist, co-operate and do anything necessary to enable said payment to Tekmark by MMD to occur. Tekmark shall have the right to exercise such option to demand payment any time and as often as there are Transferred Funds A/Rs and/or Temporary Staffing A/Rs.
 
5.4         Any balance outstanding to MMD ("MMD Balance") for more than thirty (30) calendar days will result in MMD being entitled to deduct an additional two and one-half percent (2.5%) for each thirty (30) calendar day period or each portion thereof, on a pro rata basis, that any MMD Balance is not repaid ("MMD Extended Payment Fee"). By way of example, if MMD Balance is not received by MMD for seventy (70) days, then MMD's fee will be five and 83/100 percent (5.83%) of the MMD Balance, which is 2.5% for the first 30 days, 2.5% for the second 30 day period and 0.83% for the partial 30 day period of 10 days (MMD On-Time Fee and MMD Extended Payment Fee may be collectively referred to as "MMD Fee(s)"). The Parties understand and agree that if under any applicable law the MMD Fees set forth herein are considered to be interest, then the applicable rate shall be as forth herein or the maximum rate allowed by law, whichever is less.
 
 
 

 
 
5.5         Digital Comm shall reimburse Tekmark and MMD for the actual and reasonable legal fees Tekmark and MMD have incurred directly or indirectly in connection with the preparation and negotiation of documents set out in or related to this Master Agreement. ("Reimbursed Amount"). It is understood and agreed that the Reimbursed Amount shall be considered to be Transferred Funds and provisions in this Master Agreement that apply to Transferred Funds shall govern the treatment of the Reimbursed Amount.
 
6.     MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF TRANSFERRED FUNDS.
 
6.1         At no time will the cumulative amount of Transferred Funds A/Rs and the Temporary Staffing A/Rs exceed Two Million dollars ($2,000,000.00), which is made up of $750,000.00 of Transferred Funds A/Rs and up to $1,250,000.00 of Temporary Staffing A/Rs, which amount shall be evidenced by and subject to the Promissory note which is attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 ("Exhibit A-2") and Exhibit A-1 (Security Agreement).
 
6.2         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, MMD will be under no obligation at any time to lend to Digital Comm any amount greater than $1,000,000.00 (one million dollars).
 
7.     SECURITY INTEREST IN COLLATERAL.
 
7.1         Digital Comm hereby grants to Tekmark and MMD a security interest in the Collateral including without limitation, Digital Comm's accounts receivables related to Approved Services as set out in Exhibit A-1 and in a Security Agreement between MMD and Digital Comm dated on or about the date hereof. Tekmark and MMD will also file a Form UCC­1, perfecting the security interest in the Collateral (as defined in Exhibit A-1, to the extent that either Tekmark or MMD determines that such filing is appropriate to perfect their security interest in the Collateral. In the event of a breach of this Master Agreement or any monetary default by Digital Comm, Tekmark and MMD may exercise all of its rights, including, without limitation, its rights to foreclose upon the Collateral. Access to those "self-help" remedies shall not limit such other or further rights Tekmark or MMD may have hereunder or at law to enforce any of its rights or other remedies with respect to a particular circumstance.
 
8.     SUPERVISION AND SAFETY OF EXISTING EMPLOYEES.
 
8.1         Digital Comm and/or its customer shall make all employment decisions regarding the Existing Employees, including but not limited to, all decisions relating to the hiring and termination of the Existing Employees. Digital Comm and/or its customers are solely responsible for the supervision, direction and control of the means, methods and manner of all work performed by Existing Employees and for the review and approval of the Existing Employees ongoing and final work product, in accordance with Digital Comm's and/or its Customer's requirements. Tekmark assumes no responsibility for exercising any direction, control, or supervision over the Existing Employees and Digital Comm shall require its customers to, absolve Tekmark of any such responsibility.
 
 
 

 
 
8.2         Digital Comm understands and agrees that Tekmark assumes no liability for any claim or cause of action by Digital Comm or its customers arising from Existing Employees' access to personal property or valuables of Digital Comm or its customers. Digital Comm further understands and agrees that Tekmark assumes no liability for loss or damage caused by operation of a vehicle by an Existing Employee. Prior to authorizing or allowing any Existing Employee to operate a vehicle in connection with their job assignment, Digital Comm will conduct a DMV check and confirm that the Existing Employees have automobile insurance and Tekmark shall be added as an additional named insured under the policy. Digital Comm shall undertake all necessary preliminary investigations, as permitted by law, and shall not thereafter knowingly place any Existing Employee who had a prior DUI conviction or is not medically authorized to drive, on any assignment or in any staff position which requires operation of a motor vehicle.
 
8.3         Digital Comm assumes full responsibility for providing all Existing Employees with a workplace that complies with all applicable health and safety requirements. Digital Comm will not request or permit any Existing Employee to perform work involving any dangerous conditions or unusual risk of bodily injury; nor will Digital Comm, or its Customer, request or permit any Existing Employee to engage in any unsafe or illegal actions.
 
8.4         Digital Comm warrants that it is in compliance with and covenants that it will continue to comply with, all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Older Existing Employees Benefit Protection Act, the National Labor Relations Act, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, that are applicable to Digital Comm in connection with the employment of Existing Employees. Digital Comm agrees to cooperate fully with Tekmark so that Tekmark may comply with all applicable local, state and federal laws in connection with its obligations under this Master Agreement.
 
9.      INDEMNIFICATION.
 
9.1         Digital Comm agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Tekmark and MMD and their affiliates and their respective members, officers, directors, employees, agents, parent, subsidiaries and other affiliates ("Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all claims, actions or demands and any loss, liability, cost, expense, penalty, damages and settlement amounts (collectively "Claims") suffered by an Indemnified Party, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and costs, in connection with any claim, action or demand arising out of, connected with, related to or resulting from (1) Digital Comm's failure to perform its obligations under this Master Agreement, (2) the negligence, misrepresentation, error or omission on the part of Digital Comm or its representatives; (3) any breach by Digital Comm of a representation, warranty or covenant hereunder or applicable laws in connection with Digital Comm's employment of Existing Employees, including without limitation acts and/or omissions on the part of Digital Comm or its representatives in connection with the immigration and 1-9 procedure for the registration of legally authorized Existing Employees, (4) all claims, losses or damages that may arise out of or resulting from the acts and/or omissions of Existing Employees while on assignment to a Customer, or (5) Tekmark's performance of its payroll funding services as set forth in this Master Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
9.1.1      Digital Comm's Indemnity obligations under this Master Agreement are without monetary limit and include all reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs, out-of-pocket expenses, and damages including, but not limited to compensatory and punitive damages.
 
9.1.2      Neither Tekmark nor MMD will be obligated to defend, indemnify or hold harmless Digital Comm and neither Tekmark nor MMD shall be responsible for exemplary or punitive damages.
 
10.          LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
 
10.1       In no event will Tekmark be liable for the cost of substitute Payroll Support services, any special, consequential, incidental or indirect damages, however caused, whether or not related to or arising out of this Master Agreement, regardless of the form of action, whether for breach of contract, tort, or otherwise (including, without limitation, damages based on loss of profits, data, files, or business opportunity), and whether or not Tekmark has been advised of the possibility of such damages. This limitation will apply notwithstanding any failure of essential purpose of any limited remedy provided herein.
 
10.2       In no event will Tekmark's or MMD's aggregate liability to Digital Comm for all claims, whether in contract, tort, negligence or any other theory of liability, exceed the total fees charged by, or total amounts paid to, Tekmark or MMD under this Master Agreement during the three (3)-months prior to the incident giving rise to such claim, or if this Master Agreement has been in effect for less than three (3) months, the amount payable during time period, annualized for three (3) months.
 
[Signatures appear on the following page]
 
 
 

 
 
ATTACHMENT A, EXHIBIT-A-1
SECURITY AGREEMENT
 
THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (the "Security Agreement") is entered into June 24, 2011 ("Effective Date") by and between Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC., a New Jersey limited liability company with a place of business at 100 Metroplex Drive, Edison, New Jersey 08817, ("Tekmark") and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., and its operating division, Digital Comm Inc., a Florida corporation with a place of business at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 ("Digital Comm"). Tekmark and Digital Comm may be referred to individually as Party and collectively as Parties.
 
WHEREAS, the Parties and MMDGenesis LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company with a place of business at 1100 First Avenue, Spring Lake, New Jersey 07762 ("MMD") are entering into a Master Agreement of even date herewith ("Master Agreement") whereby Tekmark, assuming it determines in its sole discretion to do so, is providing funding to Digital Comm for certain payroll expenses in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in said Master Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, in accordance with the Master Agreement, Digital Comm has executed the Promissory Note (the "Tekmark Promissory Note") which is incorporated into and made a part of this Security Agreement and attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 ("Exhibit A-2"), evidencing that Digital Comm owes Tekmark an amount up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (the "Tekmark Amount Due"); and
 
WHEREAS, MMD and Digital Comm are entering into a Revolving Credit Agreement of even date herewith ("Credit Agreement") whereby MMD, assuming it determines in its sole discretion to do so, is providing funding to Digital Comm for certain expenses in accordance with the terms and conditions set out in said Credit Agreement and the Master Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, in accordance with the Credit Agreement, Digital Comm has executed a Convertible Revolving Promissory Note, a copy of which is attached hereto (the "MMD Promissory Note", and together with the Tekmark Promissory Note, the "Promissory Notes"), evidencing that Digital Comm owes MMD an amount up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (the "MMD Amount Due", and together with the Tekmark Amount Due, the "Amount Due"); and
 
WHEREAS, as security for the payment of the amount set out in the Promissory Notes, and the funding of payroll to Digital Comm Existing Employees, Digital Comm has agreed to provide Tekmark with a Security Interest in Primary Collateral and Secondary Collateral (each as defined below) (collectively referred to as "Collateral") on the terms and conditions set forth in this Security Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, the Parties agree that, except as may be set forth in that certain Intercreditor Agreement among, inter alma, MMD and Tekmark dated on or about the date hereof (the "Intercreditor Agreement"), the Security Interest in the Primary Collateral shall be superior to all other liens and security interests; and
 
 
 

 
 
WHEREAS, the Parties further agree that, except as may be set forth the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Interest in Secondary Collateral shall be subordinate to, and only to, the security interest granted by Digital Comm to UTA Capital, LLC, on August 6, 2010, a copy of which is attached hereto as attachment A-1-B ("Attachment A-1-B").
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
 
1.      ARTICLE 1 - CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS
 
1.1         Capitalized terms used in this Security Agreement shall have the meanings set out in the Master Agreement unless otherwise defined below or in the text of this Security Agreement.
 
1.2          For the purposes of this Security Agreement, the following definitions shall apply to the terms set forth below:
 
1.3         The term "Account" shall mean an account (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code).
 
1.4         The term "Business Day" shall mean any day on which banks are open for business other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which they are closed for a federal or any State of New Jersey declared holiday.
 
1.5         The term "Primary Collateral" shall mean any and all of Digital Comm's Accounts that arise from, are the result of, include, are associated with or are derived from Transferred Funds and/or Temporary Staffing A/Rs, whether now existing or hereafter arising, together with all proceeds thereof.
 
1.6         The term "Secondary Collateral" shall mean, all (a) Accounts that are not Primary Collateral, whether now existing or hereafter arising, with any and all such Accounts being Receivables; (b) Books; (c) Chattel Paper; (d) interest with respect to any Deposit Account, other than proceeds of Primary Collateral; (e) Equipment and Fixtures; (f) General Intangibles; (g) Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, trademarks, copyrights, and patents; (h) Inventory; (i) Investment Related Property; (j) Negotiable Collateral; (k) interest with respect to any Commercial Tort Claims; (I) money, cash equivalents, or other assets that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of Digital Comm, other than proceeds of the Primary Collateral;
 
1.7         The term "Collateral" shall mean (a) Primary Collateral; (b) Secondary Collateral; (c) all of the proceeds (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and products, whether tangible or intangible, of any of the foregoing, including proceeds of insurance or commercial tort claims covering or relating to any or all of the foregoing, the proceeds of any award in condemnation with respect to any of the property of Digital Comm, any rebates or refunds, whether for taxes or otherwise, and all proceeds of any such proceeds, or any portion thereof or interest therein, and the proceeds thereof, and all proceeds of any loss of, damage to, or destruction of the above, whether insured or not insured, and, to the extent not otherwise included, any indemnity; (d) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral; and (e) all rights now or hereafter existing in and to all security agreements, leases, and other contracts securing or otherwise relating to any such Collateral. Unless otherwise defined herein, each of the foregoing items of Collateral shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code.
 
 
 

 
 
1.8         The term "Default" shall mean an event or condition the occurrence of which would, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, become an Event of Default.
 
1.9         The term "Event of Default" shall mean the occurrence of an event of default as set forth in Article 7 of this Security Agreement and its continuation beyond any applicable notice and cure period that is expressly set forth in Article 7 of this Security Agreement.
 
1.10       The term "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America in effect from time to time.
 
1.11       The term "Indebtedness" as applied to a Person shall mean, without duplication: (i) all items which in accordance with GAAP would be included in determining total liabilities as shown on the liability side of a balance sheet of such Person as at the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined, including, without limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations; (ii) all obligations of other Persons which such Person has guaranteed; (iii) all reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit or letter of credit guaranties for the account of such Person; and (iv) in the case of Digital Comm (without duplication), the Obligations.
 
1.12       The term "Lien" shall mean any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term "Lien" shall also include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Property. For the purpose of the Security Agreement, Digital Comm shall be deemed to be the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.
 
1.13       The term "Obligation" or "Obligations" shall mean all billing Fees, indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of Digital Comm to Tekmark and/or MMD pursuant to or as contemplated by this Security Agreement, the Tekmark Promissory Note, the MMD Promissory Note, the Master Agreement, as well as the UTA Security Interest, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and now or hereafter contemplated, whether in the form of refinancing, loans, interest, charges, expenses or otherwise, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation any future advances, renewals, extensions or changes in form of, or substitutions for, any of said indebtedness, obligations or liabilities, all interest and late charges on any of the foregoing.
 
 
 

 
 
1.14       The term "Person" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, entity, limited liability company, party or government (including any political subdivision thereof).
 
1.15       The term "Property" shall mean any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.
 
1.16       The term "Promissory Note" shall mean the note executed by Digital Comm in favor of Tekmark substantially in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A-2 evidencing the indebtedness created by virtue of the Amount Due owed by Digital Comm to Tekmark, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof.
 
1.17       The term "Solvent" as to any Person shall mean, such Person (i) owns Property whose fair saleable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of such Person's Indebtedness (including contingent debts), (ii) is able to pay all of its Indebtedness as such Indebtedness matures and (iii) has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage.
 
1.18       The term "Termination Date" shall mean the earliest of: (a) an Event of Default or (b) April 30, 2013.
 
1.19       The term "Uniform Commercial Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New Jersey.
 
1.20       The term "UTA Security Interest" shall mean that certain security interest granted by Digital Comm to UTA pursuant to the UTA Documents.
 
1.21       The term "UTA Documents" shall mean [            ]
 
2.      RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING
 
2.1         Books and Records. Digital Comm shall maintain detailed and separate books and records with respect to all of its billing and collection activities, with respect to the receivables, the entries to be supported by sufficient documentation that establishes that said entries are properly and accurately recorded. Such books and records shall be maintained by Digital Comm at the addresses stated in this Security Agreement, or at such other location as may be agreed to by Tekmark. IF any Promissory Note is seven (7) days or more past due, Tekmark shall have full and free access to review such books and records maintained by Digital Comm during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice, and Tekmark and their representatives may examine the same, take extracts therefrom and make photocopies thereof, and Digital Comm agrees to render to Tekmark such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard thereto.
 
 
 

 
 
2.2         Reports. Digital Comm shall provide balance sheet, income statement, forecast and other information that may from time to time be reasonably requested by Tekmark. Tekmark shall provide a report of monies received and disbursed as Digital Comm may reasonably request. Tekmark shall provide information and documentation reasonably requested by Digital Comm for use in its quarterly and annual reports as prepared for its auditors' review.
 
2.3         Whether or not a Default or an Event of Default has occurred, any of Tekmark's employees or agents shall have the right, at any time or times hereafter, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Collateral by mail, telephone or otherwise. Digital Comm shall cooperate fully with Tekmark in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.
 
3.     TERM OF AGREEMENT.
 
3.1         The term of this Security Agreement shall commence upon the Effective Date and continue until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full by Digital Comm.
 
4.     SECURITY INTEREST
 
4.1         Grant of Security. As security for the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations, Digital Comm hereby pledges, transfers, assigns, sets over and grants to Tekmark a continuing security interest in and to all Collateral, whether now existing or hereafter created and whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located, and all accessions and additions thereto, replacements and substitutions therefore and proceeds and products thereof. The Parties understand and agree that said Security Interest granted in (A) the Primary Collateral shall be, as between MMD and Tekmark, as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, and (B) the Secondary Collateral shall be subordinate to, and only to, the security interest granted by Digital Comm to UTA Capital, LLC pursuant to hat certain Security Agreement dated August 6, 2010, a copy of which is attached hereto as Attachment B (such security interest of UTA is hereinafter referred to as the "UTA Security Interest") and (ii) be, as between Tekmark and MMD, as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement. It is further understood and agreed by the Parties that the UTA Security Interest shall be subordinate to said security interests granted to Tekmark and MMD with respect to Primary Collateral. Digital Comm agrees to take whatever actions Tekmark deems necessary or appropriate in order to establish that said prioritization of security interests between Tekmark, MMD and UTA is established and made enforceable by Tekmark.
 
4.2         Security for Obligations. This Security Agreement and the Security Interest shall secure the payment and performance of (a) all obligations of Digital Comm to Tekmark pursuant to or as contemplated by the Master Agreement or this Security Agreement; (b) Digital Comm's obligations under the Promissory Note; (c) any and all costs and expenses incurred or paid by Tekmark to enforce its rights pursuant to this Security Agreement or under the Promissory Notes(including without limitation reasonable attorney's fees).
 
4.3         Tekmark shall be under no obligation to proceed against any or all of the Collateral before proceeding directly against Digital Comm or against any item of Collateral prior to any other item of Collateral.
 
 
 

 
 
4.4         Continuation of Security Interest. The Security Interest granted in this Security Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until Digital Comm has fully and indefeasibly paid and discharged the Obligations.
 
4.5         Further Assurances. Digital Comm hereby authorizes Tekmark to execute all documents relating to the creation, validity or perfection of the security interests provided for herein under the Uniform Commercial Code.
 
4.6         Filing of Financing Statements. Digital Comm authorizes Tekmark to prepare and file financing statements for the purpose of Tekmark perfecting and continuing any security interests or liens under any applicable law.
 
5      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF Digital Comm
 
5.1         Organization and Qualification. Digital Comm hereby represents and warrants to Tekmark that Digital Comm is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Florida and is and will continue to be qualified and in good standing in all jurisdictions wherein the character of the property owned or the nature of the business transacted by Digital Comm makes licensing or qualification as a foreign entity necessary.
 
5.2         Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Security Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary actions on the part of Digital Comm; is not inconsistent with its governing documents; does not contravene any law, governmental rule, regulation or order applicable to Digital Comm; and does not contravene any contract or other instrument or any order, writ, injunction or decree to which Digital Comm is a party or by which it is bound.
 
5.3         Other Liens. Digital Comm has good and marketable title to and owns all of the Collateral free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances or security interests, other than the UTA Security Interest, whatsoever, except those encumbrances created pursuant to this Security Agreement. None of the Collateral is subject to any prohibition against encumbering, pledging, hypothecating or assigning the same or requires notice or consent prior to Digital Comm's doing of the same, other than that set forth in Exhibit A-3 and Digital Comm represents and warrants that it has obtained the consent of UTA Capital, LLC to the granting of this Security Interest.
 
5.4         Litigation. Except as set forth on Exhibit A-5 ("Exhibit A-5"), there are no actions, suits, proceedings, orders, investigations or claims pending or, to Digital Comm's knowledge, threatened against or affecting Digital Comm, at law or in equity or before or by any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, and there are no arbitration proceedings pending.
 
5.5         Solvent Financial Condition. Digital Comm is now and, after giving effect to the loans to be made pursuant to this Security Agreement and the Promissory Notes, at all times will be, Solvent.
 
 
 

 
 
5.6         Taxes. Digital Comm has filed all federal, state and local tax returns and other reports it is required by law to file and has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all taxes, assessments, fees, levies and other governmental charges upon it, its income and Property as and when such taxes, assessments, fees, levies and charges are due and payable, unless and to the extent any thereof are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and Digital Comm maintains reasonable reserves on its books therefore. The provision for taxes on the books of Digital Comm is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes, and for its current fiscal year.
 
5.7         No Defaults. No event has occurred and no condition exists which would, upon or after the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement, the Promissory Notesand the Master Agreement, as well as the UTA Security Interest, or Digital Comm's performance under either, constitute a Default or an Event of Default. Digital Comm is not in default, and no event has occurred and no condition exists which constitutes, or which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute, a default in the payment of any Indebtedness to any Person for Money Borrowed.
 
5.8         Continuous Nature of Representations and Warranties. Each representation and warranty contained in this Security Agreement and in the Promissory Notes shall be continuous in nature and shall remain accurate, complete and not misleading at all times during the term of this Security Agreement or any applicable subsequent term which may arise by virtue of the parties entering into a written supplement, amendment or modification to this Security Agreement.
 
6.      COVENANTS
 
6.1         Affirmative Covenants. Until payment in full and satisfaction of all Obligations and the termination of this Security Agreement, Digital Comm covenants and agrees that it will:
 
6.1.1         promptly pay, when due, all indebtedness, sums and liabilities of any kind now or hereafter owing by Digital Comm to any Person however created, incurred, evidenced, acquired, arising or payable, including without limitation the Obligations, income and excise taxes and taxes with respect to any of the Collateral, or any wages or salaries paid by Digital Comm or otherwise, unless same are being contested in good faith, in an appropriate forum and adequate reserves have been set aside for same;
 
6.1.2         observe, perform and comply with the covenants, terms and conditions of this Security Agreement in all material respects;
 
6.1.3         maintain and preserve in full force and effect its existence and rights, franchises, licenses, qualifications and statuses of good standing materially necessary to continue its business;
 
6.1.4         at any time either of the Promissory Notes is sixty (60) days or more past due, and upon request by Tekmark, give representatives of Tekmark and MMD access during normal business hours to, and permit any of them to examine, audit, copy or make extracts from, any and all books, records and documents in the possession of Digital Comm and to inspect the Collateral.
 
 
 

 
 
6.1.5         comply in all material respects with the requirements of applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority, compliance with which is necessary to operate, conduct or maintain its existence and business, and non compliance with which would materially and adversely affect its ability to perform its responsibilities or any security given to secure its Obligations;
 
6.1.6         cause to be maintained, in full force and effect on all property given as Collateral for all Obligations, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as is customary in Digital Comm's line of business, including, but without limitation, product liability, fire, boiler, theft, burglary, pilferage, loss in transit, and hazard insurance, in an amount to equal or exceeding the principal amount of the Promissory Notes and cause Tekmark to be named a loss payees on such policies;
 
6.1.7         at any time or from time to time upon request of Tekmark, execute and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as Tekmark may reasonably request in order to effectuate more fully the purposes of this Security Agreement;
 
6.2         Negative Covenants. Until payment in full and satisfaction of all Obligations and termination of this Security Agreement, Digital Comm covenants and agrees that it will not:
 
6.2.1         sell, lease, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Collateral, other than in the ordinary course of business; or
 
6.2.2         incur, create or permit to exist any security interest, lien or other encumbrance on any of the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except (i) liens for taxes not delinquent; (ii) those liens in favor of Tekmark created by this Security Agreement; (iii) and such other liens to which both Tekmark may consent to in writing; or
 
6.2.3         change its name or jurisdiction of organization without Tekmark' prior written consent.
 
7.      DEFAULT
 
7.1         There shall be no cure period in the Event of Default, except as set forth in the Promissory Notes. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
 
7.1.1         Digital Comm shall have failed to make any payment on any of the Promissory Notes as and when due;
 
7.1.2         Digital Comm shall have failed to pay any other Obligations when due and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after Tekmark provides Digital Comm written notice of same;
 
 
 

 
 
7.1.3         Digital Comm shall have failed to have accurately made or duly observe or perform any representation and warranty or covenant, condition or agreement to be observed or performed pursuant to the terms hereof and such failure continues for a period of five (5) days, or such longer period to which Tekmark shall consent in writing if Digital Comm is diligently pursuing a cure of same;
 
7.1.4         except for the UTA Security Interest, Digital Comm shall have consented to the placing of any additional lien on the Collateral, whether such lien is prior to or subordinate to the lien granted by this Security Agreement;
 
7.1.5         Digital Comm shall have applied for or consented to the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee or liquidator of all or a substantial part of its assets; a custodian shall have been appointed with or without consent of Digital Comm; Digital Comm shall generally not be paying its debts as they become due in a reasonably timely manner, Digital Comm shall have made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; Digital Comm shall have filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with its creditors, or shall have taken advantage of any insolvency law, or shall have filed an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding; or a petition in bankruptcy shall have been filed against Digital Comm, or an order, judgment, or decree shall have been entered without the application, approval or consent of Digital Comm by any court of competent jurisdiction appointing a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of Digital Comm of a substantial part of its assets and in the case of an involuntary filing or of any order, judgment or decree, same shall have continued without stay or dismissal and in effect for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days;
 
7.1.6         a writ of execution or attachment or any similar process shall be issued or levied against all or any part of or interest in any material portion of the Collateral or any judgment involving monetary damages shall be entered against Digital Comm which shall become a lien on any material portion of the Collateral and such execution, attachment or similar process is not released, bonded, satisfied, vacated or stayed within thirty (30) days after its entry or levy; or seizure or foreclosure of any material portion of the Collateral pursuant to process of law or by respect of legal self-help, unless said seizure or foreclosure is stayed or bonded within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of same;
 
7.1.7         the voluntary and permanent closing of business or ceasing of operations or dissolution of Digital Comm; or
 
7.1.8         any transaction, transfer or series of transactions or transfers (a "Change of Control") shall occur after which the holders of 51% of the equity interest of Digital Comm prior to such Change of Control do not own at least 51% of the equity interest of Digital Comm after such Change of Control, or Digital Comm transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another Person, or Digital Comm or any of its members enters into an agreement the effect of which will constitute a Change of Control.
 
7.1.9         Any default or event of default occurs under any document or agreement between UTA and Digital Comm, or any affiliate thereof, including without limitation, any document or agreement that resulted in or is associated with the UTA Security Interest set out on Attachment A, Exhibit A-3.
 
 
 

 
 
7.1.10       Any Event of Default under the Promissory Note.
 
8.      REMEDIES/RIGHTS OF TEKMARK
 
8.1         Acceleration; Proceed Against Collateral. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default:
 
8.1.1         Tekmark may, at its sole discretion, declare that all Obligations for principal and interest and all other sums which are unpaid under the Security Agreement and the Promissory Notesshall become and be immediately due and payable; and
 
8.1.2         With such notice from Tekmark to Digital Comm as shall be required by law, Digital Comm shall, at its expense, promptly deliver any or all Collateral to such place as Tekmark may reasonably designate, or Tekmark shall have the right to enter upon the premises where the Collateral is located and take immediate possession of and remove the Collateral without liability to Tekmark, except such as is occasioned by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tekmark, their employees or agents. In the event Tekmark obtains possession of the Collateral, Tekmark may sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Collateral at public or private sale, at such price or prices as Tekmark may deem best, either for cash, on credit, or for future delivery, in bulk or in parcels and/or lease or retain the Collateral repossessed using it or keeping it idle. Notice of any sale or other disposition shall be given to Digital Comm at least ten (10) days before the time of any intended sale or disposition of the Collateral is to be made, which Digital Comm hereby agrees shall be reasonable notice of such sale or other disposition. Tekmark may also elect to retain the Collateral or any part thereof in satisfaction of Digital Comm's Obligations in accordance with the requirements of the Uniform Commercial Code. The proceeds, if any, of any such sale or leasing by Tekmark shall be applied: First, to the payment of all fees and expenses incurred by Tekmark, including without limitation any legal fees and expenses; Second, to pay the Obligations (including all interest thereon) to the extent not previously paid by Digital Comm; and Third, to pay any excess remaining thereafter to Digital Comm.
 
8.1.3         Cumulative Remedies; Waivers. No remedy referred to herein is intended to be exclusive, but each shall be cumulative and in addition to any other remedy referred to above or otherwise available to Tekmark at law or in equity. No express or implied waiver by Tekmark of any default or Event of Default hereunder shall in any way be, or be construed to be, a waiver of any future or subsequent default or Event of Default. The failure or delay of Tekmark in exercising any rights granted it hereunder upon any occurrence of any of the contingencies set forth herein shall not constitute a waiver of any such right upon the continuation or recurrence of any such contingencies or similar contingencies and any single or partial exercise of any particular right by Tekmark shall not exhaust the same or constitute a waiver of any other right provided herein. The Events of Default and remedies thereon are not restrictive of and shall be in addition to any and all other rights and remedies of Tekmark provided for by this Security Agreement and applicable law.
 
 
 

 
 
8.1.4         Power of Attorney. Digital Comm hereby irrevocably designates makes, constitutes and appoints Tekmark (and all Persons designated by Tekmark) as Digital Comm's true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) and upon a Default, Tekmark, or Tekmark's agent, may, without notice to Digital Comm and in either Digital Comm's or Tekmark's name, but at the cost and expense of Digital Comm:
 
8.1.5         At such time or times upon or after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default as Tekmark or said agent, in their sole discretion, may determine, endorse Digital Comm's name on any checks, notes, acceptances, drafts, money orders or any other evidence of payment or proceeds of the Collateral which come into the possession of Tekmark or under Tekmark' control.
 
8.1.6         At such time or times upon or after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default as Tekmark or their agent in their sole discretion may determine: (i) demand payment of the Receivables from the account debtors, enforce payment of the Receivables by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise all of Digital Comet's rights and remedies with respect to the collection of the Receivables or other Collateral; (ii) settle, adjust, compromise, discharge or release any of the Receivables or other Collateral or any legal proceedings brought to collect any of the Receivables or other Collateral; (iii) sell or assign any of the Receivables and other Collateral upon such terms, for such amounts and at such time or times as Tekmark deem advisable; (iv) take control, in any manner, of any item of payment or proceeds relating to any Collateral; (v) prepare, file and sign Digital Comm's name to a proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar document against any account debtor or to any notice of lien, assignment or satisfaction of lien or similar document in connection with any of the Collateral; (vi) receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Digital Comm and to notify postal authorities to change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Tekmark may designate; (vii) endorse the name of Digital Comm upon any of the items of payment or proceeds relating to any Collateral and deposit the same to the account of Tekmark on account of the Obligations; (viii) endorse the name of Digital Comm upon any chattel paper, document, instrument, invoice, freight bill, bill of lading or similar document or agreement relating to the Receivables and any other Collateral; (ix) use Digital Comm's stationery and sign the name of Digital Comm to verifications of the Receivables and notices thereof to account debtors; (x) use the information recorded on or contained in any data processing equipment and computer hardware and software relating to the Receivables and any other Collateral; (xi) make and adjust claims under policies of insurance; and (xii) do all other acts and things necessary, in Tekmark' determination, to fulfill Digital Comm's Obligations under this Security Agreement or the Promissory Note.
 
9.      INDEMNIFICATION BY DIGITAL COMM
 
9.1         Digital Comm shall indemnify, defend and hold Tekmark and their agents and employees harmless from any and all claims, demands, causes of action, losses, damages, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and court costs sustained or incurred by or asserted against Tekmark and/or their agents or employees by reason of or arising out of or in connection with this Security Agreement, the services to be provided in connection herewith and in connection with Digital Comm's operation of its business and provision of services, except for losses arising from or out of Tekmark' gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
 
 

 
 
10.          MISCELLANEOUS
 
10.1       No Assignment. This Security Agreement and all rights hereunder shall not be assignable by Digital Comm absent the prior written consent of Tekmark. This Security Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be freely assignable by Tekmark at any time without the consent of Digital Comm.
 
10.2       Notices. All notices and correspondence shall be sent to the parties at the following addresses:
 
If to Digital Comm:
 
Digital Comm Inc.
Attn: Lawrence Sands
Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
If to Tekmark:
 
Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC
Charles K. Miller Chief Financial Officer
100 Metroplex Drive, Suite 102
Edison, NJ 08817
 
If to MMDGensis LLC:
 
MMD Genesis LLC
Mark Munro
1100 First Avenue
Spring Lake, NJ 07762
 
10.3       Complete Security Agreement. This Security Agreement and the Promissory Notes constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersede any and all prior understandings or agreements, both written and oral, concerning the subject matter hereof.
 
10.4       Amendments. This Security Agreement may only be amended by a writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
10.5       Governing Law. This Security Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey, without regard to any conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
 
 
 

 
 
10.6       CONSENT TO FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR NEW VALUE RECEIVED, AND REGARDLESS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE DOMICILE OR PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS OF DIGITAL COMM OR TEKMARK, DIGITAL COMM HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE SUPERIOR COURT OF NEW JERSEY SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN DIGITAL COMM AND TEKMARK PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROMISSORY NOTE OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PROMISSORY NOTE. DIGITAL COMM EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND DIGITAL COMM HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH DIGITAL COMM MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. DIGITAL COMM HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO DIGITAL COMM AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.2 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER OF DIGITAL COMM'S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE U.S. MAILS, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO AFFECT THE RIGHT OF TEKMARK TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW, OR TO PRECLUDE THE ENFORCEMENT BY TEKMARK OF ANY JUDGMENT OR ORDER OBTAINED IN SUCH FORUM OR THE TAKING OF ANY ACTION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT TO ENFORCE SAME IN ANY OTHER APPROPRIATE FORUM OR JURISDICTION.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Security Agreement the date and year first written above.
 
MMDGenesis LL
(MMD)::
 
Digital Comm Inc.
(Digital Comm)::
 
           
By:
   
By:
   
(signature)
 
(signature)
 
           
           
(typed)
 
(typed)
 
           
Its:               
   
Its:
   
(title)
 
(title)
 
 
TEKMARK GLOBAL SOLUTIONS, LLC
(Tekrnark)::
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
(Digital Comm):
 
 
 

 
 
TEKMARK GLOBAL SOLUTIONS, LLC
(Tekrnark)::
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
(Digital Comm):
 
           
By:
/s/ Charles K. Miller  
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands  
(signature)
 
(signature)
 
           
  Charles K. Miller     Lawrence Sands  
(typed)
 
(typed)
 
           
Its:
CFO  
Its:
Corporate Secretary  
(title)  
(title)
 
 
         
     
Digital Comm Inc.
(Digital Comm)::
 
           
     
By:
/s/ Billy Candell  
      (signature)  
           
        Billy Candell  
      (typed)  
           
     
Its:
President  
         
 
 
 

 
 
ATTACHMENT A, EXHIBIT A-2 — PROMISSORY NOTE
 
PROMISSORY NOTE
 
June 24, 2011
 
$2,000,000.00
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., and Digital Comm Inc., its subsidiary, a Florida corporation with a place of business at 2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275, Boca Raton, Florida 33431 ("the "Maker"), unconditionally promises to pay to the order of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company with an address 100 Metroplex Drive, Suite 102, Edison, New Jersey 08817 (the "Holder"), the principal amount of up to TWO MILLION DOLLARS AND ZERO CENTS ($2,000,000.00), which amount is due and owing to Holder by Maker as a result of the Master Agreement between Maker by Holder of even date hereof (the "Master Agreement"), together with any unpaid costs and expenses payable hereunder, in accordance with the terms set forth in this Promissory Note (including all renewals, extensions, or modifications hereof, the "Note").
 
1.      PAYMENT.
 
1.1         Payment of this Promissory Note shall be as set forth in the Master Agreement, which is incorporated by reference and made a part of this Promissory Note, Section 5 (Fees).
 
2.      PREPAYMENT. This Promissory Note may be prepaid in full at any time or in part from time to time, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to the date of such prepayment, without premium or penalty.
 
3.      ATTORNEYS' FEES AND OTHER COSTS. The Maker shall pay all of the Holder's reasonable expenses incurred to enforce or collect any of the obligations, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' and experts' fees and expenses, whether incurred without the commencement of a suit, in any trial, arbitration or administrative proceeding, or in any appellate or bankruptcy proceeding.
 
4.      NO USURY. Holder and Maker intend to comply at all times with applicable usury laws. If at any time such laws would render usurious any amounts called for under this Promissory Note, then it is Maker's and Holder's express intention that such excess amount shall be immediately credited to the principal balance of this Promissory Note (or, if this Promissory Note has been fully paid, refunded by Holder to Maker), and the provisions hereof shall be immediately reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible under this Promissory Note reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any further documents, so as to comply with the then applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for under this Promissory Note. Any such crediting or refund shall not cure or waive any default by Maker under this Promissory Note.
 
 
 

 
 
5.      DEFAULT. The Maker shall be in default under this Promissory Note upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, an "Event of Default"):
 
5.1         Failure to make any payment required under this Promissory Note within five (5) days of the indicated date or on the due date thereof, as the case may be;
 
5.2         Failure of Holder to receive payments as set out in Section 5 of the Master Agreement (Fees And Receipt Of Funds);
 
5.3         The unpaid and outstanding balance of money owed by Maker to Holder as a result of the Master Agreement, which amount shall include but not be limited to Transferred Funds, accounts receivables for Temporary Staffing and associated Fees ("Outstanding Balance"), exceeds the amount of this Promissory Note ($2,000,000.00) and the difference between the Outstanding Balance and the amount of this Promissory Note has not been paid to Holder by Maker within three (3) business days of Maker receiving a demand from Holder for payment of said amount;
 
5.4         Any payments that are due from Approved Customers or for temporary staffing are not paid within one-hundred twenty (120) days, even if Holder has put the account receivable to Munro in accordance with the Master Agreement;
 
5.5         Maker (i) applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, (iii) makes an assignment or arrangement for the benefit of creditors, (iv) files a petition or an answer seeking a reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or seeking to take advantage of any insolvency law, (iv) performs any other act of bankruptcy, or (v) files an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against Maker in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding; or
 
5.6         Entry of an order, judgment or decree by any court of competent jurisdiction adjudicating Maker a judgment debtor or declaring Maker insolvent or approving a receiver, trustee or liquidator of Maker or of all or a substantial part of its assets, or otherwise commences with respect to Maker or any of her assets any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment, receivership or like law or statute, and if such order, judgment, decree or proceeding continues unstayed for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days after the expiration of any stay thereof.
 
5.7         Any representation, warranty or covenant of Maker under this Note, the Master Agreement, the Security Agreement, or any other document or certificate executed in connection herewith or therewith is or becomes, false, misleading or incorrect in any respect.
 
6.      REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Holder may at any time thereafter, take any one or more of the following actions:
 
6.1         Acceleration. Upon the happening of any Event of Default, or on the Maturity Date, the entire amount of Transferred Funds, Fees, principal, amount owing for Temporary Staffing and any other sums due under this Promissory Note (collectively, the "Obligations") shall become due and payable immediately, and the rate of interest on the unpaid principal balance of the Promissory Note shall be at the rate of five percent (5%) per annum (the "Default Rate"). Maker acknowledges that: (i) such interest is a material inducement to Holder to make the Promissory Note; (ii) Holder would not have made the Promissory Note in the absence of the agreement of the Maker to pay such interest; (iii) such interest represents compensation for increased risk to Holder that the Promissory Note will not be repaid; and (iv) such interest is not a penalty and represents a reasonable estimate of (a) the cost to Holder in allocating its resources (both personnel and financial) to the on-going review, monitoring, administration and collection of the Promissory Note and (b) compensation to Holder for losses that are difficult to ascertain. It is understood and agreed that if under any applicable law the amounts set forth herein are considered to be interest, then the applicable rate shall be as forth herein or the maximum rate allowed by law, whichever is less.
 
 
 

 
 
6.2         All remedies of Holder provided for herein are cumulative and shall be in addition to all other rights or remedies including, without limitations, the rights of Holder under the Master Agreement or applicable law.
 
6.3         Holder does not give up its rights upon an Event of Default as a result of any delay in declaring or failing to declare a default or an Event of Default.
 
6.4         File a lawsuit to enforce the Obligations due under this Promissory Note and/or the Master Agreement.
 
7.      WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS. Holder is not required to do any of the following before enforcing its rights under this Promissory Note:
 
7.1         Demand payment of amounts due;
 
7.2         Give notice that amounts due have not been paid; or
 
7.3         Obtain an official certificate of non-payment.
 
7.4         No waivers, amendments or modifications of this Promissory Note shall be valid unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the Holder. No waiver by the Holder of any Event of Default shall operate as a waiver of any other Event of Default or the same Event of Default on a future occasion. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of the Holder in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Promissory Note shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.
 
7.5         Maker waives presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, demand for payment, notice of intention to accelerate maturity, notice of acceleration of maturity, notice of sale and all other notices of any kind. Further, Maker agrees that the Holder may extend, modify or renew this Promissory Note or make a novation of the indebtedness evidenced by this Promissory Note for any period and grant any releases, compromises or indulgences with respect to any collateral securing this Promissory Note, or with respect to any Maker or any person liable under this Promissory Note, all without notice to or consent of any Maker or any person liable under this Promissory Note and without affecting the liability of the Maker or any person who may be liable under this Promissory Note.
 
 
 

 
 
8.      SECURITY INTEREST.
 
8.1         The obligations of Maker under this Promissory Note are secured by the security interest granted to Holder by the Maker in the Collateral as evidenced by the Security Agreement between the parties dated June 24, 2011. Capitalized terms used in this Promissory Note are as defined in the Security Agreement, Master Agreement or as otherwise defined in the text of this Promissory Note.
 
9.      NOTICES.
 
9.1         A ny report, demand, notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder (other than service of process) shall be in writing, and shall be delivered personally, shall be delivered by a recognized overnight national carrier service (such as Federal Express) for next business day delivery, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, first-class postage prepaid to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or to such other addresses as the parties may specify by due notice to the other):
 
To Holder:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Maker: 
Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC
Attn: Mr. Charles K. Miller
100 Metroplex Drive, Suite 102
Edison, NJ 08817
 
Copy to:       Duane Morris, LLP
Attn: Mr. Robert M. Conway
30 South 17th Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-4196
 
Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
Digital Comm Inc.
Attn: Lawrence Sands
Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
Copy to:
 
 
 

 
9.2         Any notice delivered to a party's designated address by (a) personal delivery, (b) recognized overnight national courier service, or (c) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to have been received by such party at the time the notice is delivered to such party's designated address. Confirmation by the courier delivering any notice given pursuant to this Section shall be conclusive evidence of receipt of such notice. Each party hereby agrees that it will not refuse or reject delivery of any notice given hereunder, that it will acknowledge, in writing, receipt of the same upon request by any other party and that any notice rejected or refused by it shall be deemed for all purposes of this Promissory Note to have been received by the rejecting party on the date so refused or rejected, as conclusively established by the records of the U.S. Postal Service or the courier service. Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of a party or a party shall be effective for all purposes.
 
10.        GOVERNING LAW. This Promissory Note shall be governed, interpreted, and enforceable in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to conflicts of law principles. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Promissory Note shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Promissory Note, and to this end, the provisions of this Promissory Note are declared to be severable.
 
11.        ACTIONS INVOLVING THIS PROMISSORY NOTE. If this Promissory Note is referred to any attorney for collection, the Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection, including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. THE MAKER, AFTER CONSULTING OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL, KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING OUT OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE, THE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER.
 
12.         JURISDICTION. The Maker hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees:
 
12.1        to be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New Jersey and any federal courts sitting in New Jersey in connection with any action, suit or proceeding under or relating to, or to enforce any of the provisions of, this Promissory Note; and
 
12.2        to waive, to the extent permitted by law, any right to obtain a change in venue from any such court in any such action, suit or proceeding.
 
12.3        Service of process may be made by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to Maker's address set forth above, however, nothing in the paragraph shall affect Holder's right to serve the process in any manner permitted by paw, or limit Holder's right to bring proceedings against Maker in the Courts of any other jurisdiction.
 
12.4        The provisions of this Section shall not limit or otherwise affect the right of the Holder to institute and conduct an action in any other appropriate manner, jurisdiction or court.
 
 

 
 
13.         MATERIAL ASPECTS OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.
 
13.1        THE MAKER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SECTIONS 7 ("WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS"), 11 ("ACTIONS INVOLVING THIS PROMISSORY NOTE") AND 12 ("JURISDICTION") ABOVE ARE SPECIFIC AND MATERIAL ASPECTS OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE AND THAT THE HOLDER WOULD NOT EXTEND CREDIT TO THE MAKER IF THE WAIVERS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 7, 11 AND 12 WERE NOT A PART OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.
 
14.          MISCELLANEOUS.
 
14.1        Assignment. This Promissory Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Maker and Holder and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The Holder's interest in and rights under this Promissory Note are freely assignable, in whole or in part, by the Holder. The Maker shall not assign its rights and interest hereunder without the prior written consent of the Holder, and any attempt by any Maker to assign without the Holder's prior written consent is null and void. Any assignment shall not release the Maker from the Obligations.
 
14.2       Severability. If any provision of this Promissory Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective but only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Promissory Note.
 
14.3        Plural; Captions. All references in this Promissory Note to Maker, person, document or other nouns of reference mean both the singular and the plural form, as the case may be. The subheadings contained in this Promissory Note are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Promissory Note. (d)Promissory Note Binding On The Maker And Its Successors. All Obligations under this Promissory Note are the unconditional obligations of Maker and all who succeed to its rights and interests. Maker, by execution of, and the Holder, by acceptance of, this Promissory Note agree that each party is bound to all terms and provisions of this Promissory Note.
 
14.4        Entirety. This Promissory Note embodies the entire agreement between the parties and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
 
14.5        Business Purpose. Maker represents that the amount evidenced by this Promissory Note is being obtained for business purposes.
 
14.6        Rights Cumulative. The rights and remedies of Holder under this Promissory Note and the Agreement shall be cumulative and concurrent and at the sole discretion of Holder may be pursued singly, successively, or together and exercised as often as Holder shall desire. Time is of the essence under this Promissory Note. The failure of Holder to exercise any such right or remedy shall in no event be construed an a waiver of release thereof.
 
 
 

 
 
14.7        If any payment hereunder shall be specified to be made on a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks New Jersey are not authorized to be open for business, it shall be considered timely if made on the next succeeding day which is a business day, and no additional interest shall accrue for such delay.
 
14.8         Maker hereby releases Holder, its employees, Holders, officers, directors and members from any claims, known and unknown, concerning or relating to the Master Agreement or anything related thereto.
 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has executed and delivered to the Holder this Promissory Note, as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
Maker: : Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:
   
 
Name:
Title:
   
 
Dated: June 24, 2011
 
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has executed and delivered to the Holder this Promissory Note, as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
Maker: : Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence Sands  
 
Name:
Title:
Lawrence Sands
Corporate Secretary
 
 
Dated: June 24, 2011
 
 
 
 

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Maker has executed and delivered to the Holder this Promissory Note, as of the day and year first above written.
 
 
Maker: : Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ Lawrence M Sands  
 
Name:
Title:
Lawrence M Sands
Corporate Secretary
 
 
Dated: June 24, 2011
 
 
 
 

 
 
ATTACHMENT A, EXHIBIT A-3 - PRIOR SECURITY INTEREST GRANT
 
 
 

 
 
ATTACHMENT A, EXHIBIT A-4
DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT
 
[CURRENTLY UNDER REVIEW]
 
 
 

 
 
ATTACHMENT B — TEMPORARY STAFFING
 
The Parties understand and agree that the terms and conditions set out in this Attachment B ("Temporary Staffing Agreement") only apply to Tekmark providing Temporary Staffing Services (defined hereinafter) to Digital Comm whereas the terms and conditions set out in the other portions of the Master Agreement also apply to Tekmark providing Temporary Staffing Services to Digital Comm. If there is a conflict between any term or condition in this Attachment B and a term or condition set out elsewhere in the Master Agreement, then the term or condition in the other part of the Master Agreement shall take precedence over that term or condition that appears in this Attachment B.
 
1.    ENGAGEMENT AND TERM. Digital Comm does hereby engage Tekmark to render information technology professional services as requested by Digital Comm ("Services"); and Tekmark agrees to render such Services. The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date of the Master Agreement and continue as set forth in the Master Agreement.
 
2.    COMPENSATION. Tekmark shall receive full payment for all Services rendered to Digital Comm at rates to be specified in the Work Authorization form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 ("Work Authorization"), to be billed by monthly invoice to Digital Comm by Tekmark, and to be paid by Digital Comm to Tekmark within 60 days of the invoice date. In the event that Digital Comm shall fail to make such payment within 60 days of the invoice date, Tekmark shall have the option to exercise its remedies against Digital Comm as set forth in the Master Agreement.
 
3.    INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATUS. Tekmark agrees that it is an independent contractor and not an employee or agent of Digital Comm. Nothing herein shall be deemed to create an employer-employee relationship between Digital Comm and Tekmark.
 
4.    CONFIDENTIALITY. Tekmark agrees that it will not disclose any confidential or proprietary information of Digital Comm and its customers, including non-public information or data relating to Digital Comm's operations, procedures, policies, techniques, accounts and personnel, which it acquires or accesses in rendering Services hereunder, except as is necessary to perform its Services hereunder. Such information shall not include information that (i) is, or becomes, in the public domain, unless this occurs through a breach of Tekmark' obligations hereunder; (ii) information in Tekmark' possession from a third party source that is not in breach of any obligation owed to Digital Comm or its customers; or (iii) information required to be disclosed by law.
 
5.    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. All the intellectual property rights, including copyright, patent and trade secrets, in any and all work product which Tekmark creates or develops in rendering Services hereunder shall be considered work made for hire and is owned by Digital Comm.
 
6.    SOLICITATION. Digital Comm covenants during the Term and for one year thereafter thadDigital Comm and its personnel shall not, directly or indirectly hire any Tekmark personnel/consultants or influence, canvass or solicit any Tekmark personnel/consultants to terminate their relationship with Tekmark. Tekmark covenants during the Term that it will not, directly or indirectly, attempt to influence or request any Digital Comm Customer to replace Digital Comm with Tekmark to perform the same work in the same territory as is set out in a purchase order from the Approved Customer to Digital Comm.
 
 
 

 
 
7.
 
WORK AUTHORIZATION FORM — EXHIBIT B-1
 
Work Authorization between ("Digital Comm") and Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC ("Tekmark"), dated  pursuant to the Staffing Services Agreement between Digital Comm and Tekmark dated ("Agreement"):
 
1.    Tekmark shall render services for Digital Comm, by assigning  to perform the services hereunder, at the bill rate of $ per . These rates shall not be renegotiated before the end of the Initial Term of this Work Authorization. The term of this Work Authorization shall begin on , and terminate on  (the "Initial Term"), unless terminated earlier by as provided for under the Agreement.
 
2.    if Tekmark continues to render services to Digital Comm after the expiration of the Initial Term of this Work Authorization, then such engagement shall be on the same terms and conditions as are herein set forth provided that Tekmark may terminate this Work Authorization upon the expiration of the Initial Term if it provides at least two (2) week's notice before the effective date of termination.
 
3.    The terms and conditions of the Agreement shall be incorporated by reference herein and are binding upon the parties. In the event of any conflict between the Agreement and this Work Authorization, the terms of the Agreement shall prevail, unless the Work Authorization expressly references a conflicting provision of the Agreement and expresses an intent to override it.
 
4.    No provision of this Work Authorization may be amended, modified, or waived except by written agreement signed by the parties.
 
TEKMARK GLOBAL SOLUTIONS, LLC
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.:
 
           
By:
   
By:
   
           
(signature)
 
(signature)
 
           
           
       
(typed)
 
(typed)
 
           
Its:               
   
Its:
   
       
(title)
 
(title)
 
 
 
 

 
 
ATTACHMENT C — GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
1.    TERMINATION.
 
1.1        The Master Agreement may be terminated by either Party, with or without cause, for any reason or for no reason, without penalty, upon thirty (30) days' advance written notice to the other Party.
 
1.2        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Master Agreement, the Master Agreement may be immediately terminated by either New Lender if Digital Comm: (i) uses any Transferred Funds for any purpose other than to pay the Existing Employees for Approved Services to Approved Clients, subject to a one (1) business day opportunity for Digital Comm to cure after receipt of written notice from a New Lender; (ii) fails or refuses to provide requested Payroll Information; or (iii) provides false, misleading or incomplete Payroll Information.
 
1.3        Notwithstanding any other provision in the Master Agreement, either Party may immediately terminate the Master Agreement if: (A) there is a bankruptcy filing by the other Party; (B) there is a loss by the other Party of its general liability insurance coverage; (C) if the other Party breaches any provision of the Master Agreement; or (D) the within fundamental business arrangement is challenged unsuccessfully by any material governmental action by or in any legal action, is found to violate any law or regulation in a material respect.
 
2.    NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS.
 
2.1        The Master Agreement is intended solely for the mutual benefit of the Parties hereto and does not create any rights in a third Party.
 
3.   BROKER FEES.
 
3.1        Digital Comm and New Lender each represent and warrant to the other that no party has dealt with any broker, consultant, finder or like agents with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than Digital Comm's broker ("Broker") . Digital Comm will pay all fees to Broker pursuant to a separate agreement. Digital Comm agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless New Lender and its successors and assigns, against and from all claims, losses, liabilities and expenses including reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of any claim by any brokers, consultants, finders or like agents which are based upon alleged dealings with said party or this Agreement. The provisions of this Section shall survive the execution hereof.
 
4.    CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS.
 
4.1       As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" means information in whatever form furnished to a Party by or on behalf of the other Party that (i) the disclosing Party has labeled in writing as confidential or proprietary, or (ii) is furnished orally and is identified in writing as confidential or proprietary by the disclosing Party within ten (10) days of disclosure to the receiving Party. Confidential Information shall include, whether or not labeled as such, business, strategic planning, financial, and technical information, trade secrets, customer lists and data, provided under the Master Agreement, the terms of the Master Agreement itself, and any negotiations relating thereto, whether conducted prior to or after the Effective Date. During the Term of the Master Agreement and at all times thereafter, each Party (the "Receiving Party") shall maintain in confidence and use only for the purposes specifically authorized in the Master Agreement the Confidential Information disclosed by the other Party (the "Disclosing Party"), except that the Receiving Party may disclose or permit the disclosure of Confidential Information to its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, consultants and agents ("Agents") who are obligated to maintain the confidential nature of such Confidential Information and who need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of the Receiving Party's exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations under the Master Agreement. The Receiving Party shall be legally responsible for the conduct of its Agents.
 
 
 

 
 
4.2       The foregoing obligations of the Receiving Party shall not apply to the extent the Receiving Party can demonstrate that the Confidential Information at issue (i) was in the public domain prior to the time of its disclosure under the Master Agreement, (ii) entered the public domain after the time of its disclosure under the Master Agreement through means other than an unauthorized disclosure resulting from an act or omission of the Receiving Party; (iii) was independently developed or discovered by the Receiving Party without use of the Confidential Information, but only provided such independent development is evidenced by contemporaneous written documentation, (iv) is or was disclosed to the Receiving Party at any time, whether prior to or after the time of its disclosure under the Master Agreement, by a third Party having no fiduciary relationship with the Disclosing Party and having no obligation of confidentiality with respect to such Confidential Information, or (v) is required to be disclosed to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or with a court or administrative order, provided, that the Disclosing Party receives prior written notice of such disclosure and that the Receiving Party takes all reasonable and lawful actions to obtain confidential treatment for such disclosure and, if possible, to minimize the extent of the disclosure.
 
5.     ASSIGNMENT. The Master Agreement and all rights hereunder shall not be assignable by Digital Comm absent the prior written consent of the New Lenders. Any attempt to assign in violation of the foregoing is void. The Master Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be freely assignable by either New Lender at any time without the consent of Digital Comm.
 
6.    NOTICES.
 
6.1        All notices which may be required pursuant to the Master Agreement shall be: (i) in writing; (ii) addressed to the Parties at their respective addresses set forth below (or to such other person or address as either Party may so designate from time to time); (iii) mailed, postage prepaid, by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, or transmitted by courier for hand delivery or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by telegram; and (iv) deemed to have been given on the date of receipt if sent by mail or on the date of delivery if transmitted by courier, overnight delivery service or telegram.
 
 
 

 
 
If to Tekmark::
 
Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC
Attn: Mr. Charles K. Miller
Chief Financial Officer
100 Metroplex Drive, Suite 102
Edison, New Jersey 08817
 
If to MMD::
 
MMDGenesis LLC
Attn: Mr. Mark Munro
1100 First Avenue
Spring Lake, New Jersey 07762
 
If to Digital Comm:
 
Digital Comm Inc.
Attn: Lawrence Sands
Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary
2500 N. Military Trail, Suite 275
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
 
7.           GENERAL.
 
7.1        FORCE, MAJEURE. If the failure by one Party to fulfill its obligations hereunder is due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of such Party (which may include strikes, governmental action and acts of God), such failure shall not be deemed a breach of the Master Agreement by such Party provided, such Party uses diligent efforts to continue to perform hereunder; provided further that if such failure shall not be remedied for one hundred twenty (120) days, the other Party may elect to terminate the Master Agreement effective upon notice of such election.
 
7.2       SECTION HEADINGS. The Section headings contained in the Master Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of the Master Agreement.
 
7.3       GOVERNING LAW. The Master Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of New Jersey without regard to any conflict of laws principles.
 
7.4       COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Each Party agrees to perform its respective obligations hereunder in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations.
 
7.5       WAIVER. The failure of either Party to enforce its rights under the Master Agreement at any time for any period shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights.
 
7.6       RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. Notwithstanding any provision hereof, for all purposes of the Master Agreement, each Party shall be and act as an independent contractor and not as a partner, joint venturer, or agent of the other and shall not bind nor attempt to bind the other to any contract.
 
 
 

 
 
7.7       SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of the Master Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary and the Master Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable.
 
7.8        COUNTERPARTS. The Master Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.31
 
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
This Revolving Credit Agreement (this 'AGREEMENT') is made and entered into effective as of   (the 'El-FECTIVE DATE') by and between Digital Comm Inc. a Florida corporation and Genesis Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively "Borrower"), and MMDGenesis LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company ("Lender").
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, Lender desires to loan certain sums to Borrower from time to time, and Borrower wishes to borrow certain sums from Lender, on and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender and Borrower hereby, intending to be legally bound by the terms hereof, agree as follows:
 
1. 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. As used herein:
 
     1.1.
BUSINESS DAY. The term 'BUSINESS DAY' means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.
 
    1.2.
CREDIT PERIOD. The term 'CREDIT PERIOD' means that period of time beginning on the Effective Date and ending on June 1, 2013.
 
    1.3.
LOAN DOCUMENTS. The term 'LOAN DOCUMENTS' means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, Master Agreement, Security Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement (each as defined below) executed and delivered pursuant hereto, and any other documents executed or delivered by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any related Loan or finance document.
 
    1.4.
MATURITY DATE. The term 'MATURITY DATE' means that date which is the earlier to occur of: (a) June 1, 2013; or (b) the date on which Lender declares the entire unpaid principal amount and all accrued interest on the outstanding Note immediately due and payable in full under Section 8.2(b).
 
    1.5.
MASTER AGREEMENT. The term 'MASTER AGREEMENT' means that certain Master Agreement by and among Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, Lender and Borrower dated on or about the date hereof.
 
    1.6.
SECURITY AGREEMENT. The term `SECURITY AGREEMENT' means that certain Security Agreement between Lender and Borrower dated on or about the date hereof.
 
    1.7.
INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT. The term INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT' means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated on or about the date hereof among, inter alia, Lender, other lenders of Borrower, and Borrower.
 
2. 
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT.
 
     2.1.
COMMITMENT TO LEND. Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and in reliance on the representations, warranties and covenants of Borrower set forth in this Agreement, Lender agrees to make loans or advances of funds to Borrower during the Credit Period on a revolving basis (such loans being collectively hereinafter referred to as 'LOANS' and each individually as a 'LOAN'), in an aggregate cumulative total principal amount not to exceed one million Dollars (US $1,000,000). Lender's obligation to make Loans to Borrower under this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the 'COMMITMENT.' Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender will not be obligated to make a Loan to Borrower unless and until Borrower executes and delivers to Lender a Note (as defined in Section 2.2) for the principal amount of such Loan.
 
 
1

 
 
 
In addition, Lender will not be obligated to advance any Loan to Borrower on or after the Maturity Date, and Lender's obligation to advance any Loan to Borrower is subject to satisfaction of all relevant terms and conditions of this Agreement, including but not limited to the conditions precedent and other provisions of Sections 5 (with respect to the initial Loan) and 6 (with respect to each Loan). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender will not be obligated to make a Loan to Borrower unless and until a Borrower first gives Lender written notice of Borrower's request for a Loan hereunder that sets forth the principal amount to the borrowed by Borrower under such requested Loan (a 'LOAN NOTICE) and the date on which such Loan is requested to be advanced, which date shall not be sooner than two (2) Business Days following Lender's receipt of such Loan Notice.
 
In addition, Lender will not be obligated to advance any Loan to or on behalf of Borrower except as set forth in the Master Agreement.
 
     2.2.
NOTE. Borrower's indebtedness to Lender under each Loan advanced by Lender under this Agreement will be evidenced by a separate Revolving Promissory Note of Borrower in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 'A' (the 'NOTE). The Note will provide that interest on unpaid principal will accrue at a rate of 2.25% per month on the outstanding principle advanced (but in no event higher than the highest lawful rates calculated on an annual basis).
 
     2.3.
MATURITY. Unless payment thereof is accelerated or otherwise becomes due earlier under the terms of this Agreement (including but not limited to the provisions of Section 8.2) or the terms of a Note the unpaid principal amount of all Loans and all unpaid interest accrued thereon, together with any other fees, expenses or costs incurred in connection therewith, will be immediately due and payable to Lender in full on the Maturity Date.
 
     2.4.
PREPAYMENT. Borrower may at any time and from time to time on any Business Day prepay any Loan in whole or in part in increments of U.S. $1,000 on at least one (1) Business Day's prior written notice, or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing, received by Lender no later than 10:00 a.m., Pacific Time. Each prepayment will he applied as follows: (a) first, to the payment of interest accrued on all Loans outstanding, and (b) second, to the extent that the amount of such prepayment exceeds the amount of all such accrued interest, to the payment of principal on such Loan or Loans as Borrower may designate.
 
     2.5.
SECURITY INTEREST IN COLLATERAL. Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement. In the event of a breach of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, Lender may exercise all of its rights, including, without limitation, its rights to foreclose upon the Collateral. Access to those "self-help" remedies shall not limit such other or further rights Lender may have hereunder or at law to enforce any of its rights or other remedies with respect to a particular circumstance.
 
3.
CLOSING DATE; DELIVERY.
 
     3.1.
CLOSING DATE. The closing of the initial Loan (the 'CLOSING') will be held by mail and/or telecopy on the Effective Date (the 'CLOSING DATE'), or at such other time and place as Borrower and Lender may mutually agree.
 
     3.2.
DELIVERY. At the Closing, Borrower will execute and deliver to Lender the Note, duly executed by Borrower.
 
4.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BORROWER. Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender that:
 
     4.1.
ORGANIZATION AND STANDING; CHARTER DOCUMENTS. Borrower Digital Comm Inc. is a Florida corporation duly organized, and validly existing and in good standing. Borrower Genesis Group Holdings Inc. is dully organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and each has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as such is presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. Borrower is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in any state or jurisdiction in the United States in which it is required to be qualified to do intrastate business as the Company's business is currently conducted, except for jurisdictions in which failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business and operations of the Company taken as a whole. True and accurate copies of the Certificate of Incorporation (the 'CHARTER) and Bylaws of Borrower, each as amended and currently in effect, have been delivered to Lender and Lender's counsel.
 
 
2

 
 
     4.2.
AUTHORIZATION. All corporate action on the part of Borrower and its officers, directors and stockholders that is necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents by Borrower has been taken; and each of the Loan Documents, when executed and delivered by Borrower, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable in accordance with their terms.
 
5.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL LOAN. The obligation of Lender to make any advance under the Commitment is subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver by Lender) of the following conditions precedent:
 
     5.1.
REPRESENTATIONS TRUE. All representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement and all other Loan Documents will be true, correct and complete in all respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing; and Lender will have received a certificate executed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of Borrower certifying the foregoing.
 
     5.2.
NOTE. Lender will have received the Note representing the initial Loan, executed by a duly authorized officer of Borrower.
 
     5,3.
CORPORATE DOCUMENTS. Lender will have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, a copy of the records of all actions taken by Borrower, including all corporate resolutions of Borrower authorizing or relating to the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, and a certified copy of the Charter of Borrower.
 
     5.4.
PROCEEDINGS AND DOCUMENTS. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all documents incident to such transactions will be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender's counsel, and Lender will have received all counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request.
 
     5.5.
ADEQUATE COLLATERAL. Provided there is no event of default, advances up to $1 million in the aggregate may, pursuant to the terms of the Master Agreement, be drawn by the Borrower against 90% of actual billings and receivables from Verizon Wireless or other approved vendor, as approved by Lender in its sole discretion ("Approved AIR") less amounts already advanced for payroll funding by Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC ("Tekmark") if any. For example, in the event that Borrower has $1.5 million in Approved A/R (90% of which equals $1.35 million) and Tekmark is lending Borrower $.75 million, Lender's commitment to Borrower shall be limited to $0.6 million.
 
6.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL LOANS. The obligation of Lender to make each Loan, including but not limited to the initial Loan, will be subject to the satisfaction of all the following additional conditions precedent:
 
      6.1.
NO EVENT OF DEFAULT. No event will have occurred and be continuing, and no event would result from the making of such Loan, that would constitute an Event of Default as defined herein.
 
       6.2.
  NOTE. Lender will have received the Note representing such additional Loan, executed by a duly authorized officer of Borrower.
 
 
3

 
 
      6.3.
REPRESENTATIONS TRUE. All representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Documents will be true, correct and complete in all respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date such Loan is actually advanced (except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they will be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date).
 
      6.4.
ALL AGREEMENTS PERFORMED. All agreements, obligations, conditions and covenants set forth in this Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be performed by Borrower through the date such Loan is advanced will have been duly performed and complied with in all respects.
 
7.
OTHER COVENANTS OF BORROWER. Borrower hereby covenants and agrees with Lender as follows:
 
     7.1
FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION AND INSPECTION. The right to visit and inspect any of the properties of Borrower or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss its and their affairs and finances with its and their officers, all at such reasonable times and as often as may reasonably be requested by Lender. With reasonable promptness, such other information and data, including, without limitation, lists of property and accounts, budgets, agreements with insurers, forecasts, tax returns and reports, with respect to Borrower and its subsidiaries as may from time to time may be reasonably requested by Lender, and all such other information and communications (including, without limitation, notices of meetings of Borrower's shareholders) as Borrower will have supplied to its holders of any shares of its capital stock.
 
      7.2.
FURTHER ASSURANCES. In addition to the obligations and documents which this Agreement expressly requires Borrower to execute, deliver and perform, Borrower will execute, deliver and perform, and will cause its subsidiaries to execute, deliver and perform, any and all further acts or documents which Lender may reasonably require in order to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
 
      7.3.
OTHER NEGATIVE COVENANTS. During the term hereof, Borrower shall not, without the written consent of Lender, (i) increase its current SG&A in an aggregate amount greater than 10%, (ii) grant any raises or bonuses to or modify the compensation of any executive, manager, officer, director or other member of Borrower's senior management that in aggregate exceed 10% of current salary levels, (iii) sell all or a material portion of Borrower's assets, (iv) pay any dividends or cash distributions, or (v) use the proceeds of any loan proceeds financed by or capital from the sale of shares to Lender, its members or their assignees or affiliates, including but not limited to Mark Munro, Mark Durfee or Forward Investments, LLC, to repay overdue payables to insiders of Borrower.
 
8.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS. Lender and any of its assignees or members (each, a "Holder") holding any of the Common Stock of Borrower issued or issuable (either directly or upon the exercise of any warrant) which have not been (i) sold to a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or public securities transaction or (ii) sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") pursuant to Rule 144 thereunder (the "Registerable Securities") shall have the following registration rights:
 
      8.1.
DEMAND RIGHTS. Each Holder of Registrable Securities (together with all other shareholders joining in such demand as provided below, the "Initial Requesting Holders"), may at any time make a written request to Borrower that Borrower file a registration statement or similar document under the Act with respect to all or any part of such Holder's or Holders' Registrable Securities (a "Demand Registration"). Within 10 business days after receipt of such request, Borrower shall give written notice of such Demand Registration request (including therein the number of Registrable Securities included in such demand and the parties making such demand) to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the "Demand Notice"). Such other Holders will have the right to join in making such a demand by giving written notice to Borrower of such Holder's election to participate in such Demand Registration and the number of such Holder's Registrable Securities to be included therein. Borrower shall cause such registration statement or similar document to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and shall include in such registration statement the Registrable Securities which Borrower has been requested to register by the Initial Requesting Holders and to cause all such Registrable Securities to be registered under the Act within 90 days of receipt of the Initial Requesting Holders' request.
 
 
4

 
 
       8.2.
PIGGYBACK RIGHTS. Each time Borrower shall determine to file a registration statement under the Act (other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or another form not available for registering the Registerable Securities for sale to the public) in connection with the proposed offer and sale of any of its equity securities either for its own account or on behalf of any other security holder, Borrower shall give prompt written notice of its determination to all Holders (a "Piggyback Notice"). In the event a Holder or Holders, within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the Piggyback Notice, notify Borrower of their desire that such Registerable Securities be included in the registration statement, Borrower shall include in the registration statement all such Registerable Securities, all to the extent requisite to permit the sale or other disposition by the prospective Holder(s) of the Registerable Securities to be so registered; provided, however, that Borrower may at any time, in its sole discretion, withdraw or cease proceeding with any such registration if it shall at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the registration of all other securities originally proposed to be registered.
 
       8.3.
EXPENSES. With respect to each Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, Borrower shall pay, and shall reimburse each Holder for paying, any expenses incurred in connection with such Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, printing and accounting fees and all fees and disbursements of counsel for Borrower and the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel for all participating Holders and all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities included in such registration statement.
 
       8.4.
RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUANCE. Borrower agrees not to issue any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock for the period commencing 15 days prior to the closing of the offering of securities included in any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration and ending on the 90th day following such closing.
 
       8.5.
UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING. Any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration must be for an underwritten public offering to be managed by an underwriter or underwriters of recognized national standing selected by Borrower, provided, that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably satisfactory to a majority of the participating Holders; and further provided, that the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registerable Securities in the underwriting.
 
9.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT OF BORROWER.
 
       9.1.
The occurrence of any of the following events will constitute an 'EVENT OF DEFAULT':
 
             9.1.1.
Borrower fails to pay any principal or any accrued interest or is in default under any Note or any Loan when the same is due and payable, or fails to pay any amount of principal or accrued interest due under any Note or any Loan on the Maturity Date therefor, and such failure to pay is not cured by Borrower within five (5) business days after Lender gives written notice of such failure to pay to Borrower;
 
             9.1.2.
any material representation or warranty made by or on behalf of Borrower in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or any statement or certificate that Borrower may at any time give in writing pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is false, misleading or incomplete in any material respect when made (or deemed to have been made);
 
             9.1.3.
Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any covenant set forth in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents, and the same has not been cured within ten (10) calendar days after Borrower becomes aware thereof;
 
 
5

 
 
             9.1.4.
Borrower or any of its subsidiaries becomes insolvent, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, custodian or trustee for it or for a substantial part of its property or business, or such a receiver, liquidator, custodian or trustee otherwise is appointed and is not discharged within thirty (30) calendar days after such appointment; or
 
              9.1.5.
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings for relief under any bankruptcy law or any law for the relief of debtors are instituted by or against Borrower, or any order, judgment or decree is entered against Borrower decreeing its dissolution or liquidation; provided, however, with respect to an involuntary petition in bankruptcy, such petition is not have been dismissed within thirty (30) days after the filing of such petition.
 
             9.1.6.
any termination of the Borrower's financing or staffing agreements with TekMark.
 
       9.2.
REMEDIES OF LENDER. Upon and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender will have no further obligation to make any Loan or Loans to Borrower, and in addition, at Lender's sole option by written notice to Borrower, Lender take any one or more of the following actions:
 
             9.2.1.
Lender may immediately terminate the Commitment and all liabilities and obligations of Lender under this Agreement, without affecting Lender's rights under this Agreement and the Note(s);
 
 
             9.2.2.
Lender may declare the entire principal amount of and all accrued interest on the Note(s) and all Loans to immediately be due and payable in full, whereupon such amounts will immediately become due and payable in full, provided that in the case of an Event of Default listed in paragraph (d) or (e) of Section 8.1, the principal and interest will immediately become due and payable without the requirement of any notice or other action by Lender; And
 
             9.2.3.
Exercise all rights and remedies granted under the Loan Documents.
 
10.
OPTION; CONVERSION. From the date hereof until a date that is two years from the date hereof (the "Option Period"), Lender or its assignees shall have the option, which option shall survive the payoff of the Loan, to purchase 10% of the Genesis Group Holdings, Inc.'s fully-diluted common equity (including giving effect to all dilution from all equity and equity convertible stock, notes, warrants or other securities on an as-converted basis) as calculated at the time of exercise of the option (the "Common Stock") for a total payment of $450,000 (the "Option"). The Option may be exercised by written notice from Lender and either (i) payment via check or wire transfer or (ii) by a conversion of Borrower's outstanding obligations hereunder and under the Note pursuant to the following terms and conditions.
 
       10.1.
Conversion Right. Lender shall have the right from time to time, and at any time during the Option Period to convert up to $450,000 of the Note for the Common Stock (each, a "Conversion").
 
       10.2.
Method of Conversion.
 
             10.2.1.
Notice of Conversion. Lender shall submit to Borrower a Notice of Conversion (by facsimile, e­mail or other reasonable means of communication dispatched on the date of the conversion prior to 6:00 p.m., New York, New York time).
 
             10.2.2.
Surrender of Note Upon Conversion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, upon conversion of the Note in accordance with the terms hereof, Lender shall not be required to physically surrender the Note to Borrower unless the entire unpaid principal amount of the Note is so converted. Lender and Borrower shall maintain records showing the amount so converted and the dates of such conversions or shall use such other method, reasonably satisfactory to Lender and Borrower, so as not to require physical surrender of the Note upon each such Conversion. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy, the records of Lender shall be controlling and determinative in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any portion of the Note is converted as aforesaid, Lender may not transfer the Note unless Lender first physically surrenders the Note to Borrower, whereupon Borrower will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of Lender a new note of like tenor, registered as Lender may request, representing in the aggregate the remaining unpaid principal amount of the Note. Lender and any assignee, by acceptance of the Note, shall acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following conversion of a portion of the Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of the Note represented by the Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.
 
 
6

 
 
             10.2.3.
Payment of Taxes. Borrower shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property on conversion of the Note in a name other than that of Lender, and Borrower shall not be required to issue or deliver any such shares or other securities or property unless and until the person or persons (other than Lender or the custodian in whose street name such shares are to be held for Lender's account) requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Borrower the amount of any such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Borrower that such tax has been paid.
 
             10.2.4.
Delivery of Common Stock Upon Conversion. Upon receipt by the Borrower from Lender of a facsimile transmission or e-mail (or other reasonable means of communication) of a Notice of Conversion meeting the requirements for conversion as provided in this Section 9, the Borrower shall issue and deliver or cause to be issued and delivered to or upon the order of Lender certificates for the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion within three (3) business days after such receipt (but in any event the fifth (5th) business day being hereinafter referred to as the "Deadline") (and, solely in the case of conversion of the entire unpaid principal amount hereof, surrender of the Note).
 
             10.2.5.
Obligation of Borrower to Deliver Common Stock. Upon receipt by the Borrower of a Notice of Conversion, Lender shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such Conversion, the outstanding principal amount and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest on the Note shall be reduced to reflect such conversion, and, unless the Borrower defaults on its obligations under this Section 9, all rights with respect to the portion of the Note being so converted shall forthwith terminate except the right to receive the Common Stock or other securities, cash or other assets, as herein provided, on such Conversion. If Lender shall have given a Notice of Conversion as provided herein, the Borrower's obligation to issue and deliver the certificates for Common Stock shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the absence of any action by Lender to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision thereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, any failure or delay in the enforcement of any other obligation of the Borrower to the holder of record, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by Lender of any obligation to the Borrower, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Borrower to Lender in connection with such conversion. The date specified as the Conversion Date in the Notice of Conversion shall be the date of the Conversion so long as the Notice of Conversion is received by the Borrower on or before 6:00 p.m., New York, New York time, on such date.
 
             10.2.6.
Delivery of Common Stock by Electronic Transfer. In lieu of delivering physical certificates representing the Common Stock issuable upon conversion, provided the Borrower is participating in the Depository Trust Company ("DTC") Fast Automated Securities Transfer program, upon request of Lender and its compliance with the provisions contained in Section 9, the Borrower shall use its best efforts to cause its transfer agent to electronically transmit the Common Stock issuable upon conversion to Lender by crediting the account of Lender's prime broker with DTC through its Deposit Withdrawal Agent Commission system.
 
 
7

 
 
       10.3.
Concerning the Shares. The shares of Common Stock issuable exercise of the Option may not be sold or transferred unless (i) such shares are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act or (ii) the Borrower or its transfer agent shall have been furnished with an opinion of counsel (which opinion shall be in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions) to the effect that the shares to be sold or transferred may be sold or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration or (iii) such shares are sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or a successor rule) ("Rule 144") or (iv) such shares are transferred to an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 144) of the Borrower who agrees to sell or otherwise transfer the shares only in accordance with this Section 1.5 and who is an Accredited Investor (as defined in the Credit Agreement). Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement (and subject to the removal provisions set forth below), until such time as the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Note have been registered under the Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold, each certificate for shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Note that has not been so included in an effective registration statement or that has not been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption that permits removal of the legend, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form, as appropriate:
 
"NEITHER THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THESE SECURITIES ARE EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OF1-ERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (WHICH COUNSEL SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE HOLDER), IN A GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE FORM, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES."
 
The legend set forth above shall be removed and the Borrower shall issue to Lender a new certificate therefore free of any transfer legend if (1) the Borrower or its transfer agent shall have received an opinion of counsel, in form, substance and scope customary for opinions of counsel in comparable transactions, to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such Common Stock may be made without registration under the Act, which opinion shall be accepted by the Company so that the sale or transfer is effected or (ii) in the case of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Note, such security is registered for sale by Lender under an effective registration statement filed under the Act or otherwise may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any restriction as to the number of securities as of a particular date that can then be immediately sold. In the event that the Company does not accept the opinion of counsel provided by the Buyer with respect to the transfer of Securities pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Regulation S, at the Deadline, it will be considered an Event of Default pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Note.
 
 
8

 
 
11.
ANTIDILUTION. In the event that Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. issues any shares after an exercise of the Option, it shall have the obligation to issue Lender or its assignees that number of shares so as to maintain Lender's 10% ownership therein on a fully-diluted basis. This obligation shall survive indefinitely.
 
12.
ADDITIONAL FUNDING. For a period of 18 months after the Closing, Lender shall have the option, but not the obligation, to provide Borrower up to an additional $5 million of senior secured debt (in $500,000 increments) on the same terms and conditions pursuant to which Lender has loaned Borrower up to $1 million as set forth herein. For each $500,000 expansion of the revolving credit facility approved by Lenders, Lenders shall be entitled to purchase for $45,000 warrants equal to 2.5% (calculated at each closing of such expansion of the revolving credit facility) of the fully diluted outstanding shares of the Borrower (fully diluted includes giving effect to all dilution from all equity and equity convertible stock, notes, warrants or other securities on an as converted basis). The warrant exercise price shall be that price per share which is 50% of the average trading price for the Company's common stock for the 10 trading days which preceded the expansion of the credit facility, provided that in the event the trading volume for the ten trading days preceding the expansion of the credit facility is less than an average of five hundred thousand dollars in shares sold per day (calculated without double counting shares bought and sold), the warrant exercise price shall be one penny.
 
13.
MISCELLANEOUS.
 
       13.1.
SURVIVAL. The representations and warranties of Borrower contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement and all the other Loan Documents will survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents.
 
       13.2.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the Note, and the exhibits and schedules attached hereto constitute the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede any prior understandings or agreements of the parties with respect to such subject matter.
 
       13.3.
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that neither party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any interest herein or therein without the other party's prior written consent.
 
       13.4.
NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES; CONSTRUCTION. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. This Agreement and its exhibits are the result of negotiations between the parties and has been reviewed by each party hereto; accordingly, this Agreement will be deemed to be the product of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity will be construed in favor of or against any party.
 
       13.5.
GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New Jersey as applied to agreements entered into solely between residents of, and to be performed entirely in, such State, without reference to that body of law relating to conflicts of law or choice of law.
 
       13.6.
COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed in original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
 
       13.7.
NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement will be given in writing and will be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery; upon confirmed fax transmission; or three (3) days following deposit with the United States Post Office, by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed:
 
 
9

 
 
To Borrower:
Digital Comm Inc.
2500 N. Military Tr. Suite 275
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
Telephone: (561) 988-1988
Fax: (561) 988-2370
Attention: Lawrence Sands
 
To Lender:
MMDGenesis LLC
1100 First Ave
Spring Lake, NJ 07762
Telephone: (732) 682-9770
Fax: (732) 359-6077
Attention: Mark Munro
 
or at such other address as such party may specify by written notice given in accordance with this Section.
 
13.8.  
MODIFICATION; WAIVER. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing signed by both parties hereto. No waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement will be binding unless it is set forth in writing and signed by the party against whom such waiver is asserted. No course of dealing between Borrower and Lender will operate as a waiver or modification of any party's rights under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. No delay or failure on the part of either party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement or any other Loan Document will operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver given on one occasion will not be construed as a bar to, or as a waiver of, any right or remedy on any future occasion.
 
13.9.  
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights and remedies of Lender herein provided will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law or otherwise.
 
13.10.  
SEVERABILITY. Any invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction will not invalidate or render illegal or unenforceable the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction and will not invalidate or render illegal or unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
 
13.11.  
ATTORNEYS ' FEES. If any party hereto commences or maintains any action at law or in equity (including counterclaims or cross-complaints) against the other party hereto by reason of the breach or claimed breach of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then the prevailing party in said action will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney's fees and court costs incurred therein.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and delivered this Agreement
 
BORROWER: 
 
LENDER:
 
GENESIS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. 
 
MMDGenesis LLC
 
           
By:   
   
By:
   
Name: 
   
Name:
   
Title: 
   
Title:
   
 
 
10

Exhibit 21.1
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF INTERCLOUD SYSTEMS, INC.
 
Rives-Monteiro Engineering, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company.
 
Rives-Monteiro Leasing, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company.
 
Tropical Communications, Inc., a Florida corporation.
 
ADEX Corporation, a New York corporation.
 
ADEX Puerto Rico LLC, a Puerto Rico limited liability company.
 
ADEXCOMM Corporation, a Florida corporation.
 
Environmental Remediation and Financial Services, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company.
 
T N S, Inc., an Illinois corporation.
Exhibit 23.1
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED ACCOUNTING FIRM CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 1) for InterCloud Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries) (the “Company”) of our report dated April 10, 2012, except for Note 2, as to which the date is March 22, 2013, relating to the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Our report also makes reference to the financial statements having been restated to give effect to the correction of accounting errors. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.
 


/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Boca Raton, FL
March 25, 2013
 
Exhibit 23.2
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
March 25, 2013
 
Intercloud Systems, Inc.
Boca Raton, FL
 
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement of our report dated March 25, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 of Intercloud Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) which are contained in that Prospectus. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
 
/s/BDO USA, LLP
New York, New York
March 25, 2013
 
 
Exhibit 23.3
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Amendment No. 1) (the “Registration Statement”) for InterCloud Systems, Inc. (formerly known as Genesis Group Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries) of the following reports:

-  
Our report dated November 14, 2012, relating to the balance sheet of TNS, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended.

-  
Our report dated December 4, 2012, relating to the consolidated and combined balance sheet of ADEX Corporation and Subsidiary and its Affiliated Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated and combined statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended.

-  
Our report dated August 9, 2012, relating to the balance sheet of Tropical Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2010, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficiency and cash flows for the year then ended.

-  
Our report dated October 26, 2012, relating to the balance sheet of Rives Monteiro Engineering, LLC as of December 31, 2010, and the related statements of operations, changes in member’s equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year then ended.

-  
Our report dated March 22, 2013, relating to the divisional balance sheets of Telco Professional Services and Handset Testing Divisions, which are divisions of Tekmark Global Solutions, LLC, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related divisional statements of income, changes in net assets and cash flows for the years then ended.

-  
Our report dated March 22, 2013, relating to the balance sheets of Integration Partners – NY as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/Sherb & Co., LLP
Sherb & Co., LLP
Boca Raton, FL
March 25, 2013